Sei sulla pagina 1di 679

LEADING PRODUCER

Ameron is a leading
producer of glassfiberreinforced epoxy (GRE) pipe
systems with manufacturing
facilities in the Americas,
Europe and Asia-Pacific.
Ameron offers the worlds
most comprehensive line of
GRE pipe products for
industry, oil & gas, offshore,
marine and fuel handling
applications.

AMERON OFFERS THE WORLDS MOST COMPREHENSIVE SELECTION OF


ADHESIVE-BONDED, THREADED AND MECHANICAL JOINING SYSTEMS FOR
GLASSFIBER REINFORCED AND PHENOLIC PIPE
QUICK-LOCK
An adhesive-bonded joint with straight spigot and tapered bell.
The integral pipe stop in the Quick-Lock bell ensures accurate
laying lengths in close tolerance piping.
Available in sizes 25-400 mm (1-16 in).
TAPER/TAPER
An adhesive-bonded joint with matching tapered male and female
ends offering superior joint strength by controlled adhesive
thickness.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).
KEY-LOCK
A self-restrained, easy to install, mechanical joint utilising 1, or 2
locking keys, depending on pressure requirements. Employing one
O-ring to provide sealing.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).

CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Ameron provides a high
degree of customer support
through a network of sales
offices, supply houses,
stocking distributors and
sales representatives in
more than 100 countries.
This is supported by central
research and development
facilities, to meet customer
requirements.

COIL-LOCK
A self-restrained mechanical joint offering quick assembly with
ductile spiral locking key between male and female. Two O-ring
seals can be easily tested at assembly.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).
DOUBLE O-RING
A mechanical joint offering quick assembly between male and
female ends. Two O rings are employed to provide sealing.
Available in sizes 25-900 mm (1-36 in).

ADVICE AT EVERY STAGE


Ameron offers advice at
every stage, from project
planning to installation.
With advanced computer
systems, Ameron can offer
assistance in design,
calculations and
engineering.

CENTRON PROPRIETARY 4 RD
A 4 round threaded joint offering quick assembly between male
and female ends. An O ring is employed to provide optimal
sealing.
Available in sizes 50-200 mm (2-8 in).
An EUE 8 RD joint is also available in sizes
11/2 - 41/2 in (tubing), 41/2 - 95/8 in (casing) and 2-8 in (line pipe).
PRONTO-LOCK
A heavy-duty threaded joint system allowing fast and easy
assembly.
Available in sizes 50-400 mm (2-16 in).

Ameron field service


engineers are available to
assist the nominated
contractor throughout the
project.
WORLDWIDE APPROVALS
Ameron is committed to
Total Quality Management
and conforms to the
international ISO 9001
standard and holds many
approvals such as API 15LR
and API 15HR.

FLANGES
One-piece flanges and Van Stone-type flanges with loose flange
rings.
Available in sizes 25-1000 mm (1-40 in).

AMERON BONDSTRAND GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY AND PHENOLIC PIPE SYSTEMS


Series

Maximum
operating
temperature
(C)
(F)

Bondstrand

110

(mm)

(inch)
1-40

3500

50-250

2-10

300

50-150

2-6

16

230

25-400

1-16

398

5750

200-1000

8-40

75

1050

93

200

245

65

150

20

Bondstrand PSX

121

250

Bondstrand SSL

110

230

Dualoy

Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
USA
Phone (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax (+1) 940 569 2764

Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone (+31) 345 587 587
Fax (+31) 345 587 561
E-mail: info@ameron-fpg.nl

Ameron 2000 FP 565B 06/00. Printed in The Netherlands

Nominal
pipe size

25-1000

230

Centron

Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
USA
Phone (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax (+1) 713 690 2842
www.ameron-intl.com

Maximum
operating
pressure
(Bar)
(PSI)

Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
N0. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone (+65) 8616118
Fax (+65) 8621302/861 7834
E-mail: info@ameron.com.sg

BONDSTRAND
GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY
AND PHENOLIC PIPE SYSTEMS

BONDSTRAND GLASSFIBER REINFORCED


PHENOLIC PIPE SYSTEMS
EPOXY AND PH

Duplex
max. 3.0
min. 1.35

Bondstrand
max. 1.85
min. 0.9

BONDSTRAND
THE COST-EFFECTIVE
ALTERNATIVE

Durable and corrosion resistant

INDUSTRY

Ameron GRE piping is inert to internal


corrosion from chemicals, crude oil,
residues, injection water and bacteria.
Similarly it resists exterior corrosion even
in aggressive environments. Cathodic
protection is not required.

Lightweight easy to install

OIL AND GAS

GRE pipe systems, being just a quarter to


an eighth the weight of comparable steel
pipe, are easy to install without the need
of heavy equipment.

Reduced costs
The installation cost of GRE pipe systems
are typically 80% of the costs of carbon
steel. The corrosion resistance and
resistance to UV light reduce the
maintenance costs for both aboveground and buried pipelines. The smooth
internal surface reduces the head loss
resulting in lower pump energy
consumption.

MARINE

OUTSTANDING BENEFITS
DURABLE AND CORROSION RESISTANT
Longer service life
LIGHTWEIGHT EASY TO INSTALL
No need for heavy equipment
REDUCED COSTS
Less than schedule 80 carbon steel
Does not require protective coatings
ELECTRICALLY SHIELDED
When grounded properly, prevents excessive accumulation
of static electricity

FUEL HANDLING

Ameron offers more than just pipe


segments. Complete piping systems in a
variety of diameters and pressures for
many different application areas are
available. Including a choice of joint
systems, such as adhesive-bonded,
mechanical as well as threaded joint
systems and flanges.
Ameron glassfiber reinforced epoxy and
phenolic piping is available in diameters
up to 1000 mm (40 inch), pressures classes
up to 245 bar (3500 PSI) and standard
lengths up to 12 m (40-feet).

OFFSHORE

Ameron glassfiber reinforced epoxy


and phenolic piping systems the
cost effective alternative

Complete piping systems

Carbon steel
1.0

Compared installed cost of a


150mm (6) 75 bar (1050 PSI)
pipe system.
The cost of carbon steel is
taken as 100%.

The many advantages of Ameron


glassfiber reinforced pipe systems

Ameron glassfiber phenolic pipe systems


represent the cost-effective alternative to
corrosion-prone metallic piping and nonreinforced thermoplastics. Reduced
installation and maintenance costs,
longer service life and the ease of
relocation are just a few of the
advantages of the glassfiber piping
technology.

PE
max. 1.6
min. 1.0

PA
max. 2.0
min. 1.25

Maximum installed cost


Minimum installed cost

WIDE RANGE OF APPLICATIONS


Our corrosion-resistant piping systems can be used
in a wide range of applications. From general
industrial services and oil & gas, to offshore, marine
and fuel handling. Also special piping systems were
designed for fire protection and caissons for
offshore platforms.
Typical application areas are:
INDUSTRY
Chemical processing
Corrosive liquid transmission
Desalination
District heating
Fire water / fire protection
Food, medical and cosmetic applications
Steam condensate return
General water service
Brine transmission
OIL & GAS
Flow lines
Oil & gas gathering
Oil & gas transmission
Water injection and separation
Salt water disposal
Water transmission
Tubing & casing
Fire water / fire protection
OFFSHORE
Cooling water
Fire water / fire protection
Produced water
Potable water
Drainage
Sewerage
Caissons / column piping
MARINE
Ballast
Cargo
Crude oil washdown
Effluent
Fire water / fire protection
Inert gas transmission
Sanitary service
Vent
FUEL HANDLING
Fuel depots
Jet fuel handling
Service stations

IT CAN TAKE
THE HEAT
Bondstrand PSX is a revolutionary breakthrough
in piping technology. Ameron scientists have
engineered a new class of non-metallic piping
that offers unprecedented benefits.
Outstanding resistance to fire and heat
Low smoke and low toxicity emissions
Bonded with Amerons proprietary PSX
adhesive
Superior strength, flexibility, resilience and
impact resistance
Excellent resistance to abrasion and wear
Exceptional corrosion resistance
Resistance to a wide range of aggressive
chemicals, including acids and solvents
Outstanding weatherability, including
resistance to UV, water and moisture
TESTED
Bondstrand PSXL3 displayed excellent resistance
to elevated temperatures in IMO Level 3 fire tests.
50 and 150mm (2- and 6 inch) pipes withstood
temperatures in excess of 1000C. Bondstrand
PSXJF pipe passed the rigorous requirements of
jet fire testing in accordance with UKOOA
guidelines without the need for any intumescent
coating on pipe or joints.

IT CAN TAKE
THE PRESSURE
Bondstrand and Centron piping systems are
cost-effective solutions for high-pressure pipeline
systems for oil and gas services such as gathering
lines, subsea flow lines and water injection lines.
Bondstrand SSL
With a new revolutionary technology of
encapsulated high-tensile steel in a GRE jacket,
Bondstrand SSL enables operating pressures up to
almost 400 bar (5750 PSI), far higher than
conventional non-metallic materials. Ideal for the
most demanding applications in corrosive
environments including carrying crude oil, salt and
sour water.
Bondstrand 3400, 3400 XL and Centron
The technically advanced filament wound
construction of Bondstrand 3400, 3400 XL and
Centron SP/SPH pipes allows for tubing and
casing with deep hole capabilities over 3 km
(10.000 ft.) and operating pressures of up to
245 bar (3500 PSI).
Fast, reliable make-up, no adhesive required
Flow characteristics 1.5 times better than
comparable steel
Low solids build-up and low pressure drop
Excellent resistance to abrasion and wear
Exceptional corrosion resistance
Exceptional pressure and axial load capabilities

IT CAN TAKE THE FUEL


Dualoy glassfiber and flexible
pipe systems are the cost-effective
solution for underground fuel system
construction and rehabilitation.
Manufactured from chemically inert materials,
Dualoy provides long-term protection required
by todays service stations, resists external
corrosion far better than cathodically protected
steel and remains unaffected by underground
conditions.

BONDSTRAND

GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY


PIPE SYSTEMS FOR MARINE APPLICATIONS

BALLAST LINES
BILGE WATER
INERT GAS EFFLUENT
COOLING WATER
VENT PIPES

BONDSTRAND GLASSFIBER
REINFORCED EEPOXY PIPE SYSTEMS FOR
APPLICATIONS
MARINE APPL

Custom built bell mouths are


available in various designs

Bondstrand piping systems provide


a long service life in the harsh
marine environment. During the
typical life of the vessel, metal pipe
will need replacement two or three
times. Bondstrand GRE pipe
systems can last the life of a vessel.
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE)
is highly resistant to both internal
and external corrosion without
surface preparation or special
coatings.

Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE)


pipe can be installed for less of the
cost than Schedule 80 Carbon Steel
piping systems. The adhesive
joining system eliminates the need
for certified welders, or special
welding techniques. The light
weight of the pipe also eliminates
the need of expensive lifting
equipment.

Bondstrand can be installed much


faster than steel or alloy systems.
Bondstrand marine pipes are easy
to install, maintenance personnel

OUTSTANDING BENEFITS

can be quickly trained to cut and

FAST AND EASY INSTALLATION

complete a joint. Proper

LIGHT WEIGHT

installation procedures are


described in Ameron literature and

TOTAL INSTALLED COST EQUALS


TRADITIONAL STEEL PIPING

Ameron field technicians are

LITTLE, OR NO MAINTENANCE

available if required.

LONG SERVICE LIFE

COST COMPARISON WITH CONVENTIONAL


STEEL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

TOTAL INSTALLED COST EQUALS


TRADITIONAL STEEL PIPING
A comparison of costs clearly shows the
savings during the service life of the vessel.

The Ameron Fiberglass-Composite Pipe Group has


worldwide engineering services available, which are
performed by professional, experienced and qualified
personnel using internationally accepted analysis
methods. Main activities of our engineering services
include:

PREFAB
Bondstrand GRE systems are assembled using standard components.
This enables the yard, or (subcontracted) installer to make prefab
spools at the yard, eliminating the need for adhesive-bonded joining
on board. Major advantage is, that by using standard fittings and
avoiding lamination, adjustments can be made on-site, if required.
Once the installer is trained and certified by Ameron according to
IMO standards, they can handle the complete installation.
Amerons scope of supply may vary from material supply to complete
turn-key projects.
Ameron can be of assistance every step of the way, based on
individual customer requirements.

Pipe stresses and flexibility analysis (Ceasar II)


Isometric and spool drawings (Autocad)
Head loss calculations
Special spool designs
Support spacings etc.
Detailed installation design
Field Service

Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe is


available for piping systems with the following
requirements:
External Pressure
Bondstrand 2000M
External Pressure/Conductivity Bondstrand 7000M
No External Pressure
Bondstrand 3400/2400

Cargo lines
Crude oil washing lines
Vent lines

Open decks

Accomodation service and control spaces

Cofferdams void spaces pipe tunnel and ducts

Ballast water tanks

Fuel oil tanks

Cargo tanks

Other dry cargo holds

Ro-ro cargo holds

CARGO (flammable cargoes f.p <60C)

Cargo pump rooms

Bondstrand approved systems


Not applicable
Not allowed

Other machinery spaces and pump rooms

Machinery spaces of Category A

Fire endurance requirements


matrix according to IMO 753
regulations

9

9

9

INERT GAS

Water seal effluent lines


Scrubber effluent lines
Main lines
Distribution lines

FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (f.p. > 60C)

Cargo lines
Fuel oil
Lubricating
Hydraulic oil
SEAWATER

Bilge main and branches


Fire main and water spray
Foam system
Sprinkler system
Ballast
Cooling water, essential services
Tank cleaning services fixed machines
Non essential systems
FRESH WATER

Cooling water, essential services


Condensate return
Non essential systems

SANITARY / DRAINS / SCUPPERS

Deck drains (internal)


Sanitary drains (internal)
Scuppers and dischargers (overboard)

4
4
4


1-7
1-7
1-7
1-7
1-7
1-7

SOUNDING / AIR

Water tanks / dry spaces


Oil tanks (f.p. > 60C)

9

3
9

MISCELLANEOUS

Control air
Service air (non essential)
Brine
Auxiliary low pressure steam ( 7 bar)

1 Where non-metallic piping is used, remotely controlled valves to be proved at ships side (valve is to be controlled from outside
space).
2 Remote closing valves to be provided at the cargo tanks.
3 When cargo tanks contain flammable liquids with f.p. >60C, may replace or .
4 For drains serving only the space concerned, may replace .
5 When controlling functions are not required by statutory requirements or guidelines, may replace .
6 For pipe between machinery space and deck water seal, may replace .
7 Scuppers serving open decks in positions 1 and 2, as defined in regulation 13 of the International Convention on Load Lines,
1966, should be throughout unless fitted at the upper end with the means of closing capable of being operated from a
position above the freeboard deck in order to prevent downflooding.
8 For essential services, such as fuel oil tank heating and ships whistle, is to replace .
9 For tankers where compliance with paragraph 3(f) of regulation 13F of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78 is required, is to replace .

The Bondstrand 7000M conductive piping system has been developed to


prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous levels of static electrical
charges. Pipe and flanges contain high strength conductive filaments;
fittings include a conductive liner. Together with a conductive adhesive this
provides an electrically continuous system. If required, grounding saddles
may be installed on the pipe once the piping system is installed. Integral
grounding cables are then bolted to the ships structure to drain
accumulated charges.

PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Bondstrand Characteristics
series

2000M

Joining
system

A standard epoxy system for applications


where corrosion resistance and external
pressures are of paramount importance

Max.
operating
temperature
(C) (F)

Max.
operating
pressure
(bar) (PSI)

Nominal
pipe size
(mm)

(in)

93
93

200
200

16
16

230
230

50-400
450-600

2-16
18-24

Taper/Taper
Taper/Taper
Taper/Taper
Taper/Taper
Taper/Taper
Taper/Taper

93
93
93
93
93
93

200
200
200
200
200
200

10
12
14
16
20
25

145
175
200
230
300
350

50-1000
50-1000
50-1000
50-1000
50-1000
50-1000

2-40
2-40
2-40
2-40
2-40
2-40

Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper

93
93

200
200

16
16

230
230

50-400
450-600

2-16
18-24

Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper

External Pressure Rating according to IMO Regulations

2410*/3410*
2412*/3412*
2414*/3414*
2416*/3416*
2420*/3420*
2425*/3425*

An epoxy system for applications where


corrosion resistance and light weight are of
paramount importance.
Pressure class determined by internal
pressure requirements

7000M**

An epoxy system with high strength conductive


filaments incorporated in the wall of the pipes
to prevent accumulation of static electricity
produced by the flow of liquids inside

No External Pressure Requirements

External Pressure Rating according to IMO Regulations


* Also available as a conductive version
** Conductive version of Bondstrand 2000M

EXTERNAL DESIGN PRESSURE*


Ultimate Collapse Pressure
Nominal
pipe size
(mm) (in)
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

*at 21C

Based on Safety Factor 3,


according to IMO Regulations
Bar

PSI

2414

Bar

2416

2420

2425

2410

2412 2414

2416

2420

2425

2000M 7000M

2000M 7000M

20.78 20.78 20.78


5.72 5.72 5.72
2.69 2.69 2.69

1.07 1.42 2.09


1.04 1.16 1.93
0.80 1.16 1.89
0.68 1.11 1.92
0.65 1.11 1.96
0.60 1.17 1.92
0.56 1.09 1.80
0.56 1.09 1.79
0.54 1.03 1.84
0.54 1.03 1.89
0.51 1.00 1.73
0.51 0.99 1.71
0.52 0.99 1.74
0.52 0.99 1.72

20.78
5.72
3.69

3.25
2.99
2.87
2.89
3.16
3.07
2.88
2.84
2.89
2.85
2.74
2.77
2.79
2.75

20.78
5.72
4.91

4.80
4.69
4.40
4.35
4.58
4.61
4.33
4.24
4.28
4.32
4.19
4.11
4.12
4.13

20.78
10.44
10.12

9.20
8.77
8.88
8.57
9.18
9.34
8.75
8.69
8.66
8.62
8.15
8.24
8.18
8.26

301
83
39

15
15
12
10
9
9
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7

301
83
39

21
17
17
16
16
17
16
16
15
15
15
14
14
14

301
83
53

47
43
42
42
46
45
42
41
42
41
40
40
41
40

301
83
71

70
68
64
63
66
67
63
61
62
63
61
60
60
60

301
151
147

133
127
129
124
133
135
127
126
126
125
118
119
119
120

34.11
9.95
10.78
5.61
3.48
3.64
3.56
3.75
3.49
3.48
3.70
3.70
3.63
3.66
3.63
3.66
3.62

2410

2412

PSI

301
83
39

30
28
27
28
28
28
26
26
27
27
25
25
25
25

52.02
15.31
15.02
7.84
4.54
3.83
3.72
3.62
3.60
3.48
3.70
3.70
3.84
3.66
3.63
3.66
3.62

495
144
156
81
50
53
52
54
51
50
54
54
53
53
53
53
53

754
222
218
114
66
56
54
53
52
50
54
54
56
53
53
53
53

LEADING PRODUCER
Ameron is a leading
producer of glassfiberreinforced epoxy (GRE) pipe
systems with manufacturing
facilities in the Americas,
Europe and Asia-Pacific.
Ameron offers the worlds
most comprehensive line of
GRE pipe products for
industry, oil & gas, offshore,
marine and fuel handling
applications.
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Ameron provides a high
degree of customer support
through a network of sales
offices, supply houses,
stocking distributors and
sales representatives in
more than 100 countries.
This is supported by central
research and development
facilities, to meet customer
requirements.
ADVICE AT EVERY STAGE
Ameron offers advice at
every stage, from project
planning to installation.
With advanced software,
Ameron can offer assistance
in design, calculations and
engineering.
WORLDWIDE APPROVALS
Ameron is committed to
Total Quality Management
and conforms to the
international ISO 9001
standard and holds many
type approvals such as
Lloyds, DNV, ABS and BV.

AMERON OFFERS THE WORLDS MOST COMPREHENSIVE


SELECTION OF JOINING SYSTEMS FOR MARINE PIPE SYSTEMS

QUICK-LOCK
An adhesive-bonded joint with straight spigot and tapered
bell. The integral pipe stop in the Quick-Lock bell
ensures accurate laying lengths in close tolerance
piping.
Available in sizes 50-400 mm (2-16 in).
TAPER-TAPER
An adhesive-bonded joint with matching tapered
male and female ends offering superior joint
strength by controlled adhesive thickness.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).
DOUBLE O-RING
A mechanical joint offering quick assembly between
male and female ends. Two O rings are employed
to provide sealing.
Available in sizes 50-900 mm (2-36 in).
FLANGES
One-piece flanges and Van Stone-type flanges with
movable rings.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).

FITTINGS
Standard filament-wound Couplings; 30,
45, 60, and 90 Elbows; Tees and Reducing
Tees; Concentric Reducers; Flanges and
Nipples.
Standard Flanges are available with the
following drilling: ANSI B16.5 Class 150 &
300, DIN, ISO and JIS. Other drilling patterns
are available on request.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 inch)

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably
believed to be reliable. However, such factors as
variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron
makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability
or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no
liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it
contains.

Ameron
Fiberglass-Composite Pipe
Group
Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
USA
Phone (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax (+1) 713 690 2842
www.ameron.com
E-mail: marcom@ameronfdp.com

Ameron
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group
The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
USA
Phone (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax (+1) 940 569 2764

WORLDWIDE
O P E R AT I O N

With
manufacturing
facilities in the
USA, Europe and
Asia-Pacific,
Ameron offers
the worlds most comprehensive line of
GRE pipe products for industry, oil & gas,
offshore, marine and fuel handling.

Ameron
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group
Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone (+31) 345 587 587
Fax (+31) 345 587 561
E-mail: info@ameron-fpg.nl

Ameron 2001 FP 845 05/01 SING. Printed in The Netherlands

Ameron
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
N0. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone (+65) 8616118
Fax (+65) 8621302/861 7834
E-mail: info@ameron.com.sg

Bondstrand

Corrosion resistant
fiberglass reinforced
epoxy and PSX
pipe and fittings
for shipboard piping

FP210A (8/97)

The advantages of Bondstrand

Corrosion resistant
Bondstrand provides long service life in the harsh marine environment. During
the typical life of a vessel, metal pipe will need replacement two or three
times. Fiberglass is highly resistant to both internal and external corrosion.

Cost effective
Fiberglass pipe can be installed for less than the cost of schedule 80 carbon
steel. The adhesive joining system eliminates the need for certified welders or
special welding techniques. The light weight of the pipe also eliminates the
expense of heavy lifting equipment. Since Bondstrand will not corrode, there is
no expense for frequent replacement.

Safety
Bondstrand uses an adhesive joining process which requires no torch or arc
welding equipment. The danger from fire or explosion is reduced.

Lightweight, Easy installation


Fiberglass pipe is one-eighth the weight of steel pipe. Bondstrand can install
easily in drydock or at sea. The pipe does not require heavy lifting equipment.
The no-weld installation reduces the installation time: Bondstrand can be
installed in about two-thirds of the time of a steel or alloy system. Should
damage occur, the pipe is easy to repair.

Maintenance-free
Corrosion resistant Bondstrand does not require any special coatings to withstand the marine environment. If desired, however, the pipe may be coated for
cosmetic or identification purposes with the appropriate Ameron coating.

Quality assurance
Bondstrand pipe and fittings are a fiberglass reinforced resin material which is
filament wound for strength and durability. Pipe and fittings are routinely
tested at 150% of operating pressure to meet manufacturer's and approval
societies' requirements. Ameron is ISO 9001 certified.

Worldwide Technical Support


Ameron engineering services are available from planning to installation. Our
applications engineering staff can offer assistance from recommendations
through engineering design services. Field technicians can provide installation
training and advice upon request.

Marine applications for Bondstrand


Ballast lines
Chilled and
hot water lines
Chlorination systems
Crude oil, cargo and
stripping lines
Effluent lines
Fire water mains

Fresh water systems


Fuel oil transfer lines
Inert gas systems
Salt water systems
Tank cleaning systems
Vent lines
Sounding tubes

Bondstrand products in marine applications

Series 2000M:

Lined epoxy resin pipe and fittings

Air cooling circulating water


Auxiliary equipment cooling
Ballast/segregated ballast
Brine
Drainage/sanitary service/sewage
Eductor systems
Electrical conduit

Series 5000M:

Exhaust piping
Fresh water/saltwater service
Inert gas effluent
Main engine cooling
Steam condensate
Sounding tubes/vent lines
Tank cleaning (saltwater system)

Vinyl ester resin pipe and fittings

Seawater chlorination

Series 7000M:

Ballast (adjacent to tanks)


Crude Oil Washing
Deck hot air drying (cargo tanks)
Petroleum cargo lines (cargo tanks)

PSX:

Epoxy resin pipe & fittings with conductive filaments


Portable discharge lines
Sounding tubes
Stripping lines

Polysiloxane phenolic resin pipe & fittings for resistance to heat and fire
Special characteristics:
Outstanding resistance to fire
and heat
Low smoke and toxicity emissions
Superior strength, flexibility and
impact resistance
Excellent corrosion resistance
Outstanding weatherability

Fire mains
Sprinkler systems
Wet deluge systems
Dry deluge systems

Bondstrand joining systems

Quick-Lock (QL):
Adhesive bonded
Straight spigot, tapered bell

Double O-ring:
Mechanically joined

Taper/Taper (TT):

Adhesive bonded
matching tapered male
and female ends

Flanges:
One piece heavy-duty
or Van Stone-type

Bondstrand Product Data


Joining
system

Series
Bondstrand
Bondstrand
Bondstrand
Bondstrand
Bondstrand

2000M
5000M
7000M
PSXJF
PSXL3

QL/TT
QL
QL/TT
QL/TT
QL/TT

Max
operating
temperature
(F)
(C)

Max
operating
pressure
(psi)
(bar)

Nominal
pipe size
(in.)
(mm)

200
200
200
250*
250

225
150
225
225
225

1-36
1-16
1-36
1-16
1-16

93
93
93
121*
121

16
10
16
16
16

50-900
25-400
50-900
25-400
25-400

Taper/taper joining system is required with larger diameters to achieve 225 psi (16 bar) pressure rating.
* PSXL3 piping has passed IMO Level 3 fire test requirement to perform at elevated temperatures. See product literature.
PSXJF piping has passed jet fire testing in accordance with UKOOA specifications to perform at elevated temperatures. See product literature.

Worldwide approvals & certifications


Ameron is committed to maintaining quality and to upholding the manufacturing standards required by approval and certification organizations throughout
the world. We work closely with the United States Coast Guard and agencies
worldwide to broaden acceptance for fiberglass piping in shipboard systems.
Documentation, certificates of approval and letters of guidance from the following agencies on the use of Bondstrand piping on shipboard systems is available
from Ameron upon request

American Bureau of Shipping (USA)


Bureau Veritas (France)
Canadian Coast Guard (Canada)
China Corporation of Shipping (China)
Det norske Veritas (Norway)
Scheepvaartinspectie (Netherlands)
Germanisher Lloyd (Germany)

Inboard profile

Main Cargo
Piping in Tanks

Cargo Stripping
Piping in Tanks

Important notice

Korean Registration of Shipping


(Korea)
Lloyd's Register of Shipping (UK)
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (Japan)
Registro Italiano Navale (Italy)
United States Coast Guard (USA)

Ballast Piping
in tanks

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may
cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied,
including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron
assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or
recommendations it contains.

FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP


Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron-net.com

Fiberglass Pipe Div.-Asia/Pacific


Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834
e-mail:

Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe


Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 573-341
Fax: +31 345 575 254
Telex: 40257 bonds nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division-Americas


P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, Texas 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

1978 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP210A (8/97) supersedes FP210 (1/87)

LEADING WORLD PRODUCER


Ameron is a leading world
producer of glassfiberreinforced epoxy (GRE) pipe
systems with manufacturing
facilities in the Americas,
Europe and Asia-Pacific.
Ameron offers the worlds
most comprehensive line of
GRE pipe products for
industry, oil & gas, offshore,
marine and fuel handling
applications.

AMERON OFFERS THE WORLDS MOST COMPREHENSIVE SELECTION OF


ADHESIVE-BONDED, THREADED AND MECHANICAL JOINING SYSTEMS FOR
GLASSFIBER PIPE
QUICK-LOCK
An adhesive-bonded joint with straight spigot
and tapered bell. The integral pipe stop in the
Quick-Lock bell ensures accurate laying
lengths in close tolerance piping.
Available in sizes 25-400 mm (1-16 in).

Ameron field service


engineers are available to
assist the nominated
contractor throughout the
project.

GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY AND PHENOLIC


PIPE SYSTEMS FOR MARINE APPLICATIONS

TAPER/TAPER
An adhesive-bonded joint with matching
tapered male and female ends offering a
controlled adhesive thickness. Available in
sizes 25-1000 mm (1-40 in).
DOUBLE O-RING
A mechanical joint offering quick assembly
between male and female ends. Two O
rings are employed to provide sealing.
Available in sizes 25-900 mm (1-36 in).

CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Ameron provides a high
degree of customer support
through a network of sales
offices, supply houses,
stocking distributors and
sales representatives in
more than 20 countries.
This support is backed by
central research and
development facilities, to
meet customer
requirements.
ADVICE AT EVERY STAGE
Ameron offers advice at
every stage, from project
planning to installation.
With advanced computer
systems, Ameron can offer
assistance in design,
calculations and
engineering.

BONDSTRAND

FLANGES
One-piece flanges and Van Stone-type
flanges with movable rings.
Available in sizes 25-1000 mm (1-40 in).

AMERON BONDSTRAND GLASSFIBER REINFORCED


EPOXY PIPE SYSTEMS FOR MARINE APPLICATIONS
Series

Maximum
operating
temperature
(C)
(F)

Maximum
operating
pressure
(Bar)
(PSI)

Nominal
pipe size
(mm)

(inch)

Bondstrand 2000 M

93

200

16

230

25-900

1-36

Bondstrand 5000 M

93

200

10

150

25-400

1-16

Bondstrand 7000 M*

93

200

16

230

50-900

2-36

Bondstrand PSXJF**

121

250

16

230

25-400

1-16

Bondstrand PSXL3***

121

250

16

230

25-400

1-16

*
**

Conductive system
PSXJF piping has passed jet fire testing in accordance with UKOOA specifications to
perform at elevated temperatures. See product literature.
*** PSXL3 piping has passed IMO level 3 fire test requirement to perform at elevated
temperatures. See product literature.

MAINTENANCE-FREE
CORROSION RESISTANT
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Group headquarters
5300, Hollister Road
Suite 111, Houston
Houston, Texas 77040-1148
USA
Telephone 1-713-690-7777
Fax 1-713-690-2842

Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett
Texas 76364
USA
Telephone 1-940-569-1471
Fax 1-940-569-2764

Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Telephone 31 345 587 587
Fax 31 345 587 561
Telex 40257 BONDS NL

Ameron 1997 FP 643 11/97. Printed in The Netherlands

Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Asia-Pacific
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
N0. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Telephone 65-8621301
Fax 65-8621302/8617834

FLAME-RETARDANT
CONDUCTIVE AND NON-CONDUCTIVE
LOW-SMOKE & TOXICITY EMISSIONS

BONDSTRAND GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY AND PHENOLIC PIPE


WIDE RANGE OF APPLICATIONS
SYSTEMS FOR MARINE APPLICATIONS

Metal piping has to be replaced two or


three times during the average life of a
vessel, thereby costing two or three times
that of the original investment. When
labour costs, downtime and the
maintenance costs are added to this, the
total could easily be more than six times
the original investment.
Bondstrand reinforced resin piping
systems from Ameron can last the life of a
vessel. They are especially designed for
shipboard service using highly corrosion
resistant epoxy. The pipes are reinforced
throughout with tough glassfiber strands
creating a lightweight, strong, corrosionresistant pipe that meets most standards
for shipboard systems.
COST SAVINGS

Bondstrand marine pipe has corrosion


resistance comparable to copper-nickel
and more exotic alloys but its installed
cost is competitive with carbon steel.
Two men can lift, carry, cut to size and join
these light weight pipes in just a fraction
of the man-hours required to join steel
pipe. Installation costs can be reduced by
30 to 40 percent compared to traditional
steel pipe.
Bondstrand marine pipes are easy to
install, maintenance personnel can be
quickly trained to cut and complete a
joint. Proper installation procedures are
described in Ameron literature and
Ameron field technicians are available if
required.
PRESSURE TESTED DURING MANUFACTURE

Bondstrand marine pipe and fittings are


manufactured by the filament winding
process and routinely tested at 150% of
the operating pressure to meet
manufacturers and society testing
requirements. Both internal and external
pressure ratings are established especially
for shipboard environments and loadings.
SAFER FOR SHIPBOARD USE

Bondstrand marine piping is joined using


adhesives, flanges, or mechanical
couplings, so the danger of fire or
explosions caused by torches and arc
welding is eliminated.

Bondstrand is available in three series for a wide


variety of demanding shipboard applications.

OUTSTANDING BENEFITS
LONG SERVICE LIFE
Internally and externally corrosion resistant
LOW INSTALLED COST
Less than schedule 80 carbon steel
LIGHTWEIGHT
One-eighth the weight of steel pipe
ELECTRICALLY SHIELDED
When grounded properly, prevents excessive
accumulation of static electricity
LOW MAINTENANCE
Easy to install and repair; does not require
protective coatings to withstand marine
environments
EXTRA-HEAVY WALL
Resists impact wave loads and external
pressure
WORLDWIDE SERVICE
Global delivery and technical assistance
capabilities

BONDSTRAND SERIES 2000M


A lined epoxy system for applications where
corrosion resistance and light weight are of
paramount importance.

Air and equipment cooling circulating water


Ballast/segregated ballast
Brine
Drainage/sanitary service/sewage
Eductor systems
Electrical conduit
Exhaust piping
Fresh and salt water systems
Inert gas effluent
Main engine cooling
Steam condensate
Sounding tube/vent lines
Tankcleaning (salt water system)

BONDSTRAND SERIES 5000M


A vinylester system for applications in severe
corrosive environments with smooth inner liner for
extremely low frictional loss.

Chlorinated systems

BONDSTRAND SERIES 7000M


An epoxy system with conductive elements
incorporated in the wall of the pipes to prevent
accumulation of static electricity produced by the
flow of liquids inside, and external affects outside
the pipes.

Ballast (adjacent to tanks)


Crude oil washing
Deck hot air drying (cargo tanks)
Petroleum cargo lines (cargo tanks)
Portable discharge lines
Sounding tubes

BONDSTRAND SERIES PSX


A system based on polysiloxane and phenolic resins
for applications where outstanding resistance to
fire and heat are required.

Fire mains and sprinkler systems


Wet and dry deluge systems

IT CAN TAKE THE HEAT


Bondstrand PSX is a revolutionary breakthrough
in marine piping technology. Using Amerons
exclusive, patented polysiloxane phenolic (PSX)
resin, Ameron scientists have engineered a new
class of non-metallic piping that offers
unprecedented benefits.
Outstanding resistance to fire and heat
Low smoke and low toxicity emissions
Bonded with Amerons proprietary PSX
adhesive
Superior strength, flexibility, resilience and
impact resistance
Excellent resistance to abrasion and wear
Exceptional corrosion resistance
Resistance to a wide range of aggressive
chemicals, including acids and solvents
Outstanding weatherability, including
resistance to UV, water and moisture
TESTED
Bondstrand PSXL3 displayed excellent resistance
to elevated temperatures in IMO Level 3 fire tests.
50 and 150mm (2- and 6 inch) pipes withstood
temperatures in excess of 1000C. Bondstrand
PSXJF pipe passed the rigorous requirements of
jet fire testing in accordance with UKOOA
guidelines without the need for any intumescent
coating on pipe or joints.

APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATES


Ameron is committed to Total Quality
Management and conforms to the international
ISO 9001 standard. The company holds many
approvals such as Factory Mutuals for Industry,
API15LR for Oil & Gas, Lloyds Register for Marine
and UL for Fuel Handling. Ameron manufactures
its glassfiber pipe systems for offshore
applications in accordance with UKOOA
specification. Ameron works closely with
certifying authorities and other agencies all over
the world to ensure high quality and safe
materials for shipboard use. In addition, letters
of guidance as well as approvals from the
following societies are available:

United States Coast Guard


American Bureau of Shipping
Canadian Coast Guard
Lloyds Register of Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
Germanischer Lloyd
Scheepvaartinspectie
Registro Italiano Navale
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Bureau Veritas France
China Corporation of Shipping
Korean Registration of Shipping

USA
USA
Canada
UK
Norway
Germany
Netherlands
Italy
Japan
France
China
Korea

Bondstrand Product Data

Bondstrand Series 2000M


Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings
for shipboard and offshore platform service

Uses and applications

Offshore platform piping

Shipboard piping

Brine
Column piping
Drainage
Electrical conduit
Fire protection systems (wet and dry)
Gas trap piping
Potable water
Produce water
Sanitary service
Semisubmersible platform ballast
Sewage
Submersible pump systems

Air cooling circulating water


Auxiliary equipment cooling
Ballast/segregated ballast
Eductor systems
Exhaust piping
Fresh water/saltwater service (nonvital)
Inert gas effluent
Main engine cooling
Sanitary service
Sounding tubes/vent lines
Steam condensate
Tank cleaning (saltwater system)

Listings and approvals

American Bureau of Shipping (U.S.)


Bureau Veritas (France)
Canadian Coast Guard
Det norske Veritas
Dutch Scheepvaartinspectie
Food and Drug Administration (U.S.)
Germanischer Lloyd

Lloyds Register of Shipping (U.K.)


National Sanitation Foundation (U.S.)
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Polski Rejestr Statkw
Registro Italiano Navale
United States Coast Guard
Russian Register of Shipping

Performance

Bondstrand Series 2000M piping meets all applicable requirements of ASTM F1173 for
fiberglass-reinforced epoxy resin pipe and fittings.
Standard operating pressure rating for pipe and fittings is 150 psi at 200F (10 bar at
93C). Systems with 225 psig (16 bar) rating available on request.
Minimum ultimate collapse pressure of pipe and fittings is not less than 100 psi at 200F
(8.6 bar at 93C) to withstand external pressure at bottom of filled cargo or ballast tanks
under full suction.
Consult Ameron for the availability of Series 2000M pipe and fittings with higher
pressure ratings than those given above.
Bondstrand Series 2000M piping systems are in accordance with International Marine
Organization (IMO) Regulations.

FP194C (10/98)

Composition

Pipe
Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced epoxy pipe with nominal 0.020-inch (0.5 mm)
integral resin-rich reinforced liner.
Fittings
Wide range of lined filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced epoxy fittings employing
Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joint in 1 to 16-inch (25 to 400 mm) sizes and flanged
ends in all sizes.
Flanges
Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced epoxy
Blind flanges
Compression-molded fiberglass-reinforced epoxy in 2 to 12-inch sizes
Thermosetting adhesives
RP34 two-part epoxy for Quick-Lock joints (outside U.S.)
RP34C two-part epoxy for Quick-Lock joints (in U.S.)
A20LT two-part epoxy adhesive for 18-inch sizes and above (in U.S.)
RP48 two-part epoxy adhesive for 18-inch sizes and above (outside U.S.)

Joining systems

1 to 16-inch (25 to 400 mm)


Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint featuring integral pipe stop in bell for
predictable, precise laying lengths
2 to 24-inch (50 to 600 mm)
Van Stone type flanges with movable flange rings for easy bolt alignment
1 to 40-inch (25 to 1000 mm)
One-piece flanges in standard hubbed or heavy-duty hubless configuration
2 to 40-inch (50 to 1000 mm)
Viking-Johnson or Dresser type mechanical couplings for installations requiring up to
2 angular deflection
Standard Bondstrand Series 2000M pipe is shipped in the configurations shown below.
Pipe in 10-inch (250 mm) sizes and larger is shipped with plain spigot end to facilitate
the use of mechanical couplings.
Nominal Pipe Size
(in)
(mm)
1 - 112
25 - 40
2-8
50 - 200
10 - 16
250 - 400
18 - 40
450 - 1000

Pipe lengths

Standard
End Configuration
Quick-Lock bell x plain end
Quick-Lock bell x shaved spigot
Quick-Lock bell x plain end
plain end x plain end

Bondstrand marine pipe is produced in different lengths depending on pipe diameter


and the location of manufacture. Pipe can be cut to specified lengths at the factory.
Consult your Ameron representative.
Nominal Pipe Size
(in)
(mm)
1 - 112
25 - 40
2-8
50 - 200
10 - 16
250 - 400
18 - 40
450 - 1000

Length
(ft)
10*
30*
20*
40

* In U.S. Other lengths may be available outside of U.S.

(m)
3.0
9.1
6.1
12.2

Fittings and flanges

See Bondstrand Product Data,SERIES 2000M AND 7000M FITTINGS, FP169, for
dimensions, shipping weights and pressure ratings.
Fittings
90 and 45 elbows
Tees and reducing tees
45 laterals
Crosses
Couplings and nipples

Reducers
Reducing saddles furnished with
Quick-Lock socket outlet
flanged outlet
metallic bushing outlet

Flanges
Series 2000M flanges are offered in three configurations
one-piece hubbed (standard)
one-piece hubless (heavy-duty)
loose ring (van Stone)
Bondstrand marine flanges are produced with the following drillings for easy
connection to piping systems currently in common use; other drillings, as well as
undrilled flanges, are available:

ANSI B16.1 Cl 125 (26 to 40 in)


ANSI B16.5 Cl 150 (1 to 24 in)
ANSI B16.5 Cl 300 (1 to 24 in)
API 605 Cl 150
API 605 Cl 300

ISO 2084 NP-10


ISO 2084 NP-16
JIS B2211
5 kg/cm2
JIS B2212
10 kg/cm2
JIS B2213
16 kg/cm2

See Bondstrand Product Data,SERIES 2000M AND 7000M FLANGES, FP168, for
dimensions and weights for the drillings given above.

Typical pipe dimensions

Series 2000M pipe dimensions conform to Iron Pipe Size (IPS*) ODs in 1 to 36-inch
sizes and Marine Cast Iron (MCI**) ODs in 14 to 40-inch sizes.
Nominal
Pipe
Nominal Wall
Shipping Weight
Pipe Size
Inside Diameter
Thickness
(approx)
(in) (mm)
(in)
(mm)
(in)
(mm)
(lb/ft)
(kg/m)
1
25
1.07
27
.15
3.8
0.5
0.7
112
40
1.67
42
.15
3.8
0.9
1.3
2
50
2.10
53
.16
4.1
0.8
1.2
3
80
3.22
82
.16
4.1
1.2
1.8
4 100
4.14
105
.21
5.2
2.0
3.0
6 150
6.26
159
.22
5.4
3.1
4.6
8 200
8.22
209
.28
7.0
5.2
7.7
10 250
10.35
263
.34
8.6
8.1
12
12 300
12.35
314
.40
10.2
11
17
14 350
13.29
338
.43
11.0
13
19
14.12**
359
.46
11.6
15
22
16 400
15.19
386
.49
12.5
17
25
16.03**
407
.51
13.1
19
28
18 450
17.08
434
.55
13.9
21
32
17.94**
456
.57
14.5
23
35
20 500
18.98
482
.60
15.4
26
39
19.88**
505
.63
16.0
29
43
22 550
21.78**
553
.69
17.5
33
49
24 600
22.78
579
.72
18.3
37
56
23.73**
603
.75
19.2
40
60
26 650
25.59**
650
.81
20.6
44
66
28 700
27.57**
700
.87
22.1
51
75
30 750
28.47
723
.89
22.6
58
86
29.53**
750
.93
23.5
62
93
32 800
31.46**
799
.99
25.1
68
102
36 900
34.17
868
1.07
27.3
83
123
35.31**
897
1.10
28.2
88
132
40 1000
39.37**
1000
1.17
29.7
110
165
*

Outside diameters of Series 2000M pipe in 250 and 300 mm sizes exceed iron pipe dimensions of
ISO 559-1977 (273 and 324 mm, respectively) and cast iron pipe dimensions of ISO 13-1978
(274 and 326 mm, respectively).

Typical physical
properties

Pipe Property
Thermal conductivity
Pipe wall
Thermal expansion
Linear
Flow coefficient
Absolute roughness
Specific gravity
Density

Units

Value

Btuin/(hrft2F)
W/mC

2.3
0.33

Ameron

10-6 in/in/F
10-6 mm/mmC
Hazen-Williams
10-6 ft
10-6 m

lb/in3

10
18
150
17.4
5.3
1.79
0.065

Ameron

Typical mechanical properties


Pipe Property
Circumferential
Tensile stress at weeping
Tensile modulus

Units
103 psi
MPa
106 psi
GPa

Tensile modulus

Hydrostatic design
basis (cyclic)1
1)

Support spacing

70F
(21C)

200F
(93C)

24.0
165

18.5
128

Method
ASTM D1599

3.20
22.1

Ameron

0.56

0.70

Ameron

103 psi
MPa

8.50
59.0

6.90
44.6

ASTM D2105

106 psi
GPa

1.60
11.1

1.24
8.50

ASTM D2105

0.37

0.41

ASTM D2105

106 psi
GPa

1.70
11.7

1.00
6.90

ASTM D2925

103 psi
MPa

6.0
41.4

Poissons ratio
Beam apparent
Elastic modulus

__
__

3.65
25.2

Poissons ratio
Longitudinal
Tensile strength

Method

ASTM D2992A

At 150F (66C).

Recommended maximum support spacing for Bondstrand Series 2000M pipe


when carrying liquid with a specific gravity of 1.0.
Temperature (F/C)
Nominal
Pipe Size
(100/38)
(150/66)
(200/93)
(250/121)
(in) (mm)
(ft)
(m)
(ft)
(m)
(ft)
(m)
(ft)
(m)
1
25
9.2
2.80
8.7
2.65
8.1
2.45
7.3
2.20
112
50
10.3
3.15
9.8
3.00
9.1
2.75
8.2
2.50
2
50
11.8
3.60
11.2
3.40
10.4
3.15
9.4
2.85
3
80
13.4
4.10
12.7
3.85
11.8
3.60
10.7
3.25
4 100
15.2
4.65
14.4
4.40
13.4
4.10
12.1
3.70
6 150
17.4
5.30
16.5
5.05
15.3
4.65
13.9
4.25
8 200
19.6
5.95
18.6
5.65
17.3
5.25
15.6
4.75
10 250
22.1
6.75
20.9
6.35
19.4
5.90
17.5
5.35
12 300
24.1
7.35
22.8
6.95
21.2
6.45
19.1
5.80
14 350
24.9
7.60
23.6
7.20
23.2
7.05
19.8
6.05
16 400
26.8
8.15
25.3
7.70
23.6
7.20
21.3
6.50
18 450
28.3
8.65
26.7
8.15
24.9
7.60
22.5
6.85
20 500
29.8
9.10
28.2
8.60
26.2
8.00
23.7
7.20
22 550
31.7
9.65
30.0
9.15
27.9
8.50
25.2
7.70
24 600
32.5
9.90
30.7
9.35
28.6
8.70
25.8
7.85
26 650
34.4 10.50
32.6
9.95
30.3
9.25
27.4
8.35
28 700
35.8 10.90
33.8 10.30
31.5
9.60
28.4
8.65
30 750
36.2 11.05
34.3 10.45
31.9
9.70
28.8
8.80
32 800
37.5 11.45
35.0 10.65
32.6
9.95
30.1
9.15
36 900
37.8 11.50
35.8 10.90
33.3 10.15
31.0
9.45
40 1000
40.0 12.20
38.1 11.60
35.4 10.80
32.0
9.75

External pressure rating

Collapse pressure calculations are based on minimum wall thicknesses ( 8712% of


nominal wall thickness) and assume no contribution of strength by the liner.
Maximum head calculations assume a 3:1 safety factor and 75% vacuum inside the
pipe. For full vacuum conditions, subtract an additional 8.5 feet (2.6 m) from the
tabulated values.
100F
150F
Nominal
Collapse
Maximum
Collapse
Maximum
Pipe Size
Pressure
Head
Pressure
Head
(in) (mm)
(psi)
(bar)
(ft)
(m)
(psi)
(bar)
(ft)
(m)
1
25 >5000 >350 >5000 >1500
>5000 >350
>5000 >1500
112
40 >5000 >350 >5000 >1500
>5000 >350
>5000 >1500
2
50
1457 100.5 1097 334.3
1412
97.4
1062 323.7
3
80
404
27.9
285
86.9
391
27.0
276 84.1
4 100
483
33.3
346 105.5
468
32.2
335 102.1
6 150
163
11.2
100
30.5
158
10.9
96 29.3
8 200
142
9.8
84
25.6
137
9.4
80 24.3
10 250
150
10.3
90
27.4
145
10.0
87 26.5
12 300
149
10.3
89
27.1
144
9.9
85 25.9
14 350
150
10.3
90
27.4
145
10.0
86 26.2
155** 10.7
94
28.7
150
10.3
90 27.4
16 400
152
10.5
91
27.7
147
10.1
88 26.8
146** 10.1
87
26.5
142
9.8
84 25.6
18 450
153
10.5
93
28.3
149
10.3
89 27.1
148** 10.2
88
26.8
143
9.9
85 25.9
20 500
154
10.6
93
28.3
150
10.3
90 27.4
149** 10.3
89
27.1
144
9.9
85 25.9
22 550
150** 10.3
90
27.4
145
10.0
86 26.2
24 600
150
10.3
90
27.4
145
10.0
86 26.2
150** 10.3
90
27.4
145
10.0
87 26.5
26 650
151** 10.4
91
27.7
146
10.1
87 26.5
28 700
151** 10.4
91
27.7
147
10.1
87 26.5
30 750
147
10.1
88
26.8
143
9.9
85 25.9
151** 10.4
91
27.7
147
10.1
87 26.5
32 800
152** 10.5
91
27.7
147
10.1
88 26.8
36 900
150
10.3
90
27.4
146
10.1
87 26.5
152** 10.5
92
28.0
148
10.2
88 26.8
40 1000
129**
8.9
74
22.6
125
8.6
71 21.6
** Data for MCI pipe.

Head loss through


Series 2000M pipe

The following chart provides head loss as a function of flow rate of water through
Bondstrand Series 2000M piping. Values are based on the Hazen-Williams equation.

10

Pipe Size (inches)

10 12

20

16
18

14

30
24

36

Head Loss (m of water/100 m of pipe)

Velocity (m/sec)

40

5.0

1
0.3

3.0
0.2
2.5
0.15

2.0

1.5

0.1

10-1

1.0

0.7

10-2
10-5

112

10-4

0.5

10-3

10-2

Flow Quantity (m3/sec)

4.6 m/sec (15 ft/sec)


max recommended
fluid velocity

10-1

10

Bondstrand guide specification


Pipe construction

The structural wall of fiberglass pipe in 1 through 40-inch sizes shall have continuous
glass fibers wound at a 5434 helical angle in a matrix of aromatic amine cured epoxy
resin. The integral reinforced resin-rich liner shall consist of C-glass and a
resin/hardener system identical to that of the structural wall, and shall have a 20-mil
nominal thickness. Non-reinforced pure resin-type corrosion barriers (liners) shall not
be allowed due to their potential for severe fracturing during transportation, installation
and operation of the pipe.
Pipe in 1 through 40-inch sizes shall be rated for a minimum of 150 psig at 200F and
shall have a full vacuum capability with a safety factor of 3:1.
Pipe shall be manufactured according to ASTM D2996 Specification for filamentwound reinforced thermosetting resin pipe (RTRP). When classified under ASTM
D2310, the pipe shall meet Type 1, Grade 1 and Class F (RTRP-11FE) cell limits.
Pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements of ASTM F1173 for fiberglass-reinforced
epoxy pipe and fittings for shipboard applications.
Filament-wound epoxy fiberglass pipe shall be translucent to allow for inspection of
damage.

Fittings construction

Fittings in 1 through 40-inch sizes shall be filament wound with a reinforced resin-rich
liner of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and of the same glass and resin
type as the pipe. Unlined fittings shall not be substituted.
When classified in accordance with ASTM D4024, filament-wound epoxy-resin flanges
shall meet or surpass Type 1, Grade 1 and Class C (RTRF-113D or 113E) standards.
Compression-molding, contact-molding, spray-up or hand-layup construction shall
not be allowed in standard fittings.
Pipe and fittings in 1 through 16-inch sizes shall be joined using a bell x straight spigot
joint with a 0.5 taper and pipe stop inside the bell to allow precise makeup. Pipe in
18 through 40-inch sizes shall be furnished with plain ends or with bell x plain end.

Workmanship

The pipe and fittings shall be free from all defects, including delaminations, indentations, pinholes, foreign inclusions, bubbles and resin-starved areas which, due to their
nature, degree or extent, detrimentally affect the strength and serviceability of the pipe
or fittings. The pipe and fittings shall be as uniform as commercially practicable in color,
density and other physical properties.

Testing

Samples of pipe and couplings shall be tested at random, based on standard quality
control practices to determine conformance of the materials to American Society for
Testing and Materials guidelines for testing fiberglass pipe products: ASTM D1599,
D2105, D2992A or D2992B.
All fittings shall be 100% tested prior to shipping.
Test samples may be hydrostatically tested by the manufacturer to 1.5 times the
pressure rating for signs of leakage.

Technical support

Consult Ameron for further recommendations concerning the shipboard or offshore


use of Bondstrand pipe system. For particular questions regarding the installation and
use of Bondstrand Series 7000M antistatic pipe and fittings, refer to the Ameron Marine
Engineering Manual.

Conversions

1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2


1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lbin = 0.113 Nm
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
1 ft/sec = 0.304 m/sec
1 gpm = 6.31 x 10-7 m3/sec
C = 5/9 (F - 32)

Important notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information
contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this
literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering
Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.

GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
Telex: 40257 bonds nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

1985 Ameron FP194C (10/98) supersedes FP194B (1/93) Printed in U.S.A. 5M

Bondstrand Product Data

Bondstrand Series 7000M


Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings
for shipboard and offshore platform service
Uses and applications

Ballast (adjacent to tanks)


Crude oil washing
Deck hot air drying (cargo tanks)
Petroleum cargo lines

Portable discharge lines


Sounding tubes/vent cargo piping
Stripping lines

Listings and approvals

American Bureau of Shipping (U.S.)


Bureau Veritas (France)
Canadian Coast Guard
Det norske Veritas
Dutch Scheepvaartinspectie
Germanischer Lloyd

Lloyds Register of Shipping (U.K.)


Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Polski Rejestr Statkw
Registro Italiano Navale
United States Coast Guard
Russian Register of Shipping

Performance

Bondstrand Series 7000M fiberglass pipe, fittings and flanges incorporate highstrength conductive filaments (U.S. Patent No. 4,330,811) to prevent accumulation of
potentially dangerous levels of static electrical charges by the flow of liquids such as
refined petroleum products. Series 7000M piping systems are made electrically
conductive by using a conductive Ameron adhesive (U.S. Patent No. 4,874,548) in the
adhesive-bonded joint and for mounting flanges. Accumulated charges are harmlessly
drained from the fiberglass pipe system into the metallic structure of the ship by means
of stainless steel cables embedded in fiberglass grounding saddles. The saddles are
adhesive bonded in the field by the installer to the external wall of the pipe.
Series 7000M fiberglass piping meets all applicable requirements of ASTM F1173.
Pipe and fittings are available for continuous operating pressures of 150 psi (10 bar) or
225 psi (16 bar) at 200F. Minimum collapse pressure of pipe and fittings is not less than
125 psi at 200F (8.6 bar at 93C) to withstand external pressure at bottom of filled
cargo or ballast tanks under full vacuum.

Pipe lengths

Bondstrand marine pipe is produced in different lengths depending on pipe diameter


and the location of manufacture. Pipe can be cut to specified lengths at the factory.
Consult your Ameron representative.
Nominal Pipe Size
(in)
(mm)
1 - 112
25 - 40
2-8
50 - 200
10 - 16
250 - 400
18 - 40
450 - 1000

Length
(ft)
10*
30*
20*
40

(m)
3.0
9.1
6.1
12.2

* In U.S. Other lengths may be available outside of U.S.

FP195C (11/99)

Composition

Pipe Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced epoxy pipe with conductive filaments in


pipe wall.
Fittings Wide range of lined filament-wound epoxy fittings with fiberglass strands
and conductive veils employing Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joint in 1 to 16-inch
(25 to 400 mm) sizes or flanged ends in all sizes.
Flanges Filament-wound epoxy reinforced with fiberglass strands and conductive
filament.
Blind flanges Compression-molded nonconductive epoxy in 2 to 12-inch sizes
(50 to 300 mm) sizes.
Grounding saddles Filament-wound fiberglass with stainless steel grounding cable.
Adhesive PSX60 two-part thermosetting electrically conductive epoxy.

Fittings and flanges

See Bondstrand Product Data,SERIES 2000M AND 7000M FITTINGS, FP169, for
dimensions, shipping weights and pressure ratings.
Fittings
90 and 45 elbows
Tees and reducing tees
45 laterals
Crosses
Couplings and nipples

Reducers
Reducing saddles furnished with
Quick-Lock socket outlet
flanged outlet
metallic bushing outlet

Flanges
Series 7000M flanges are offered in two configurations:
heavy-duty (hubless)
loose ring (van Stone)
Bondstrand marine flanges are produced with the following drillings for easy
connection to piping systems currently in common use; other drillings, as well as
undrilled flanges, are available:

ANSI B16.1 Cl 125 (26 to 40 in)


ANSI B16.5 Cl 150 (1 to 24 in)
ANSI B16.5 Cl 300 (1 to 24 in)
API 605 Cl 150
API 605 Cl 300

ISO 2084 NP-10


ISO 2084 NP-16
JIS B2211
5 kg/cm2
JIS B2212
10 kg/cm2
JIS B2213
16 kg/cm2

See Bondstrand Product Data,SERIES 2000M AND 7000M FLANGES, FP168, for
dimensions and weights for the drillings given above.

Typical physical
properties

Pipe Property
Units
Thermal conductivity of pipe wall
Thermal expansion, linear
Flow coefficient
Absolute roughness
Specific gravity
Shielding capability
Grounding resistance @ 1500 volts

Value
Btuin/(hrft2F)
2.3
W/mC
0.33
10-6 in/in/F
10
10-6 mm/mmC 18
Hazen-Williams 150
10-6 ft
17.4
5.3
10-6 m

1.79
volts
100 1
6
10 ohms
1.01
.

1) Maximum value when measured in accordance with Annexes 2 and 3 of ASTM 1173.

Method
Ameron
Ameron
__
__

Typical mechanical
properties

Pipe Property

Units

Circumferential
Tensile stress at weeping

103 psi
MPa

70F
(21C)

200F
(93C)

24.0
165

18.5
128

106 psi
GPa

Tensile modulus

Tensile modulus

3.20
22.1

Ameron

0.56

0.70

Ameron

103 psi
MPa

8.50
59.0

6.90
44.6

ASTM D2105

106 psi
GPa

1.60
11.1

1.24
8.50

ASTM D2105

0.37

0.41

ASTM D2105

106 psi
GPa

1.70
11.7

1.00
6.90

ASTM D2925

103 psi
MPa

6.0
41.4

Poissons ratio
Beam apparent
Elastic modulus
Hydrostatic design
basis (cyclic)1

ASTM D1599

3.65
25.2

Poissons ratio
Longitudinal
Tensile strength

Method

ASTM D2992A

1) At 150F (66C).

Typical pipe dimensions

Series 7000M pipe dimensions conform to Iron Pipe Size (IPS*) ODs in 1 to 36-inch
sizes and Marine Cast Iron (MCI**) ODs in 14 to 40-inch sizes.
Nominal
Pipe
Nominal Wall
Nominal
Shipping Weight
Pipe Size
Inside Diameter
Thickness
O.D.
(in) (mm)
(in)
(mm)
(in) (mm)
(in) (mm)
(lb/ft) (kg/m)
1
11/2
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350

16

400

18

450

20

500

22
24

550
600

26
28
30

650
700
750

32
36

800
900

40 1000
*

1.07
1.67
2.10
3.22
4.14
6.26
8.22
10.35
12.35
13.29
14.12**
15.19
16.03**
17.08
17.94**
18.98
19.88**
21.78**
22.78
23.73**
25.59**
27.57**
28.47
29.53**
31.46**
34.17
35.31**
39.37**

27
42
53
82
105
159
209
263
314
338
359
386
407
434
456
482
505
553
579
603
650
700
723
750
799
868
897
1000

.15
.15
.16
.16
.21
.22
.28
.34
.40
.43
.46
.49
.51
.55
.57
.60
.63
.69
.72
.75
.81
.87
.89
.93
.99
1.07
1.10
1.17

3.8
3.8
4.1
4.1
5.2
5.4
7.0
8.6
10.2
11.0
11.6
12.5
13.1
13.9
14.5
15.4
16.0
17.5
18.3
19.2
20.6
22.1
22.6
23.5
25.1
27.3
28.2
29.7

1.33
34
1.93
49
2.35
60
3.50
89
4.50 114
6.64 169
8.61 219
10.95 278
13.05 331
14.04 357
14.92 379
16.05 408
16.92 430
18.04 458
18.94 481
20.03 509
20.98 533
22.98 584
24.04 611
25.04 636
27.00 686
29.09 739
30.00 762
31.15 791
33.21 844
36.06 916
37.23 946
41.41 1052

0.5
0.9
0.8
1.2
2.0
3.1
5.2
8.1
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
26
29
33
37
40
44
51
58
62
68
83
88
110

0.7
1.3
1.2
1.8
3.0
4.6
7.7
12
17
19
22
25
28
32
35
39
43
49
56
60
66
75
86
93
102
123
132
165

Outside diameters of Series 7000M pipe in 250 and 300 mm sizes exceed iron pipe dimensions of
ISO 559-1977 (273 and 324 mm, respectively) and cast iron pipe dimensions of ISO 13-1978
(274 and 326 mm, respectively).

Joining systems

1 to 16-inch (25 to 400 mm)


Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint featuring integral pipe stop in bell for
predictable, precise laying lengths
2 to 24-inch (50 to 600 mm)
Van Stone type flanges with movable flange rings for easy bolt alignment
1 to 40-inch (25 to 1000 mm)
One-piece flanges in standard hubbed or heavy-duty hubless configuration
2 to 40-inch (50 to 1000 mm)
Viking-Johnson or Dresser type mechanical couplings as per suppliers specification
Standard Bondstrand Series 7000M pipe is shipped in the configurations shown below.
Pipe in 10-inch (250 mm) sizes and larger is shipped with plain spigot end to facilitate
the use of mechanical couplings.
Nominal Pipe Size
(in)
(mm)
1 - 112
25 - 40
2-8
50 - 200
10 - 16
250 - 400
18 - 40
450 - 1000

Support spacing

Standard
End Configuration
Quick-Lock bell x plain end
Quick-Lock bell x shaved spigot
Quick-Lock bell x plain end
plain end x plain end

Recommended maximum support spacing for Bondstrand Series 7000M pipe


when carrying liquid with a specific gravity of 1.0.
Temperature (F/C)
Nominal
Pipe Size
(100/38)
(150/66)
(200/93)
(250/121)
(in) (mm)
(ft)
(m)
(ft)
(m)
(ft)
(m)
(ft)
(m)
1
25
9.2
2.80
8.7
2.65
8.1
2.45
7.3
2.20
50
10.3
3.15
9.8
3.00
9.1
2.75
8.2
2.50
112
2
50
11.8
3.60
11.2
3.40
10.4
3.15
9.4
2.85
3
80
13.4
4.10
12.7
3.85
11.8
3.60
10.7
3.25
4 100
15.2
4.65
14.4
4.40
13.4
4.10
12.1
3.70
6 150
17.4
5.30
16.5
5.05
15.3
4.65
13.9
4.25
8 200
19.6
5.95
18.6
5.65
17.3
5.25
15.6
4.75
10 250
22.1
6.75
20.9
6.35
19.4
5.90
17.5
5.35
12 300
24.1
7.35
22.8
6.95
21.2
6.45
19.1
5.80
14 350
24.9
7.60
23.6
7.20
23.2
7.05
19.8
6.05
16 400
26.8
8.15
25.3
7.70
23.6
7.20
21.3
6.50
18 450
28.3
8.65
26.7
8.15
24.9
7.60
22.5
6.85
20 500
29.8
9.10
28.2
8.60
26.2
8.00
23.7
7.20
22 550
31.7
9.65
30.0
9.15
27.9
8.50
25.2
7.70
24 600
32.5
9.90
30.7
9.35
28.6
8.70
25.8
7.85
26 650
34.4 10.50
32.6
9.95
30.3
9.25
27.4
8.35
28 700
35.8 10.90
33.8 10.30
31.5
9.60
28.4
8.65
30 750
36.2 11.05
34.3 10.45
31.9
9.70
28.8
8.80
32 800
37.5 11.45
35.0 10.65
32.6
9.95
30.1
9.15
36 900
37.8 11.50
35.8 10.90
33.3 10.15
31.0
9.45
40 1000
40.0 12.20
38.1 11.60
35.4 10.80
32.0
9.75

External pressure rating

Collapse pressure calculations are based on minimum wall thicknesses ( 8712% of


nominal wall thickness) and assume no contribution of strength by the liner.
Maximum head calculations assume a 3:1 safety factor and 75% vacuum inside the
pipe. For full vacuum conditions, subtract an additional 8.5 feet (2.6 m) from the
tabulated values.
100F
150F
Nominal
Collapse
Maximum
Collapse
Maximum
Pipe Size
Pressure
Head
Pressure
Head
(in) (mm)
(psi)
(bar)
(ft)
(m)
(psi)
(bar)
(ft)
(m)
1
25 >5000 >350 >5000 >1500
>5000 >350
>5000 >1500
112
40 >5000 >350 >5000 >1500
>5000 >350
>5000 >1500
2
50
1457 100.5 1097 334.3
1412
97.4
1062 323.7
3
80
404
27.9
285
86.9
391
27.0
276 84.1
4 100
483
33.3
346 105.5
468
32.2
335 102.1
6 150
163
11.2
100
30.5
158
10.9
96 29.3
8 200
142
9.8
84
25.6
137
9.4
80 24.3
10 250
150
10.3
90
27.4
145
10.0
87 26.5
12 300
149
10.3
89
27.1
144
9.9
85 25.9
14 350
150
10.3
90
27.4
145
10.0
86 26.2
155** 10.7
94
28.7
150
10.3
90 27.4
16 400
152
10.5
91
27.7
147
10.1
88 26.8
146** 10.1
87
26.5
142
9.8
84 25.6
18 450
153
10.5
93
28.3
149
10.3
89 27.1
148** 10.2
88
26.8
143
9.9
85 25.9
20 500
154
10.6
93
28.3
150
10.3
90 27.4
149** 10.3
89
27.1
144
9.9
85 25.9
22 550
150** 10.3
90
27.4
145
10.0
86 26.2
24 600
150
10.3
90
27.4
145
10.0
86 26.2
150** 10.3
90
27.4
145
10.0
87 26.5
26 650
151** 10.4
91
27.7
146
10.1
87 26.5
28 700
151** 10.4
91
27.7
147
10.1
87 26.5
30 750
147
10.1
88
26.8
143
9.9
85 25.9
151** 10.4
91
27.7
147
10.1
87 26.5
32 800
152** 10.5
91
27.7
147
10.1
88 26.8
36 900
150
10.3
90
27.4
146
10.1
87 26.5
152** 10.5
92
28.0
148
10.2
88 26.8
40 1000
129**
8.9
74
22.6
125
8.6
71 21.6
** Data for MCI pipe.

Head loss through


Series 7000M pipe

The following chart provides head loss as a function of flow rate of water through
Bondstrand Series 7000M piping. Values are based on the Hazen-Williams equation.

Technical support

Consult Ameron for further recommendations concerning the shipboard or offshore


use of Bondstrand pipe system. For particular questions regarding the installation and
use of Bondstrand Series 7000M antistatic pipe and fittings, refer to the Ameron Marine
Engineering Manual.

Conversions

1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2


1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lbin = 0.113 Nm
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
1 ft/sec = 0.304 m/sec
1 gpm = 6.31 x 10-7 m3/sec
C = 5/9 (F - 32)

Important Notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained
herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to
change.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering
Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.

GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
Telex: 40257 bonds nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

1985 Ameron FP195C (11/99) supersedes FP195B (6/94) Printed in U.S.A. 5M

Introducing Bondstrand PSX polysiloxanephenolic piping systems for offshore service

merons Bondstrand PSX is a revolutionary breakthrough in offshore piping technology.


Using Amerons exclusive, patented PSX polysiloxane resin in conjunction with phenolic
resins, Ameron scientists have created a new class of non-metallic piping that offers these
unprecedented benefits:

Outstanding resistance to fire and heat


Low smoke emission and low toxicity
Superior strength, flexibility, resilience and
impact resistance
Excellent resistance to abrasion and wear
Exceptional corrosion resistance
Resistance to a wide range of aggressive
chemicals, including acids and solvents
Outstanding weatherability, including
resistance to UV, water and moisture

fter extensive research, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group has


developed a revolutionary new, fire-resistant technology
for producing fire water systems in marine and offshore
environments.
Bondstrand PSX pipe has passed stringent tests to ensure
that the piping system will not only survive a fire, but deliver
pressurised water where it is needed at the critical moment.
Bondstrand PSX employs a patented polysiloxane-phenolic
resin system developed by Ameron rather than the epoxy resin
used in conventional fiberglass pipe systems. The PSX resin
imparts superior fire resistance to the pipe as well as providing
outstanding flexibility and impact resistance.
PSX is a siloxane-modified phenolic product. The
modification takes advantage of the strengths of phenolics
high-temperature resistance, low smoke and toxicity emission
and dimensional stability - while overcoming the negative
properties associated with phenolics. Severe limitations of
conventional phenolics, such as poor adhesion for bonded
joints and limited pressure and impact resistance due to
brittleness have previously restricted their use in piping
systems.

The unique construction of Bondstrand PSXJF reduces wall


stresses caused by the steep thermal gradient across the pipe
and fittings wall during fire exposure. Alternating layers of
thermoplastic tape and filament-wound polysiloxanephenolic allow the outer jacket to expand during exposure to
extreme heat.
The tape acts as a consumable material that vaporises to
absorb energy and provide a release layer. This release layer
also creates an air gap between the reinforced layers that
serves as insulation and as a radiation shield.
The glass-reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic outer layer seals
the protective jacket against erosion by direct impingement of
high-velocity jet fire.

Improved impact resistance


Phenolics are inherently brittle, resulting in poor impact
resistance. By adding the siloxane to the phenolic, Ameron has
developed a unique resin technology that produces excellent
impact resistance in both Bondstrand PSXL3 and Bondstrand
PSXJF. Both products have impact resistance comparable to
that of epoxy pipe.

Low smoke and toxicity


Bondstrand PSX benefits from the low smoke and toxicity
emission properties of phenolics. In optical density tests,
phenolics generate far less smoke and toxicity than polyester
or epoxy pipe, demonstrating a significant safety advantage
for personnel should a fire occur.

Optical Density Comparison


700
600

IMO Level 3 certified

500

In IMO Level 3 fire tests, Bondstrand PSXL3 displayed


excellent resistance to elevated temperatures. During the tests,
2- and 6-inch (50-150 mm) pipe withstood temperatures in
excess of 1000C. At temperatures over 800C, Bondstrand
PSXL3 exhibits improved heat resistance over conventional
phenolic products.

400

Epoxy

Polyester

300
200
100

Fenol

Jet Fire Test


Bondstrand PSXJF pipe passed the rigorous requirements of
jet fire testing in accordance with UKOOA guidelines. With an
intumescent coating, epoxy pipe can withstand fire exposure.
However, Bondstrand PSXJF passed the test without
employing any intumescent coating on the pipe wall, fittings
or joints. Bondstrand PSXJF eliminates the need for an
intumescent coating and the cost of maintaining it in the
aggressive marine environment.

8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Tijd (minuten)

Pressure rating
Bondstrand PSX piping is designed to have a minimum
pressure rating of 16 bar (225 psi). In smaller diameters, the
pressure capability far exceeds this because of minimum wall
thickness and joint configuration requirements.

Fittings Pressure Rating


Elbow

Nom.
Dia.

Flange

Weep pressure

Nom.

Dia

mm

inch bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

mm

in

bar

psi

50
80
100
150
200
250
300

2
3
4
6
8
10
12

225
225
225
225
225
225*
225*

16
16
16
16
16*
16*
16*

225
225
225
225
225*
225*
225*

16
16
16
16
16*
16*
16*

225
225
225
225
225*
225*
225*

50
80
100
150
200
250
300

2
3
4
6
8
10
12

300
240
240
170
150
120
100

4380
3420
3420
2460
2140
1740
1500

16
16
16
16
16
16*
16*

Tee

Typical pipe performance

* Special order from Ameron. Consult manufacturer for details.

Composite material properties for Bondstrand PSXL3


The table below summarises typical composite material
properties for Bondstrand PSX piping

Improved adhesion for bonded joints


The siloxane modification of the phenolic overcomes the lack
of adhesion of standard phenolic resins. Ameron has
developed special adhesives, PSX20 and PSX 20S, using the
PSX technology. The superior bonding properties of PSX 20
are significantly better than those of standard epoxy. In both
the IMO Level 3 and Jet Fire tests, PSX 20 provided a secure
bond between pipe and components without the use of any
intumescent coatings on the adhesive joints.

Note
All information contained in this brochure is based on tests,
procedures and certification requirements described in detail
in Summary Report Bondstrand PSX piping for Offshore Fire
Protection 1996 available from Ameron Fiberglass Pipe
Group.

Typical Composite Material Properties Bondstrand PSXL3


Description

Average value 73F/21C

200F/93C

Test method

Bi-axial
Short term hoop tensile
strength at weeping

> 32,000 psi

ASTM D-1599

Circumferential
Short term tensile strength
Short term tensile modulus
Proportional limit
Poissons ratio to hoop

> 21,900 psi


3.48 x 106 psi
12,300 psi
0.54

19,100 psi
2.59 x 106 psi
11,400 psi
0.81

UKOOA (3/94)
Annex B (to failure)

Axial
Short term tensile strength
Short term tensile modulus
Proportional limit
Poissons ratio hoop to axial
Axial bending modulus

7,680 psi
1.35 x 106 psi
4,020 psi
0.39
To be tested

4,870 psi
0.73 x 106 psi
2,400 psi
0.44
To be tested

ASTM D-2105
ASTM D-2105
ASTM D-2105
ASTM D-2105
ASTM D-2925

8.0x10-6 in./in.F
70 to 140F
0.076 (Btu/hr.ft.F)
1.93 g/cm3
188C
70-75%

9.3x10-6 in./in.F
140 to 200F
0.077 (Btu/hr.ft.F)
-

ASTM D-696

Coefficient of thermal expansion


Thermal conductivity
Density
Degree of cure Tg
Glass content

ASTM C-335
UKOOA (3/94) Annex C
ASTM D-2584

1996 Ameron FP704 A 03/97. Printed in The Netherlands

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet: www.ameron-net.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 817 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 817 569 4012

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345 573 341
Fax: (+31) 345 575 254
Telex: 40257 BONDS NL

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861-7834

Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia.

Bondstrand Product Data


FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP

Bondstrand
PSXTML3 and PSX TMJF
Polysiloxane-phenolic
Fire-resistant Fiberglass
Pipe and Fittings
For offshore platforms, marine
and onshore service
Description

Uses and applications

Approvals

Bondstrand PSXJF and PSXL3 fiberglass reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic piping


systems may be used for offshore platforms and onshore services where fire-resistant
piping with low smoke emissions and low toxicity are required. Bondstrand PSXJF and
PSXL3 products are designed for use in dry and wet deluge systems where low weight,
corrosion resistance and fire-resistance are desired. The polysiloxane-phenolic (PSX)
resin is a revolutionary technological breakthrough developed through extensive research
and testing by Ameron. The product is designed to withstand hydrocarbon fire including
jet fire at over 300 KW/m2 heat flux from 0.3 kg/sec., high velocity impinging propane
flame. Low smoke and toxicity emission, and low flame spread make it suitable for use in
enclosed space and critical service areas.

Offshore fire water lines


Piping in offshore living quarters
Offshore general services

Onshore fire water lines


Refinery and petrochemical general
applications

PSXL3 and PSXJF have Type Approval from ABS (Certificate No. 98-HS24317-X for
Steel Vessel Rules (1997)) Section 4/6.14, MODU Rules (1997) Section 4/2.17, IMO
Resolution A.753(18)-Level 3 Fire Endurance Test.
PSXL3 and PSXL3C (conductive) have U.S. Coast Guard Type Approval per IMO
Resolution A.753 (18) and PFM 1-98 (Certificates 164.141/5/0 and 164.141/6/0, respectively.)

Performance

PSXJF pipe has proved capable of maintaining rated service pressure with no leak after
exposure to impinging jet fire for a period of 5 minutes with the pipe empty, followed by
injection of water at 150 psi (10 bar) and a flow rate of less than 73 liters/minute for an
additional 15 minutes. After the heat was removed, the piping was pressurized for an
additional 60 minutes at 150 psi (10 bar), then 60 minutes at 225 psi (15 bar), followed by 5
minutes at 350 psi (24 bar). No passive fire protection is needed on the joints.

ISO-9001

PSXL3 pipe is capable of maintaining rated service pressure after 30 minutes stagnant
wet exposure to 1100C fire and 113.5 kW/m2 heat flux. PSXL3 pipe and fittings meet
IMO Level 3 fire test requirements even with the smallest diameter (1") pipe and QuickLock joint with no passive fire protection needed on the joint.
Pipe and fittings are designed to operate at up to 225 psi system pressure.

CERTIFICATED FIRM

FP721C (4/01)

Testing and standards

Bondstrand products are manufactured to meet the highest standard of quality in


accordance with ISO 9001. The products are designed to meet ANSI and ASTM
standards. Bondstrand PSXL3 and PSXJF piping meet all applicable requirements of
ASTM F1173 for fiberglass-reinforced resin pipe and fittings.
Testing for IMO Level 3 fire endurance has been performed by independent laboratories
and witnessed by third parties. Det Norske Veritas has certified that PSXL3 pipe systems
meet the requirements for IMO Level 3. The United States Coast Guard has accepted
PSXL3 products for applications requiring IMO Level 3 performance in 8-inch and
smaller diameters.
PSXJF products have been tested by SINTEF Energy for performance in jet fire
conditions in accordance with UKOOA guidelines. The PSXJF system meets the requirements for fire endurance in a hydrocarbon jet fire, certified by SINTEF.

Characteristics

Pipe
PSXL3: Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic resin with factoryprepared Quick-Lock spigot ends.
PSXJF: Bondstrand PSXL3 pipe with layers of thermoplastic tape and filament-wound
polysiloxane-phenolic resin to form an integral fire protection jacket.
Fittings Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic resin with
integral Quick-Lock bell ends.
Flanges Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic resin QuickLock bell and flanged ends drilled to ANSI Class 150. Flanges conforming to other
standards such as ANSI Class 300, JIS, DIN or ISO are available upon request.
Joining systems Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive bonded joint, with integral pipe
stop in bell for predictable, precise laying lengths. The pipe is shipped with Quick-Lock
bell x shaved spigot end configurations. Matching taper adhesive bonded joint available
for 12- through 16-inch sizes for 225 psi (15 MPa) rating.
Adhesive Bondstrand PSX34 epoxy siloxane adhesive for bonding joints. For more
information, consult product data sheet FP698. It is available in 3 oz., 5 oz. or 8 oz. single
kits or 6-packs.
Pipe lengths Pipe is manufactured and shipped in the following standard lengths.
Nominal Pipe Size
(in)
(mm)
1 - 112
25 - 40
2-8
50 - 200
10 - 16
250 - 400

Installation

Typical Physical
Properties

The installation procedures for Bondstrand PSX pipe are identical to those for Series
2000M. For complete instructions refer to Ameron installation guide, QUICK-LOCK
ADHESIVE-BONDED BELL AND SPIGOT JOINTS FOR BONDSTRAND FIBERGLASS PIPING SYSTEMS,
FP170.

Pipe Property
Thermal Conductivity
Pipe Wall
Thermal Expansion, Linear
Flow Coefficient
Density
Degree of Cure

Length
(ft)
(m)
10'
3.0
20' & 30'
6.1 & 9.1
20'
6.1

Unit
Btuin./(hr.ft.2F)
W/mK
10-6 in./in./F
10-6 mm/mm/C
Hazen-Williams
lb./in.3
g/cm3
Tg

Value
2.3
0.33
8.0
18.0
150
.069
1.93
188C

Test Method
Ameron
ASTM D696

Typical Mechanical
Properties

Pipe Property
Bi-axial
Short term hoop tensile strength
at weeping
Circumferential
Tensile strength
Tensile Modulus
Poisson's ratio *
Longitudinal
Tensile strength
Tensile Modulus

Unit

73F/21C

psi
MPa

32,000
220

ASTM D1599

psi
MPa
psi
GPa

21,900
151
3.48 x 106
24.0
0.54

19,100
131 ASTM D1599
2.59 x 106
17.8 Ameron
0.81

psi
MPa
psi
GPa

7,680
53
1.35 x 106
9.3
.39

4,870
33 ASTM D2105
0.73 x 106
5.0 ASTM D2105
.44

Poisson's ratio **

200F/93C Test Method

Note: Physical and Mechanical Properties shown above are for Bondstrand PSXL3. Since PSXL3 forms the
core of PSXJF pipe, these properties will apply to both systems.
* Circumferential change due to longitudinal applied stress.
** Longitudinal change due to circumferential applied stress.

Support Spacing for


Bondstrand PSXL3

Recommended maximum support spacing for Bondstrand PSXL3 pipe when


carrying liquid with a specific gravity of 1.0 at various operating temperatures.
Nominal Pipe Size
in.
mm
25
1
40
112
50
2
80
3
100
4
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16

Support Spacing for


Bondstrand PSXJF

66C
m
3.0
3.3
3.6
4.1
4.7
5.1
6.0
6.7
7.3
7.6
8.1

200F
ft.
8.2
9.2
10.0
11.4
13.0
14.6
16.8
18.7
20.4
21.2
22.6

93C
m.
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.5
4.0
4.2
5.1
5.7
6.2
6.5
6.9

Recommended maximum support spacing for Bondstrand PSXJF pipe when


carrying liquid with a specific gravity of 1.0.
Nominal Pipe Size
in.
mm
1
112
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16

Allowable Bending
Radius for
Bondstrand PSXL3 at
Rated Pressure

150F
ft.
9.7
10.9
11.8
13.5
15.3
17.2
19.8
22.1
24.1
25.0
26.7

66C
m

200F
ft.

93C
m.

10.7
11.7
13.0
14.9
16.7
18.9
21.2
23.5
25.5
26.3
28.0

3.3
3.8
4.0
4.5
5.1
5.7
6.5
7.2
7.8
8.0
8.5

9.0
9.9
11.0
12.6
14.2
16.0
17.9
19.9
21.6
22.3
23.7

2.8
3.0
3.4
3.8
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.6
6.8
7.2

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400

Nominal
Pipe Size
in.
mm
1
112
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16

150F
ft.

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400

Minimum
Bending Radius
ft.
m
58
83
101
148
190
278
366
460
548
590
674

Note: Do not bend pipe until adhesive has cured.

17.7
25.1
30.7
45.0
57.8
84.8
111.5
140.1
167.0
179.7
205.4

Maximum Deflection Turning


for 100 ft. length
Angle
ft.
m
deg.
28.7
16.9
13.3
8.7
6.7
4.5
3.4
2.7
2.3
2.1
1.9

8.7
5.1
4.0
2.7
2.0
1.4
1.0
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.6

119
75
59
40
31
21
16
12
10
10
9

Typical dimensions
and weights for
Bondstrand PSXL3
Jacketed pipe

Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1 25
112 40
2 50
3 80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

Pipe Inside
Diameter
(in) (mm)
1.07
27
1.66
42
2.10
53
3.22
82
4.14 105
6.27 159
8.23 209
10.35 263
12.35 314
13.56 344
15.50 394

Nominal Wall
Thickness*
(in) (mm)
.143
3.6
.143
3.6
.147
3.7
.150
3.8
.197
5.0
.195
4.9
.216
5.5
.243
6.2
.287
7.3
.305
7.8
.351
8.9

Pipe O.D.
(in) (mm)
1.61
41
2.20
56
2.64
67
3.77
96
4.78 121
6.92 176
8.91 226
11.09 282
13.17 335
14.42 366
16.45 418

Shipping Weight
(approx)
(lb/ft) (kg/m)
0.9
1.3
1.6
2.4
1.7
2.5
2.6
3.8
3.6
5.3
5.7
8.4
7.8 11.6
10.3 15.3
12.9 19.1
14.4 21.4
18.1 26.9

* Structural wall thickness of pipe. Does not include nominal .125 thick jacket.

Typical dimensions
and weights for
Bondstrand PSXJF pipe

Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
40
112
2
50
3
80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

Pipe Inside
Diameter
(in) (mm)
1.07
27
1.66
42
2.10
53
3.22
82
4.14 105
6.27 159
8.23 209
10.35 263
12.35 314
13.56 344
15.50 394

Nominal Wall
Thickness*
(in) (mm)
.143
3.6
.143
3.6
.147
3.7
.150
3.8
.197
5.0
.195
4.9
.216
5.5
.243
6.2
.287
7.3
.305
7.8
.351
8.9

Pipe O.D.
Shipping Weight
including jacket
(approx)
(in) (mm)
(lb/ft) (kg/m)
1.86
47
1.3
2.0
2.45
62
2.4
3.6
2.89
74
2.5
3.8
4.02 102
3.7
5.5
5.03 128
4.9
7.3
7.17 182
7.8 11.5
9.16 233
11.1 16.5
11.34 288
13.8 20.5
13.42 341
17.0 25.4
14.67 373
18.9 28.1
16.70 424
23.2 34.5

* Structural wall thickness of pipe. Does not include nominal .250 thick jacket.

Technical support

Consult Ameron for further recommendations concerning the shoreside or offshore


use of Bondstrand piping systems.

Important notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may
cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, expressed or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein.
Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to
change.

FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - GROUP HEADQUARTERS


P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

1997 Ameron FP721C (4/01) supercedes FP721B (4/00) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]

Series 2400 Fiberglass


Pipe and Fittings
using Key-Lock mechanical joint,
Double O-ring or Taper/ Taper adhesive joint

Uses and applications

Performance

Laminate meets requirements of API Specification 15LR.


Pipe wall design using a 124 N/mm2 hydrostatic design basis (Procedure B.) with a 0.5 service
factor. Liner thickness: 0.5 mm.
Maximum operating temperature: 120C (250F)
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11FW (or RTRP-11 FE as applicable).
This system is designed to provide minimal 4:1 safety factor in accordance with ASTM D-1599.

Description

Pipe
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy pipe with Key-Lock male and female or Double ORing male and female mechanical joint or Taper/ Taper male and female adhesive joint.

Saltwater and seawater lines


Brackish water lines
Fire protection systems
Potable water lines
Waste water and sewage systems
Drainage systems
Oil field reinjection systems
Crude oil transmission lines
Temporary pipelines
Electrical conduit
General industrial service for mildly corrosive liquids

Fittings
Standard filament-wound couplings, 45 and 90 Elbows, Tees and Reducing Tees, Concentric
Reducers, Flanges* and Nipples. Special fittings are available on request.
* Flanges are available with the following drillings : ANSI B16.5 Class 150 and 300, DIN, ISO &
JIS. Other drilling patterns are available on request.
For dimensional data and standard configurations for fittings, please refer to respective Fitting
Guides.
Optional, the system can be supplied conductive - Bondstrand 2400C or Fireproofing 2400-FP.
For Conductive ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AW for pipes or RTRP-11AE as applicable

Joining systems

Key-Lock integral filament-wound male and female or Double O-Ring male and female
mechanical joint assembled with locking keys. Hydrostatic seal by means of an elastomeric Oring. Taper/ Taper integral filament-wound male and female adhesive bonded joint.

Pipe sizes

From 50 - 100 mm (2-4)


For 150
(6)
From 200 - 1000 mm (8-40)

Physical properties

Pipe property

Units

Value

Method

Thermal conductivity
Thermal expansivity
(lineair)
Flow coefficient
Absolute roughness
Density
Shielding capability*
Grounding resistance @1500 volts*

W(mk)
-6
10 mm/mm/C

.33
18.0

Ameron
Ameron

Hazen-Williams
10-6 m
3
g/cm
volts
6
10 ohms

150
5.3
1.8
1
100
1
1.0

:
:
:

5.85 or 9 m depends on end configuration.


5.85, 9 or 11.89 m depends on end configuration.
11.89 m random length.

* Applicable for conductive

Mechanical properties

Pipe property

Units

Bi-axial
Ultimate hoop stress at weeping
Circumferential
Hoop tensile strength
Hoop tensile modulus
Poissons ratio axial/ hoop
Longitudinal
Axial tensile strength
Axial tensile modulus
Poissons ratio hoop/ axial
Axial bending strength
Beam
Apparent elastic modulus
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Static
Cyclic

21C

93C

Method

250

ASTM D-1599

N/mm
2
N/mm
-

220
25200
0.65

22100
0.81

ASTM D-2290
ASTM D-2290
Ameron

N/mm
N/mm2
N/mm2

80
12500
0.40
85

65
9700
0.44
-

ASTM D-2105
ASTM D-2105
ASTM D-2105
Ameron

N/mm

12500

8000

ASTM D-2925

N/mm

124

N/mm

ASTM D-2992
(Proc.B.)
ASTM D-2992
(Proc.A.)

N/mm

41.5*

* at 65C

Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

Typical pipe dimensions

(in)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

Pipe
ID
(mm)
53.2
81.8
105.2
159.0
208.8
262.9
313.7
344.4
393.7
433.8
482.1
578.6
700.0
750.0
800.0
900.0
1000.0

Minimum total wall thickness* (mm)


2410
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.5
3.1
3.5
3.9
4.1
4.5
4.9
5.4
6.3
7.4
7.9
8.4
9.3
10.3

2412
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.7
3.2
3.9
4.5
4.8
5.5
6.0
6.6
7.7
9.1
9.7
10.3
11.5
12.8

2414
2.3
2.3
2.3
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.3
5.7
6.4
7.0
7.7
9.3
10.8
11.6
12.3
13.7
15.3

2416
2.3
2.3
2.5
3.4
4.2
5.1
6.0
6.6
7.4
8.1
8.9
10.6
12.6
13.5
14.3
16.0
17.8

2420
2.3
2.3
2.7
3.8
4.8
5.8
6.8
7.4
8.4
9.2
10.1
12.1
14.3
15.3
16.3
18.2
20.3

2425
2.3
2.7
3.3
4.6
5.8
7.2
8.4
9.2
10.5
11.5
12.7
15.1
17.9
19.1
20.4
22.8

2432
2.3
3.1
3.9
5.6
7.2
8.8
10.4
11.4
12.9
14.2
15.7
18.8
22.3
23.9
25.5
28.5

2440
2.8
3.9
4.9
7.0
9.1
11.2
13.4
14.6
15.6
18.2
20.1

2450
3.3
4.7
5.9
8.7
11.2
14.0
16.6
18.2

Total wall thickness is including 0.5 mm liner. No liner for conductive pipe

Note: Pipe series designation: First two digits indicate prodct series. Final two digits
indicate inernal pressre class (bar).

External pressure
performance

Nominal
Pipe size

Ultimate Collapse Pressure* (bar)

(mm)

(in)

50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

2410
26.4
7.3
3.4
1.4
1.3
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.6
0.6

2412
26.4
7.3
3.4
1.8
1.5
1.5
1.4
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.2
1.3

2414
26.4
7.3
3.4
2.6
2.5
2.4
2.4
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.4
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.1
2.2

2416
26.4
7.3
4.7
4.1
3.8
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.7
3.7
3.6
3.6
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5

2420
26.4
7.3
6.2
6.1
5.9
5.6
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.4
5.5
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9

2425*
26.4
13.2
12.8
11.7
11.1
11.3
10.9
11.0
11.2
11.1
11.0
10.9
10.0
9.9
10.0
10.0
9.9

* Ultimate collapse pressures for higher pressure classes exceed values shown.

Pipe weight

Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

Minimum weight empty pipe kg/m


(in)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

2410
0.67
1.02
1.30
2.13
3.52
5.02
6.71
7.75
9.76
11.75
14.43
20.29
28.94
33.15
37.65
46.97
57.90

2412
0.67
1.02
1.30
2.32
3.64
5.64
7.80
9.15
12.04
14.51
17.78
24.98
35.83
40.96
46.44
58.43
72.37

2414
0.67
1.02
1.30
2.60
4.25
6.56
9.26
10.96
14.11
17.04
20.87
30.37
42.75
49.25
55.74
69.94
86.90

2416
0.67
1.02
1.42
2.97
4.86
7.48
10.55
12.78
16.41
19.83
24.26
34.77
50.11
57.58
65.09
82.03
101.51

2420
0.67
1.02
1.55
3.35
5.60
8.56
12.03
14.40
18.73
22.64
27.66
39.87
56.90
65.30
74.30
93.10
115.90

2425
0.67
1.21
1.93
4.11
6.84
10.75
15.00
18.07
23.63
28.55
35.08
50.15
61.98
71.93
82.25
93.75

2432
0.67
1.41
2.31
5.06
8.60
13.27
18.76
22.61
29.29
35.56
43.74
62.96
90.30
103.80
118.10
148.10

2440
0.84
1.81
2.95
6.42
11.02
17.11
24.49
29.31
35.74
46.11
56.63

2450
1.00
2.22
3.61
8.10
13.74
21.67
30.71

Note: Excluding integral joints

Specific Tangential Initial


Stiffness

Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

2
Specific Tengential Initial Stiffness (STIS) in N/m at 21C

(in)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

2410
73612
20961
9997
4026
3907
3016
2589
2325
2137
2126
2139
2053
1953
1959
1963
1907
1920

2412
73612
20961
9997
5338
4369
4371
4191
3938
4142
4121
4097
3899
3754
3737
3722
3697
3767

2414
73612
20961
9997
7790
7222
7069
7188
6911
6759
6756
6691
7061
6403
6514
6449
6342
6514

2416
73612
20961
13637
12069
11085
10679
10743
11070
10731
10719
10547
10605
10303
10387
10240
10192
10328

2420
73612
20961
18050
17652
17253
16206
16025
15912
15985
15960
15629
15944
15175
15218
15256
15221
15370

2425
73612
37727
36595
33359
31856
32232
31128
31411
31919
31762
31574
31309
29963
29962
30026
29985

2432
73612
61392
64442
63038
63111
60198
60131
60634
59784
60256
59965
60516
57855
58164
58435
58265

2440
149460
133456
135877
127223
129998
125609
129402
127764
105832
126522
125215

2450
262500
244609
244419
247715
243258
244685
244312

Stiffness Factor

Pipe Stiffness

Span lengths

Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

Stiffness Factor (SF) per ASTM D-2412 in inlbs at 21C


(in)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
* Note:

1)
2)

2410
108
108
108
149
327
502
730
867
1189
1583
2187
3626
6105
7531
9163
12665
17492

2412
108
108
108
198
366
730
1189
1478
2323
3092
4218
6937
11821
14472
17492
24737
34584

2414
108
108
108
290
609
1189
2055
2613
3817
5104
6937
12665
20308
25417
30536
42745
60249

2416
108
108
149
453
941
1809
3092
4218
6105
8158
11015
19148
32924
40831
48843
69208
96228

2420
108
108
198
668
1478
2767
4647
6105
9163
12238
16443
29009
48845
60252
73309
103063
144271

2425
108
198
408
1281
2767
5590
9163
12238
18585
24737
33748
57839
97911
119598
146468
206110

2432
108
327
730
2465
5590
10627
18033
24068
35435
47789
65267
113898
192554
238139
290405
407998

2440
226
730
1583
5104
11821
22767
39896
52098
63987
103058
139936

2450
408
1377
2926
10247
22767
45726
77560

2432
573.1
478.0
501.7
490.8
491.3
468.7
468.1
472.0
465.4
469.1
466.8
471.1
450.5
452.9
455.0
453.7

2440
1163.6
1039.0
1057.8
990.5
1012.1
977.9
1007.4
994.7
823.9
985.0
974.8

2450
2043.6
1904.3
1902.9
1928.5
1893.8
1904.9
1902.0

Pipe Stiffness (SF) per ASTM D-2412 in psi at 21C


(in)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

2410
573.1
163.2
77.8
31.3
30.4
23.5
20.2
18.1
16.6
16.6
16.7
16.0
15.2
15.2
15.3
14.8
14.9

2412
573.1
163.2
77.8
41.6
34.0
34.0
32.6
30.7
32.2
32.1
31.9
30.4
29.2
29.1
29.0
28.8
29.3

2414
573.1
163.2
77.8
60.6
56.2
55.0
56.0
53.8
52.6
52.6
52.1
55.0
49.9
50.7
50.2
49.4
50.7

2416
573.1
163.2
106.2
94.0
86.3
83.1
83.6
86.2
83.5
83.5
82.1
82.6
80.2
80.9
79.7
79.3
80.4

2420
573.1
163.2
140.5
137.4
134.3
126.2
124.8
123.9
124.4
124.3
121.7
124.1
118.1
118.5
118.8
118.5
119.7

2425
573.1
293.7
284.9
259.7
248.0
250.9
242.3
244.5
248.5
247.3
245.8
243.8
233.3
231.7
233.8
233.5

(in)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

Parital span recommendations* (in meters) for horizontal support arrangements at


21C
2410
2412
2414
2416
2420
2425
2432
2440
2450
3.42
3.42
3.42
3.42
3.42
3.42
3.42
3.60
3.75
3.85
3.85
3.85
3.85
3.85
4.02
4.16
4.41
4.60
4.11
4.11
4.11
4.21
4.30
4.53
4.72
4.99
5.21
4.69
4.79
4.93
5.10
5.25
5.51
5.78
6.09
6.40
5.35
5.39
5.60
5.79
5.99
6.28
6.61
6.98
7.32
5.87
6.04
6.26
6.47
6.68
7.04
7.38
7.81
8.21
6.32
6.56
6.84
7.06
7.28
7.66
8.06
8.54
8.96
6.56
6.84
7.14
7.41
7.62
8.03
8.45
8.94
6.96
7.33
7.62
7.90
8.15
8.60
9.02
9.42
7.30
7.69
7.99
8.29
8.55
9.02
9.47
10.02
7.69
8.10
8.42
8.72
8.99
9.50
9.98
10.55
8.39
8.83
9.25
9.55
9.86
10.39
10.94
9.19
9.68
10.09
10.48
10.70
11.30
11.90
9.51
10.01
10.46
10.85
11.10
11.70
12.30
9.82
10.33
10.79
11.19
11.50
12.10
12.80
10.39
10.95
11.43
11.86
12.20
12.80
13.50
10.95
11.55
12.07
12.52
12.90

For continuous span use of above values: plus 20%


For simple span use of above values: minus 20%

Span recommendations are based on pipes filled with water with a specific gravity of 1000kg/m3 and
include no provision for weights caused by valves, flanges or other heavy objects.
Span recommedations are calculated for a maximum long time deflection of 13 mm to ensure good
appearance and adequate drainage.

Bending radius

Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

Minimum allowable bending radius (Rb) in m at 21C and standard pressure rating
(in)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

2410
10
17
24
42
58
79
101
116
139
155
174
216
273
294
315
363
405

2412
11
18
26
46
66
85
105
119
136
151
170
212
264
285
306
348
385

2414
11
19
28
48
66
86
104
117
137
152
171
203
259
276
297
339
374

2416
12
21
30
48
67
87
106
116
135
150
169
204
253
271
291
330
366

2420
12
24
34
54
74
99
120
134
154
171
194
233
274
293
312
324
363

2425
14
26
35
57
78
100
123
136
155
173
194
236
275
296
314
352

2432
17
29
38
61
83
109
131
144
168
185
207
249

2440
17
29
38
62
82
107
127
141
180
180
202

2450
19
31
41
64
86
109
131

Note : Do not bend pipe until adhesive has cured. At rated pressure, sharper bends may create excessive
stress concentrations.

Field testing

Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated presure.

Surge pressure

Maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.

Conversions

1 psi
= 6895 Pa
1 bar
= 105Pa
1 Mpa
= 1 N/mm2
1 inch
1 Btu.in/(hft2F)
C

Important notice

=
=
=
=
=
=

0.07031 kg/cm2
14.5 psi
145 psi
25.4 mm
0.1442 W/(mK)
5/9 ( F-32)

= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/ cm2

This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel having
specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and normal operating
conditions. Variation in envioronment, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engieers verify the suitablility of this
product for your intended application. Since we have no control over the coditions of service, we
expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained or for any consequential or incidental
damages of any kind incurred.

AMERON
INT ER N ATIO N A L

Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
USA
Tel: (+1) 713 690-7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com
E-mail: marcom@ameronfdp.com

Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (+65) 861-6118
Fax: (+65) 862-1302
http://www.ameron.com/singapore
E-mail: info@ameron.com.sg

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett,
TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells,
Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com

Bondstrand Product Data

Fittings & Flanges for


pipe series 2410 and 3410
using the Taper-Taper adhesive-bonded joint

Description

Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.

Uses and Application

For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.

Design and Installation

For recommendations pertaining to design, installation and use of Bondstrand Pipe,


Fittings and Flanges reference is made to the following literature:
FP 564
FP 161
FP 453

Assembly Instructions for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joints.


Installation Instructions using the Key-Lock mechanical joint.
M86 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
50 to 150 mm (2-6 inch).
FP 454
M87 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
150 to 400 mm (6-16 inch).
FP 455
M87XL Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in
sizes 400 to 600 mm (16-24 inch).
FP 204
M95 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
600 to 1000 mm (24-40 inch).
FP 196
Flange Assembly Instructions.
FP 132
Corrosion Guide.
General Bondstrand engineering and installation guides.

How to use this product


data sheet

Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No.

Fitting

Pipe System

Pressure

549-10
549-12
549-14
549-16
549-20
549-25
549-32
549-40
549-50

T-10
T-12
T-14
T-16
T-20
T-25
T-32
T-40
T-50

2410 and 3410


2412 and 3412
2414 and 3414
2416 and 3416
2420 and 3420
2425 and 3425
2432 and 3432
2440 and 3440
2450 and 3450

10 bar
12 bar
14 bar
16 bar
20 bar
25 bar
32 bar
40 bar
50 bar

Ameron 1998 FP657-10 (8/98). Printed in The Netherlands. Page1 of 12.

Dimensions of the
Taper-Taper joint

Nominal Pipe Size

mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

Quantity of Adhesive

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

Taper
Angle

degrees
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75

Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

Insertion
Depth
Ds
mm
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
110
110
110
110
140
140
170
200
200

Adhesive
Kit Size
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

cm3
89
89
89
89
89
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177

Spigot
Nose
Thickness
t
mm
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.5

Spigot
Diameter
at Nose
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
582.6
708.0
758.0
808.0
908.0
1009.0

Minimum number of
adhesive kits per joint
fluid
ounce
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Note:
Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded.

FP657-10 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2410/3410. Page 2 of 12.

nr.
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.6
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0

Elbows 90

Filament-wound 90 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
87
137
50
0.6
80
3
126
176
50
1.1
100
4
155
205
50
2.1
150
6
240
290
50
4.2
200
8
315
395
80
8.6
250
10
391
471
80
14.2
300
12
463
543
80
21.0
350
14
364
444
80
30.0
400
16
402
512
110
35.0
450
18
472
582
110
49.0
500
20
523
633
110
72.0
600
24
625
735
110
112.0
700
28
726
866
140
123.0
750
30
777
917
140
196.0
800
32
828
998
170
252.0
900
36
929
1129
200
348.0
1000
40
1031
1231
200
480.0

Elbows 45

Filament-wound 45 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
45
95
50
0.5
80
3
61
111
50
0.9
100
4
73
123
50
1.3
150
6
106
156
50
2.5
200
8
137
217
80
6.9
250
10
169
249
80
9.8
300
12
196
276
80
18.1
350
14
125
205
80
19.1
400
16
142
252
110
21.0
450
18
204
314
110
31.0
500
20
225
335
110
42.0
600
24
268
378
110
63.0
700
28
310
450
140
90.0
750
30
331
471
140
107.0
800
32
352
522
170
139.0
900
36
394
594
200
193.0
1000
40
436
636
200
257.0

FP657-10 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2410/3410. Page 3 of 12.

Elbows 221/2

Filament-wound 221/2 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
29
79
50
0.4
80
3
37
87
50
0.6
100
4
43
93
50
0.9
150
6
60
110
50
1.4
200
8
76
156
80
4.6
250
10
68
148
80
6.0
300
12
77
157
80
8.9
350
14
71
151
80
12.5
400
16
85
195
110
13.6
450
18
106
216
110
19.7
500
20
116
226
110
24.0
600
24
136
246
110
45.0
700
28
157
297
140
60.0
750
30
167
307
140
70.0
800
32
177
347
170
94.0
900
36
197
397
200
137.0
1000
40
217
417
200
153.0

Tees

Filament-wound tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Length
Depth
total
total
branch
branch
run
run
L1
OL1
L2
OL2
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
148
248
74
124
50
1.3
80
3
192
292
96
146
50
2.9
100
4
230
330
115
165
50
4.0
150
6
306
406
153
203
50
8.7
200
8
376
536
188
268
80
17.5
250
10
452
612
226
306
80
25.0
300
12
528
688
264
344
80
44.0
350
14
544
704
272
352
80
47.0
400
16
590
810
295
405
110
56.0
450
18
678
898
339
449
110
67.0
500
20
740
960
370
480
110
99.0
600
24
868
1088
434
544
110
130.0
700
28
994
1274
497
637
140
240.0
750
30
1046
1326
523
663
140
285.0
800
32
1118
1458
559
729
170
363.0
900
36
1248
1648
624
824
200
518.0
1000
40
1382
1782
691
891
200
683.0

FP657-10 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2410/3410. Page 4 of 12.

Lateral 45

Filament-wound 45 lateral with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Length
Depth
L1
OL1
L2
OL2
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
74
124
209
259
50
2.3
80
3
86
136
264
314
50
4.1
100
4
86
136
315
365
50
6.3
150
6
99
149
378
428
50
12.3
200
8
124
204
455
535
80
27.0
250
10
137
217
531
611
80
43.0
300
12
150
230
632
712
80
52.0
350
14
150
230
632
712
80
69.0
400
16
150
260
632
742
110
95.0

Cross

Filament-wound cross with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Length
Depth
run
run
branch
branch
L1
OL1
L2
OL2
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
148
248
74
124
50
1.9
80
3
192
292
96
146
50
3.3
100
4
230
330
115
165
50
5.7
150
6
306
406
153
203
50
13.2
200
8
376
536
188
268
80
21.0
250
10
452
612
226
306
80
37.0
300
12
528
688
264
344
80
58.0
350
14
544
704
272
352
80
68.0
400
16
590
810
295
405
110
105.0

FP657-10 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2410/3410. Page 5 of 12.

Reducing Tees

Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half
half
run
branch branch branch
run x run x branch
run
run
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
146
50
86
136
50
2.7
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
165
50
99
149
50
3.8
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
165
50
108
158
50
4.0
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
203
50
124
174
50
8.0
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
203
50
134
184
50
9.6
150x150x100 6x6x4
153
203
50
140
190
50
9.6
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
268
80
159
209
50
15.6
200x200x100 8x8x4
188
268
80
172
222
50
16.2
200x200x150 8x8x6
188
268
80
178
228
50
17.0
250x250x100 10x10x4
226
306
80
194
244
50
23.0
250x250x150 10x10x6
226
306
80
204
254
50
24.0
250x250x200 10x10x8
226
306
80
213
293
80
26.0
300x300x100 12x12x4
264
344
80
216
266
50
32.0
300x300x150 12x12x6
264
344
80
229
279
50
32.0
300x300x200 12x12x8
264
344
80
239
319
80
33.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264
344
80
251
331
80
34.0
350x350x150 14x14x6
272
352
80
254
304
50
34.0
350x350x200 14x14x8
272
352
80
264
344
80
35.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 272
352
80
277
357
80
38.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 272
352
80
289
369
80
39.0
400x400x150 16x16x6
295
405
110
274
324
50
47.0
400x400x200 16x16x8
295
405
110
283
363
80
51.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295
405
110
293
373
80
47.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295
405
110
305
385
80
53.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295
405
110
315
395
80
54.0
450x450x200 18x18x10 339
449
110
316
396
80
66.0
450x450x250 18x18x12 339
449
110
329
409
80
66.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 339
449
110
329
409
80
71.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 339
449
110
330
410
80
72.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 339
449
110
330
440
110
75.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 370
480
110
355
435
80
93.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 370
480
110
355
435
80
96.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 370
480
110
356
436
80
97.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 370
480
110
356
466
110
107.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 370
480
110
365
475
110
102.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 434
544
110
405
485
80
112.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 434
544
110
406
486
80
123.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 434
544
110
406
516
110
126.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 434
544
110
428
538
110
130.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 434
544
110
428
540
110
137.0

FP657-10 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2410/3410. Page 6 of 12.

Reducing Tees (cont.)

Nominal Pipe Size

run x run x branch


mm
700x700x350
700x700x400
700x700x450
700x700x500
700x700x600
750x750x400
750x750x450
750x750x500
750x750x600
750x750x700
800x800x400
800x800x450
800x800x500
800x800x600
800x800x700
800x800x750
900x900x450
900x900x500
900x900x600
900x900x700
900x900x750
900x900x800
1000x1000x500
1000x1000x600
1000x1000x700
1000x1000x750
1000x1000x800
1000x1000x900

inch
28x28x14
28x28x16
28x28x18
28x28x20
28x28x24
30x30x16
30x30x18
30x30x20
30x30x24
30x30x28
32x32x16
32x32x18
32x32x20
32x32x24
32x32x28
32x32x30
36x36x18
36x36x20
36x36x24
36x36x28
36x36x30
36x36x32
40x40x20
40x40x24
40x40x28
40x40x30
40x40x32
40x40x36

Laying
Length
half
run
L1
mm
497
497
497
497
497
523
523
523
523
523
559
559
559
559
559
559
624
624
624
624
624
624
691
691
691
691
691
691

Overall Insertion Laying


Length Depth Length
half
run
branch
run
OL1
Ds1
L2
mm
mm
mm
637
140
475
637
140
483
637
140
483
637
140
491
637
140
491
663
140
501
663
140
509
663
140
509
663
140
517
663
140
517
729
170
537
729
170
537
729
170
545
729
170
545
729
170
553
729
170
553
824
200
603
824
200
603
824
200
611
824
200
611
824
200
618
824
200
618
891
200
669
891
200
669
891
200
677
891
200
677
891
200
685
891
200
685

Overall Insertion Weight


Length Depth
branch branch
OL2
mm
555
593
593
601
601
611
619
619
627
657
647
647
655
655
693
693
713
713
721
751
758
788
779
779
817
817
855
885

Ds2
mm
80
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
140
110
110
110
110
140
140
110
110
110
140
140
170
110
110
140
140
170
200

kg
202
207
209
212
217
245
247
250
256
268
303
306
309
315
329
332
427
430
437
452
458
468
570
578
596
601
614
632

FP657-10 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2410/3410. Page 7 of 12.

Concentric Reducers

Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded


socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds1
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x50
3x2
74
174
50
50
0.8
100x50
4x2
96
196
50
50
1.1
100x80
4x3
94
194
50
50
1.3
150x80
6x3
117
217
50
50
1.5
150x100
6x4
124
224
50
50
1.8
200x100
8x4
163
293
80
50
3.3
200x150
8x6
129
259
80
50
3.7
250x150
10x6
148
278
80
50
6.2
250x200
10x8
135
295
80
80
6.2
300x200
12x8
180
340
80
80
7.8
300x250
12x10
167
327
80
80
8.5
350x250
14x10
214
374
80
80
10.2
350x300
14x12
208
368
80
80
11.0
400x300
16x12
195
385
110
80
13.7
400x350
16x14
183
373
110
80
12.8
450x400
18x16
128
348
110
110
20.0
500x400
20x16
249
469
110
110
21.0
500x450
20x18
151
371
110
110
23.0
600x400
24x16
486
706
110
110
27.0
600x450
24x18
388
608
110
110
26.0
600x500
24x20
267
487
110
110
24.0
700x400
28x16
796
1046
140
110
62.0
700x450
28x18
698
948
140
110
60.0
700x500
28x20
577
827
140
110
58.0
700x600
28x24
340
590
140
110
52.0
750x400
30x16
915
1165
140
110
74.0
750x450
30x18
817
1067
140
110
73.0
750x500
30x20
696
946
140
110
70.0
750x600
30x24
459
709
140
110
64.0
750x700
30x28
149
429
140
140
58.0
800x400
32x16
1038
1318
170
110
94.0
800x450
32x18
940
1212
170
110
92.0
800x500
32x20
819
1099
170
110
90.0
800x600
32x24
582
862
170
110
83.0
800x700
32x28
272
582
170
140
77.0
800x750
32x30
153
463
170
140
72.0
900x450
36x18
1186
1496
200
110
133.0
900x500
36x20
1065
1375
200
110
130.0
900x600
36x24
828
1138
200
110
122.0
900x700
36x28
518
858
200
140
116.0
900x750
36x30
399
739
200
140
111.0
900x800
36x32
276
646
200
170
111.0
1000x500 40x20
1313
1623
200
110
173.0
1000x600 40x24
1076
1386
200
110
165.0
1000x700 40x28
766
1106
200
140
157.0
1000x750 40x30
647
987
200
140
152.0
1000x800 40x32
524
894
200
170
152.0
1000x900 40x36
278
678
200
200
146.0
Note: Eccentric Reducers are available on request.

FP657-10 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2410/3410. Page 8 of 12.

Couplings

Filament-wound couplings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Outside
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
Diameter
L
OL
Ds
OD
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
70
170
50
70
0.4
80
3
70
170
50
100
0.7
100
4
70
170
50
124
0.9
150
6
70
170
50
180
1.5
200
8
70
230
80
230
2.5
250
10
70
230
80
286
3.4
300
12
70
230
80
339
4.5
350
14
70
230
80
370
4.8
400
16
70
290
110
419
6.4
450
18
70
290
110
460
7.3
500
20
70
290
110
524
14.4
600
24
70
290
110
606
9.8
700
28
70
350
140
734
16.3
750
30
70
350
140
783
16.6
800
32
70
410
170
840
27.0
900
36
70
470
200
937
29.0
1000
40
70
470
200
1038
33.0

Nipples

Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
gap
Insertion
Weight
Length
Depth
L
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
125
25
50
0.1
80
3
125
25
50
0.1
100
4
125
25
50
0.1
150
6
125
25
50
0.2
200
8
190
30
80
0.6
250
10
190
30
80
0.8
300
12
200
40
80
1.1
350
14
200
40
80
1.4
400
16
260
40
110
2.2
450
18
280
60
110
2.7
500
20
280
60
110
3.4
600
24
280
60
110
4.4
700
28
340
60
140
8.5
750
30
340
60
140
9.4
800
32
400
60
170
12.4
900
36
460
60
200
17.2
1000
40
460
60
200
21.0

FP657-10 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2410/3410. Page 9 of 12.

Heavy-Duty Flanges

Heavy-Duty filament-wound flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overal
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
2)
L
D
Ds 1)
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
5
55
50
1.5
80
3
5
55
50
2.2
100
4
5
55
50
2.9
150
6
5
55
50
3.7
200
8
6
56
50
5.5
250
10
6
86
80
10.6
300
12
6
86
80
15.3
350
14
6
86
80
18.7
400
16
6
86
80
23.0
450
18
6
86
80
24.0
500
20
6
116
110
38.0
600
24
6
116
110
49.0
700
28
6
146
140
67.0
750
30
6
146
140
73.0
800
32
6
176
170
117.0
Notes:
1)
Bold insertion depth for subsequent flanges deviates from other fittings.
2)
The weights shown are for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
*
**

***

FP657-10 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2410/3410. Page 10 of 12.

Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO (DIN).
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, therefore a torquewrench is required.

Stub-end Flanges
(Van Stone)

Filament-wound Stub-end flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


and steel backing rings
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Ring
Weigth Weight
Length
Length
Depth
to
GRE
steel
Face
stubring
1)
L
OL
Ds
H
end
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
50
2
15
65
50
10
0.2
1.8
80
3
15
65
50
10
0.5
3.2
100
4
15
65
50
12
0.8
4.2
150
6
15
65
50
13
1.3
5.2
200
8
15
95
80
20
2.6
8.5
250
10
15
95
80
16
3.1
13.5
300
12
15
95
80
18
3.9
23.0
350
14
15
95
80
19
3.8
32.0
400
16
20
130
110
21
6.9
42.0
450
18
20
130
110
24
11.4
40.0
500
20
20
130
110
23
12.3
51.0
600
24
20
130
110
28
13.0
86.0
700
28
20
160
140
29
17.8
100.0
750
30
20
160
140
32
19.7
117.0
800
32
20
190
170
33
24.0
154.0
900
36
20
220
200
36
30.0
197.0
1000
40
20
220
200
46
35.0
303.0
Notes:
1)
The weight shown is for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
*
**

***
****

Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.

FP657-10 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2410/3410. Page 11 of 12.

Key-lock Adapters
& Couplings

Filament wound adapters and couplings with Key-lock ends.


Nominal Pipe
Qty
Laying Overall Insertion Weight Laying Overall Weight
Size
of
Length Length Depth
Length Length
Keys
L
OL
Ds
L
OL
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
adapter KLM x TBF
coupling KLF x KLF
50
2
1
5
100
50
0.3
100
140
0.8
80
3
1
5
100
50
0.5
100
140
1.0
100
4
1
5
100
50
0.7
100
140
2.2
150
6
1
4
110
50
1.0
127
181
4.3
200
8
1
2
150
80
1.9
152
225
6.3
250
10
1
3
155
80
2.7
163
242
9.6
300
12
1
5
170
80
4.0
186
278
11.6
350
14
1
13
180
80
6.4
191
289
15.8
400
16
1
15
215
110
8.2
197
302
21.0
450
18
1
16
220
110
11.5
204
296
17.8
500
20
1
33
240
110
13.9
210
308
22.0
600
24
1
34
250
110
16.9
229
340
31.0
700
28
2
119
385
140
34.0
277
547
65.0
750
30
2
118
385
140
34.0
279
558
83.0
800
32
2
130
445
170
49.0
315
629
105.0
900
36
2
147
515
200
67.0
356
737
154.0
1000
40
2
122
475
200
68.0
330
724
103.0

Field Testing

Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.

Surge Pressure

Maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.

Conversions

1 psi
1 bar
1 MPa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
C

Important Notice

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet: www.ameron-intl.com

= 6895 Pa
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 105Pa
= 14.5 psi
= 1 N/mm2
= 145 psi
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (F-32)

= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2

This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345 587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861-7834

ISO 9001

Certified Firm

FP657-10 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2410/3410. Page 12 of 12.

Bondstrand Product Data

Fittings & Flanges for


pipe series 2412 and 3412
using the Taper-Taper adhesive-bonded joint

Description

Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.

Uses and Application

For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.

Design and Installation

For recommendations pertaining to design, installation and use of Bondstrand Pipe,


Fittings and Flanges reference is made to the following literature:
FP 564
FP 161
FP 453

Assembly Instructions for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joints.


Installation Instructions using the Key-Lock mechanical joint.
M86 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
50 to 150 mm (2-6 inch).
FP 454
M87 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
150 to 400 mm (6-16 inch).
FP 455
M87XL Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in
sizes 400 to 600 mm (16-24 inch).
FP 643
M95 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
600 to 1000 mm (24-40 inch).
FP 196
Flange Assembly Instructions.
FP 132
Corrosion Guide.
General Bondstrand engineering and installation guides.

How to use this product


data sheet

Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No.

Fitting

Pipe System

Pressure

549-10
549-12
549-14
549-16
549-20
549-25
549-32
549-40
549-50

T-10
T-12
T-14
T-16
T-20
T-25
T-32
T-40
T-50

2410 and 3410


2412 and 3412
2414 and 3414
2416 and 3416
2420 and 3420
2425 and 3425
2432 and 3432
2440 and 3440
2450 and 3450

10 bar
12 bar
14 bar
16 bar
20 bar
25 bar
32 bar
40 bar
50 bar

Ameron 1998 FP657-12 (8/98). Printed in The Netherlands. Page 1 of 12.

Dimensions of the
taper-taper joint

Nominal Pipe Size

mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000*
1000**

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
40

Taper
Angle

degrees
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75

Insertion
Depth
Ds
mm
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
110
110
140
170
170
200
230
260
290
200

Spigot
Nose
Thickness
t
mm
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.5
4.5

Spigot
Diameter
at Nose
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
582.6
708.0
758.0
808.0
908.0
1009.0
1009.0

* For Bondstrand 2412 only


** For Bondstrand 3412 only

Quantity of Adhesive

Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000*
1000**

Adhesive
Kit Size
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
40

cm3
89
89
89
89
89
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177

Minimum number of
adhesive kits per joint
fluid
ounce
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

* For Bondstrand 2412 only


** For Bondstrand 3412 only
Note:
Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded.

FP657-12 Fittings & Flanges for 2412/3412. Page 2 of 12.

nr.
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
9.0
7.0

Elbows 90

Filament-wound 90 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
87
137
50
0.6
80
3
126
176
50
1.1
100
4
155
205
50
2.1
150
6
240
290
50
4.2
200
8
315
395
80
8.6
250
10
391
471
80
14.2
300
12
463
543
80
21.0
350
14
364
444
80
30.0
400
16
402
512
110
35.0
450
18
472
582
110
49.0
500
20
523
663
140
101.0
600
24
625
795
170
155.0
700
28
726
896
170
188.0
750
30
777
977
200
228.0
800
32
828
1058
230
290.0
900
36
929
1189
260
402.0
1000*
36
1031
1321
290
568.0
1000**
40
1031
1231
200
522.0
* For Bondstrand 2412 only
** For Bondstrand 3412 only

Elbows 45

Filament-wound 45 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
45
95
50
0.5
80
3
61
111
50
0.9
100
4
73
123
50
1.3
150
6
106
156
50
2.5
200
8
137
217
80
6.9
250
10
169
249
80
9.8
300
12
196
276
80
18.1
350
14
125
205
80
19.1
400
16
142
252
110
20.0
450
18
204
314
110
31.0
500
20
225
365
140
67.0
600
24
268
438
170
91.0
700
28
310
480
170
101.0
750
30
331
531
200
131.0
800
32
352
582
230
200.0
900
36
394
654
260
282.0
1000*
40
436
726
290
324.0
1000**
40
436
636
200
262.0
* For Bondstrand 2412 only
** For Bondstrand 3412 only

FP657-12 Fittings & Flanges for 2412/3412. Page 3 of 12.

Elbows 221/2

Filament-wound 221/2 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
29
79
50
0.4
80
3
37
87
50
0.6
100
4
43
93
50
0.9
150
6
60
110
50
1.4
200
8
76
156
80
4.5
250
10
68
148
80
6.0
300
12
77
157
80
8.9
350
14
71
151
80
12.5
400
16
85
195
110
13.6
450
18
106
216
110
19.7
500
20
116
256
140
32.0
600
24
136
306
170
73.0
700
28
157
327
170
68.0
750
30
167
367
200
89.0
800
32
177
407
230
138.0
900
36
197
457
260
195.0
1000*
40
217
507
290
224.0
1000**
40
217
417
200
165.0
* For Bondstrand 2412 only
** For Bondstrand 3412 only

Tees

Filament-wound tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Length
Depth
total
total
branch
branch
run
run
L1
OL1
L2
OL2
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
148
248
74
124
50
1.3
80
3
192
292
96
146
50
2.9
100
4
230
330
115
165
50
4.0
150
6
306
406
153
203
50
8.7
200
8
376
536
188
268
80
17.5
250
10
452
612
226
306
80
25.0
300
12
528
688
264
344
80
44.0
350
14
544
704
272
352
80
47.0
400
16
590
810
295
405
110
56.0
450
18
678
898
339
449
110
67.0
500
20
740
1020
370
510
140
127.0
600
24
868
1208
434
604
170
138.0
700
28
994
1334
497
667
170
303.0
750
30
1046
1446
523
723
200
377.0
800
32
1118
1578
559
789
230
567.0
900
36
1248
1768
624
884
260
799.0
1000*
40
1382
1962
691
981
290
914.0
1000**
40
1382
1782
691
891
200
813.0
* For Bondstrand 2412 only
** For Bondstrand 3412 only

FP657-12 Fittings & Flanges for 2412/3412. Page 4 of 12.

Lateral 45

Filament-wound 45 lateral with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Length
Depth
L1
OL1
L2
OL2
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
74
124
209
259
50
2.3
80
3
86
136
264
314
50
4.1
100
4
86
136
315
365
50
6.3
150
6
99
149
378
428
50
12.3
200
8
124
204
455
535
80
27.0
250
10
137
217
531
611
80
43.0
300
12
150
230
632
712
80
52.0
350
14
150
230
632
712
80
69.0
400
16
150
260
632
742
110
95.0

Cross

Filament-wound cross with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Length
Depth
run
run
branch
branch
L1
OL1
L2
OL2
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
148
248
74
124
50
1.9
80
3
192
292
96
146
50
3.3
100
4
230
330
115
165
50
5.7
150
6
306
406
153
203
50
13.2
200
8
376
536
188
268
80
21.0
250
10
452
612
226
306
80
37.0
300
12
528
688
264
344
80
58.0
350
14
544
704
272
352
80
68.0
400
16
590
810
295
405
110
105.0

FP657-12 Fittings & Flanges for 2412/3412. Page 5 of 12.

Reducing Tees

FP657-12 Fittings & Flanges for 2412/3412. Page 6 of 12.

Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half
half
run
branch branch branch
run x run x branch
run
run
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
146
50
86
136
50
2.7
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
165
50
99
149
50
3.8
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
165
50
108
158
50
4.0
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
203
50
124
174
50
8.0
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
203
50
134
184
50
9.6
150x150x100 6x6x4
153
203
50
140
190
50
9.6
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
268
80
159
209
50
15.6
200x200x100 8x8x4
188
268
80
172
222
50
16.2
200x200x150 8x8x6
188
268
80
178
228
50
17.3
250x250x100 10x10x4
226
306
80
194
244
50
23.0
250x250x150 10x10x6
226
306
80
204
254
50
24.0
250x250x200 10x10x8
226
306
80
213
293
80
26.0
300x300x100 12x12x4
264
344
80
216
266
50
32.0
300x300x150 12x12x6
264
344
80
229
279
50
32.0
300x300x200 12x12x8
264
344
80
239
319
80
33.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264
344
80
251
331
80
34.0
350x350x150 14x14x6
272
352
80
254
304
50
34.0
350x350x200 14x14x8
272
352
80
264
344
80
35.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 272
352
80
277
357
80
38.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 272
352
80
289
369
80
39.0
400x400x150 16x16x6
295
405
110
274
324
50
47.0
400x400x200 16x16x8
295
405
110
283
363
80
51.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295
405
110
293
373
80
47.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295
405
110
305
385
80
53.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295
405
110
315
395
80
55.0
450x450x200 18x18x8
339
449
110
316
396
80
66.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 339
449
110
329
409
80
66.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 339
449
110
329
409
80
71.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 339
449
110
330
410
80
72.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 339
449
110
330
440
110
75.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 370
510
140
355
435
80
98.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 370
510
140
355
435
80
100.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 370
510
140
356
436
80
106.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 370
510
140
356
466
110
121.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 370
510
140
365
475
110
126.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 434
604
170
405
485
80
149.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 434
604
170
406
486
80
168.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 434
604
170
406
516
110
172.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 434
604
170
428
538
110
190.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 434
604
170
428
568
140
224.0

Reducing Tees (cont.)

Nominal Pipe Size

Laying
Length
half
run x run x branch
run
L1
mm
inch
mm
700x700x400 28x28x16 497
700x700x450 28x28x18 497
700x700x500 28x28x20 497
700x700x600 28x28x24 497
750x750x400 30x30x16 532
750x750x450 30x30x18 532
750x750x500 30x30x20 532
750x750x600 30x30x24 532
750x750x700 30x30x28 532
800x800x400 32x32x16 559
800x800x450 32x32x18 559
800x800x500 32x32x20 559
800x800x600 32x32x24 559
800x800x700 32x32x28 559
800x800x750 32x32x30 559
900x900x450 36x36x18 624
900x900x500 36x36x20 624
900x900x600 36x36x24 624
900x900x700 36x36x28 624
900x900x750 36x36x30 624
900x900x800 36x36x32 624
1000x1000x500 40x40x20* 691
1000x1000x600 40x40x24* 691
1000x1000x700 40x40x28* 691
1000x1000x750 40x40x30* 691
1000x1000x800 40x40x32* 691
1000x1000x900 40x40x36* 691
1000x1000x500 40x40x20** 691
1000x1000x600 40x40x24** 691
1000x1000x700 40x40x28** 691
1000x1000x750 40x40x30** 691
1000x1000x800 40x40x32** 691
1000x1000x900 40x40x36** 691

Overall Insertion Laying


Length Depth Length
half
run
branch
run
OL1
Ds1
L2
mm
mm
mm
667
170
483
667
170
483
667
170
491
667
170
491
732
200
501
732
200
509
732
200
509
732
200
517
732
200
517
789
230
537
789
230
537
789
230
545
789
230
545
789
230
553
789
230
553
884
260
603
884
260
603
884
260
603
884
260
611
884
260
618
884
260
618
981
290
669
981
290
669
981
290
677
981
290
677
981
290
685
981
290
685
891
200
669
891
200
669
891
200
677
891
200
677
891
200
685
891
200
685

Overall Insertion Weight


Length Depth
branch branch
OL2
mm
593
593
631
661
611
611
649
679
687
647
647
685
715
723
753
713
743
743
781
818
848
809
839
847
877
915
945
809
839
847
877
915
945

Ds2
mm
110
110
140
170
110
110
140
170
170
110
110
140
170
170
200
110
140
170
170
200
230
140
170
170
200
230
260
140
170
170
200
230
260

kg
270
273
280
292
330
334
341
355
365
406
409
505
521
444
456
572
699
705
719
625
770
956
977
826
841
1038
1068
875
896
758
773
956
987

* For Bondstrand 2412 only


** For Bondstrand 3412 only

FP657-12 Fittings & Flanges for 2412/3412. Page 7 of 12.

Concentric Reducers

* For Bondstrand 2412 only


** For Bondstrand 3412 only
FP657-12 Fittings & Flanges for 2412/3412. Page 8 of 12.

Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded


socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds1
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x50
3x2
74
174
50
50
0.8
100x50
4x2
96
196
50
50
1.1
100x80
4x3
94
194
50
50
1.3
150x80
6x3
117
217
50
50
1.5
150x100
6x4
124
224
80
50
1.8
200x100
8x4
163
293
80
50
3.3
200x150
8x6
129
259
80
80
3.7
250x150
10x6
148
278
80
80
6.2
250x200
10x8
135
295
80
80
6.2
300x200
12x8
180
340
80
80
7.8
300x250
12x10
167
327
80
80
8.5
350x250
14x10
214
374
80
80
10.2
350x300
14x12
208
368
80
80
11.0
400x300
16x12
195
385
110
80
13.7
400x350
16x14
183
373
110
80
12.8
450x400
18x16
128
348
110
110
20.0
500x400
20x16
249
499
140
110
29.0
500x450
20x18
151
401
140
110
28.0
600x400
24x16
486
766
170
110
57.0
600x450
24x18
388
668
170
110
49.0
600x500
24x20
267
577
170
140
43.0
700x400
28x16
796
1076
170
110
83.0
700x450
28x18
698
978
170
110
81.0
700x500
28x20
577
887
170
140
82.0
700x600
28x24
340
680
170
170
80.0
750x400
30x16
915
1225
200
110
105.0
750x450
30x18
817
1127
200
110
103.0
750x500
30x20
696
1036
200
140
104.0
750x600
30x24
459
829
200
170
102.0
750x700
30x28
149
519
200
170
91.0
800x400
32x16
1038
1378
230
110
131.0
800x450
32x18
940
1280
230
110
129.0
800x500
32x20
819
1189
230
140
157.0
800x600
32x24
582
982
230
170
155.0
800x700
32x28
272
672
230
170
116.0
800x750
32x30
153
583
230
200
118.0
900x450
36x18
1186
1556
260
110
184.0
900x500
36x20
1065
1465
260
140
223.0
900x600
36x24
828
1258
260
170
220.0
900x700
36x28
518
948
260
170
175.0
900x750
36x30
399
859
260
200
172.0
900x800
36x32
276
766
260
230
209.0
1000x500* 40x20
1313
1743
290
140
310.0
1000x600 40x24
1076
1536
290
170
307.0
1000x700 40x28
766
1226
290
170
240.0
1000x750 40x30
647
1137
290
200
242.0
1000x800 40x32
524
1044
290
230
294.0
1000x900 40x36
278
828
290
260
288.0
1000x500** 40x20
1313
1653
200
140
269.0
1000x600 40x24
1076
1446
200
170
266.0
1000x700 40x28
766
1136
200
170
206.0
1000x750 40x30
647
1047
200
200
208.0
1000x800 40x32
524
954
200
230
253.0
1000x900 40x36
278
738
200
260
247.0
Note: Eccentric Reducers are available on request

Couplings

Filament-wound couplings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Outside
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
Diameter
L
OL
Ds
OD
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
70
170
50
70
0.4
80
3
70
170
50
100
0.7
100
4
70
170
50
124
0.9
150
6
70
170
50
180
1.5
200
8
70
230
80
230
2.5
250
10
70
230
80
286
3.4
300
12
70
230
80
339
4.5
350
14
70
230
80
370
4.8
400
16
70
290
110
419
6.4
450
18
70
290
110
460
7.3
500
20
70
350
140
524
16.7
600
24
70
410
170
619
21.0
700
28
70
410
170
734
18.3
750
30
70
470
200
783
20.0
800
32
70
530
230
840
32.0
900
36
70
590
260
937
34.0
1000*
40
70
650
290
1044
38.0
1000**
40
70
470
200
1036
30.0
* For Bondstrand 2412 only
** For Bondstrand 3412 only

Nipples

Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
gap
Insertion
Weight
Length
Depth
L
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
125
25
50
0.1
80
3
125
25
50
0.1
100
4
125
25
50
0.1
150
6
125
25
50
0.2
200
8
190
30
80
0.6
250
10
190
30
80
0.8
300
12
200
40
80
1.1
350
14
200
40
80
1.4
400
16
260
40
110
2.4
450
18
280
60
110
3.0
500
20
340
60
140
4.9
600
24
400
60
170
8.3
700
28
400
60
170
11.2
750
30
460
60
200
14.6
800
32
520
60
230
18.6
900
36
580
60
260
25.0
1000*
40
640
60
290
27.0
1000**
40
460
60
200
21.0
* For Bondstrand 2412 only
** For Bondstrand 3412 only

FP657-12 Fittings & Flanges for 2412/3412. Page 9 of 12.

Heavy-Duty Flanges

Heavy-Duty filament-wound flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overal
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
D
Ds (1)
(2)
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
5
55
50
1.5
80
3
5
55
50
2.2
100
4
5
55
50
2.9
150
6
5
55
50
3.7
200
8
6
56
50
5.5
250
10
6
86
80
10.6
300
12
6
86
80
15.3
350
14
6
86
80
18.7
400
16
6
116
110
30.0
450
18
6
116
110
32.0
500
20
6
116
110
38.0
600
24
6
146
140
61.0
700
28
6
176
170
81.0
Notes:
(1)
Underlined insertion depth for subsequent flanges deviates from other fittings.
(2)
The weights shown are for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
*
**

***

FP657-12 Fittings & Flanges for 2412/3412. Page 10 of 12.

Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO (DIN).
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and therefore a torquewrench is required.

Stub-end Flanges

Filament-wound Stub-end flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


and steel backing rings
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Ring
Weigth
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
to
GRE
steel
Face
stubring
L
OL
Ds
H
end
(1)
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
50
2
15
65
50
10
0.2
1.8
80
3
15
65
50
10
0.5
3.2
100
4
15
65
50
12
0.8
4.2
150
6
15
65
50
13
1.3
5.2
200
8
15
95
80
20
2.6
8.5
250
10
15
95
80
16
3.1
13.5
300
12
15
95
80
18
3.9
23.0
350
14
15
95
80
19
3.8
32.0
400
16
20
130
110
21
6.9
42.0
450
18
20
130
110
24
11.4
40.0
500
20
20
160
140
29
15
51.0
600
24
20
190
170
35
18
86.0
700
28
20
190
170
33
21
100.0
750
30
20
220
200
36
26
117.0
800
32
20
250
230
38
30
154.0
900
36
20
280
260
42
37
197.0
1000*
40
20
310
290
46
41
303.0
1000**
40
20
220
200
46
35
303.0
* For Bondstrand 2412 only
** For Bondstrand 3412 only
Notes:
(1)
The weight shown is for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
*
**

***
****

Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.

FP657-12 Fittings & Flanges for 2412/3412. Page 11 of 12.

Key-lock Adapters
& Couplings

Filament around adapters and couplings with Key-lock ends.


Nominal Pipe
Qty
Laying Overall Insertion Weigth Laying Overall Weigth
Size
of
Length Length Depth
Length Length
Keys
L
OL
Ds
L
OL
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
adapter KLM x TBF
coupling KLF x KLF
50
2
1
5
100
50
0.3
100
140
0.8
80
3
1
5
100
50
0.5
100
140
1.0
100
4
1
5
100
50
0.7
100
140
2.2
150
6
1
4
110
50
1.0
127
181
4.3
200
8
1
2
150
80
1.9
152
225
6.3
250
10
1
3
155
80
2.7
163
242
9.6
300
12
1
5
170
80
4.0
186
278
1.6
350
14
1
13
180
80
6.4
191
289
15.8
400
16
1
15
215
110
8.2
197
302
21.0
450
18
1
16
220
110
11.5
204
296
17.8
500
20
1
33
270
140
15.3
210
308
22.0
600
24
2
76
340
170
22.0
200
375
29.0
750
30
2
118
445
200
47.0
279
558
75.0
900
36
2
147
575
260
73.0
356
737
155.0

Field Testing

Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.

Surge Pressure

Maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.

Conversions

1 psi
1 bar
1 MPa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
C

Important Notice

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet: www.ameron-net.com

= 6895 Pa
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 105Pa
= 14.5 psi
= 1 N/mm2
= 145 psi
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (F-32)

= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2

This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345 587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861-7834

ISO 9001

Certified Firm

FP657-12 Fittings & Flanges for 2412/3412. Page 12 of 12.

Bondstrand Product Data

Fittings & Flanges for


pipe series 2414 and 3414
using the Taper-Taper adhesive-bonded joint

Description

Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.

Uses and Application

For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.

Design and Installation

For recommendations pertaining to design, installation and use of Bondstrand Pipe,


Fittings and Flanges reference is made to the following literature:
FP 564
FP 161
FP 453

Assembly Instructions for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joints.


Installation Instructions using the Key-Lock mechanical joint.
M86 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
50 to 150 mm (2-6 inch).
FP 454
M87 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
150 to 400 mm (6-16 inch).
FP 455
M87XL Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in
sizes 400 to 600 mm (16-24 inch).
FP 643
M95 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
600 to 1000 mm (24-40 inch).
FP 196
Flange Assembly Instructions.
FP 132
Corrosion Guide.
General Bondstrand engineering and installation guides.

How to use this product


data sheet

Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No.

Fitting

Pipe System

Pressure

549-10
549-12
549-14
549-16
549-20
549-25
549-32
549-40
549-50

T-10
T-12
T-14
T-16
T-20
T-25
T-32
T-40
T-50

2410 and 3410


2412 and 3412
2414 and 3414
2416 and 3416
2420 and 3420
2425 and 3425
2432 and 3432
2440 and 3440
2450 and 3450

10 bar
12 bar
14 bar
16 bar
20 bar
25 bar
32 bar
40 bar
50 bar

Ameron 1998 FP657-14 (5/98). Printed in The Netherlands. Page 1 of 12.

Dimensions of the
taper-taper joint

Nominal Pipe Size

mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

Quantity of Adhesive

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Taper
Angle

degrees
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75

Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800*
900**

Insertion
Depth
Ds
mm
50
50
50
50
80
110
140
140
170
170
140
170
230
260
230
260

Adhesive
Kit Size
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

cm3
89
89
89
89
89
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177

Spigot
Nose
Thickness
t
mm
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
4.0
4.0
5.5
6.0

Spigot
Diameter
at Nose
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
582.6
708.0
758.0
811.0
912.0

Minimum number of
adhesive kits per joint
fluid
ounce
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Note:
Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded.

FP657-14 Fittings & Flanges for 2414/3414. Page 2 of 12.

nr.
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
6.0
7.0
6.0
8.0

Elbows 90

Filament-wound 90 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
87
137
50
0.6
80
3
126
176
50
1.1
100
4
155
205
50
2.1
150
6
240
290
50
4.2
200
8
315
395
80
12.0
250
10
391
501
110
16.1
300
12
463
603
140
26.0
350
14
364
504
140
37.0
400
16
402
572
170
53.0
450
18
472
642
170
76.0
500
20
523
663
140
101.0
600
24
625
795
170
155.0
700
28
726
956
230
238.0
750
30
777
1037
260
290.0
800
32
828
1058
230
290.0
900
36
929
1189
260
402.0

Elbows 45

Filament-wound 45 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
45
95
50
0.5
80
3
61
111
50
0.9
100
4
73
123
50
1.3
150
6
106
156
50
2.5
200
8
137
217
80
7.4
250
10
169
279
110
12.4
300
12
196
336
140
22.0
350
14
125
265
140
29.0
400
16
142
312
170
41.0
450
18
204
374
170
54.0
500
20
225
365
140
67.0
600
24
268
438
170
91.0
700
28
310
540
230
177.0
750
30
331
591
260
226.0
800
32
352
582
230
200.0
900
36
394
654
260
275.0

FP657-14 Fittings & Flanges for 2414/3414 . Page 3 of 12.

Elbows 221/2

Filament-wound 221/2 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
29
79
50
0.4
80
3
37
87
50
0.6
100
4
43
93
50
0.9
150
6
60
110
50
1.4
200
8
76
156
80
5.1
250
10
68
178
110
9.7
300
12
77
217
140
15.5
350
14
71
211
140
21.0
400
16
85
255
170
24.0
450
18
106
276
170
39.0
500
20
116
256
140
32.0
600
24
136
306
170
73.0
700
28
157
387
230
123.0
750
30
167
427
260
158.0
800
32
177
407
230
138.0
900
36
197
457
260
195.0

Tees

Filament-wound tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Length
Depth
total
total
branch
branch
run
run
L1
OL1
L2
OL2
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
148
248
74
124
50
1.3
80
3
192
292
96
146
50
2.9
100
4
230
330
115
165
50
4.0
150
6
306
406
153
203
50
8.7
200
8
376
536
188
268
80
21.0
250
10
452
672
226
336
110
31.0
300
12
528
808
264
404
140
50.0
350
14
544
824
272
412
140
55.0
400
16
590
930
295
465
170
87.0
450
18
678
1018
339
509
170
103.0
500
20
740
1020
370
510
140
127.0
600
24
868
1208
434
604
170
138.0
700
28
994
1454
497
727
230
476.0
750
30
1046
1566
523
783
260
591.0
800
32
1118
1578
559
789
230
567.0
900
36
1248
1768
624
884
260
799.0

FP657-14 Fittings & Flanges for 2414/3414. Page 4 of 12.

Reducing Tees

Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half
half
run
branch branch branch
run x run x branch
run
run
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
146
50
86
136
50
2.7
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
165
50
99
149
50
3.8
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
165
50
108
158
50
4.0
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
203
50
124
174
50
8.0
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
203
50
134
184
50
9.6
150x150x100 6x6x4
153
203
50
140
190
50
9.6
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
268
80
159
209
50
16.0
200x200x100 8x8x4
188
268
80
172
222
50
16.7
200x200x150 8x8x6
188
268
80
178
228
50
13.2
250x250x100 10x10x4
226
366
110
194
244
50
29.0
250x250x150 10x10x6
226
336
110
204
254
50
28.0
250x250x200 10x10x8
226
336
110
213
293
80
34.0
300x300x100 12x12x4
264
404
140
216
266
50
43.0
300x300x150 12x12x6
264
404
140
229
279
50
42.0
300x300x200 12x12x8
264
404
140
239
319
80
45.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264
404
140
251
361
110
51.0
350x350x150 14x14x6
272
412
140
254
304
50
41.0
350x350x200 14x14x8
272
412
140
264
344
80
54.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 272
412
140
277
387
110
62.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 272
412
140
289
429
140
66.0
400x400x150 16x16x6
295
465
170
274
324
50
51.0
400x400x200 16x16x8
295
465
170
283
363
80
56.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295
465
170
293
403
110
63.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295
465
170
305
445
140
67.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295
465
170
315
455
140
71.0
450x450x200 18x18x8
339
509
170
316
396
80
100.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 339
509
170
329
439
110
104.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 339
509
170
329
469
140
107.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 339
509
170
330
470
140
137.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 339
509
170
330
500
170
143.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 370
510
140
355
465
110
100.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 370
510
140
355
495
140
102.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 370
510
140
356
496
140
120.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 370
510
140
356
526
170
127.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 370
510
140
365
535
170
128.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 434
604
170
405
545
140
160.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 434
604
170
406
546
140
180.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 434
604
170
406
576
170
181.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 434
604
170
428
598
170
190.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 434
604
170
428
568
140
224.0

FP657-14 Fittings & Flanges for 2414/3414 . Page 5 of 12.

Reducing Tees (cont.)

Nominal Pipe Size

run x run x branch


mm
700x700x400
700x700x450
700x700x500
700x700x600
750x750x400
750x750x450
750x750x500
750x750x600
750x750x700
800x800x400
800x800x450
800x800x500
800x800x600
800x800x700
800x800x750
900x900x450
900x900x500
900x900x600
900x900x700
900x900x750
900x900x800

FP657-14 Fittings & Flanges for 2414/3414. Page 6 of 12.

inch
28x28x16
28x28x18
28x28x20
28x28x24
30x30x16
30x30x18
30x30x20
30x30x24
30x30x28
32x32x16
32x32x18
32x32x20
32x32x24
32x32x28
32x32x30
36x36x18
36x36x20
36x36x24
36x36x28
36x36x30
36x36x32

Laying
Length
half
run
L1
mm
497
497
497
497
523
523
523
523
523
559
559
559
559
559
559
624
624
624
624
624
624

Overall Insertion Laying


Length Depth Length
half
run
branch
run
OL1
Ds1
L2
mm
mm
mm
727
230
483
727
230
483
727
230
491
727
230
491
783
260
501
783
260
509
783
260
509
783
260
517
783
260
517
789
230
537
789
230
537
789
230
545
789
230
545
789
230
553
789
230
553
884
260
603
884
260
603
884
260
611
884
260
611
884
260
618
884
260
618

Overall Insertion Weight


Length Depth
branch branch
OL2
mm
653
653
631
661
671
679
649
687
747
707
707
685
715
783
813
773
743
781
841
878
848

Ds2
mm
170
170
140
170
170
170
140
170
230
170
170
140
170
230
260
170
140
170
230
260
230

kg
423
428
364
377
516
522
444
460
573
500
504
505
521
552
567
699
699
719
753
771
770

Concentric Reducers

Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded


socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds1
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x50
3x2
74
174
50
50
0.8
100x50
4x2
96
196
50
50
1.1
100x80
4x3
94
194
50
50
1.3
150x80
6x3
117
217
50
50
1.8
150x100
6x4
124
224
50
50
1.8
200x100
8x4
163
293
80
50
4.3
200x150
8x6
129
259
80
50
4.3
250x150
10x6
148
308
110
50
6.2
250x200
10x8
135
325
110
80
6.9
300x200
12x8
180
400
140
80
9.9
300x250
12x10
167
417
140
110
10.8
350x250
14x10
214
464
140
110
17.0
350x300
14x12
208
488
140
140
16.8
400x300
16x12
195
505
170
140
22.0
400x350
16x14
183
493
170
140
23.0
450x400
18x16
128
468
170
170
27.0
500x400
20x16
249
559
140
170
34.0
500x450
20x18
151
461
140
170
33.0
600x400
24x16
486
826
170
170
52.0
600x450
24x18
388
728
170
170
50.0
600x500
24x20
267
577
170
140
43.0
700x400
28x16
796
1196
230
170
142.0
700x450
28x18
698
1098
230
170
140.0
700x500
28x20
577
947
230
140
111.0
700x600
28x24
340
740
230
170
109.0
750x400
30x16
915
1345
260
170
177.0
750x450
30x18
817
1247
260
170
175.0
750x500
30x20
696
1096
260
140
141.0
750x600
30x24
459
889
260
170
139.0
750x700
30x28
149
639
260
230
165.0
800x400
32x16
1038
1438
230
170
167.0
800x450
32x18
940
1340
230
170
165.0
800x500
32x20
819
1189
230
140
157.0
800x600
32x24
582
982
230
170
155.0
800x700
32x28
272
732
230
230
156.0
800x750
32x30
153
643
230
260
159.0
900x450
36x18
1186
1616
260
170
232.0
900x500
36x20
1065
1465
260
170
223.0
900x600
36x24
828
1258
260
170
220.0
900x700
36x28
518
1008
260
230
222.0
900x750
36x30
399
919
260
260
225.0
900x800
36x32
276
766
260
230
209.0
Note: Eccentric Reducers are available on request

FP657-14 Fittings & Flanges for 2414/3414 . Page 7 of 12.

Couplings

Filament-wound couplings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Outside
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
Diameter
L
OL
Ds
OD
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
70
170
50
70
0.4
80
3
70
170
50
100
0.7
100
4
70
170
50
124
0.9
150
6
70
170
50
180
1.5
200
8
70
230
80
230
2.5
250
10
70
290
110
286
4.0
300
12
70
350
140
339
9.8
350
14
70
350
140
370
10.5
400
16
70
410
170
419
13.2
450
18
70
410
170
460
9.0
500
20
70
350
140
524
16.7
600
24
70
410
170
619
21.0
700
28
70
530
230
745
34.0
750
30
70
590
260
795
39.0
800
32
70
530
230
840
29.0
900
36
70
590
260
945
41.0

Nipples

Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
gap
Insertion
Weight
Length
Depth
L
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
125
25
50
0.1
80
3
125
25
50
0.1
100
4
125
25
50
0.1
150
6
125
25
50
0.3
200
8
190
30
80
0.6
250
10
250
30
110
1.3
300
12
320
40
140
2.3
350
14
320
40
140
2.8
400
16
380
40
170
4.3
450
18
400
60
170
5.2
500
20
340
60
140
5.2
600
24
400
60
170
8.3
700
28
520
60
230
16.5
750
30
580
60
260
21.0
800
32
520
60
230
22.0
900
36
580
60
260
31.0

FP657-14 Fittings & Flanges for 2414/3414. Page 8 of 12.

Heavy-Duty Flanges

Heavy-Duty filament-wound flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overal
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
D
Ds (1)
(2)
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
5
55
50
1.5
80
3
5
55
50
2.2
100
4
5
55
50
2.9
150
6
5
55
50
3.7
200
8
6
86
80
8.4
250
10
6
86
80
10.6
300
12
6
116
110
21.0
350
14
6
116
110
25.0
400
16
6
116
110
30.0
450
18
6
146
140
41.0
500
20
6
146
140
48.0
600
24
6
176
170
74.0
Notes:
(1)
Underlined insertion depth for subsequent flanges deviates from other fittings.
(2)
The weights shown are for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
*
**

***

Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO (DIN).
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, therefore a torquewrench is required.

FP657-14 Fittings & Flanges for 2414/3414 . Page 9 of 12.

Stub-end Flanges

Filament-wound Stub-end flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


and steel backing rings
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Ring
Weigth
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
to
GRE
steel
Face
stubring
L
OL
Ds
H
end
(1)
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
50
2
15
65
50
10
0.2
1.8
80
3
15
65
50
10
0.5
3.2
100
4
15
65
50
12
0.8
4.2
150
6
15
65
50
13
1.3
5.2
200
8
15
95
80
20
2.6
8.5
250
10
15
125
110
23
4
13.5
300
12
15
155
140
26
5.9
23.0
350
14
15
155
140
27
5.8
32.0
400
16
20
190
170
32
9.6
42.0
450
18
20
190
170
35
16.1
40.0
500
20
20
160
140
29
15
51.0
600
24
20
190
170
35
18
86.0
700
28
20
250
230
38
26
100.0
750
30
20
280
260
41
31
117.0
800
32
20
250
230
48
29
154.0
900
36
20
280
260
53
36
197.0
Notes:
(1)
The weight shown is for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
*
**

***
****

FP657-14 Fittings & Flanges for 2414/3414. Page 10 of 12.

Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.

Key-lock Adapters
& Couplings

Filament around adapters and couplings with Key-lock ends.


Nominal Pipe
Qty
Laying Overall Insertion Weigth Laying Overall Weigth
Size
of
Length Length Depth
Length Length
Keys
L
OL
Ds
L
OL
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
adapter KLM x TBF
coupling KLF x KLF
50
2
1
5
100
50
0.3
100
140
0.8
80
3
1
5
100
50
0.5
100
140
1.0
100
4
1
5
100
50
0.7
100
140
2.2
150
6
1
4
110
50
1.0
127
181
4.3
200
8
1
2
150
80
1.9
152
225
6.3
250
10
1
3
185
110
3.1
163
242
9.6
300
12
1
5
230
140
5.2
186
278
11.4
350
14
1
18
245
140
8.4
191
289
15.8
400
16
1
15
275
170
10.0
197
302
20.0
450
18
2
61
325
170
16.5
204
392
27.0
500
20
2
83
320
140
18.3
210
409
32.0
600
24
2
76
340
170
22.0
200
375
29.0
750
30
2
118
505
260
52.0
279
558
75.0

Field Testing

Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.

Surge Pressure

Maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.

Conversions

1 psi
1 bar
1 MPa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
C

Important Notice

= 6895 Pa
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 105Pa
= 14.5 psi
= 1 N/mm2
= 145 psi
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (F-32)

= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2

This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.

FP657-14 Fittings & Flanges for 2414/3414 . Page 11 of 12.

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet: www.ameron-net.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345 587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861-7834

ISO 9001

Certified Firm

FP657-14 Fittings & Flanges for 2414/3414. Page 12 of 12.

Bondstrand Product Data

Fittings & Flanges for


pipe series 2416 and 3416
using the Taper-Taper adhesive-bonded joint

Description

Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.

Uses and Application

For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.

Design and Installation

For recommendations pertaining to design, installation and use of Bondstrand Pipe,


Fittings and Flanges reference is made to the following literature:
FP 564
FP 161
FP 453

Assembly Instructions for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joints.


Installation Instructions using the Key-Lock mechanical joint.
M86 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
50 to 150 mm (2-6 inch).
FP 454
M87 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
150 to 400 mm (6-16 inch).
FP 455
M87XL Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in
sizes 400 to 600 mm (16-24 inch).
FP 204
M95 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
600 to 1000 mm (24-40 inch).
FP 196
Flange Assembly Instructions.
FP 132
Corrosion Guide.
General Bondstrand engineering and installation guides.

How to use this product


data sheet

Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No.

Fitting

Pipe System

Pressure

549-10
549-12
549-14
549-16
549-20
549-25
549-32
549-40
549-50

T-10
T-12
T-14
T-16
T-20
T-25
T-32
T-40
T-50

2410 and 3410


2412 and 3412
2414 and 3414
2416 and 3416
2420 and 3420
2425 and 3425
2432 and 3432
2440 and 3440
2450 and 3450

10 bar
12 bar
14 bar
16 bar
20 bar
25 bar
32 bar
40 bar
50 bar

Ameron 1998 FP657-16 (8/98). Printed in The Netherlands. Page 1 of 12.

Dimensions of the
taper-taper joint

Nominal Pipe Size

mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900*
900**

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
36

Taper
Angle

degrees
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75

Insertion
Depth
Ds
mm
50
50
50
50
80
110
140
140
170
170
200
230
230
260
290
350
260

Spigot
Nose
Thickness
t
mm
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
5.5
6.0
5.5
6.0
6.0

Spigot
Diameter
at Nose
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
583.6
711.0
762.0
811.0
912.0
912.0

* For Bondstrand 2416 only


** For Bondstrand 3416 only

Quantity of Adhesive

Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900*
900**

Adhesive
Kit Size
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
36

cm3
89
89
89
89
89
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177

Minimum number of
adhesive kits per joint
fluid
ounce
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

* For Bondstrand 2416 only


** For Bondstrand 3416 only
Note:
Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded.

FP657-16 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2416/3416. Page 2 of 12.

nr.
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
10.0
8.0

Elbows 90

Filament-wound 90 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
87
137
50
0.6
80
3
126
176
50
1.1
100
4
155
205
50
2.1
150
6
240
290
50
4.2
200
8
315
395
80
12.0
250
10
391
501
110
16.1
300
12
463
603
140
26.0
350
14
364
504
140
37.0
400
16
402
572
170
53.0
450
18
472
642
170
76.0
500
20
523
723
200
125.0
600
24
625
855
230
228.0
700
28
726
956
230
238.0
750
30
777
1037
260
290.0
800
32
828
1118
290
364.0
900*
36
929
1279
350
595.0
900**
36
929
1189
260
544.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only
** For Bondstrand 3416 only

Elbows 45

Filament-wound 45 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
45
95
50
0.5
80
3
61
111
50
0.9
100
4
73
123
50
1.3
150
6
106
156
50
2.5
200
8
137
217
80
7.4
250
10
169
279
110
12.4
300
12
196
336
140
22.0
350
14
125
265
140
29.0
400
16
142
312
170
41.0
450
18
204
374
170
54.0
500
20
225
425
200
75.0
600
24
268
498
230
130.0
700
28
310
540
230
177.0
750
30
331
591
260
226.0
800
32
352
642
290
272.0
900*
36
394
744
350
463.0
900**
36
394
654
260
382.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only
** For Bondstrand 3416 only

FP657-16 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2416/3416. Page 3 of 12.

Elbows 221/2

Filament-wound 221/2 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
29
79
50
0.4
80
3
37
87
50
0.6
100
4
43
93
50
0.9
150
6
60
110
50
1.4
200
8
76
156
80
5.1
250
10
68
178
110
9.7
300
12
77
217
140
15.5
350
14
71
211
140
21.0
400
16
85
255
170
24.0
450
18
106
276
170
39.0
500
20
116
316
200
56.0
600
24
136
366
230
93.0
700
28
157
387
230
123.0
750
30
167
427
260
158.0
800
32
177
467
290
198.0
900*
36
197
547
350
343.0
900**
36
197
457
260
266.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only
** For Bondstrand 3416 only

Tees

Filament-wound tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Length
Depth
total
total
branch
branch
run
run
L1
OL1
L2
OL2
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
148
248
74
124
50
1.3
80
3
192
292
96
146
50
2.9
100
4
230
330
115
165
50
4.0
150
6
306
406
153
203
50
8.7
200
8
376
536
188
268
80
21.0
250
10
452
672
226
336
110
31.0
300
12
528
808
264
404
140
50.0
350
14
544
824
272
412
140
55.0
400
16
590
930
295
465
170
87.0
450
18
678
1018
339
509
170
103.0
500
20
740
1140
370
570
200
209.0
600
24
868
1328
434
664
230
351.0
700
28
994
1454
497
727
230
476.0
750
30
1046
1566
523
783
260
591.0
800
32
1118
1698
559
849
290
727.0
900*
36
1248
1948
624
974
350
1213.0
900**
36
1248
1768
624
884
260
1080.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only
** For Bondstrand 3416 only

FP657-16 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2416/3416. Page 4 of 12.

Reducing Tees

Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half
half
run
branch branch branch
run x run x branch
run
run
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
146
50
86
136
50
2.7
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
165
50
99
149
50
3.8
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
165
50
108
158
50
4.0
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
203
50
124
174
50
8.0
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
203
50
134
184
50
9.6
150x150x100 6x6x4
153
203
50
140
190
50
9.6
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
268
80
159
209
50
16.0
200x200x100 8x8x4
188
268
80
172
222
50
16.7
200x200x150 8x8x6
188
268
80
178
228
50
13.2
250x250x100 10x10x4
226
336
110
194
244
50
29.0
250x250x150 10x10x6
226
336
110
204
254
50
28.0
250x250x200 10x10x8
226
336
110
213
293
80
34.0
300x300x100 12x12x4
264
404
140
216
266
50
43.0
300x300x150 12x12x6
264
404
140
229
279
50
42.0
300x300x200 12x12x8
264
404
140
239
319
80
45.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264
404
140
251
361
110
51.0
350x350x150 14x14x6
272
412
140
254
304
50
41.0
350x350x200 14x14x8
272
412
140
264
344
80
54.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 272
412
140
277
387
110
62.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 272
412
140
289
429
140
66.0
400x400x150 16x16x6
295
465
170
274
324
50
51.0
400x400x200 16x16x8
295
465
170
283
363
80
56.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295
465
170
293
403
110
63.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295
465
170
305
445
140
67.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295
465
170
315
455
140
710.0
450x450x200 18x18x8
339
509
170
316
396
80
100.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 339
509
170
329
439
110
104.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 339
509
170
329
469
140
107.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 339
509
170
330
470
140
137.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 339
509
170
330
500
170
143.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 370
570
200
355
465
110
180.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 370
570
200
355
495
140
186.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 370
570
200
356
496
140
188.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 370
570
200
356
526
170
195.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 370
570
200
365
535
170
200.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 434
664
230
405
545
140
211.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 434
664
230
406
546
140
281.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 434
664
230
406
576
170
220.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 434
664
230
428
598
170
239.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 434
664
230
428
628
200
279.0

FP657-16 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2416/3416. Page 5 of 12.

Reducing Tees (cont.)

Nominal Pipe Size

run x run x branch


mm
700x700x400
700x700x450
700x700x500
700x700x600
750x750x400
750x750x450
750x750x500
750x750x600
750x750x700
800x800x400
800x800x450
800x800x500
800x800x600
800x800x700
800x800x750
900x900x450*
900x900x500*
900x900x600*
900x900x700*
900x900x750*
900x900x800*
900x900x450**
900x900x500**
900x900x600**
900x900x700**
900x900x750**
900x900x800**

inch
28x28x16
28x28x18
28x28x20
28x28x24
30x30x16
30x30x18
30x30x20
30x30x24
30x30x28
32x32x16
32x32x18
32x32x20
32x32x24
32x32x28
32x32x30
36x36x18
36x36x20
36x36x24
36x36x28
36x36x30
36x36x32
36x36x18
36x36x20
36x36x24
36x36x28
36x36x30
36x36x32

Laying
Length
half
run
L1
mm
497
497
497
497
523
523
523
523
523
559
559
559
559
559
559
624
624
624
624
624
624
624
624
624
624
624
624

* For Bondstrand 2416 only


** For Bondstrand 3416 only

FP657-16 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2416/3416. Page 6 of 12.

Overall Insertion Laying


Length Depth Length
half
run
branch
run
OL1
Ds1
L2
mm
mm
mm
727
230
485
727
230
483
727
230
491
727
230
491
783
260
501
783
260
509
783
260
509
783
260
517
783
260
517
849
290
537
849
290
537
849
290
545
849
290
545
849
290
553
849
290
553
974
350
603
974
350
603
974
350
611
974
350
611
974
350
618
974
350
618
884
260
603
884
260
603
884
260
611
884
260
611
884
260
618
884
260
618

Overall Insertion Weight


Length Depth
branch branch
OL2
mm
655
653
691
721
671
679
709
747
747
707
707
745
775
783
813
773
803
841
841
878
908
773
803
841
841
878
908

Ds2
mm
170
170
200
230
170
170
200
230
230
170
170
200
230
230
260
170
200
230
230
260
290
170
200
230
230
260
290

kg
423
428
440
458
516
522
534
555
573
628
633
647
667
689
706
1035
1052
1082
964
986
1008
947
975
878
887
909
931

Concentric Reducers

Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded


socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds1
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x50
3x2
74
174
50
50
0.8
100x50
4x2
96
196
50
50
1.1
100x80
4x3
94
194
50
50
1.3
150x80
6x3
117
217
50
50
1.5
150x100
6x4
124
224
50
50
1.8
200x100
8x4
163
293
80
50
4.3
200x150
8x6
129
259
80
50
4.3
250x150
10x6
148
308
110
50
6.2
250x200
10x8
135
325
110
80
6.9
300x200
12x8
180
400
140
80
9.9
300x250
12x10
167
417
140
110
10.8
350x250
14x10
214
464
140
110
17.0
350x300
14x12
208
488
140
140
16.8
400x300
16x12
195
505
170
140
22.0
400x350
16x14
183
493
170
140
23.0
450x400
18x16
128
468
170
170
27.0
500x400
20x16
249
619
200
170
36.0
500x450
20x18
151
521
200
170
35.0
600x400
24x16
486
886
230
170
70.0
600x450
24x18
388
788
230
170
70.0
600x500
24x20
267
697
230
200
70.0
700x400
28x16
796
1196
230
170
141.0
700x450
28x18
698
1098
230
170
140.0
700x500
28x20
577
1007
230
200
142.0
700x600
28x24
340
800
230
230
142.0
750x400
30x16
915
1345
260
170
177.0
750x450
30x18
817
1247
260
170
175.0
750x500
30x20
696
1156
260
200
177.0
750x600
30x24
459
949
260
230
177.0
750x700
30x28
149
639
260
230
165.0
800x400
32x16
1038
1498
290
170
216.0
800x450
32x18
940
1400
290
170
214.0
800x500
32x20
819
1309
290
200
217.0
800x600
32x24
582
1102
290
230
217.0
800x700
32x28
272
792
290
230
203.0
800x750
32x30
153
703
290
260
207.0
900x450* 36x18
1186
1706
350
170
358.0
900x500* 36x20
1065
1615
350
200
362.0
900x600* 36x24
828
1408
350
230
361.0
900x700* 36x28
518
1098
350
230
300.0
900x750* 36x30
399
1009
350
260
304.0
900x800* 36x32
276
916
350
290
307.0
900x450** 36x18
1186
1616
260
170
314.0
900x500** 36x20
1065
1525
260
200
314.0
900x600** 36x24
828
1318
260
230
268.0
900x700** 36x28
518
1008
260
230
261.0
900x750** 36x30
399
919
260
260
265.0
900x800** 36x32
276
826
260
290
269.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only
** For Bondstrand 3416 only
Note: Eccentric Reducers are available on request.

FP657-16 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2416/3416. Page 7 of 12.

Couplings

Filament-wound couplings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Outside
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
Diameter
L
OL
Ds
OD
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
70
170
50
70
0.4
80
3
70
170
50
100
0.7
100
4
70
170
50
124
0.9
150
6
70
170
50
180
1.5
200
8
70
230
80
230
2.5
250
10
70
290
110
286
4.0
300
12
70
350
140
350
9.8
350
14
70
350
140
381
10.5
400
16
70
410
170
430
13.2
450
18
70
410
170
460
9.0
500
20
70
470
200
524
21.0
600
24
70
530
230
619
24.0
700
28
70
530
230
745
31.0
750
30
70
590
260
795
34.0
800
32
70
650
290
840
32.0
900*
36
70
770
350
951
50.0
900**
36
70
590
260
945
41.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only
** For Bondstrand 3416 only

Nipples

Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
gap
Insertion
Weight
Length
Depth
L
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
125
25
50
0.1
80
3
125
25
50
0.1
100
4
125
25
50
0.1
150
6
125
25
50
0.3
200
8
190
30
80
0.7
250
10
250
30
110
1.3
300
12
320
40
140
2.4
350
14
320
40
140
3.0
400
16
380
40
170
4.6
450
18
400
60
170
5.6
500
20
460
60
200
8.3
600
24
520
60
230
13.3
700
28
520
60
230
19.7
750
30
580
60
260
26.0
800
32
640
60
290
30.0
900*
36
760
60
350
39.0
900**
36
580
60
260
31.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only
** For Bondstrand 3416 only

FP657-16 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2416/3416. Page 8 of 12.

Heavy-Duty Flanges

Heavy-Duty filament-wound flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overal
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
2)
L
D
Ds 1)
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
5
55
50
1.5
80
3
5
55
50
2.2
100
4
5
55
50
2.9
150
6
5
55
50
3.7
200
8
6
86
80
8.4
250
10
6
116
110
14.3
300
12
6
116
110
21.0
350
14
6
116
110
25.0
400
16
6
146
140
38.0
450
18
6
146
140
41.0
500
20
6
176
170
58.0
Notes:
1)
Underlined insertion depth for subsequent flanges deviates from other fittings.
2)
The weights shown are for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
*
**

***

Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, therefore a torquewrench is required.

FP657-16 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2416/3416. Page 9 of 12.

Stub-end Flanges
Van Stone

Filament-wound Stub-end flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


and steel backing rings
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Ring
Weigth
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
to
GRE
steel
Face
stubring
L
OL
Ds
H
end
(1)
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
50
2
15
65
50
10
0.2
1.8
80
3
15
65
50
10
0.5
3.2
100
4
15
65
50
12
0.8
4.2
150
6
15
65
50
13
1.3
5.2
200
8
15
95
80
20
2.6
8.5
250
10
15
125
110
23
4.0
13.5
300
12
15
155
140
26
5.9
23.0
350
14
15
155
140
27
5.8
32.0
400
16
20
190
170
32
9.6
42.0
450
18
20
190
170
35
16.1
40.0
500
20
20
220
200
39
19.8
51.0
600
24
20
250
230
47
22
86.0
700
28
20
250
230
51
26
100.0
750
30
20
280
260
46
29
117.0
800
32
20
310
290
48
34
154.0
900*
36
20
370
350
53
41
197.0
900**
36
20
280
260
53
36
197.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only
** For Bondstrand 3416 only
Notes:
(1)
The weight shown is for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
*
**

***
****

FP657-16 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2416/3416. Page 10 of 12.

Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.

Key-lock Adapters
& Couplings

Filament around adapters and couplings with Key-lock ends.


Nominal Pipe
Qty
Laying Overall Insertion Weigth Laying Overall Weigth
Size
of
Length Length Depth
Length Length
Keys
L
OL
Ds
L
OL
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
adapter KLM x TBF
coupling KLF x KLF
50
2
1
5
100
50
0.3
100
140
0.8
80
3
1
5
100
50
0.5
100
140
1.0
100
4
1
5
100
50
0.7
100
140
2.2
150
6
1
4
110
50
1.0
127
181
4.3
200
8
1
2
150
80
1.9
152
225
6.3
250
10
1
3
185
110
3.1
163
242
9.6
300
12
1
5
230
140
5.2
186
278
11.6
350
14
1
18
245
140
8.4
191
289
15.6
400
16
2
15
275
170
12.7
197
426
38.0
450
18
2
61
325
170
16.5
204
392
27.0
500
20
2
83
380
200
21.0
210
409
32.0
600
24
2
76
400
230
25.0
200
375
29.0
750
30
2
118
505
260
51.0
279
558
75.0

Field Testing

Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.

Surge Pressure

Maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.

Conversions

1 psi
1 bar
1 MPa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
C

Important Notice

= 6895 Pa
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 105Pa
= 14.5 psi
= 1 N/mm2
= 145 psi
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (F-32)

= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2

This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.

FP657-16 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2416/3416. Page 11 of 12.

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet: www.ameron-intl.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345 587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861-7834

ISO 9001

Certified Firm

FP657-16 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2416/3416. Page 12 of 12.

Bondstrand Product Data

Fittings & Flanges for


pipe series 2420 and 3420
using the Taper-Taper adhesive-bonded joint

Description

Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.

Uses and Application

For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.

Design and Installation

For recommendations pertaining to design, installation and use of Bondstrand Pipe,


Fittings and Flanges reference is made to the following literature:
FP 564
FP 161
FP 453

Assembly Instructions for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joints.


Installation Instructions using the Key-Lock mechanical joint.
M86 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
50 to 150 mm (2-6 inch).
FP 454
M87 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
150 to 400 mm (6-16 inch).
FP 455
M87XL Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in
sizes 400 to 600 mm (16-24 inch).
FP 643
M95 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
600 to 1000 mm (24-40 inch).
FP 196
Flange Assembly Instructions.
FP 132
Corrosion Guide.
General Bondstrand engineering and installation guides.

How to use this product


data sheet

Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No.

Fitting

Pipe System

Pressure

549-10
549-12
549-14
549-16
549-20
549-25
549-32
549-40
549-50

T-10
T-12
T-14
T-16
T-20
T-25
T-32
T-40
T-50

2410 and 3410


2412 and 3412
2414 and 3414
2416 and 3416
2420 and 3420
2425 and 3425
2432 and 3432
2440 and 3440
2450 and 3450

10 bar
12 bar
14 bar
16 bar
20 bar
25 bar
32 bar
40 bar
50 bar

Ameron 1998 FP657-20 (8/98). Printed in The Netherlands. Page 1 of 12.

Dimensions of the
taper-taper joint

Nominal Pipe Size

mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700

Quantity of Adhesive

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28

Taper
Angle

degrees
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.75

Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700

Insertion
Depth
Ds
mm
50
50
50
80
80
110
140
140
170
170
200
230
290

Adhesive
Kit Size
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28

cm3
89
89
89
89
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177

Spigot
Nose
Thickness
t
mm
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
5.5

Spigot
Diameter
at Nose
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
583.6
711.0

Minimum number of
adhesive kits per joint
fluid
ounce
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Note:
Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded.

FP657-20 Fittings & Flanges for 2420/3420.Page 2 of 12.

nr.
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.8
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
7.0

Elbows 90

Filament-wound 90 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
87
137
50
0.6
80
3
126
176
50
1.1
100
4
155
205
50
2.1
150
6
240
320
80
5.8
200
8
315
395
80
12.0
250
10
391
501
110
16.1
300
12
463
603
140
26.0
350
14
364
504
140
37.0
400
16
402
572
170
53.0
450
18
472
642
170
76.0
500
20
523
723
200
125.0
600
24
625
855
230
228.0
700
28
726
1016
290
293.0

Elbows 45

Filament-wound 45 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
45
95
50
0.5
80
3
61
111
50
0.9
100
4
73
123
50
1.3
150
6
106
186
80
3.9
200
8
137
217
80
7.4
250
10
169
279
110
12.4
300
12
196
336
140
22.0
350
14
125
265
140
29.0
400
16
142
312
170
41.0
450
18
204
374
170
54.0
500
20
225
425
200
75.0
600
24
268
498
230
130.0
700
28
310
600
290
229.0

FP657-20 Fittings & Flanges for 2420/3420. Page 3 of 12.

Elbows 221/2

Filament-wound 221/2 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
29
79
50
0.4
80
3
37
87
50
0.6
100
4
43
93
50
0.9
150
6
60
140
80
2.8
200
8
76
156
80
5.1
250
10
68
178
110
9.7
300
12
77
217
140
15.5
350
14
71
211
140
21.0
400
16
85
255
170
24.0
450
18
106
276
170
39.0
500
20
116
316
200
56.0
600
24
136
366
230
93.0
700
28
157
447
290
173.0

Tees

Filament-wound tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Length
Depth
total
total
branch
branch
run
run
L1
OL1
L2
OL2
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
148
248
74
124
50
1.3
80
3
192
292
96
146
50
2.9
100
4
230
330
115
165
50
4.0
150
6
306
466
153
233
80
11.9
200
8
376
536
188
268
80
21.0
250
10
452
672
226
336
110
21.0
300
12
528
808
264
404
140
50.0
350
14
544
824
272
412
140
55.0
400
16
590
930
295
465
170
87.0
450
18
678
1018
339
509
170
103.0
500
20
740
1140
370
570
200
209.0
600
24
868
1328
434
664
230
351.0
700
28
994
1574
497
787
290
599.0

FP657-20 Fittings & Flanges for 2420/3420.Page 4 of 12.

Reducing Tees

Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half
half
run
branch branch branch
run x run x branch
run
run
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
146
50
86
136
50
2.7
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
165
50
99
149
50
3.8
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
165
50
108
158
50
4.0
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
233
80
124
174
50
10.9
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
233
80
134
184
50
12.0
150x150x100 6x6x4
153
233
80
140
190
50
12.2
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
268
80
159
209
50
16.0
200x200x100 8x8x4
188
268
80
172
222
50
16.7
200x200x150 8x8x6
188
268
80
178
258
80
17.9
250x250x100 10x10x4
226
336
110
194
244
50
29.0
250x250x150 10x10x6
226
336
110
204
284
80
32.0
250x250x200 10x10x8
226
336
110
213
293
80
34.0
300x300x100 12x12x4
264
404
140
216
266
50
43.0
300x300x150 12x12x6
264
404
140
229
309
80
44.0
300x300x200 12x12x8
264
404
140
239
319
80
45.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264
404
140
251
361
110
51.0
350x350x150 14x14x6
272
412
140
254
334
80
42.0
350x350x200 14x14x8
272
412
140
264
344
80
54.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 272
412
140
277
387
110
62.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 272
412
140
289
429
140
66.0
400x400x150 16x16x6
295
465
170
274
354
80
55.0
400x400x200 16x16x8
295
465
170
283
363
80
56.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295
465
170
293
403
110
63.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295
465
170
305
445
140
67.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295
465
170
315
455
140
71.0
450x450x200 18x18x8
339
509
170
316
396
80
100.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 339
509
170
329
439
110
104.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 339
509
170
329
469
140
107.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 339
509
170
330
470
140
137.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 339
509
170
330
500
170
143.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 370
570
200
355
465
110
180.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 370
570
200
355
495
140
186.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 370
570
200
356
496
140
188.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 370
570
200
356
526
170
195.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 370
570
200
365
535
170
200.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 434
664
230
405
545
140
211.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 434
664
230
406
546
140
281.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 434
664
230
406
576
170
220.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 434
664
230
428
598
170
239.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 434
664
230
428
628
200
279.0
700x700x400 28x28x16 497
787
290
483
653
170
520.0
700x700x450 28x28x18 497
787
290
483
653
170
525.0
700x700x500 28x28x20 497
787
290
491
691
200
539.0
700x700x600 28x28x24 497
787
290
491
721
230
560.0

FP657-20 Fittings & Flanges for 2420/3420. Page 5 of 12.

Concentric Reducers

Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded


socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds1
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x50
3x2
74
174
50
50
0.8
100x50
4x2
96
196
50
50
1.1
100x80
4x3
94
194
50
50
1.3
150x80
6x3
117
247
80
50
2.2
150x100
6x4
124
254
80
50
2.4
200x100
8x4
163
293
80
50
4.3
200x150
8x6
129
289
80
80
5.1
250x150
10x6
148
338
110
80
6.8
250x200
10x8
135
325
110
80
6.9
300x200
12x8
180
400
140
80
9.9
300x250
12x10
167
417
140
110
10.8
350x250
14x10
214
464
140
110
17.0
350x300
14x12
208
488
140
140
16.8
400x300
16x12
195
505
170
140
22.0
400x350
16x14
183
493
170
140
23.0
450x400
18x16
128
468
170
170
27.0
500x400
20x16
249
619
200
170
36.0
500x450
20x18
151
521
200
170
35.0
600x400
24x16
486
886
230
170
70.0
600x450
24x18
388
788
230
170
70.0
600x500
24x20
267
697
230
200
70.0
700x400
28x16
796
1256
290
170
180.0
700x450
28x18
698
1158
290
170
156.0
700x500
28x20
577
1067
290
200
181.0
700x600
28x24
340
860
290
230
132.0
Note: Eccentric Reducers are available on request

FP657-20 Fittings & Flanges for 2420/3420.Page 6 of 12.

Couplings

Filament-wound couplings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Outside
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
Diameter
L
OL
Ds
OD
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
70
170
50
70
0.4
80
3
70
170
50
100
0.7
100
4
70
170
50
124
0.9
150
6
70
230
80
180
1.9
200
8
70
230
80
230
2.5
250
10
70
290
110
286
4.0
300
12
70
350
140
350
9.8
350
14
70
350
140
381
10.5
400
16
70
410
170
430
13.2
450
18
70
410
170
460
9.0
500
20
70
470
200
524
21.0
600
24
70
530
230
619
24.0
700
28
70
650
290
745
35.0

Nipples

Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
gap
Insertion
Weight
Lenght
Depth
L
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
125
25
50
0.1
80
3
125
25
50
0.1
100
4
125
25
50
0.1
150
6
185
25
80
0.5
200
8
190
30
80
0.7
250
10
250
30
110
1.4
300
12
320
40
140
2.5
350
14
320
40
140
3.1
400
16
380
40
170
4.8
450
18
400
60
170
5.8
500
20
460
60
200
8.7
600
24
520
60
230
13.9
700
28
640
60
290
27.0

FP657-20 Fittings & Flanges for 2420/3420. Page 7 of 12.

Heavy-Duty Flanges

Heavy-Duty filament-wound flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overal
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
D
Ds
(1)
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
5
55
50
1.5
80
3
5
55
50
2.2
100
4
5
55
50
2.9
150
6
5
85
80
5.8
200
8
6
86
80
8.4
250
10
6
116
110
14.3
300
12
6
146
140
26.0
350
14
6
146
140
33.0
400
16
6
176
170
46.0
450
18
6
176
170
49.0
Notes:
(1)
The weights shown are for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
*
**

***

FP657-20 Fittings & Flanges for 2420/3420.Page 8 of 12.

Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, therefore a torquewrench is required.

Stub-end Flanges

Filament-wound Stub-end flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


and steel backing rings
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Ring
Weigth
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
to
GRE
steel
Face
stubring
L
OL
Ds
H
end
(1)
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
50
2
15
65
50
10
0.2
1.8
80
3
15
65
50
10
0.5
3.2
100
4
15
65
50
12
0.8
4.2
150
6
15
95
80
16
1.8
5.2
200
8
15
95
80
20
2.6
8.5
250
10
15
125
110
23
4.0
13.5
300
12
15
155
140
26
5.9
23.0
350
14
15
155
140
27
5.8
32.0
400
16
20
190
170
32
9.6
42.0
450
18
20
190
170
35
16.1
40.0
500
20
20
220
200
39
19.8
51.0
600
24
20
250
230
47
22
86.0
700
28
20
310
290
51
29
100.0
Notes:
(1)
The weight shown is for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
*
**

***
****

Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.

FP657-20 Fittings & Flanges for 2420/3420. Page 9 of 12.

Key-lock Adapters
& Couplings

Filament around adapters and couplings with Key-lock ends.


Nominal Pipe
Qty
Laying Overall Insertion Weigth Laying Overall Weigth
Size
of
Length Length Depth
Length Length
Keys
L
OL
Ds
L
OL
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
adapter KLM x TBF
coupling KLF x KLF
50
2
1
5
100
50
0.3
100
140
0.8
80
3
1
5
100
50
0.5
100
140
1.0
100
4
1
5
100
50
0.7
100
140
2.2
150
6
1
4
140
80
1.3
127
181
4.3
200
8
1
2
150
80
1.9
152
225
6.3
250
10
1
3
185
110
3.1
163
242
9.6
300
12
2
60
285
140
6.7
186
386
25.0
350
14
2
73
300
140
10.7
191
403
29.0
400
16
2
80
340
170
10.2
197
426
38.0
450
18
2
61
325
170
16.5
204
392
27.0
500
20
2
83
380
200
21.0
210
409
32.0
600
24
2
98
450
230
33.0
261
519
71.0

Field Testing

Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.

Surge Pressure

Maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.

Conversions

1 psi
1 bar
1 MPa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
C

Important Notice

FP657-20 Fittings & Flanges for 2420/3420.Page 10 of 12.

= 6895 Pa
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 105Pa
= 14.5 psi
= 1 N/mm2
= 145 psi
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (F-32)

= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2

This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet: www.ameron-net.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345 587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861-7834

ISO 9001

Certified Firm

FP657-20 Fittings & Flanges for 2420/3420.Page 12 of 12.

Bondstrand Product Data

Fittings & Flanges for


pipe series 2425 and 3425
using the Taper-Taper adhesive-bonded joint

Description

Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.

Uses and Application

For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.

Design and Installation

For recommendations pertaining to design, installation and use of Bondstrand Pipe,


Fittings and Flanges reference is made to the following literature:
FP 564
FP 161
FP 453

Assembly Instructions for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joints.


Installation Instructions using the Key-Lock mechanical joint.
M86 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
50 to 150 mm (2-6 inch).
FP 454
M87 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
150 to 400 mm (6-16 inch).
FP 455
M87XL Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in
sizes 400 to 600 mm (16-24 inch).
FP 643
M95 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
600 to 1000 mm (24-40 inch).
FP 196
Flange Assembly Instructions.
FP 132
Corrosion Guide.
General Bondstrand engineering and installation guides.

How to use this product


data sheet

Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No.

Fitting

Pipe System

Pressure

549-10
549-12
549-14
549-16
549-20
549-25
549-32
549-40
549-50

T-10
T-12
T-14
T-16
T-20
T-25
T-32
T-40
T-50

2410 and 3410


2412 and 3412
2414 and 3414
2416 and 3416
2420 and 3420
2425 and 3425
2432 and 3432
2440 and 3440
2450 and 3450

10 bar
12 bar
14 bar
16 bar
20 bar
25 bar
32 bar
40 bar
50 bar

Ameron 1998 FP657-25 (8/98). Printed in The Netherlands. Page 1 of 12.

Dimensions of the
taper-taper joint

Nominal Pipe Size

mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700*
700**

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
28

Taper
Angle

degrees
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.75
1.75

Insertion
Depth
Ds
mm
50
80
80
110
140
170
200
170
230
200
230
260
350
260

Spigot
Nose
Thickness
t
mm
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.5
7.0
7.0

Spigot
Diameter
at Nose
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
265.9
316.7
348.4
398.7
438.8
488.1
585.6
714.0
714.0

* For Bondstrand 2425 only


** For Bondstrand 3425 only

Quantity of Adhesive

Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
700

Adhesive
Kit Size
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
28

cm3
89
89
89
89
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177

Minimum number of
adhesive kits per joint
fluid
ounce
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

* For Bondstrand 2425 only


** For Bondstrand 3425 only
Note:
Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded.

FP657-25 Fittings & Flanges for 2425/3425. Page 2 of 12.

nr.
0.2
0.4
0.6
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
8.0
6.0

Elbows 90

Filament-wound 90 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
87
137
50
0.6
80
3
110
190
80
2.1
100
4
155
235
80
3.8
150
6
240
350
110
8.7
200
8
315
455
140
24.0
250
10
391
561
170
39.0
300
12
463
663
200
61.0
350
14
374
544
170
51.0
400
16
402
632
230
84.0
450
18
497
679
200
87.0
500
20
548
778
230
173.0
600
24
650
910
260
266.0
700*
28
726
1076
350
365.0
700**
28
726
986
260
358.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only

Elbows 45

Filament-wound 45 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
45
95
50
0.5
80
3
61
141
80
1.7
100
4
73
153
80
2.4
150
6
106
216
110
7.0
200
8
137
277
140
15.5
250
10
169
339
170
32.0
300
12
196
396
200
47.0
350
14
135
305
170
38.0
400
16
142
372
230
80.0
450
18
229
429
200
78.0
500
20
250
480
230
109.0
600
24
293
553
260
184.0
700*
28
310
660
350
333.0
700**
28
310
570
260
271.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only

FP657-25 Fittings & Flanges for 2425/3425. Page 3 of 12.

Elbows 221/2

Filament-wound 221/2 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
29
79
50
0.4
80
3
37
117
80
1.5
100
4
43
123
80
2.0
150
6
60
170
110
5.9
200
8
76
216
140
10.5
250
10
68
238
170
19.1
300
12
77
277
200
32.0
350
14
81
251
170
26.0
400
16
85
315
230
57.0
450
18
131
331
200
51.0
500
20
141
371
230
71.0
600
24
161
421
260
114.0
700*
28
157
507
350
221.0
700**
28
157
417
260
170.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only

Tees

Filament-wound tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Length
Depth
total
total
branch
branch
run
run
L1
OL1
L2
OL2
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
148
248
74
124
50
1.6
80
3
192
352
96
176
80
3.6
100
4
230
390
115
195
80
6.4
150
6
306
526
153
263
110
18.0
200
8
376
656
188
328
140
37.0
250
10
452
792
226
396
170
55.0
300
12
528
928
264
464
200
92.0
350
14
564
904
282
452
170
80.0
400
16
590
1050
295
525
230
126.0
450
18
728
1128
364
564
200
218.0
500
20
790
1250
395
625
230
297.0
600
24
918
1438
459
719
260
483.0
700*
28
994
1694
497
847
350
828.0
700**
28
994
1514
497
757
260
726.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only

FP657-25 Fittings & Flanges for 2425/3425. Page 4 of 12.

Reducing Tees

Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half
half
run
branch branch branch
run x run x branch
run
run
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
176
80
86
136
50
3.0
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
195
80
99
149
50
5.4
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
195
80
108
188
80
5.5
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
263
110
124
174
50
12.2
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
263
110
134
214
80
12.6
150x150x100 6x6x4
153
263
110
140
220
80
13.7
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
328
140
159
239
80
19.3
200x200x100 8x8x4
188
328
140
172
252
80
26.0
200x200x150 8x8x6
188
328
140
178
288
110
33.0
250x250x100 10x10x4
226
396
170
194
274
80
42.0
250x250x150 10x10x6
226
396
170
204
314
110
42.0
250x250x200 10x10x8
226
396
170
213
353
140
53.0
300x300x100 12x12x4
264
464
200
216
296
80
60.0
300x300x150 12x12x6
264
464
200
229
339
110
86.0
300x300x200 12x12x8
264
464
200
239
379
140
90.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264
464
200
251
421
170
92.0
350x350x150 14x14x6
282
452
170
254
364
110
66.0
350x350x200 14x14x8
282
452
170
264
404
80
69.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 282
452
170
277
447
170
74.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 282
452
170
289
489
200
79.0
400x400x150 16x16x6
295
525
230
274
384
110
97.0
400x400x200 16x16x8
295
525
230
283
423
140
102.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295
525
230
293
463
170
107.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295
525
230
305
505
200
117.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295
525
230
325
495
170
100.0
450x450x200 18x18x8
364
564
200
316
456
140
158.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 364
564
200
329
499
170
165.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 364
564
200
329
529
200
172.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 364
564
200
340
510
170
172.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 364
564
200
330
560
230
182.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 395
625
230
355
525
170
257.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 395
625
230
355
555
200
265.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 395
625
230
366
536
170
267.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 395
625
230
356
586
230
279.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 395
625
230
390
590
200
285.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 459
719
260
405
605
200
422.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 459
719
260
416
586
170
423.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 459
719
260
406
636
230
438.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 459
719
260
453
653
200
448.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 459
719
260
453
683
230
462.0
700x700x350* 28x28x14 497
847
350
485
655
170
700.0
700x700x400* 28x28x16 497
847
350
483
713
230
720.0
700x700x450* 28x28x18 497
847
350
508
708
200
726.0
700x700x500* 28x28x20 497
847
350
516
746
230
745.0
700x700x600** 28x28x24 497
847
350
516
776
260
774.0
700x700x350** 28x28x14 497
757
260
485
655
170
631.0
700x700x400** 28x28x16 497
757
260
483
713
230
625.0
700x700x450** 28x28x18 497
757
260
508
708
200
658.0
700x700x500** 28x28x20 497
757
260
516
746
230
677.0
700x700x600** 28x28x24 497
757
260
516
776
260
706.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only
FP657-25 Fittings & Flanges for 2425/3425. Page 5 of 12.

Concentric Reducers

Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded


socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds1
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x50
3x2
74
204
80
50
0.9
100x50
4x2
96
226
80
50
2.7
100x80
4x3
94
254
80
80
2.0
150x80
6x3
117
307
110
80
3.9
150x100
6x4
124
314
110
80
4.2
200x100
8x4
163
383
140
80
9.5
200x150
8x6
129
379
140
110
9.5
250x150
10x6
148
428
170
110
14.5
250x200
10x8
135
445
170
140
16.0
300x200
12x8
180
520
200
140
33.0
300x250
12x10
167
537
200
170
35.0
350x250
14x10
224
564
170
170
31.0
350x300
14x12
218
588
170
200
34.0
400x300
16x12
195
625
230
200
42.0
400x350
16x14
193
593
230
170
45.0
450x400
18x16
153
583
200
230
51.0
500x400
20x16
274
734
230
230
81.0
500x450
20x18
201
631
230
200
78.0
600x400
24x16
511
1001
260
230
108.0
600x450
24x18
438
898
260
200
100.0
600x500
24x20
317
807
260
230
106.0
700x400
28x16
796
1376
350
230
264.0
700x450
28x18*
723
1273
350
200
257.0
700x500
28x20*
602
1182
350
230
262.0
700x600
28x24*
365
975
350
260
263.0
700x400
28x16**
796
1286
260
230
230.0
700x450
28x18**
723
1183
260
200
223.0
700x500
28x20**
602
1092
260
230
228.0
700x600
28x24**
365
885
260
260
229.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only
Note: Eccentric Reducers are available on request

FP657-25 Fittings & Flanges for 2425/3425. Page 6 of 12.

Couplings

Filament-wound couplings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Outside
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
Diameter
L
OL
Ds
OD
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
70
170
50
70
0.4
80
3
70
230
80
100
0.9
100
4
70
230
80
124
1.2
150
6
70
290
110
180
2.2
200
8
70
350
140
238
5.0
250
10
70
410
170
296
7.9
300
12
70
470
200
350
11.6
350
14
70
410
170
381
11.3
400
16
70
530
230
435
17.4
450
18
70
470
200
472
15.8
500
20
70
530
230
524
21.0
600
24
70
590
260
634
39.0
700*
28
70
770
350
752
39.0
700**
28
70
590
260
745
29.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only

Nipples

Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
gap
Insertion
Weight
Length
Depth
L
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
125
25
50
0.1
80
3
185
25
80
0.2
100
4
185
25
80
0.3
150
6
245
25
110
0.8
200
8
310
30
140
1.5
250
10
370
30
170
2.9
300
12
440
40
200
4.7
350
14
380
40
170
4.6
400
16
500
40
230
8.6
450
18
460
60
200
8.6
500
20
520
60
230
12.4
600
24
580
60
260
19.0
700*
28
760
60
350
35.0
700**
28
580
60
260
26.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only

FP657-25 Fittings & Flanges for 2425/3425. Page 7 of 12.

Heavy-Duty Flanges

Heavy-Duty filament-wound flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overal
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
D
Ds (1)
(2)
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
5
55
50
1.7
80
3
5
55
50
2.6
100
4
5
85
80
5.9
150
6
5
85
80
8.3
200
8
6
116
110
15.2
250
10
6
146
140
24.0
300
12
6
176
170
39.0
350
14
6
176
170
50.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only
Notes:
(1)
Underlined insertion depth for subsequent flanges deviates from other fittings.
(2)
The weights shown are for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
*
**

***

FP657-25 Fittings & Flanges for 2425/3425. Page 8 of 12.

Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO (DIN).
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, therefore a torquewrench is required.

Stub-end Flanges

Filament-wound Stub-end flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends


and steel backing rings
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Ring
Weigth
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
to
GRE
steel
Face
stubring
L
OL
Ds
H
end
(1)
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
50
2
15
65
50
10
0.2
2.5
80
3
15
95
80
16
0.7
4.8
100
4
15
95
80
16
1.1
7.0
150
6
15
125
110
23
2.3
12.2
200
8
15
155
140
29
4.0
18.3
250
10
15
185
170
33
5.5
26.0
300
12
15
215
200
38
7.6
39.0
350
14
15
185
170
33
6.5
56.0
400
16
20
250
230
47
11.6
70.0
450
18
20
220
200
42
17.9
85.0
500
20
20
250
230
47
22
107.0
600
24
20
280
260
57
23
182.0
700*
28
20
370
350
63
26
252.0
700**
28
20
280
260
63
21
252.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only
Notes:
(1)
The weight shown is for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
*
**

***
****

Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.

FP657-25 Fittings & Flanges for 2425/3425. Page 9 of 12.

Key-lock Adapters
& Couplings

Filament around adapters and couplings with Key-lock ends.


Nominal Pipe
Qty
Laying Overall Insertion Weigth Laying Overall Weigth
Size
of
Length Length Depth
Length Length
Keys
L
OL
Ds
L
OL
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
adapter KLM x TBF
coupling KLF x KLF
50
2
1
5
100
50
0.3
100
140
0.8
80
3
1
5
130
80
0.6
100
140
1.0
100
4
2
30
155
80
1.0
100
191
2.9
150
6
2
59
225
110
2.1
127
245
5.7
200
8
2
77
285
140
3.6
152
312
10.9
250
10
2
83
325
170
5.2
163
335
15.6
300
12
2
95
380
200
8.3
186
386
25.0
350
14
2
83
340
170
11.7
191
403
29.0
400
16
2
85
405
230
13.8
197
426
38.0
450
18
2
87.5
382
200
18.2
204
392
27.0
500
20
2
108
435
230
23.0
210
409
32.0
600
24
2
124
506
260
35.0
261
519
71.0

Field Testing

Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.

Surge Pressure

Maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.

Conversions

1 psi
1 bar
1 MPa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
C

Important Notice

FP657-25 Fittings & Flanges for 2425/3425. Page 10 of 12.

= 6895 Pa
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 105Pa
= 14.5 psi
= 1 N/mm2
= 145 psi
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (F-32)

= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2

This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet: www.ameron-net.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345 587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861-7834

ISO 9001

Certified Firm

FP657-25 Fittings & Flanges for 2425/3425. Page 12 of 12.

Bondstrand Product Data


FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

Bondstrand PSXL3
and PSXJF Fittings
for marine, offshore and onshore service

Table of contents

Quick-Lock 90 elbows...................................................02
Quick-Lock 45 elbows.....................................................02
Quick-Lock 22.5 elbows..................................................02
Quick-Lock tees................................................................03
Quick-Lock reducing tees.................................................03
Quick-Lock 45 laterals.....................................................03
Quick-Lock crosses ..........................................................04
Quick-Lock reducers ........................................................04
Quick-Lock couplings .......................................................04
Quick-Lock nipples ...........................................................05
Quick-Lock socket depths................................................05
Flanged 90 long radius elbows ........................................05
Flanged 45 elbows...........................................................06
Flanged tees......................................................................06
Flanged reducers ..............................................................06
Flanged reducing tees.......................................................07
Deluge couplings..............................................................07
Reducing saddle with fiberglass bushed outlet ................07
Reducing saddle with Quick-Lock socket outlet ..............08
Reducing saddle with flanged outlet.................................09
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 Common flange dimensions .........10
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 Bolt lengths ...................................10
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 Bolt torques...................................10
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 Nuts and washers .........................11
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 Heavy duty flanges........................11
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 Blind flanges .................................11
ANSI B16.5 Class 300 Heavy duty flanges and Van Stone12
ANSI B16.5 Class 300 Bolt torques...................................12
Important notice................................................................12

ISO-9001

CERTIFICATED FIRM

FP733 (10/97)

Quick-Lock 90 elbows

Filament-wound 90 elbows with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult QuickLock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.

DS
L

Nominal Size (in/mm)

1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Quick-Lock 45 elbows

DS

Quick-Lock 22.5 elbows

2.56
3.19
3.00
4.50
6.00
9.00
12.00
15.00
18.00

65
81
76
114
152
229
305
381
457

Nominal Size (in/mm)

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

L (in/mm)

.88
1.12
1.38
2.00
2.50
3.75
5.00
6.25
7.50

22
29
35
51
64
95
127
159
191

Nominal Size (in/mm)

0.6
1.1
1.4
2.5
4.0
13.6
32.6
48.4
75.6

0.3
0.5
0.6
1.1
1.8
6.2
14.8
22.0
34.3

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

1.5
2.6
3.7
6.0
9.6
30.6
51.4
76.5
119.5

0.7
1.2
1.7
2.7
4.4
13.9
23.3
34.7
54.2

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

0.6
0.9
1.1
2.1
3.1
8.6
18.6
34.8
52.9

0.3
0.4
0.5
0.9
1.4
3.9
8.4
15.8
24.0

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

1.4
2.2
2.4
4.3
6.4
17.1
27.9
52.2
79.3

0.7
1.0
1.1
1.9
2.9
7.8
12.7
23.7
36.0

Filament-wound 22.5 (special angle) elbows with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded


joints. Special angle elbows are made to order and can be supplied in any specified
angle from about 15 to 85. Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.

DS
L

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

Filament-wound 45 elbows with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult QuickLock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.

1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

L (in/mm)

1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

L (in/mm)

0.38
0.38
0.31
0.63
0.93
1.69
2.00
2.00
3.00

9
9
8
16
24
43
51
51
76

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

0.3
0.5
0.8
1.6
2.3
4.7
8.3
15.2
18.9

0.1
0.2
0.4
0.7
1.1
2.1
3.8
6.9
8.5

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

0.6
1.3
1.9
3.8
5.7
11.3
13.2
24.4
30.2

0.3
0.6
0.9
1.7
2.6
5.1
6.0
11.1
13.7

Quick-Lock tees

Filament-wound tees with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult Quick-Lock


socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.

L
DS

Nominal Size (in/mm)

1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Quick-Lock
reducing tees

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

1.06
1.19
2.50
3.38
4.12
5.62
7.00
8.50
10.00

2x2x1
2x2x1.5
3x3x1.5
3x3x2
4x4x2
4x4x3
6x6x2
6x6x3
6x6x4
8x8x3
8x8x4
8x8x6
10x10x4
10x10x6
10x10x8
12x12x4
12x12x6
12x12x8
12x12x10

L1
DS1

L2
DS2

Quick-Lock 45 laterals

50x50x25
50x50x40
80x80x40
80x80x50
100x100x50
100x100x80
150x150x50
150x150x80
150x150x100
200x200x80
200x200x100
200x200x150
250x250x100
250x250x150
250x250x200
300x300x100
300x300x150
300x300x200
300x300x250

1.1
1.6
3.7
6.4
10.5
25.3
42.2
76.2
119.6

0.5
0.7
1.7
2.9
4.7
11.5
19.2
34.6
54.3

2.1
2.7
5.9
9.6
14.7
35.0
48.9
88.4
138.8

1.0
1.2
2.7
4.3
6.7
15.9
22.2
40.1
53.0

L2

DS

L1 (in/mm)

2.52
2.52
5.20
3.38
4.12
4.12
5.62
5.62
5.62
7.00
7.00
7.00
8.50
8.50
8.50
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00

64
64
132
86
105
105
143
143
143
178
178
178
216
216
216
254
254
254
254

L2 (in/mm)

2.25
3.50
4.25
3.00
3.50
3.88
4.50
4.88
5.12
5.88
6.12
6.62
7.25
7.62
8.00
8.12
8.62
9.00
9.50

57
89
108
76
89
99
114
124
130
149
155
168
184
194
203
206
219
229
241

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

2.9
3.3
3.3
5.1
9.5
11.0
17.0
19.9
22.0
30.8
33.3
37.5
41.6
53.8
62.5
68.4
73.2
79.9
92.8

1.3
1.5
1.5
2.3
4.3
5.0
7.7
9.0
10.0
14.0
15.1
17.0
18.9
24.4
28.4
31.1
33.2
36.3
42.1

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

4.9
5.6
5.6
8.6
16.2
18.7
23.9
28.1
31.0
36.9
40.0
45.0
50.0
54.6
74.9
82.1
87.8
95.9
111.4

2.2
2.6
2.6
3.9
7.3
8.5
10.8
12.8
14.1
16.8
18.1
20.4
22.7
29.3
34.0
37.3
39.9
43.5
50.6

Filament-wound 45 laterals with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints are rated to the


same pressures as crosses of the corresponding size. Available in Bondstrand
PSXL3 only.Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds. Consult
Ameron for availability of reducing laterals.
Nominal Size (in/mm)

L2

27
30
64
86
105
143
178
216
254

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

Filament-wound reducing tees with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints.

Nominal Size (in/mm)

L1

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

L (in/mm)

1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

L1 (in/mm)

2.50 64
3.00 76
2.50 64
3.00 76
3.00 76
3.50 89
4.50 114
5.00 127
5.50 140

L2 (in/mm)

8.00
10.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
14.50
17.50
20.50
24.50

203
254
203
254
305
368
445
521
622

Wt.(lb/kg)

3.6 1.6
6.6 3.0
3.6 1.6
6.6 3.0
8.7 3.9
15.0 6.8
27.0 12.0
47.0 21.0
67.0 30.0
3

Quick-Lock crosses

Filament-wound crosses with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Available in


Bondstrand PSXL3 only.Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension,

Nominal Size (in/mm)

2
3
4
6
8
10
12

DS

Quick-Lock reducers

L (in/mm)

2.50
3.38
4.12
5.62
7.00
8.50
10.00

DS2

Quick-Lock couplings

112 x1
2x1
2x112
3x112
3x2
4x2
4x3
6x3
6x4
8x4
8x6
10x6
10x8
12x8
12x10

40x25
50x25
50x40
80x40
80x50
100x50
100x80
150x80
150x100
200x100
200x150
250x150
250x200
300x200
300x250

150
150
150
150
100
100
100

Wt.(lb/kg)

10
10
10
10
6.8
6.8
6.8

2.8
5.5
7.0
13.0
23.0
37.0
61.0

1.3
2.5
3.2
5.9
10.0
16.0
27.0

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

L (in/mm)

1.25
2.50
1.25
3.00
2.12
3.00
2.88
3.81
3.69
5.44
3.88
4.62
4.12
5.88
5.38

32
64
32
76
54
76
73
97
94
138
98
117
105
149
137

0.5
0.8
1.3
1.6
3.0
3.2
3.2
5.2
8.6
12.2
14.1
15.5
20.7
23.0
24.3

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

0.2
0.4
0.6
0.7
1.4
1.4
1.5
2.4
3.9
5.5
6.4
7.0
9.4
10.4
11.1

0.9
1.3
2.2
2.6
5.1
4.5
4.5
7.4
10.4
14.6
17.0
18.5
24.9
27.6
29.2

0.4
0.6
1.0
1.2
2.3
2.0
2.1
3.3
4.7
6.6
7.7
8.4
11.3
12.5
13.3

Filament-wound couplings with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult QuickLock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.
Nominal Size
(in/mm)

Ds

Rating (psi/bar)

64
86
105
143
178
216
254

Filament-wound tapered body reducers with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints.


Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.

Nominal Size (in/mm)

DS1

50
80
100
150
200
250
300

1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

L1 (in/mm)

2.50 64
3.00 76
2.50 64
3.00 76
3.00 76
3.50 89
4.50 114
5.00 127
5.50 140

t (in/mm)

0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

0.3
0.6
0.7
1.3
1.7
2.6
3.9
6.1
8.0

0.1
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.8
1.2
1.8
2.8
3.7

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

0.6
1.2
1.5
2.7
3.6
5.5
5.8
9.1
12.1

0.3
0.5
0.7
1.2
1.6
2.5
2.6
4.2
5.5

Quick-Lock nipples

Filament-wound nipples to fit Quick-Lock socket. The same nipples are used for
PSXL3 and PSXJF pipe.
Nominal Size
(in/mm)

1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Quick-Lock

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

B (in/mm)

2.25
2.63
3.77
3.77
3.77
4.63
5.13
5.63
6.13

Wt.(lb/kg)

57
67
96
96
96
117
130
143
156

0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.3
2.8

0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.7
1.1
1.3

Socket depths, Ds, for all pipe and fittings using the Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded
joint are the same for a given diameter
Nominal Size (in/mm)

DS

Flanged 90
long radius elbows

1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Ds (in/mm)

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

1.06
1.25
1.82
1.82
1.82
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00

27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76

Flanged 90 elbows with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see


Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5 C1.
150 flanges.

L
T*

Nominal Size
(in/mm)

1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

L (in/mm)

5.00
6.00
6.94
8.44
9.94
13.75
17.25
20.75
24.25

127
152
175
214
252
349
438
527
616

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

3.2
5.0
9.1
13.1
18.8
36.1
66.8
96.4
147.9

1.4
2.3
6.0
3.6
8.5
16.4
30.3
43.7
67.1

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

4.0
6.5
11.4
16.6
24.4
53.1
85.5
124.4
191.8

1.8
2.9
5.2
7.5
11.1
24.1
38.8
56.5
87.0

Flanged 45 elbows

Flanged 90 elbows with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see


Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5 C1.
150 flanges.
Nominal Size
(in/mm)

L
T*

Flanged tees

1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

L (in/mm)

3.25
3.88
5.31
5.94
6.44
8.50
10.25
12.00
13.75

83
98
135
151
164
216
260
305
349

3.1
4.8
8.9
12.7
17.9
31.0
52.7
82.7
125.1

1.4
2.2
4.0
5.8
8.1
14.1
23.9
37.6
56.8

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

4.0
6.1
10.1
14.9
21.2
39.6
62.0
100.1
151.6

1.8
2.8
4.6
6.8
9.6
18.0
28.2
45.5
68.8

Flanged tees with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see Bondstrand
Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5 C1. 150
flanges.
L

Nominal Size
(in/mm)

1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Flanged reducers

25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

L (in/mm)

3.50
4.00
6.44
7.31
8.06
10.38
12.25
14.25
16.25

89
102
164
186
205
264
311
362
413

5.0
7.5
15.3
22.4
32.6
59.0
93.4
148.1
228.0

2.2
3.4
6.9
10.1
14.8
26.8
42.4
67.2
103.5

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

5.9
8.6
17.4
25.5
36.9
68.7
100.1
160.3
247.2

2.7
3.9
7.9
11.6
16.7
31.2
45.5
72.8
112.2

Flanged reducers with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see


Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5
C1. 150 flanges.

T*

Nominal Size
(in/mm)

112 x1
2x1
2x112
3x112
3x2
4x2
4x3
6x3
6x4
8x4
8x6
10x6
10x8
12x8
12x10
6

40x25
50x25
50x40
80x40
80x50
100x50
100x80
150x80
150x100
200x100
200x150
250x150
250x200
300x200
300x250

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

L (in/mm)

6.50
8.88
8.00
9.75
10.00
10.88
10.75
12.50
12.38
14.62
13.88
15.12
15.12
17.38
17.38

165
225
203
248
254
276
273
317
314
371
352
384
384
441
441

3.7
5.9
7.1
8.8
12.2
14.4
15.9
21.8
27.3
36.6
42.4
50.7
61.8
76.2
84.5

1.7
2.7
3.2
4.0
5.5
6.5
7.2
9.9
12.4
16.6
19.3
23.0
28.1
34.6
38.3

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

4.1
6.4
8.0
9.9
14.3
15.7
17.2
23.9
29.0
39.0
45.3
53.8
66.0
80.8
89.3

1.9
2.9
3.6
4.5
6.5
7.1
7.8
10.8
13.2
17.7
20.5
24.4
29.9
36.7
40.5

Flanged reducing tees

Flanged reducing tees with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, see
Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5
C1. 150 flanges.

Nominal Size
(in/mm)

2x2x1
2x2x1.5
3x3x2
4x4x2
4x4x3
6x6x2
6x6x3
6x6x4
8x8x3
8x8x4
8x8x6
10x10x4
10x10x6
10x10x8
12x12x4
12x12x6
12x12x8
12x12x10

T*

Deluge Coupling

Reducing saddles with


fiberglass bushed outlet
(IPS) (1, 114 and 112 inch)

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

L (in/mm)

50x50x25
50x50x40
80x80x50
100x100x50
100x100x80
150x150x50
150x150x80
150x150x100
200x200x80
200x200x100
200x200x150
250x250x100
250x250x150
250x250x200
300x300x100
300x300x150
300x300x200
300x300x250

7.31
8.06
8.06
10.38
10.38
10.38
12.25
12.25
12.25
14.25
14.25
14.25
16.25
16.25
16.25
16.25

186
205
205
264
264
264
311
311
311
362
362
362
413
413
413
413

11.8
13.0
19.5
28.1
31.1
43.3
47.7
51.9
70.3
74.8
82.9
97.0
113.0
127.5
148.1
156.7
169.3
189.1

5.4
5.9
8.9
12.8
14.1
19.6
21.7
23.5
31.9
34.0
37.6
44.0
51.3
57.9
67.2
71.1
76.8
85.8

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

11.4
11.4
15.1
16.6
24.4
26.4
29.0
39.6
42.2
47.1
56.2
63.1
123.8
140.0
161.7
171.3
185.3
207.7

5.2
5.2
6.9
7.6
11.1
12.0
13.2
18.0
19.2
21.4
25.6
28.7
56.2
63.5
73.4
77.8
84.1
94.3

Flanged reducers with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, see


Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5
C1. 150 flanges.

Nominal Size
(in/mm)

2
3
4
6
8
10
12

50
80
100
150
200
250
300

Nominal Size (in/mm)

3x112
4x112
6x112
8x112
10x112
12x112

80x40
100x40
150x40
200x40
250x40
300x40

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

B (in/mm)

8.00
9.75
10.00
10.88
10.75
12.50
12.38

 (deg.)

180
180
90
90
45
45

203
248
254
276
273
317
314

7.1
8.8
12.2
14.4
15.9
21.8
27.3

3.2
4.0
5.5
6.5
7.2
9.9
12.4

PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)

8.0
9.9
14.3
15.7
17.2
23.9
29.0

3.6
4.5
6.5
7.1
7.8
10.8
13.2

PSXL3 Saddle Wt.(lb/kg)

1.3
1.8
1.0
1.3
0.8
1.5

0.6
0.8
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.7

Note 1:

For bushed 1 and 112-inch outlets, use above 112-inch fiberglass


bushed outlet fitted with stainless steel reducing bushing.

Note 2:

All components connected to 112-inch fiberglass bushed outlets to


be grounded.

Note 3:

All above saddles are 6-inches in length.

Reducing saddles with


Quick-Lock
socket outlet (IPS)

Available in Bondstrand PSXL3 only.

Nominal Size (in/mm)

DS

3x1
3x112
3x2
4x1
4x112
4x2
4x3
6x1
6x112
6x2
6x3
6x4
8x1
8x112
8x2
8x3
8x4
8x6
10x1
10x112
10x2
10x3
10x4
10x6
12x1
12x112
12x2
12x3
12x4
12x6

80x25
80x40
80x50
100x25
100x40
100x50
100x80
150x25
150x40
150x50
150x80
150x100
200x25
200x40
200x50
200x80
200x100
200x150
250x25
250x40
250x50
250x80
250x100
250x150
300x25
300x40
300x50
300x80
300x100
300x150

(deg.)

180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
90
90
90
180
180
180
90
90
90
90
180
180
90
90
90
90
90
180

L (in/mm)

5.50
5.50
5.50
6.25
6.25
6.25
6.25
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.62
8.38
8.38
8.38
8.38
8.88
9.25
9.38
9.38
9.38
9.38
9.88
10.38
10.62
10.62
10.62
10.62
10.62
10.62

140
140
140
159
159
159
159
194
194
194
194
194
213
213
213
213
226
235
238
238
238
238
251
264
270
270
270
270
270
270

B (in/mm)

6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
17.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
17.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
17.00

152
152
152
152
152
152
241
152
152
152
241
305
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

2.2
2.5
2.8
3.8
4.0
4.3
6.8
6.6
6.9
7.2
11.4
14.8
10.3
10.6
10.9
17.2
22.2
32.2
12.4
12.6
13.0
20.5
26.4
38.2
14.4
14.6
14.9
23.7
30.3
43.6

1.0
1.1
1.3
1.7
1.8
2.0
3.1
3.0
3.1
3.3
5.2
6.7
4.7
4.8
4.9
7.8
10.1
14.6
5.6
5.7
5.9
9.3
12.0
17.3
6.5
6.6
6.8
10.7
13.7
19.8

Reducing saddles with


flanged outlet (IPS)

Available in Bondstrand PSXL3 only.

Nominal Size (in/mm)

T*

3x1
3x112
3x2
4x1
4x112
4x2
4x3
6x1
6x112
6x2
6x3
6x4
8x1
8x112
8x2
8x3
8x4
8x6
10x1
10x112
10x2
10x3
10x4
10x6
12x1
12x112
12x2
12x3
12x4
12x6

80x25
80x40
80x50
100x25
100x40
100x50
100x80
150x25
150x40
150x50
150x80
150x100
200x25
200x40
200x50
200x80
200x100
200x150
250x25
250x40
250x50
250x80
250x100
250x150
300x25
300x40
300x50
300x80
300x100
300x150

(deg.)

180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
90
90
90
180
180
180
90
90
90
90
180
180
90
90
90
90
90
180

L (in/mm)

5.25
5.25
5.25
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
7.38
7.38
7.38
7.38
7.38
8.12
8.12
8.12
8.12
8.62
9.00
9.12
9.12
9.12
9.12
9.62
10.12
10.38
10.38
10.38
10.38
10.38
11.12

133
133
133
152
152
152
152
187
187
187
187
187
206
206
206
206
219
229
232
232
232
232
244
257
264
264
264
264
264
282

Length (axial)
B (in/mm)

6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
17.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
17.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
17.00

152
152
152
152
152
152
241
152
152
152
241
305
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432

PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)

3.3
3.9
4.7
4.8
5.4
6.2
9.5
7.7
8.3
9.1
14.1
18.8
11.3
11.9
12.8
19.9
26.3
39.4
13.4
14.0
14.8
23.2
30.4
45.3
15.4
16.0
16.8
26.4
34.3
50.9

1.5
1.8
2.1
2.2
2.4
2.8
4.3
3.5
3.8
4.1
6.4
8.6
5.2
5.4
5.8
9.0
11.9
17.9
6.1
6.4
6.7
10.5
13.8
20.6
7.0
7.3
7.6
12.0
15.6
23.1

ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150


Common flange
dimensions
F
D

L
BC

Ds

ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150


Bolt lengths

Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
1
1 2
40
2
50
3
80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300

Overall
Thickness
D
(in) (mm)
1.12 28.4
1.38 35.1
.75 19.1
2.00 50.8
2.00 50.8
2.38 60.4
2.62 66.6
2.88 73.2
3.12 79.3

(in)
3.50
4.00
5.25
5.25
5.25
6.50
7.00
7.50
8.00

Heavy Duty
van Stone
(in) (mm)

4.50 114.3
4.50 114.3
4.50 114.3
5.25 133.4
6.25 158.8
6.25 158.8
6.75 171.5

HD
(mm)
88.9
101.6
133.4
133.4
133.4
165.1
177.8
190.5
203.2

Bolt Hole
Diameter
F
(in) (mm)
.62 15.8
.62 15.8
.62 15.8
.75 19.1
.75 19.1
.88 22.4
.88 22.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4

Bolt
Bolt
Size Count

(in) (mm) qty.


.50 12.7
4
.50 12.7
4
.50 12.7
4
.62 15.8
4
.62 15.8
8
.75 19.1
8
.75 19.1
8
.88 22.4
12
.88 22.4
12

Steel
(in)
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.25
4.25
5.00
5.50
5.50
6.00

Heavy Duty
van Stone
(in)
(mm)

3.25
82.6
3.50
88.9
3.50
88.9
4.75 120.7
5.25 133.4
5.25 133.4
5.75 146.1

(mm)
76.2
88.9
101.6
108.0
108.0
127.0
139.7
139.7
152.4

Bolt torques for standard (hubbed) and heavy duty (hubless) flanges with ANSI
B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling.
Size Range
(in)
(mm)
1-4
6 - 12

10

Bolt
Circle
BC
(in) (mm)
3.12 79.3
3.88 98.6
2.00 50.8
6.00 152.4
7.50 190.5
9.50 241.3
11.75 298.5
14.25 361.9
17.00 431.8

Recommended bolts lengths for flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling.
Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1 25
1
1 2 40
2 50
3 80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300

ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150


Bolt torques

Flange
OD
A
(in) (mm)
4.88 124.0
6.12 155.4
6.00 152.4
7.50 190.5
9.00 228.6
11.00 279.4
13.50 342.9
16.00 406.4
19.00 482.6

25 - 100
150 - 300

Torque Increments
(ftlb)
(Nm)
5
10

7
14

Final Torque
(ftlb)
(Nm)
20
30

28
42

ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150


Nuts and washers

Recommended nut and washer sizes.


Bolt
Size
(in) (mm)
.50
12.7
.62
15.8
.75
19.1
.88
22.4
1.00
25.4
1.12
28.5
1.25
31.7
1.38
35.1
1.50
38.1
1.62
41.1

ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150


hubbed and hubless
(heavy-duty) flanges

L
BC

Washer
Thickness
(in)
(mm)
.12
3.0
.12
3.0
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
.16
4.1

Std Flange
Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
112
40
2
50
3
40
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

Nut
Thickness
(in)
(mm)
.46
11.7
.56
14.2
.64
16.3
.75
19.1
.86
21.8
.97
24.6
1.06
26.9
1.18
30.0
1.28
32.5
1.59
40.4

Ds

Thickness
D
(in)
(mm)

1.00
25.4
1.12
28.5
1.25
31.8
1.75
44.4
2.00
50.8
2.00
50.8
2.12
53.9

HDFlange

Wt

(lb)
(kg)
1.1 1
.50
2.3 1
1.04
2.9 1
1.31
4.0 1
1.80
6.1 1
2.70
1
10.0
4.50
11.0 1
5.00
21.0 1
9.50
32.0 1
14.40

Wt

(lb)

Washer
OD
(in)
(mm)
1.06
26.9
1.31
33.3
1.47
37.3
1.75
44.5
2.00
50.8
2.25
57.2
2.50
63.5
2.75
69.8
3.00
76.2
3.50
88.9

(kg)

1.6
2.5
3.9
6.4
10.0
14.0
23.0

.72
1.13
1.78
2.88
4.50
6.30
10.40

1,2) Superscript indicates flanges in IPS (1) or MCI (2) sizes.

ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150


Blind flanges

Filament-wound blind flanges for Bondstrand PSXL3 and PSXJF pipe.


Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)

BC

Flange
OD
A
(in) (mm)

Bolt
Circle
BC
(in) (mm)

Overall
Thickness
D
(in) (mm)

Bolt Hole
Diameter
F
(in) (mm)

Bolt
Size

(in) (mm)

Bolt
Count

qty.

1
112

25

4.25

108.0

3.13

79.4

0.98

25

0.63

15.9

0.50 12.7

40

5.00

127.0

3.87

98.4

0.98

25

0.63

15.9

0.50 12.7

4
4

50

6.00

152.4

4.75 120.7

1.18

30

0.75

19.1

0.50 12.7

40

7.50

190.5

6.00 152.4

1.18

30

0.75

19.1

0.62 15.8

100

9.00

228.6

7.50 190.5

1.38

35

0.75

19.1

0.62 15.8

150

11.00

279.4

9.50 241.3

1.58

40

0.87

22.2

0.75 19.1

200

13.50

342.9

11.75 298.5

1.77

45

0.87

22.2

0.75 19.1

10

250

16.00

406.4

14.25 362.0

1.97

50

1.00

25.4

0.88 22.6

12

12

300

19.00

482.6

17.00 431.8

2.36

60

1.00

25.4

0.88 22.6

12

11

ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300


Common flange
dimensions
F
D

BC
Ds

Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1 25
112 40
2 50
3 80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300

Flange
Bolt
Overall
Bolt Hole
Bolt
Bolt
OD
Circle
Thickness
Diameter
Size
Count
A
BC
D
F

(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)


(in) (mm)
qty.
4.88 124.0
3.50 88.9
1.10 27.9
.75 19.1
.32 8.1
4
6.12 155.5
4.50 114.3
1.38 35.1
.88 22.4
.75 19.1
4
6.00 152.4
5.00 127.0
2.00 50.8
.75 19.1
.62 15.7
8
8.25 209.6
6.62 168.1
2.00 50.8
.88 22.4
.75 19.1
8
10.00 254.0
7.88 200.2
2.00 50.8
.88 22.4
.75 19.1
8
12.50 317.5
10.62 269.8
2.38 60.5
.88 22.4
.75 19.1 12
15.00 381.0
13.00 330.2
2.62 66.6
1.00 25.4
.88 22.4 12
17.50 444.5
15.25 387.4
2.88 73.2
1.12 28.5 1.00 25.4 16
20.50 520.7
17.75 450.9
3.12 79.3
1.25 31.8 1.12 28.5 16

Appropriate bolt lengths for ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 flanges may be found in the ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 bolt length
table under the heavy-duty and heavy-duty van Stone entries.

ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300


Heavy-duty flanges and
van Stone flanges

D
G

L
BC

Ds

ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300


Bolt torques

Loose ring (van Stone) flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M IPS pipe and hubless
(heavy-duty) flanges.

Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
112
40
2
50
3
80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300

Thickness
E
(in) (mm)

0.75 19.05
0.88 22.35
0.88 22.35
1.00 25.40
1.12 28.45
1.31 33.27
1.50 38.10

Hubless Flange
Weight

(lb)
(kg)
1.5 0.64
2.3 1.04
3.7 1.68
5.7 2.58
8.1 3.67
14.0 6.35
20.0 9.07
28.0 12.70
41.0 18.60

Bolt torques for van Stone flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 drilling. For hubless (heavy-duty)
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 flanges, use bolt torques for ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 van Stone flanges.
Size Range
(in)
(mm)
2
3-4
6
8 - 10
12

Important notice

van Stone Flange


Setback
Weight
G

(in) (mm)
(lb) (kg)

0.38 9.65
1.6 0.73
0.38 9.65
2.8 1.27
0.38 9.65
5.1 2.31
0.50 12.70
7.0 3.18
0.87 22.10
12.0 5.44
1.00 25.40
16.0 7.26
1.12 28.45
26.0 11.79

Torque Increments
(ftlb)
(Nm)

50
80 - 100
150
200 - 250
300

10
10
20
20
20

14
14
28
28
28

Final Torque
(ftlb)
(Nm)
30
40
60
80
100

42
56
84
112
136

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to
be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.

FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP


Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron-net.com

12

Fiberglass Pipe Div.-Asia/Pacific


Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe


Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 573-341
Fax: +31 345 575 254
Telex: 40257 bonds nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division-Americas


P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, Texas 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

1997 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP733 (10/97) 5M[186]

Bondstrand Product Data

Bondstrand Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy Fittings
for Quick-Lock Pipe Systems

Index

Description

Page

General
Description..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................2
Engineerting Design & Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................3
Performance .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Adhesive
Adhesive quantity to be used for Quick-Lock Joints............................................................................................................4
Couplings
Standard Quick-Lock Couplings ..............................................................................................................................................................14
Crosses
Quick-Lock Equal Crosses ..............................................................................................................................................................................14
Dimensions
Pipe Dimensions ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Spigot Diameter and Insertion Depth......................................................................................................................................................4
Elbows
Standard Quick-Lock 90 Elbows .............................................................................................................................................................5
Standard Quick-Lock 45 Elbows .............................................................................................................................................................6
Standard Quick-Lock 221/2 Elbows .......................................................................................................................................................7
Flanged 90 Short Radius ANSI Elbows ..............................................................................................................................................5
Flanged 90 Long Radius ANSI Elbows ...............................................................................................................................................5
Flanged 45 ANSI Elbows .....................................................................................................................................................................................6
Molded Quick-Lock 90 Elbows..................................................................................................................................................................6
Molded Quick-Lock 45 Elbows..................................................................................................................................................................6
Flanges and Flange Data
Standard Quick-Lock Heavy Duty / Hubbed Flanges .....................................................................................................19
Stub-End Quick-Lock Flanges ...................................................................................................................................................................20
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Blind Flanges for 10 Bar...................................................................................................21
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Blind Flanges for 16 Bar...................................................................................................21
Molded Blind Flanges ............................................................................................................................................................................................21
Quick-Lock Orifice Flanges ............................................................................................................................................................................19
Bolt Torques on Flanges......................................................................................................................................................................................20
Other Data
Conversions.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Field Testing .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Important Notice ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Surge Pressure ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Laterals
Quick-Lock 45 Laterals ....................................................................................................................................................................................14
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 1 of 24

Nipples
Standard Quick-Lock Nipples .....................................................................................................................................................................15
Plugs
Molded Quick-Lock Plugs................................................................................................................................................................................15
Molded Quick-Lock Plugs with Bushings......................................................................................................................................15
Reducers
Standard Quick-Lock Concentric Reducers ..............................................................................................................................12
Standard Quick-Lock Eccentric Reducers ..................................................................................................................................13
Flanged ANSI Concentric Reducers ....................................................................................................................................................12
Saddles
Anchoring Saddles ....................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Grounding Saddles ...................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Reducing Saddles with Quick-Lock Socket Branch.........................................................................................................16
Reducing Saddles with Flanged Branch .........................................................................................................................................17
Supporting Saddles .................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Wear Saddles ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Tees
Standard Quick-Lock Equal Tees ................................................................................................................................................................7
Standard Quick-Lock and Fabricated Reducing Tees .......................................................................................................9
Flanged ANSI Equal Tees ......................................................................................................................................................................................7
Flanged ANSI Reducing Tees .......................................................................................................................................................................11
Molded Quick-Lock Equal Tees.....................................................................................................................................................................8
Fabricated Reducing Tees with Flanged Branch...................................................................................................................10
Reducung Tee Table ....................................................................................................................................................................................................8

Description

General
Bondstrand Quick-Lock Fittings for use with Bondstrand Pipe Series 2000, 2000G, 4000,
6000FM, 7000, 2000M and 7000M pipe are glassfiber reinforced epoxy pipe fittings in
diameters of 25 - 400 mm (1-16 inch), designed for civil-, general industrial-, offshoreand marine-applications.
Pressure range for standard Quick-Lock fittings is 20 bar for sizes 25-100 mm (1-4 inch)
and 16 bar for sizes 125 - 400 mm (5-16 inch).
For other fittings and ancillaries, maximum internal pressures are shown in the respective
tables.
Standard fittings are with the integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding socket ends for close
tolerance fitting. A two-component epoxy based Bondstrand adhesive is used for bonding.
For corrosion resistance, see Bondstrand Corrosion Guide (FP 132).
Bondstrand Series 2000
A pipe system with a 0.5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to 121C.
Primary uses: Hot water systems, such as district heating, geothermical services, hot water
discharge, etc.
Bondstrand Series 2000G
A pipe system with a 0.5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to 93C.
Primary uses: Wide application range for light weight, corrosion-resistant pipe systems.
Bondstrand Series 4000
A pipe system with a 1.3 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to 121C.
Primary uses: Wide application range for light weight, highly corrosion-resistant pipe
systems.
Bondstrand Series 6000FM
A pipe system similar to Series 2000G with a 0.5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to
93C. Series 6000FM pipe and fittings are Factory Mutual approved in diameters 100 - 400
mm (4-16 inch) for a working pressure of 12 bar. Consult the Bondstrand Series 6000
Factory Mutual Pipe and Fittings guide for full details and approved fittings.
Primary uses: Firewater systems.
Bondstrand Series 7000
A pipe system similar to Series 2000G for temperatures up to 93C, but unlined and
containing integrally wound electrically conductive filaments to prevent accumulation of
potentially dangerous levels of static electricity.
Primary uses: Conductive pipe systems.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 2 of 24

Bondstrand Series 2000M


A pipe system similar to Series 2000G with a 0,5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to
93C. Designed for marine and offshore applications with a heavier wall to safely withstand
an external pressure of 30 meter waterhead at the bottom of filled cargo or ballast tanks
under full vacuum.
Listed and approved by major Classification Societies including fire endurance class L3.
Primary uses: Marine pipe systems.
Bondstrand Series 7000M
A pipe system similar to Series 2000G for temperatures up to 93C, but unlined and
containing integrally wound electrically conductive filaments to prevent accumulation of
potentially dangerous levels of static electricity. Series 7000M, like 2000M, is designed for
marine and offshore applications with a heavier wall to safely withstand an external
pressure of 30 meter waterhead at the bottom of filled cargo or ballast tanks under full
vacuum.
Listed and approved by major Classification Societies including fire endurance class L3.
Primary uses:Conductive Marine pipe systems.

Engineering Design
& Installation

Consult the following Bondstrand literature for recommendations pertaining design,


installation and use of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:
Bondstrand 2000 Fiberglass Pipe Systems for industrial service
Bondstrand 4000 Fiberglass Pipe Systems for corrosive industrial service
Bondstrand 6000FM Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings for Class 175 (12 Bar)
burried fire protection systems.
Bondstrand 2000M Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings for Marine and Offshore,
Bondstrand Corrosion Guide for fiberglass pipe and tubing
Bondstrand Engineering guide for suspended pipe
Bondstrand Guide for steam condensate and hot water service
Bondstrand specification for assembly and installation of epoxy
pipe (non-insulated) and fittings
Bondstrand Guide for installing buried pipe
Bondstrand Guide for installing suspended pipe
Bondstrand Assembly Instructions Adhesive Bonded Quick-Lock Joint
Bondstrand Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges
Bondstrand Installation of maintenance couplings
Bondstrand M74 Pipe Shaver operating instructions
Bondstrand B-1 Pipe End Preparation Tool,

FP 163
FP 215
FP 219
FP 194
FP 132
FP 288
FP 468
BPS-7
FP 278
FP 679
FP 170
FP 196
FP 199
FP 696
FP 810

Please consult Ameron for the latest version of the above mentioned literature.

Performance

The filament wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral female sockets are designed
for standard pressure ratings as shown below.
* up to 100 mm (4) the rated maximum working pressure is 20 bar.
* up to 400 mm (16) the rated maximum working pressure is 16 bar.
* Unless specified differently in the respective tables.
Note:
* For Bondstrand 2000, consult Ameron for pressure ratings at sustained service above 93OC.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 3 of 24

Quick-Lock Dimensions

Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

Adhesive

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
inch
25
1
40
11/2
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16

Nominal
Insertion Depth
Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102

Spigot Diameter
Min.
Max.
Sd
Sd
mm
mm
32.6
32.9
47.5
47.8
59.2
59.6
87.6
88.0
112.5
112.9
139.5
139.9
166.2
166.6
217.1
217.5
271.3
271.7
322.2
322.6
353.8
354.2
404.1
404.5

Adhesive
kit size
cm3 fluid ounce
89
3
89
3
89
3
89
3
89
3
89
3
89
3
89
3
177
6
177
6
177
6
177
6

Number of joints
per adhesive kit
Q.L. Joints
5
5
4
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
3 4
/
1 2
/

Spigot Length
Min.
Max.
L
L
mm
mm
28.5
31.5
33.5
36.5
47.5
50.5
47.5
50.5
47.5
50.5
58.5
61.5
58.5
61.5
65.0
68.0
70.5
73.5
77.5
80.5
91.5
94.5
103.0
106.0

Required adhesive kits


per Quick-Lock joint
Adhesive kits
1 5
/ kit of 3 Oz
1 5
/ kit of 3 Oz
1 4
/ kit of 3 Oz
1 3
/ kit of 3 Oz
1 2
/ kit of 3 Oz
1 kit of 3 Oz
1 kit of 3 Oz
1 kit of 3 Oz
1 kit of 6 Oz
1 kit of 6 Oz
11/2 kit of 6 Oz
2 kit of 6 Oz

Notes:
* Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the same time, the
surplus must be discarded.
* Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimensions table of the respective saddles.
* For type of adhesive to be used, refer to the Bondstrand Corrosion Guide.

Pipe Dimensions

Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Inside
Diameter
ID
mm
27.1
42.1
53.0
81.8
105.2
131.7
159.0
208.8
262.9
313.7
344.4*
393.7*

Minimum Outside Diameter of Pipe


Series Series Series
Series Series
Series
2000 2000G
4000 6000FM
7000 2000M
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
34.1
34.1
34.1
34.1
49.1
49.1
49.1
49.1
60.2
60.2
60.2
60.2
60.2
89.0
89.0
89.0
89.0
89.0
114.4 114.4
114.4
114.4
114.4
114.4
140.9 140.9
140.9
140.9
140.9
168.2 168.2
168.2
168.2
168.2
168.4
219.0 219.0
219.0
219.0
219.0
221.0
273.1 273.1
273.1
273.1
273.1
277.9
323.9 323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
331.7
355.0 355.0
355.0
355.2
355.0
356.8
405.7 405.7
406.5
406.5
405.7
407.7

Notes:
* For marine pipe 2000M & 7000M the Inside Diameters are 337.6 and 385.9 respectively.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 4 of 24

Series
7000M
mm
34.1
49.1
60.2
89.0
114.4
140.9
168.2
220.2
277.1
330.5
356.0
406.7

Elbows 90

Filament-wound Quick-Lock standard fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding


socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

Flanged 90
short radius ANSI Elbows

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Laying
Length
L
mm
65
81
76
114
152
195
229
305
381
457
359
397

Overall
Length
OL
mm
92
113
122
160
198
252
286
369
451
533
448
499

Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Weight

kg
0.2
0.5
0.6
1.1
1.8
2.7
3.7
9.2
15.1
22.0
31.0
43.0

Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting ANSI
laying length dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Laying
Length
L = OL
mm
114
140
165
203
229
279
305

Flange
Thickness
E
mm
29
29
32
45
52
52
55

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Weight

kg
1.9
3.0
4.5
8.2
13.0
19.0
34.0

Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with flat face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature
and fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
* For flanged ANSI fittings, please refer to page 22, table 1 for recommended bolt torques.

Flanged 90
long radius ANSI Elbows

Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting ANSI
laying length dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Laying
Length
L = OL
mm
165
197
229
292
356
419
483

Flange
Thickness
E
mm
29
29
32
45
52
52
55

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Weight

kg
2.1
3.5
5.4
10.0
16.0
24.0
39.0

Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with flat face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature and
fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
* For flanged ANSI fittings, please refer to page 22, table 1 for recommended bolt torques.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 5 of 24

Molded 90 Elbows

Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy molded fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
800
100
150

Elbows 45

inch
2
3
4
6

Overall
Length
OL
mm
97
112
140
202

Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
46
46
46
57

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
10
10
10
10

Weight

kg
0.5
0.9
1.4
3.2

Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding


socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

Flanged 45ANSI Elbows

Laying
Length
L
mm
51
66
94
145

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Laying
Length
L
mm
22
29
35
51
64
84
95
127
159
191
121
137

Overall
Length
OL
mm
49
61
81
97
110
141
152
191
229
267
210
239

Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Weight

kg
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.9
1.3
1.8
2.5
5.6
11.2
16.9
19.8
28.0

Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting ANSI
laying length dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Laying
Length
L = OL
mm
64
76
102
127
140
165
191

Flange
Thickness
E
mm
29
29
32
45
52
52
55

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Weight

kg
1.6
2.7
4.4
7.7
13.0
21.0
31.0

Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with flat face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature and
fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
* For flanged ANSI elbows, please refer to page 22, table 1 for recommended bolt torques.

Molded 45 Elbows

Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy molded fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150

inch
2
3
4
6

Laying
Length
L
mm
35
41
61
84

Overall
Length
OL
mm
81
87
107
148

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 6 of 24

Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
46
46
46
57

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
10
10
10
10

Weight
kg
0.5
0.9
1.4
3.6

Elbows 221/2

Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding


socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Laying
Length
L
mm
9
9
13
21
29
43
43
57
67
76
83
89

Overall
Length
OL
mm
36
41
59
67
75
100
100
121
137
152
172
191

Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102

Maximum Weight
Working
Pressure
bar
kg
20
0.1
20
0.2
20
0.5
20
0.7
20
1.0
16
1.4
16
1.9
16
3.9
16
5.9
16
10.4
16
12.0
16
14.0

Notes:
* Other angles can be made to order, consult Ameron.

Equal Tees

Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding


socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size

mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

Flanged ANSI Equal Tees

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Laying
Length
total run
L1
mm
54
60
128
172
210
254
286
356
432
508
534
584

Overall
Length
total run
OL1
mm
108
124
220
264
302
368
400
484
572
660
712
788

Laying
Length
branch
L2
mm
27
30
64
86
105
127
143
178
216
254
267
292

Overall
Length
branch
OL2
mm
54
62
110
132
151
184
200
242
286
330
356
394

Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102

Maximum Weight
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

kg
0.2
0.4
1.0
1.8
2.5
5.0
6.7
10.0
18.0
29.0
37.0
56.0

Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting ANSI
laying length dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size

mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Laying
Length
total run
L1 = OL1
mm
228
280
330
406
458
558
610

Laying
Length
branch
L2 = OL2
mm
114
140
165
203
229
279
305

Flange
Thickness
E
mm
29
29
32
45
52
52
55

Maximum Weight
Working
Pressure
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

kg
3.0
5.0
7.7
14.0
21.0
31.0
51.0

Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with full face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature and
fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
* For Flanged ANSI Tees, please refer to page 22, table 1 for recommended bolt torques.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 7 of 24

Molded Equal Tees

Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy molded fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size

mm
50
80
100
150

Reducing Tee Table

inch
2
3
4
6

Laying
Length
total run
L1
mm
102
136
186
266

Overall
Length
total run
OL1
mm
194
228
278
394

Laying
Length
branch
L2
mm
51
68
93
133

Overall
Length
branch
OL2
mm
97
114
139
197

Socket
Depth

Maximum Weight
Working
Pressure

Ds
mm
46
46
46
57

bar
10
10
10
10

kg
1.4
1.4
3.2
6.2

Configuration of availability of Quick-Lock socket ended reducing tees for maximum


working pressure
Nominal Pipe Size
Pipe mm
Size
inch
25
1
40
1.5
50
2
80
3
Run 100
4
size 125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16

25
1
S
C
S
S
F
C
F
F
F
F
F
F

40
1.5

50
2

80
3

100
4

125
5

S
S
S
F
C
F
F
F
F
F
F

S
S
S
S
S
F
F
F
F
F

S
S
S
S
F
F
F
F
F

S
S
S
S
S
S
F
F

S
S
C
S
C
C
C

Branch size
150 200 250
6
8
10

S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S

300
12

S
S
S

350 400
14
16

S
S

S = Filament Wound standard Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy fittings with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding sockets.
F = Fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy fittings with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding sockets.
C = Combination of Filament Wound standard Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (reducing)tee and reducer.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 8 of 24

Reducing Tees

Filament-wound standard & fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy fittings with QuickLock adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
(run x run x branch)

Filament Wound

Fabricated Tee

mm
inch
50x50x25
2x2x1
50x50x40
2x2x11/2
80x80x25
3x3x1
80x80x40
3x3x11/2
80x80x50
3x3x2
100x100x25
4x4x1
100x100x40 4x4x11/2
100x100x50
4x4x2
100x100x80
4x4x3
125x125x50
5x5x2
125x125x80
5x5x3
125x125x100
5x5x4
150x150x25
6x6x1
150x150x40 6x6x11/2
150x150x50
6x6x2
150x150x80
6x6x3
150x150x100
6x6x4
150x150x125
6x6x5
200x200x25
8x8x1
200x200x40 8x8x11/2
200x200x50
8x8x2
200x200x80
8x8x3
200x200x100
8x8x4
200x200x150
8x8x6
250x250x25 10x10x1
250x250x40 10x10x11/2
250x250x50 10x10x2
250x250x80 10x10x3
250x250x100 10x10x4
250x250x125 10x10x5
250x250x150 10x10x6
250x250x200 10x10x8
300x300x25 12x12x1
300x300x40 12x12x11/2
300x300x50 12x12x2
300x300x80 12x12x3
300x300x100 12x12x4
300x300x150 12x12x6
300x300x200 12x12x8
300x300x250 12x12x10
350x350x25 14x14x1
350x350x40 14x14x11/2
350x350x50 14x14x2
350x350x80 14x14x3
350x350x100 14x14x4
350x350x150 14x14x6
350x350x200 14x14x8
350x350x250 14x14x10
350x350x300 14x14x12
400x400x25 16x16x1
400x400x40 16x16x11/2
400x400x50 16x16x2
400x400x80 16x16x3
400x400x100 16x16x4
400x400x150 16x16x6
400x400x200 16x16x8
400x400x250 16x16x10
400x400x300 16x16x12
400x400x350 16x16x14

Laying
Length
half run
L1
mm
64
64
86
86
86
72
89
105
105
127
127
127
83
101
143
143
143
143
84
101
116
178
178
178
83
100
115
115
216
216
216
216
84
102
117
117
254
254
254
254
81
99
114
114
114
267
267
267
267
85
103
118
118
118
292
292
292
292
292

Overall
Length
half run
OL1
mm
110
110
132
132
132
118
135
151
151
184
184
184
140
158
200
200
200
200
148
165
180
242
242
242
153
170
185
185
286
286
286
286
160
178
193
193
330
330
330
330
170
188
203
203
203
356
356
356
356
187
205
220
220
220
394
394
394
394
394

Socket
Depth
run
Ds1
mm
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
64
64
64
64
64
64
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102

Laying
Length
branch
L2
mm
57
57
76
76
76
194
194
89
98
102
111
118
221
221
114
124
130
136
246
246
246
149
162
168
273
273
273
273
184
194
194
203
298
298
298
298
206
219
229
241
314
314
314
314
314
244
254
267
279
338
338
338
338
338
264
273
283
295
292

Overall
Length
branch
OL2
mm
84
89
103
108
122
221
226
135
144
148
157
164
248
253
160
170
176
193
273
278
292
195
208
225
300
305
319
319
230
251
251
267
325
330
344
344
252
276
293
311
341
346
360
360
360
301
318
337
355
365
370
384
384
384
321
337
353
371
381

Socket Maximum Weight


Depth Working
branch Pressure
Ds2
mm
bar
kg
27
20
0.9
32
20
1.0
27
20
1.6
32
20
1.6
46
20
1.7
27
20
7.5
32
20
9.0
46
20
2.1
46
20
2.3
46
16
3.4
46
16
4.0
46
16
4.6
27
16
11.7
32
16
13.8
46
16
6.2
46
16
5.7
46
16
5.9
57
16
6.2
27
16
15.0
32
16
17.5
46
16
19.9
46
16
9.1
46
16
9.7
57
16
11.4
27
16
18.1
32
16
21.3
46
16
24.1
46
16
24.1
46
16
14.8
57
16
15.2
57
16
15.5
64
16
16.5
27
16
21.8
32
16
25.4
46
16
28.7
46
16
28.7
46
16
21.0
57
16
22.0
64
16
23.0
70
16
24.0
27
16
23.8
32
16
27.7
46
16
31.2
46
16
31.2
46
16
31.3
57
16
29.0
64
16
30.0
70
16
32.0
76
16
34.0
27
16
28.6
32
16
33.1
46
16
37.0
46
16
37.0
46
16
37.0
57
16
37.0
64
16
38.0
70
16
41.0
76
16
45.0
89
16
49.0

Note: * Regular numbers are for filament wound tees; italic numbers are for fabricated tees.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 9 of 24

Fabricated Reducing
Tees with Flanged Branch

Fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy reducing fittings with flanged branch


Nominal
Pipe Size
(run x run x branch)
mm
50x50x25
80x80x25
80x80x40
80x80x50
100x100x25
100x100x40
100x100x50
100x100x80
150x150x25
150x150x40
150x150x50
150x150x80
150x150x100
200x200x25
200x200x40
200x200x50
200x200x80
200x200x100
200x200x150
250x250x25
250x250x40
250x250x50
250x250x80
250x250x100
250x250x150
250x250x200
300x300x25
300x300x40
300x300x50
300x300x80
300x300x100
300x300x150
300x300x200
300x300x250
350x350x25
350x350x40
350x350x50
350x350x80
350x350x100
350x350x150
350x350x200
350x350x250
350x350x300
400x400x25
400x400x40
400x400x50
400x400x80
400x400x100
400x400x150
400x400x200
400x400x250
400x400x300

inch
2x2x1
3x3x1
3x3x11/2
3x3x2
4x4x1
4x4x11/2
4x4x2
4x4x3
6x6x1
6x6x11/2
6x6x2
6x6x3
6x6x4
8x8x1
8x8x11/2
8x8x2
8x8x3
8x8x4
8x8x6
10x10x1
10x10x11/2
10x10x2
10x10x3
10x10x4
10x10x6
10x10x8
12x12x1
12x12x11/2
12x12x2
12x12x3
12x12x4
12x12x6
12x12x8
12x12x10
14x14x1
14x14x11/2
14x14x2
14x14x3
14x14x4
14x14x6
14x14x8
14x14x10
14x14x12
16x16x1
16x16x11/2
16x16x2
16x16x3
16x16x4
16x16x6
16x16x8
16x16x10
16x16x12

Laying
half run
Length
L1
mm
72
72
89
104
72
89
104
104
83
101
116
116
116
84
101
116
116
116
144
83
100
115
115
115
143
168
84
102
117
117
117
142
169
197
81
99
114
114
114
141
166
194
221
85
103
118
118
118
145
170
198
225

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 10 of 24

Overall
half run
Length
OL1
mm
118
118
135
150
118
135
150
150
140
158
173
173
173
148
165
180
180
180
208
153
170
185
185
185
213
238
160
178
193
193
193
218
245
273
170
188
203
203
203
230
255
283
310
187
205
220
220
220
247
272
300
327

Socket
Depth
Ds1
mm
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
57
57
57
57
57
64
64
64
64
64
64
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102

Laying
branch
Length
L2
mm
178
192
197
211
224
229
243
243
251
256
270
270
270
276
281
295
295
295
315
303
308
322
322
322
342
356
328
333
347
347
347
367
381
401
344
349
363
363
363
383
397
416
428
368
373
387
387
387
407
421
441
453

Maximum
Pressure
Working
bar
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
10
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
10

Weight
with
CL.150
Flange
kg
3.2
4.1
5.0
6.6
8.0
9.7
12.0
12.8
12.2
14.5
17.3
18.0
18.7
15.5
18.2
21.4
22.1
22.8
30.9
18.6
22.0
25.6
26.3
27.0
33.2
40.0
22.3
26.1
30.2
30.9
31.6
38.1
46.1
53.8
24.3
28.4
32.7
33.4
34.2
41.6
49.5
57.8
68.5
29.1
33.8
38.5
39.2
39.9
48.2
56.8
65.8
77.3

Flanged ANSI Reducing


Tees

Filament-wound fittings with Class


meeting ANSI laying length dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
(run x run x branch)
mm
inch
80x80x50
3x3x2
100x100x50
4x4x2
100x100x80
4x4x3
150x150x50
6x6x2
150x150x80
6x6x3
150x150x100
6x6x4
200x200x80
8x8x3
200x200x100
8x8x4
200x200x150
8x8x6
250x250x100 10x10x4
250x250x150 10x10x6
250x250x200 10x10x8
300x300x100 12x12x4
300x300x150 12x12x6
300x300x200 12x12x8
300x300x250 12x12x10

Laying
Length
half run
L1 = OL1
mm
140
165
165
203
203
203
229
229
229
279
279
279
305
305
305
305

150

drilled

hubbed

Quick-Lock

flanges

Laying Flange
Flange Maximum
length Thickness Thickness Working
branch
Pressure
L2 = OL2
E1
E2
mm
mm
mm
bar
140
29
29
12
165
32
29
12
165
32
29
12
203
45
29
12
203
45
29
12
203
45
32
12
229
52
29
12
229
52
32
12
229
52
45
12
279
52
32
12
279
52
45
12
279
52
52
12
305
55
32
12
305
55
45
12
305
55
52
12
305
55
52
12

Weight

kg
4.5
6.8
7.3
11.0
12.0
13.0
15.0
17.0
19.0
23.0
26.0
29.0
34.0
39.0
43.0
48.0

Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with flat face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature
and fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 11 of 24

Concentric Reducers

Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding


socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
40x25
50x25
50x40
80x40
80x50
100x50
100x80
125x80
125x100
150x80
150x100
200x100
200x125
200x150
250x150
250x200
300x200
300x250
350x250
350x300
400x300
400x350

Flanged ANSI
Concentric Reducer

inch
11/2x1
2x1
2x11/2
3x11/2
3x2
4x2
4x3
5x3
5x4
6x3
6x4
8x4
8x5
8x6
10x6
10x8
12x8
12x10
14x10
14x12
16x12
16x14

Laying
Length
L
mm
32
64
32
76
54
76
73
74
74
97
94
138
126
98
117
105
149
137
184
178
165
152

Overall
Length
OL
mm
91
137
110
154
146
168
165
177
177
200
197
248
247
219
244
239
289
283
343
343
343
343

Socket
Depth
Ds1
mm
32
46
46
46
46
46
46
57
57
57
57
64
64
64
70
70
76
76
89
89
102
102

Socket
Depth
Ds2
mm
27
27
32
32
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
57
57
57
64
64
70
70
76
76
89

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Weight

kg
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.1
0.9
1.4
1.5
1.8
1.8
2.9
2.8
2.7
3.7
3.6
5.0
4.6
7.2
7.3
8.9
9.0

Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting
ANSI laying length dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
80x50
100x50
100x80
150x80
150x100
200x100
200x150
250x150
250x200
300x200
300x250

inch
3x2
4x2
4x3
6x3
6x4
8x4
8x6
10x6
10x8
12x8
12x10

Laying
Length
L = OL
mm
152
178
178
229
229
279
279
305
305
356
356

Flange
Thickness
E1
mm
29
32
32
45
45
52
52
52
52
55
55

Flange
Thickness
E2
mm
29
29
29
29
32
32
45
45
52
52
52

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Weight

kg
3.9
4.5
5.0
6.8
7.7
9.5
10.0
13.0
16.0
20.0
23.0

Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with flat face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature
and fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 12 of 24

Eccentric Reducers

Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding


socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
40x25
50x25
50x40
80x25
80x40
80x50
100x50
100x80
125x80
125x100
150x80
150x100
250x125
200x100
200x125
200x150
250x150
250x200
300x200
300x250
350x250
350x300
400x300
400x350

inch
11/2x1
2x1
2x11/2
3x1
3x11/2
3x2
4x2
4x3
5x3
5x4
6x3
6x4
10x5
8x4
8x5
8x6
10x6
10x8
12x8
12x10
14x10
14x12
16x12
16x14

Laying
Length
L
mm
56
100
44
206
150
106
200
93
194
101
293
200
492
390
189
190
392
202
390
190
308
118
306
188

Overall
Length
OL
mm
119
173
122
277
228
198
291
185
297
204
396
303
619
500
411
311
519
336
532
336
467
283
484
397

Socket
Depth
Ds1
mm
32
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
57
57
57
57
57
64
64
64
70
70
76
76
89
89
102
102

Socket Eccentricity Maximum Weight


Depth
Working
Ds2
X (*)
Pressure
mm
mm
bar
kg
27
8
20
0.2
27
13
20
0.3
32
6
20
0.3
27
27
20
0.6
32
20
20
0.6
46
14
20
0.6
46
26
20
1.3
46
12
20
1.0
46
25
16
1.8
46
13
16
1.5
46
39
16
2.5
46
27
16
2.3
57
14
16
1.9
46
52
16
4.6
57
39
16
4.3
57
25
16
3.6
57
52
16
6.5
64
27
16
5.1
64
53
16
8.4
70
25
16
6.3
70
41
16
9.2
76
15
16
6.7
76
40
16
12.8
89
25
16
11.2

Note:
(*) Shows eccentricity of the eccentric reducers.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 13 of 24

45 Laterals

Filament-wound fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding socket ends


Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Laying
Length
L1
mm
64
76
76
89
89
114
127
140
140
140

Overall
Length
OL1
mm
110
122
122
146
146
178
197
216
229
242

Laying
Length
L2
mm
203
254
305
337
368
445
521
622
622
622

Overall
Length
OL2
mm
249
300
351
394
425
509
591
698
711
724

Socket Maximum
Depth
Working
Ds
Pressure
mm
bar
46
10
46
10
46
10
57
7
57
7
64
7
70
7
76
7
89
7
102
7

Weight

kg
1.6
3
3.9
5.8
6.8
12
21
30
39
54

Note:
* Consult Ameron for higher pressures.

Equal Crosses

Filament-wound fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding socket ends


Nominal
Pipe Size

mm
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Laying Overal
Length Length
total run total run
L1
OL1
mm
mm
128
220
172
364
210
302
254
368
286
400
356
484
432
572
508
660
534
712
584
788

Laying
Length
branch
L2
mm
64
86
105
127
143
178
216
254
267
292

Overall
Length
branch
OL2
mm
110
132
151
184
200
242
286
330
356
394

Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
10
10
10
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Weight

kg
1.3
2.5
3.2
4.9
5.9
10
16
27
42
65

Note:
* Consult Ameron for higher pressures.

Couplings

Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding


socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size

mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Laying
Length

Overall
Length

Socket
Depth

L
mm
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
19
19

OL
mm
64
74
102
102
102
124
124
138
150
162
197
223

Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 14 of 24

Nominal
Outside
Diameter
OD
mm
47
61
73
102
131
158
185
237
291
342
375
432

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Weight

kg
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.7
2.3
2.8
4.6
7.2

Nipples

Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock


spigot ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Laying
Length
L
mm
57
67
95
95
95
117
117
131
143
155
184
210

fittings with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding


Gap *

mm
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
6

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Weight

kg
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.3
3.1
4.4

* Remaining gap after bonding socket ends both sides

Molded Quick Lock Plugs

Molded Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Quick-Lock plugs for adhesive bonding in QuickLock sockets
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

Molded Concentric &


Eccentric Reducing
Bushings

Thickness
of plug
A
mm
49
49
49
60
67
73
79

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
10
10
10
3,5
3,5
3,5
3,5

Weight

kg
0.3
0.6
0.9
2.4
4.6
7.9
12.1

Molded Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Quick-Lock plugs with bushings for adhesive
bonding in Quick-Lock sockets.
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
80x50
100x50
100x80
150x80
150x100
200x100
200x150
250x150
250x200
300x200
300x250

inch
3x2
4x2
4x3
6x3
6x4
8x4
8x6
10x6
10x8
12x8
12x10

Laying
Length
L
mm
3
3
3
14
14
21
10
16
10
16
10

Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
46
46
46
46
46
46
57
57
64
64
70

Bushing Eccentricity Maximum


Thickness
Working
A
X (*)
Pressure
mm
mm
bar
49
6.4
10
49
19.1
10
49
3.2
10
60
31.8
3.5
60
15.9
3.5
67
41.3
3.5
67
15.9
3.5
73
41.3
3.5
73
15.9
3.5
79
41.3
3.5
79
15.9
3.5

Weight

kg
0.3
0.7
0.4
1.9
1.4
3.4
2.3
5.4
2.9
6.8
3.6

Note:
(*) Shows eccentricity of the eccentric reducing bushings.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 15 of 24

Reducing Saddles with


Quick-Lock Socket Branch

Filament wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe saddles with reducing branch.
Nominal
Pipe Size

Saddle Saddle Laying Socket


Angle Thickn. Length Depth

a
mm
inch degr.
50 x 25
2 x 1 180
80 x 25
3x 1 180
80 x 40
3 x 11/2 180
80 x 50
3 x 2 180
100 x 25
4 x 1 180
100 x 40 4 x 11/2 180
100 x 50
4 x 2 180
100 x 80
4 x 3 180
125 x 25
5 x 1 180
125 x 40 5 x 11/2 180
125 x 50
5 x 2 180
125 x 80
5 x 3 180
150 x 25
6 x 1 180
150 x 40 6 x 11/2 180
150 x 50
6 x 2 180
150 x 80
6 x 3 180
150 x 100
6 x 4 180
200 x 25
8 x 1 180
200 x 40 8 x 11/2 180
200 x 50
8 x 2 180
200 x 80
8 x 3 180
200 x 100
8 x 4 180
200 x 150
8 x 6 180
250 x 25
10 x 1 180
250 x 40 10 x 11/2 180
250 x 50
10 x 2 180
250 x 80
10 x 3 180
250 x 100 10 x 4 180
250 x 150 10 x 6 180
300 x 25
12 x 1 180
300 x 40 12 x 11/2 180
300 x 50
12 x 2 180
300 x 80
12 x 3 180
300 x 100 12 x 4 180
300 x 150 12 x 6 180
350 x 25
14 x 1 180
350 x 40 14 x 11/2 180
350 x 50
14 x 2 180
350 x 80
14 x 3 180
350 x 100 14 x 4 180
350 x 150 14 x 6 180
400 x 25
16 x 1 180
400 x 40 16 x 11/2 180
400 x 50
16 x 2 180
400 x 80
16 x 3 180
400 x 100 16 x 4 180
400 x 150 16 x 6 180

ts
mm
14
14
14
14
21
21
21
21
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33

L
mm
126
140
140
140
159
159
159
159
167
167
172
172
194
194
194
194
194
213
213
213
213
225
235
238
238
238
238
251
264
270
270
270
270
270
270
286
286
286
286
286
305
311
311
311
311
311
330

Ds
mm
27
27
32
46
27
32
46
46
27
32
46
46
27
32
46
46
46
27
32
46
46
46
57
27
32
46
46
46
57
27
32
46
46
46
57
27
32
46
46
46
57
27
32
46
46
46
57

Saddle Maximum
Length Working
Pressure
B
(*)
mm
bar
152
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
305
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
305
12
432
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
305
12
432
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
305
12
432
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
305
12
432
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
305
12
432
12

Note:
(*) If reinforced as per Ameron instructions pressure rating can be increased to 16 bar.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 16 of 24

Weight

Required
Adhesive
kits

kg
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.7
1.2
1.1
1.2
1.6
1.9
1.8
1.8
2.5
2.3
2.1
2.1
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.3
3.3
4.8
5.7
6.4
4.3
4.1
4.1
6.0
7.2
8.6
5.0
4.8
4.8
7.1
8.6
10.6
5.5
5.2
5.2
7.8
9.5
11.9
6.2
6.0
6.0
9.0
11.0
13.9

3 Oz 6 Oz
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Reducing Saddles with


Flanged Branch

Filament wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe saddles with reducing branch.
Nominal
Pipe Size

mm
80 x 25
80 x 40
80 x 50
100 x 25
100 x 40
100 x 50
100 x 80
125 x 50
125 x 80
150 x 25
150 x 40
150 x 50
150 x 80
150 x 100
200 x 25
200 x 40
200 x 50
200 x 80
200 x 100
200 x 150
250 x 25
250 x 40
250 x 50
250 x 80
250 x 100
250 x 150
300 x 25
300 x 40
300 x 50
300 x 80
300 x 100
300 x 150
350 x 25
350 x 40
350 x 50
350 x 80
350 x 100
350 x 150
400 x 25
400 x 40
400 x 50
400 x 80
400 x 100
400 x 150

Saddle Saddle
Angle Thickn.
a
inch degrees
3x1
180
180
3 x 11/2
3x2
180
4x1
180
180
4 x 11/2
4x2
180
4x3
180
5x2
180
5x3
180
6x1
180
180
6 x 11/2
6x2
180
6x3
180
6x4
180
8x1
180
8 x 11/2
180
8x2
180
8x3
180
8x4
180
8x6
180
10 x 1
180
180
10 x 11/2
10 x 2
180
10 x 3
180
10 x 4
180
10 x 6
180
12 x 1
180
180
12 x 11/2
12 x 2
180
12 x 3
180
12 x 4
180
12 x 6
180
14 x 1
180
180
14 x 11/2
14 x 2
180
14 x 3
180
14 x 4
180
14 x 6
180
16 x 1
180
180
16 x 11/2
16 x 2
180
16 x 3
180
16 x 4
180
16 x 6
180

ts
mm
14
14
14
21
21
21
21
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33

Laying
Length
L
mm
133
133
171
152
152
190
190
208
208
187
187
225
225
225
206
206
244
244
257
267
232
232
270
270
282
295
264
264
302
302
302
302
279
279
317
317
317
336
305
305
343
343
343
342

Saddle
Length
B
mm
152
152
152
152
152
152
241
152
241
152
152
152
241
305
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432

Maximum
Working
Pressure
(*)
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Weight Required
with
Adhesive
CL.150
kits
flange
kg
3 Oz 6 Oz
0.9
1
1.2
1
1.9
1
1.6
1
1.7
1
2.4
1
3.4
1
3.0
1
4.3
1
2.7
1
1
2.7
1
1
3.3
1
1
4.8
1
1
5.8
1
1
3.9
1
1
3.9
1
1
4.5
1
1
6.6
1
1
8.0
1
1
10.0
1
1
4.7
2
4.7
2
5.3
2
7.8
2
9.5
2
12.2
2
5.4
2
5.4
2
6.0
2
8.9
2
10.9
2
14.2
2
5.9
3
5.8
3
6.4
3
9.6
3
11.8
3
15.5
3
6.6
3
6.6
3
7.2
3
10.8
3
13.3
3
17.5
3

Notes:
(*) If reinforced as per Ameron instructions pressure rating can be increased to 16 bar.
* Flange drilling class has to be specified when ordering (see flange section).

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 17 of 24

Saddles

Filament wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe saddles for wear, supporting and anchoring
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16

Saddle
Angle

angle
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180

Saddle
Thickn.
ts
mm
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

Weight at
B=
100mm
kg
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7

Required
Adhesive
Kits
3 Oz 6 Oz
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2

Weight at Required
B=
Adhesive
150mm
Kits
kg
3 Oz 6 Oz
0.3
1
0.4
1
0.4
1
0.6
1
0.8
1
1.1
1
1
1.4
1
1
1.7
2
2.0
2
2.2
1
2
2.5
1
2

Notes:
* Filament-Wound 180 blank saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps, as well as
for anchoring puddles. Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm and are identical
for all pipe series.
* For other saddle-lenghts, saddle-thickness and / or angles contact Ameron.

Grounding Saddle

Filament wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy saddles for grounding of series 7000 & 7000M pipe
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16

Saddle
Angle

deg
90
90
90
90
90
90
45
45
45
45
45

Saddle
Length
B
mm
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73

Saddle
Thickness
ts
mm
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

Weight

kg
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3

Required
Adhesive
Kits
3 Oz 6 Oz
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Note:
* Grounding saddles are intended for use in systems employing Series 7000 and 7000M conductive pipe.
Bondstrand antistatic adhesive should be used for mounting. Saddles come with cable having a length of
600 mm.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 18 of 24

Flanges

Filament-wound standard flanges with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding socket ends


Nominal
Pipe Size

HD FLANGE

HUB FLANGE

Weight of Flanges per


Drilling Class
for H.D. Flanges

mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
inch
25
1
40
11/2
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16

Laying
Length
L
mm
3
3
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
5
8
8

Flange
Thickness
E
mm
29
29
32
47
45
52
52
55
71
84

ANSI B16.5
CL.150
kg
0.5
0.7
1.5
2.2
2.9
4.1
4.6
7.3
10.0
15.4
22.8
31.1

Overall
Length
D
mm
30
35
51
51
51
62
63
70
76
81
97
110

ANSI B 16.5
CL.300
kg
0.6
1.1
1.7
2.6
3.8
5.4
6.7
9.9
13.2
19.2
29.8
40.0

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

ISO 7005.2
PN10
kg
0.5
1.0
1.8
2.4
2.7
4.0
4.9
7.1
9.1
11.2
18.6
25.0

Socket
Depth
Ds
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102

ISO 7005.2
PN16
kg
0.5
1.0
1.8
2.4
2.7
4.0
4.9
6.9
9.8
12.7
20.5
27.4

Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.

Quick-Lock Orifice
Flanges

Filament-wound Quick-Lock orifice flanges with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilling
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16

Flange
Overall
Thickness Length
E
D
mm
mm
60
86
64
86
67
86
75
95
97
102
83
108
89 / 116
116
128
128
141
141

Laying
Length
L
mm
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39

Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
89
102

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Weight of Weight
flange hubless
with hub flange
kg
kg
1.5
2.4
3.1
5.0
7.7
10.9
16.3
22.1
30.0
39.8

Notes:
* Flanges with 1/2 inch NPT female thread type 316 stainless steel nipple and coupling.
* Other metals on request.
* Also available with 2 outlets spaced at 180 on special order.
* Flange drilling to ANSI B16.5 Class 150.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 19 of 24

Stub end Flanges

Filament-wound standard flanges with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding socket ends and
steel backing rings
Nominal
Pipe Size

mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Laying
Length

Overall
Length

Socket
Depth

L
mm
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

OL
mm
37
42
56
56
56
67
67
74
80
86
99
112

Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102

Face
Diameter
Stub-end
RF
mm
51
73
92
127
157
186
216
270
324
378
413
470

Ring to
Face

Maximum
Working
Pressure

H
mm
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
16
23
23
27
27

bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Weight
GRE
Stubend
kg
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.6
1.0
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.3
3.8
5.7

Note:
* Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with elastomeric gaskets.

Steel Rings for


Stub-End Flanges

Nominal
Pipe Size

mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

ANSI B16.5
Class 150

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

D
mm
14.3
17.5
19.0
23.8
23.8
25.5
25.5
28.8
35.6
40.0
41.6
47.9

weight
kg
0.8
1.2
1.8
3.2
4.2
4.4
5.2
8.5
13.5
23.0
32.0
42.0

ANSI B16.5
Class 300
D
mm
17.5
20.6
22.2
28.6
28.6
36.5
36.5
41.3
47.6
50.8
54.0
58.2

weight
kg
1.3
2.3
2.5
4.8
7.0
9.5
12.2
18.3
26.0
38.7
56.3
70.1

ISO 7005.2 &


DIN 2632
PN10
D
weight
mm
kg
16
1.0
16
1.7
18
2.2
20
3.0
20
3.1
22
3.6
22
4.9
25
7.1
28
9.3
29
10.7
36
21.3
40
26.6

ISO 7005.2 &


DIN 2633
PN16
D weight
mm
kg
16
1.0
16
1.7
18
2.2
20
3.0
20
3.1
23
3.8
23
5.1
27
7.3
32
11.8
35
15.4
40
26.3
44
33.0

Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.

* Stub-end-flanges are available with and without O-ring groove on the face. Specify on order.
* Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with elastomeric or compressed
fibre gaskets.
* For pressures of 12 bar and above, suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
* Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g.use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
* Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure,pipe size and number of bolts. If using gaskets (maximum pressure 10 bar)
refer to the bolt-torques shown at the hubbed flanges.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 20 of 24

Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy Blind Flanges
for 10 bar

Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy blind flanges


Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Flange
Thickn.
D
mm
25
25
30
30
35
35
40
40
45
45
50
55

ANSI
ANSI
B16.5
B16.5
CL.150 CL.300
kg
kg
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.7
0.8
1.1
1.3
1.4
1.9
1.9
2.6
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.7
5.9
7.8
10.5
13.1
14.1
18.5
19.8
25.5

ISO
7005.2
PN10
kg
0.4
0.7
0.9
1.2
1.3
1.9
2.3
4.1
5.4
7.6
11.5
15.9

ISO
7005.2
PN16
kg
0.4
0.7
0.9
1.2
1.3
1.9
2.3
3.9
5.8
8.6
12.7
17.4

JIS
2211
5 kg
kg
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.9
1.0
1.5
1.9
3.2
4.8
6.4
9.2
13.0

JIS
2212
10 kg
kg
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.8
2.2
3.5
5.6
7.3
9.9
15.2

JIS
2213
16 kg
kg
0.5
0.6
0.7
1.1
1.3
2.3
2.7
4.3
7.2
9.9
14.0
20.4

JIS
2211
5 kg
kg
0.3
0.6
0.5
0.9
1.2
2.1
2.5
4.0
5.9
7.0
10.7
14.8

JIS
2212
10 kg
kg
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.9
1.3
2.4
2.9
4.3
6.8
7.9
11.5
17.4

JIS
2213
16 kg
kg
0.5

Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.

Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy Blind Flanges
for 16 bar

Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy blind flanges


Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Flange
Thickn.
D
mm
25
25
30
30
35
35
40
45
50
60
65
70

ANSI
ANSI
ISO
B16.5 B 16.5 7005.2
CL.150 CL.300 PN10
kg
kg
kg
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.8
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.2
1.7
2.3
1.6
2.6
3.4
2.5
2.9
4.2
3.1
5.2
7.1
5.1
7.2
9.6
6.6
11.4
14.2
8.3
16.4
21.5
13.4
22.6
29.1
18.2

ISO
7005.2
PN16
kg
0.4
0.4
0.9
1.2
1.6
2.5
3.1
4.9
7.1
9.4
14.8
19.9

0.7
1.1
1.6
3.0
3.6
5.3
8.9
10.8
16.4
23.3

Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.

Molded Blind Flanges

Molded Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy blind flanges with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilling
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Minimum Flange
Thickness
E
mm
20
27
27
30
45
51
57

Maximum
Flange Thickness
D
mm
54
54
54
64
70
77
83

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Weight

kg
1.2
2.0
2.5
6.4
10.5
15.9
25.0

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 21 of 24

Recommended
Maximum Bolt Torque
(not to be used for molded
flanges and hubbed flanges as
used on ANSI fittings)

Table 1
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Torque
Increments
N.m
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
30
30
30
50

Final
Torque
N.m
56
56
56
56
56
82
82
82
150
150
150
250

Notes:
* For pressures up to 16 bar full face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure,
service temperature and fluid. A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended with a thickness of
3 mm.
* For pressures higher than 16 bar 3 mm thick compressed fibre gaskets, compatible with the pressure,
temperature and chemical, may be used, of which the mechanical properties should be in accordance with
DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
* Please be aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, that therefore a torque-wrench
is required.
* Bolt tightening sequense to be diametrically opposite.

Recommended Maximum
Bolt Torque for Hubbed
Flanges and Molded
Flanges

Table 2
Recommended bolt torque on molded flanges used on ANSI fittings
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

Torque Increments
inch
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

N.m
7
7
7
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

Final Torque
N.m
28
28
28
42
42
42
42
42
70
70

Notes:
* It is recommended to use hubbed flanges and molded flanges only together with flat face flanges,.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature and
fluid. A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended with a thickness of 3 mm.
* Please be aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, that therefore a torque-wrench
is required.
* Bolt tightening sequense to be diametrically opposite.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 22 of 24

Field Testing

Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.

Surge Pressure

Maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.

Conversions

1 psi
1 bar
1 Mpa
1 Gpa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/hF/F
1 ft
C

Important Notice

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6895 Pa
105 Pa
106 Pa
109 Pa
25.4 mm
0.1442 W/mK
0.3048 m
5/ (F - 32)
9

=
=
=
=

0.07031 kg/cm2
14.5 psi
145 psi
145000 psi

= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2
= 10200 kg/cm2

This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test
data reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by
personnel having specialised training in according with currently accepted industry
practice and normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. We recommend that your
engineers verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we do not
have control over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsability for the
results obtained or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.

Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 23 of 24

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet: www.ameron-intl.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345 587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561
email: info@ameron-fpg.nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+31) 862 1302/861-7834
email: info@ameron.com.sg

Bondstrand Product Data

Bondstrand Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Fittings
for Bondstrand 2000M and 7000M pipe
systems (18-36 inch/450-900 mm)
Index

Description

Page

Adhesive
Quantity to be used for Taper-Taper Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Couplings
Taper-Taper Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Taper-Taper 90 Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Taper-Taper 45 Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engineering Design & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Field Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Flanges and Flange Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Quick-Lock Heavy Duty Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Stub-End Taper-Taper Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Steel Rings for Stub-End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Blind Flanges for 10 Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Blind Flanges for 16 Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Bolt Torques on Stub-End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Bolt Torques on H.D. Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Weight of H.D. Flanges with Quick-Lock socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Joint Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Spigot Diameter and Insertion Depth of Taper-Taper joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Spigot Diameter and Insertion Depth of large Quick-Lock Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Taper-Taper Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Taper-Taper to Quick-Lock transition nipples (for H.D. Quick-Lock Flanges) . . . . . . . . . . 10
Pipe Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Standard Concentric Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Reducing Saddles with Quick-Lock Socket Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Reducing Saddles with H.D Flanged Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Wear Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Supporting Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Anchoring Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Grounding Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Surge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Equal Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Reducing Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fabricated Reducing Tees with H.D. Flanged Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Reducing Tee Table & Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 1 of 16

Description

General
Bondstrand Fittings for Bondstrand Pipe Series 2000M and 7000M pipe are Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe fittings in diameters of 25 through 400 mm (1 through 16
inch) with Quick-Lock bonding joints and 450 through 900 mm (18 through 36 inch) with
Taper-Taper bonding joints, designed for offshore- and marine-applications.
Pressure range for standard fittings is 20 bar for sizes 25 - 100 mm (1 - 4 inch) and 16
bar for sizes 125 - 900 mm (5 - 36 inch).
For Fittings and Ancillaries, the maximum internal pressures are shown in the respective
tables. Standard Fittings are employed with integral-wound Socket Ends. A two-component Bondstrand epoxy based adhesive is used for bonding.
For corrosion resistance, please refer to Bondstrand Corrosion Guide, FP 132.
For smaller diameters 1 - 16 inch ( 25 - 400 mm) please refer to FP 832: Bondstrand
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Fittings for Bondstrand 2000M and 7000M pipe systems (1 - 16 inch / 24 - 400 mm).
Bondstrand Series 2000M
A pipe system with a 0,5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to 93C. Designed for
marine and offshore applications with a heavy wall to safely withstand an external
pressure for in-tank operation according to IMO A.753. Listed and approved by major
Classification Societies.
Bondstrand Series 7000M
A pipe system similar to Series 2000M for temperatures up to 93C but unlined and containing integral-wound electrically conductive filaments to prevent accumulation of
potentially dangerous levels of static electricity. Bondstrand 7000M, like 2000M, is
designed for marine and offshore applications with a heavy wall to safely withstand an
external pressure for in-tank operation according to IMO A.753. Listed and approved by
major Classification Societies.

Engineering Design
& Installation

Consult the following Bondstrand literature for recommendations pertaining design,


installation and use of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:
FP 832
FP 194
FP 195
FP 132
FP 288
R 1/90
FP 468
FP 679
FP 170
FP 196
FP 564
FP 199
FP 696
FP 455

Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Fittings for Quick-Lock Pipe Systems


Bondstrand 2000M Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings for Marine and Offshore.
Bondstrand 7000M Antistatic Fiberglass Pipe Systems for Marine and Offshore.
Bondstrand Corrosion Guide for fiberglass pipe and tubing.
Bondstrand Engineering Guide for suspended pipe.
Bondstrand Design Manual for Marine Piping Systems.
Bondstrand Guide for steam condensate and hot water service.
Bondstrand Guide for installing suspended pipe.
Bondstrand Assembly Instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints.
Bondstrand Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand Fiberglass Flanges.
Bondstrand Assembly Instructions for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joint.
Bondstrand Installation of maintenance couplings.
Bondstrand M-74 Pipe Shaver operating instructions.
Bondstrand M87 XL Pipe Shaver operating instructions, for Taper-Taper joints
in sizes 400 to 600 mm (16 inch to 24 inch).
Bondstrand M95 Pipe Shaver operating instructions, for Taper-Taper joints in
sizes 600 to 1000 mm (24 inch to 40 inch).
FP 810 Bondstrand B-1 Pipe End Preparation Tool
Please consult Ameron for the current version of the above mentioned literature.

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 2 of 16

Joint Dimensions

Nominal Pipe
Size

Dimensions for adhesive Taper Spigots


for adhesive Taper-Taper joints

Taper Socket

Taper Spigot

Straight Spigot
for Quick-Lock
Flanges only

Adhesive

mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Taper
Angle

Insertion
Depth

degrees
2.5
2.5
3.5
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75

Ds
mm
114
127
178
178
178
178
203

Nominal Pipe
Size
mm
inch
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36

Nominal
Diameter of
Spigot
Spigot at
Nose Thickness
Nose
nose
Sd
mm
mm
4.6
443.0
5.0
492.2
3.8
586.3
6.4
712.9
4.2
758.4
8.9
817.8
5.6
911.3

Adhesive
kit size
cm3
fluid
177
177
177
177
177
177
177

Dimensions for
Quick-Lock Spigots
for bonding H.D.
Flanges
Insertion
Diameter
Depth
of straight
Spigot
Ds
Sd
mm
mm
105
455.8
111
506.6
127
608.2
152
736.4
165
788.4
178
840.5
163
943.4

Number of joints
Required adhesive kits
per adhesive kit
per joint
ounce
Joints
Adhesive kits
1
6
/2
2
1
6
/3
3
1
6
/4
4
1
6
/4
4
1
/4
5
6
1
6
/5
5
1
6
/6
6

Notes:
* Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the same time,
the surplus must to be discarded.
* Required adhesive quantity for saddles is shown in the dimensions table of the respective saddles.
* For type of adhesive to be used, refer to the Bondstrand Corrosion Resistance Guide.

Pipe Dimensions

Nominal
Pipe Size

mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

Inside
Diameter
ID
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

mm
433.8
482.1
578.6
700.0
750.0
800.0
900.0

Minimum Outside Diameter of pipe


Series
Series
2000M
7000M
mm
458.2
509.1
610.6
738.6
791.2
844.0
949.2

mm
457.2
508.1
610.2
737.2
790.2
843.4
945.5

Note:
* For more specific pipe data refer to Bondstrand Product Data sheet for Pipes.

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 3 of 16

Elbows 90

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper


adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

Elbows 45

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Laying
Length
L
mm
458
508
584
711
762
813
915

Overall
Length
OL
mm
572
635
762
889
940
991
1118

Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
114
127
178
178
178
178
203

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Weight

kg
53.0
65.0
122.0
205.0
243.0
330.0
417.0

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper


adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Laying
Length
L
mm
191
210
252
295
322
337
400

Overall
Length
OL
mm
305
337
430
473
500
515
603

Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
114
127
178
178
178
178
203

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Weight

kg
33.0
40.0
82.0
140.0
164.0
224.0
283.0

Note:
* Other angles can be made to order, consult Ameron.

Equal Tees

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper


adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal Pipe
Size

mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 4 of 16

Laying
Length
total run
L1
mm
648
712
838
964
1016
1090
1220

Overall
Length
total run
OL1
mm
876
966
1194
1320
1372
1446
1626

Laying
Length
branch
L2
mm
324
356
419
482
508
545
610

Overall
Length
branch
OL2
mm
438
483
597
660
686
723
813

Socket Maximum Weight


Depth Working
Pressure
Ds
mm
bar
kg
114
16
69.0
127
16
92.0
178
16
168.0
178
16
285.0
178
16
337.0
178
16
459.0
203
16
581.0

Reducing Tees

Reducing Tees Filament-wound standard (S) and fabricated (F) Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
(run x run x branch)
mm

Filament Wound Type S

Fabricated Type F

F 450x450x25
F 450x450x40
F 450x450x50
F 450x450x80
F 450x450x100
F 450x450x150
S 450x450x200
S 450x450x250
S 450x450x300
S 450x450x350
S 450x450x400
F 500x500x25
F 500x500x40
F 500x500x50
F 500x500x80
F 500x500x100
F 500x500x150
F 500x500x200
S 500x500x250
S 500x500x300
S 500x500x350
S 500x500x400
S 500x500x450
F 600x600x25
F 600x600x40
F 600x600x50
F 600x600x80
F 600x600x100
F 600x600x150
S 600x600x200
S 600x600x250
S 600x600x300
S 600x600x350
S 600x600x400
S 600x600x450
S 600x600x500
F 700x700x25
F 700x700x40
F 700x700x50
F 700x700x80
F 700x700x100
F 700x700x150
F 700x700x200
F 700x700x250
F 700x700x300
S 700x700x350
S 700x700x400
S 700x700x450
S 700x700x500
S 700x700x600

inch

Laying Overall Socket Laying Overall Socket Maximum Weight


Length Length Depth Length Length Depth Working
half run half run run
branch branch branch Pressure
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
bar
kg

18x18x1
88
18x18x11/2 88
18x18x2
88
18x18x3 100
18x18x4 113
18x18x6 138
18x18x8 324
18x18x10 324
18x18x12 324
18x18x14 324
18x18x16 324
20x20x1
88
20x20x11/2 88
20x20x2
88
20x20x3 100
20x20x4 113
20x20x6 138
20x20x8 163
20x20x10 356
20x20x12 356
20x20x14 356
20x20x16 356
20x20x18 356
24x24x1
88
24x24x11/2 88
24x24x2
88
24x24x3 100
24x24x4 113
24x24x6 138
24x24x8 419
24x24x10 419
24x24x12 419
24x24x14 419
24x24x16 419
24x24x18 419
24x24x20 419
28x28x1
88
28x28x11/2 88
28x28x2
88
28x28x3 100
28x28x4 113
28x28x6 138
28x28x8 163
28x28x10 188
28x28x12 213
28x28x14 482
28x28x16 482
28x28x18 482
28x28x20 482
28x28x24 482

202
202
202
214
227
252
438
438
438
438
438
215
215
215
227
240
265
290
483
483
483
483
483
266
266
266
278
291
316
597
597
597
597
597
597
597
266
266
266
278
291
316
335
360
385
660
660
660
660
660

114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178

358
358
358
358
358
367
306
319
319
318
319
382
382
382
382
382
391
399
344
345
343
345
350
430
430
430
430
430
439
412
386
408
394
395
413
406
491
491
491
491
491
500
508
521
527
490
500
500
506
506

385
390
404
404
404
424
370
389
395
406
421
409
414
428
428
428
448
463
414
421
432
447
464
457
462
476
476
476
496
476
456
484
483
497
527
533
518
523
537
537
537
557
572
591
603
579
602
614
633
684

27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
89
102
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
89
102
114
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
79
89
102
114
127
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
89
102
114
127
178

16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
10
16
16
16
16
16

31.2
31.3
31.5
34.9
38.3
44.8
53.0
60.0
67.0
66.0
69.0
35.3
35.3
35.5
39.2
43.0
50.2
57.6
77.0
82.0
85.0
85.0
89.0
51.3
51.3
51.5
56.0
60.5
69.1
77.9
85.0
85.0
101.0
99.0
137.0
156.0
58.8
58.8
59.0
64.3
69.7
79.9
90.4
100.5
111.0
147.0
166.1
189.0
210.0
252.0

Note:
* Branch sizes 25 through 400 mm (1" - 16") are with Quick-Lock sockets.

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 5 of 16

Reducing Tees
(Continuation)

Reducing Tees Filament-wound standard (S) and fabricated (F) Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
(run x run x branch)
mm

Filament Wound Type S

Fabricated Type F

F 750x750x25
F 750x750x40
F 750x750x50
F 750x750x80
F 750x750x100
F 750x750x150
F 750x750x200
F 750x750x250
S 750x750x300
S 750x750x350
S 750x750x400
S 750x750x450
S 750x750x500
S 750x750x600
F 800x800x25
F 800x800x40
F 800x800x50
F 800x800x80
F 800x800x100
F 800x800x150
F 800x800x200
F 800x800x250
F 800x800x300
S 800x800x500
S 800x800x600
S 800x800x700
S 800x800x750
F 900x900x25
F 900x900x40
F 900x900x50
F 900x900x80
F 900x900x100
F 900x900x150
F 900x900x200
F 900x900x250
F 900x900x300
S 900x900x450
S 900x900x500
S 900x900x600
S 900x900x750

inch

Laying Overall Socket Laying Overall Socket Maximum Weight


Length Length Depth Length Length Depth Working
half run half run run
branch branch branch Pressure
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
bar
kg

30x30x1
88
30x30x11/2 88
30x30x2
88
30x30x3 100
30x30x4 113
30x30x6 138
30x30x8 163
30x30x10 188
30x30x12 508
30x30x14 508
30x30x16 508
30x30x18 508
30x30x20 508
30x30x24 508
32x32x1
88
32x32x11/2 88
32x32x2
88
32x32x3 100
32x32x4 113
32x32x6 138
32x32x8 163
32x32x10 188
32x32x12 213
32x32x20 545
32x32x24 545
32x32x28 545
32x32x30 545
36x36x1
88
36x36x11/2 88
36x36x2
88
36x36x3 100
36x36x4 113
36x36x6 138
36x36x8 163
36x36x10 188
36x36x12 213
36x36x18 610
36x36x20 610
36x36x24 610
36x36x30 610

266
266
266
278
291
316
335
360
686
686
686
686
686
686
266
266
266
278
291
316
335
360
385
723
723
723
723
291
291
291
303
316
341
366
391
416
813
813
813
813

178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203

516
516
516
516
516
525
533
546
756
722
698
488
495
481
541
541
541
541
541
550
557
571
577
523
523
532
534
591
591
591
591
591
600
608
621
627
563
563
541
584

543
548
562
562
562
582
597
616
832
811
800
602
622
659
568
573
587
587
587
607
621
641
653
650
701
710
712
618
623
637
637
637
657
672
691
703
677
690
719
762

Note:
* Branch sizes 25 through 400 mm (1" - 16") are with Quick-Lock sockets.

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 6 of 16

27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
89
102
114
127
178
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
127
178
178
178
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
114
127
178
178

16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
10
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
10
16
16
16
16

62.7
62.7
62.9
68.6
74.2
85.2
96.4
107.2
118.4
157.0
178.0
202.0
225.0
270.0
66.4
66.5
66.6
72.7
78.7
90.3
101.3
112.0
122.9
257.7
309.6
348.4
387.2
77.8
77.9
78.1
84.8
91.5
104.6
117.9
130.9
144.1
290.0
323.0
387.0
484.0

Configuration of availability of socket ended reducing branches (tees) for maximum


working pressure
Nominal
Branch
Pipe Size
Size
Pipe mm
25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 750 800 900
Size
inch 1 11/2 2 3 4 5 6
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 28 30 32 36

Run Size

Reducing Tee Table

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

S
C
S
S
F
C
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F

S
S
S
F
C
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F

S
S
S
S
S
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F

S
S
S
S
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F

S
S
S
S
S
S
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F

S
S
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

S
S
S
S
S
S
F
F
F
F
F
F
F

S
S
S
S
S
S
C
S
C
C
C
C

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
C
C
C
C

S
S
S
S
S
S
C
S
C
C

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
C
C

S
S
S
S
S
S
C
C

S
S
S
S
S
C
S

S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S

S
C
S
C

S
S
S

S S
S S

Notes:
S = Filament wound standard Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings.
F = Fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings.
C = Combination filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) (reducing)
Tee and reducer.

Example for a 36"run with a 12" branch:


Needs to be combined (C) from a 36" x 36" x 18" S-type Tee + 18" Taper x Taper Nipple
+ 18" x 16" Taper x Q.L. Reducer + 16" Quick-Lock Nipple + 16" x 12" Quick-Lock
Reducer.
Laying Length of branch = 563 + 50 + 103 + 210 + 165 = 1091 mm.
For 400 mm (16") and smaller obtain dimensions from Quick-Lock Fitting Guide FP 832.

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 7 of 16

Fabricated Reducing Tees


with Flanged Branch

Fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) reducing fittings with flanged branch
Nominal Pipe Size
(run x run x branch)

mm
450x450x25
450x450x40
450x450x50
450x450x80
450x450x100
450x450x150
450x450x200
450x450x250
450x450x300
500x500x25
500x500x40
500x500x50
500x500x80
500x500x100
500x500x150
500x500x200
500x500x250
500x500x300
600x600x25
600x600x40
600x600x50
600x600x80
600x600x100
600x600x150
600x600x200
600x600x250
600x600x300
700x700x25
700x700x40
700x700x50
700x700x80
700x700x100
700x700x150
700x700x200
700x700x250
700x700x300
750x750x25
750x750x40
750x750x50
750x750x80
750x750x100
750x750x150
750x750x200
750x750x250
750x750x300
800x800x25
800x800x40
800x800x50
800x800x80
800x800x100
800x800x150
800x800x200
800x800x250
800x800x300

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 8 of 16

inch
18x18x1
18x18x11/2
18x18x2
18x18x3
18x18x4
18x18x6
18x18x8
18x18x10
18x18x10
20x20x1
20x20x11/2
20x20x2
20x20x3
20x20x4
20x20x6
20x20x8
20x20x10
20x20x12
24x24x1
24x24x11/2
24x24x2
24x24x3
24x24x4
24x24x6
24x24x8
24x24x10
24x24x12
28x28x1
28x28x11/2
28x28x2
28x28x3
28x28x4
28x28x6
28x28x8
28x28x10
28x28x12
30x30x1
30x30x11/2
30x30x2
30x30x3
30x30x4
30x30x6
30x30x8
30x30x10
30x30x12
32x32x1
32x32x11/2
32x32x2
32x32x3
32x32x4
32x32x6
32x32x8
32x32x10
32x32x12

Laying
Length
half run
L1
mm
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213

Overall Socket Laying Maximum Weight


Length Depth Length Working
half run
branch Pressure
OL1
Ds1
L2
mm
mm
mm
bar
kg
202
114
388
16
31.7
202
114
393
16
32.0
202
114
407
16
33.0
214
114
407
16
37.1
227
114
407
16
41.2
252
114
427
16
49.4
277
114
441
14
58.8
302
114
461
12
67.9
327
114
473
10
80.0
215
127
412
16
35.8
215
127
417
16
36.0
215
127
431
16
37.0
227
127
431
16
41.4
240
127
431
16
45.9
265
127
451
16
54.8
290
127
465
14
64.9
315
127
485
12
74.6
340
127
497
10
87.4
266
178
460
16
51.8
266
178
465
16
52.0
266
178
479
16
53.0
278
178
479
16
58.2
291
178
479
16
63.4
316
178
499
16
73.7
335
178
513
14
85.2
360
178
533
12
96.4
385
178
545
10
110.6
266
178
521
16
59.3
266
178
526
16
59.5
266
178
540
16
60.5
278
178
540
16
66.5
291
178
540
16
72.6
316
178
560
16
84.5
335
178
574
14
97.7
360
178
594
12
110.5
385
178
606
10
126.4
266
178
546
16
63.2
266
178
551
16
63.4
266
178
565
16
64.4
278
178
565
16
70.8
291
178
565
16
77.1
316
178
585
16
89.8
335
178
599
14
103.7
360
178
619
12
117.2
385
178
631
10
133.8
266
178
571
16
66.9
266
178
576
16
67.2
266
178
590
16
68.1
278
178
590
16
74.9
291
178
590
16
81.6
316
178
610
16
94.9
335
178
624
14
108.6
360
178
644
12
122.0
385
178
656
10
138.3

Fabricated Reducing Tees


with Flanged Branch

Nominal Pipe Size


(run x run x branch)

(continued)
mm
900x900x25
900x900x40
900x900x50
900x900x80
900x900x100
900x900x150
900x900x200
900x900x250
900x900x300

Concentric Reducers

inch
36x36x1
36x36x11/2
36x36x2
36x36x3
36x36x4
36x36x6
36x36x8
36x36x10
36x36x12

Reducer with both ends


taper sockets

Overall Socket Laying Maximum Weight


Length Depth Length Working
half run
branch Pressure
OL1
Ds1
L2
mm
mm
mm
bar
kg
291
203
621
16
78.3
291
203
626
16
78.6
291
203
640
16
79.6
303
203
640
16
87.0
316
203
640
16
94.4
341
203
660
16
109.2
366
203
674
14
125.2
391
203
694
12
140.8
416
203
706
10
159.5

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral adhesive


bonding socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size

Reducer with taper socket at


large end and Quick-Lock
socket at minor end

Laying
Length
half run
L1
mm
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213

mm
450x400
500x400
500x450
600x400
600x450
600x500
700x400
700x450
700x500
700x600
750x400
750x450
750x500
750x600
750x700
800x400
800x450
800x500
800x600
800x700
800x750
900x500
900x600
900x700
900x750
900x800

inch
18x16
20x16
20x18
24x16
24x18
24x20
28x16
28x18
28x20
28x24
30x16
30x18
30x20
30x24
30x28
32x16
32x18
32x20
32x24
32x28
32x30
36x20
36x24
36x28
36x30
36x32

Laying
Length
L
mm
103
225
123
453
353
230
765
661
542
311
876
775
653
422
111
1023
920
798
570
259
148
1029
799
487
375
227

Overall Socket Socket Maximum Weight


Length Depth Depth Working
OL
Ds1
Ds2
Pressure
mm
mm
mm
bar
kg
319
114
102
16
12.7
454
127
102
16
22.6
364
127
114
16
18.9
733
178
102
16
48.4
645
178
114
16
44.3
535
178
127
16
38.5
1045
178
102
16
79.0
953
178
114
16
74.0
847
178
127
16
69.0
667
178
178
16
67.3
1156
178
102
16
111.6
1067
178
114
16
106.6
958
178
127
16
99.6
778
178
178
16
87.2
467
178
178
16
57.2
1303
178
102
16
139.4
1212
178
114
16
125.4
1103
178
127
16
108.8
926
178
178
16
94.3
615
178
178
16
81.8
504
178
178
16
70.9
1359
203
127
16
210.0
1180
203
178
16
176.1
868
203
178
16
140.2
756
203
178
16
125.9
608
203
178
16
105.5

Note:
Sizes 450 mm (18") and up have taper sockets,
Sizes 400 mm (16") and down have Quick-Lock sockets.

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 9 of 16

Couplings

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper


adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size

mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

Nipples

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Laying
Length

Overall
Length

Socket
Depth

L
mm
70
70
70
70
70
70
70

OL
mm
298
324
426
426
426
426
476

Ds
mm
114
127
178
178
178
178
203

Nominal Maximum Weight


Outside Working
Diameter Pressure
OD
mm
bar
kg
453
16
10.7
524
16
13.0
628
16
24.2
744
16
23.5
789
16
24.5
849
16
27.0
944
16
34.5

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with Taper-Taper adhesive


bonding spigot ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Laying
Length
L
mm
278
304
406
406
406
406
456

Gap*

mm
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Weight

kg
5.9
7.8
11.7
21.1
21.9
29.0
35.9

* Remaining gap after bonding socket ends on both sides

H.D. Flange Nipples


(transition nipple)

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with Taper-Taper to QuickLock adhesive bonding spigot ends
Nominal Pipe
Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 10 of 16

Laying
Length
L
mm
238
263
338
374
387
400
410

Gap

mm
19
25
33
44
44
44
44

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Weight

kg
5.0
6.7
11.7
19.5
20.9
28.7
30.0

Reducing Saddles with


Socket Branch

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe saddles with reduced branch.
Nominal Pipe
Size

mm
450x25
450x40
450x50
450x80
450x100
450x150
500x25
500x40
500x50
500x80
500x100
500x150
600x25
600x40
600x50
600x80
600x100
600x150
700x25
700x40
700x50
700x80
700x100
700x150
750x25
750x40
750x50
750x80
750x100
750x150
800x25
800x40
800x50
800x80
800x100
900x25
900x40
900x50
900x80
900x100
900x150

inch
18x1
18x11/2
18x2
18x3
18x4
18x6
20x1
20x11/2
20x2
20x3
20x4
20x6
24x1
24x11/2
24x2
24x3
24x4
24x6
28x1
28x11/2
28x2
28x3
28x4
28x6
30x1
30x11/2
30x2
30x3
30x4
30x6
32x1
32x11/2
32x2
32x3
32x4
36x1
36x11/2
36x2
36x3
36x4
36x6

Saddle Saddle Laying Socket Saddle Maximum Wght Required


Angle Thickn. Length Depth Length Working
Adhesive
Pressure
kits

ts
L
Ds
B
(*)
(**)
degrees mm
mm
mm
mm
bar
kg 3 Oz 6 Oz
90
33
337
27
152
12
3.4
1
90
33
337
32
152
12
3.2
1
1
90
33
337
46
152
12
3.2
1
90
33
337
46
241
10
4.6
1
1
90
33
337
46
305
10
5.5
2
90
33
356
57
432
10
6.2
3
90
33
362
27
152
12
3.8
1
90
33
362
32
152
12
3.6
1
1
90
33
362
46
152
12
3.6
1
90
33
362
46
241
10
5.2
1
1
90
33
362
46
305
10
6.2
2
90
33
381
57
432
10
7.2
3
90
33
413
27
152
12
4.5
1
90
33
413
32
152
12
4.3
1
1
90
33
413
46
152
12
4.3
1
90
33
413
46
241
10
6.3
1
1
90
33
413
46
305
10
7.6
2
90
33
432
57
432
10
9.2
3
90
33
477
27
152
12
5.4
1
1
90
33
477
32
152
12
5.2
1
2
90
33
477
46
152
12
5.2
1
1
90
33
477
46
241
10
7.8
1
2
90
33
477
46
305
10
9.4
1
3
90
33
496
57
432
10
11.8
1
4
90
33
502
27
152
12
5.8
1
1
90
33
502
32
152
12
5.6
1
2
90
33
502
46
152
12
5.6
1
1
90
33
502
46
241
10
8.4
1
2
90
33
502
46
305
10
10.2
1
3
90
33
512
57
432
10
12.9
1
4
90
33
528
27
152
12
6.2
1
1
90
33
528
32
152
12
6.0
1
2
90
33
528
46
152
12
6.0
1
1
90
33
528
46
241
10
9.0
1
2
90
33
528
46
305
10
10.9
1
3
90
33
581
27
152
12
6.9
2
90
33
581
32
152
12
6.7
3
90
33
581
46
152
12
6.7
2
90
33
581
46
241
10
10.1
3
90
33
581
46
305
10
12.4
4
90
33
614
57
432
10
16.0
5

Note:
* All branches have Quick-Lock socket
** Required for saddle to pipe bonding

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 11 of 16

Reducing Saddles with


Flanged Branch

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe saddles with reduced branch.
Nominal
Pipe Size

mm
450x450x25
450x450x40
450x450x50
450x450x80
450x450x100
450x450x150
500x500x25
500x500x40
500x500x50
500x500x80
500x500x100
500x500x150
600x600x25
600x600x40
600x600x50
600x600x80
600x600x100
600x600x150
700x700x25
700x700x40
700x700x50
700x700x80
700x700x100
700x700x150
750x750x25
750x750x40
750x750x50
750x750x80
750x750x100
750x750x150
800x800x25
800x800x40
800x800x50
800x800x80
800x800x100
900x900x25
900x900x40
900x900x50
900x900x80
900x900x100
900x900x150

inch
18x18x1
18x18x11/2
18x18x2
18x18x3
18x18x4
18x18x6
20x20x1
20x20x11/2
20x20x2
20x20x3
20x20x4
20x20x6
24x24x1
24x24x11/2
24x24x2
24x24x3
24x24x4
24x24x6
28x28x1
28x28x11/2
28x28x2
28x28x3
28x28x4
28x28x6
30x30x1
30x30x11/2
30x30x2
30x30x3
30x30x4
30x30x6
32x32x1
32x32x11/2
32x32x2
32x32x3
32x32x4
36x36x1
36x36x11/2
36x36x2
36x36x3
36x36x4
36x36x6

Saddle Saddle Laying Saddle Maximum WeightRequired


Angle Thickn. Length Length Working with Adhesive
Pressure CL.150
kits

ts
L
B
(*)
flange
degrees mm
mm
mm
bar
kg 3Oz 6Oz
90
33
330
152
12
3.8 1
90
33
330
152
12
3.8 1
1
90
33
368
152
12
4.4 1
90
33
368
241
10
6.4 1
1
90
33
368
305
10
7.8 2
90
33
384
432
10
9.8 3
90
33
356
152
12
4.2 1
90
33
356
152
12
4.2 1
1
90
33
394
152
12
4.8 1
90
33
394
241
10
7.0 1
1
90
33
394
305
10
8.5 2
90
33
413
432
10
10.8 3
90
33
406
152
12
4.9 1
90
33
406
152
12
4.9 1
1
90
33
444
152
12
5.5 1
90
33
444
241
10
8.1 1
1
90
33
444
305
10
9.9 2
90
33
463
432
10
12.8 3
90
33
470
152
12
5.8 1
1
90
33
470
152
12
5.8 1
2
90
33
499
152
12
6.4 1
1
90
33
499
241
10
9.6 1
2
90
33
499
305
10
11.7 1
3
90
33
526
432
10
15.4 1
4
90
33
495
152
12
6.2 1
1
90
33
495
152
12
6.2 1
2
90
33
533
152
12
6.8 1
1
90
33
533
241
10
10.2 1
2
90
33
533
305
10
12.5 1
3
90
33
552
432
10
16.5 1
4
90
33
521
152
12
6.6 1
1
90
33
521
152
12
6.6 1
2
90
33
559
152
12
7.2 1
1
90
33
559
241
10
10.8 1
2
90
33
559
305
10
13.2 1
3
90
33
572
152
12
7.3 2
90
33
572
152
12
7.3 3
90
33
610
152
12
7.9 2
90
33
610
241
10
11.9 3
90
33
610
305
10
14.7 4
90
33
631
432
10
19.6 5

Note:
* Flanges on branches are of the H.D. Quick-Lock type

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 12 of 16

Saddles
(Wear, supporting, anchor)

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) saddles for wear, supporting and
anchoring.
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Saddle Saddle
Angle Thickn.

ts
angle
mm
180
16
180
16
180
16
180
16
180
16
180
16
180
16

Weight at
Required
Weight at
Required
B=100mm Adhesive kits B=150mm Adhesive kits
kg
2.1
2.4
2.8
3.4
3.7
3.9
4.4

3 Oz
1
1
1
1

6 Oz
1
1
1
2
2
2
2

kg
3.2
3.6
4.3
5.1
5.5
5.8
6.5

3 Oz
-

6 Oz
2
2
2
3
3
3
4

Notes:
* Filament-wound 180 blank saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps, as well as for
anchoring purposes.
* Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm and are identical for all pipe series.
* For other saddle-lenghts and/or angles, contact Ameron.

Grounding Saddles

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) saddles for grounding of series


7000M pipe
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Saddle
Angle

deg
221/2
221/2
221/2
221/2
221/2
221/2
221/2

Saddle
Length
B
mm
76
76
76
76
76
76
76

Saddle
Thickness
ts
mm
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

Weight

kg
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4

Required
Adhesive kits
3 Oz
1
1
1
1
1

6 Oz
1
1
1
1

Note:
* Grounding saddles are intended for use in systems employing 7000M antistatic pipe. Bondstrand antistatic
adhesive should be used for mounting. Saddles come with cable having a length of 600 mm.

Stub-end Flanges

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive


bonding socket stub ends and steel backing rings
Nominal
Pipe Size

mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Laying
Length

Overall
Length

L
mm
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

OL
mm
134
147
198
198
198
198
223

Socket
Face
Ring to
Depth Diameter Face
Stub-end
Ds
RF
H
mm
mm
mm
114
532
35
127
580
39
178
674
47
178
800
51
178
850
46
178
900
48
203
1000
53

Maximum Weight
Working
GRE
Pressure stub-end
only
bar
kg
16
11.1
16
13.2
16
17.2
16
21.0
16
24.4
16
21.8
16
30.8

Notes:
* Stub-end-flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face. Specify on order.
* Up to 10 bar stub-ends without O-ring grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or compressed fibre gaskets.
* For pressures of 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on request.
* Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange, e.g. use a stub-end without
groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 13 of 16

Steel Rings for Stub-End


Flanges

Nominal Pipe
Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

ANSI B16.5
Class 150
D
weight
mm
kg
50.2
39.7
52.0
50.6
63.7
86.1
69.0
100.5
71.6
117.0
76.9
153.5
85.4
197.2

ANSI B16.5
ISO 7005.2 &
Class 300 DIN 2632 PN10
D
weight
D
weight
mm
kg
mm
kg
63.6
85.5
42
27.2
66.5
104.1
45
34.7
78.4
182.9
52
55.3
95.6
213.4
57
78.8
99.9
229.3
106.2
289.0
62
95.3
117.7
424.1
66
111.8

ISO 7005.2 &


DIN 2633 PN16
D
weight
mm
kg
50
40.9
54
59.8
63
72.2
59
101.9
66
105.7
71
125.1

Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.

Recommended Maximum
Bolt Torque

Recommended maximum bolt torque for Stub-End flanges.


Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on pressure,
pipe size and number of bolts.
If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10 bar) refer to the bolt-torques shown at
the H.D. flanges.

H.D. Flanges

Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) H.D. flanges with Quick-Lock


adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal Pipe
Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Laying
Length
L
mm
9
10
11
13
13
13
13

Overall
Length
D
mm
114
121
138
165
178
191
176

Socket Depth
Ds
mm
105
111
127
152
165
178
163

Spigot
Diameter
Sd (*)
mm
455.6
506.4
608.0
736.1
788.2
840.3
943.2

Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
14
14
14
14
14
14
12

Notes:
* These flanges can be adhesive bonded to fittings by using a Quick-Lock to Taper-Taper flange (transition)
nipple.
* For bonding to pipe a straight spigot has to be shaved on the pipe.

Weight of H.D. Flanges


with Quick-Lock Socket
per Drilling Class

Nominal Pipe
Size
mm
inch
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36

ANSI B16.5
CL.150
kg
32.1
40.1
57.7
73.3
87.5
112.4
116.3

Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 14 of 16

ANSI B 16.5
CL.300
kg
48.1
59.7
92.2
122.8
142.0
163.6
174.1

ISO 7005.2
PN10
kg
28.1
34.0
47.8
61.5
75.6
89.8
89.2

ISO 7005.2
PN16
kg
32.9
44.2
67.1
66.0
79.0
92.8
92.1

Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy Blind Flanges for
10 bar

Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) blind flanges.


Nominal Pipe
Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Flange
Thickness
D
mm
60
60
65
70
75
80
85

ANSI B16.5
CL.150

ANSI B 16.5
CL.300

ISO 7005.2
PN10

ISO 7005.2
PN16

kg
36.5
44.1
65.0
90.7
110.1
125.3
175.0

kg
44.9
53.8
81.2
111.7
133.1
154.5
202.9

kg
34.4
41.0
60.3
85.7
96.0
106.3
161.9

kg
36.9
46.1
69.4
8.6
96.4
106.8
163.3

ANSI B16.5
CL.150

ANSI B 16.5
CL.300

ISO 7005.2
PN10

ISO 7005.2
PN16

kg
42.6
51.4
85.0
110.2
132.1
147.5
205.9

kg
52.4
62.8
106.2
135.7
159.7
183.7
238.7

kg
40.1
47.9
78.8
104.1
129.4
154.7
190.5

kg
43.1
53.8
90.7
106.4
115.6
124.8
192.1

Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.

Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy Blind Flanges for
16 bar

Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) blind flanges.


Nominal Pipe Size Flange
Thickness
D
mm
inch
mm
450
18
70
500
20
70
600
24
85
700
28
85
750
30
90
800
32
95
900
36
100

Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.

Recommended Maximum
Bolt Torque

Recommended maximum bolt torque for Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE)


H.D. flanges and blind flanges.
Nominal Pipe Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900

inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36

Torque Increments
N.m
80
80
100
100
100
100
100

Final Torque
N.m
400
400
500
500
500
500
500

Notes:
* For pressures up to 16 bar full face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
* Also 3 mm thick compressed fibre gaskets, compatible with the pressure, temperature and chemical, may be
used, of which the mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
* Please be aware that overtorquing may result in flange failure.
* Bolt tightening sequense to be diametrically opposite.

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 15 of 16

Field Testing

Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.

Surge Pressure

Maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.

Conversions

1 psi
1 bar
1 Mpa
1 Gpa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
1 ft
C

Important Notice

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet: www.ameron-intl.com

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6895 Pa
105 Pa
106 Pa
109 Pa
25.4 mm
0.1442 W/mK
0.3048 m
5
/9 (F - 32)

= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 14.5 psi
= 145000 psi

= 1.02 kg/cm2
10.2 kg/cm2
= 10200 kg/cm2

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein.
Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345 587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561
email: info@ameron-fpg.nl

Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 16 of 16

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+31) 862 1302/861-7834
email: info@ameron.com.sg

Bondstrand Installation
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP

Quick-Lock
Adhesive-bonded
Bell and Spigot Joints
for Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems

Introduction

Follow these instructions to make the Quick-Lock bell and spigot joint for Bondstrand
pipe and fittings using Ameron epoxy or vinylester adhesives. The instructions show
you how to cut the pipe, prepare the pipe ends, mix and apply the adhesive, make the
joint and cure the adhesive.
To determine the appropriate Bondstrand adhesive for your installation, consult
Bondstrand Chemical Resistance Guide, FP132. FP132 is available from Ameron or
your Bondstrand supplier.
Complete usage instructions for the adhesives are contained in each adhesive kit. Store
adhesives at temperatures below 100F (38C). Use adhesives before the date
stamped on the adhesive kit package.

The Quick-Lock joint has been used


successfully in Bondstrand fiberglass
piping systems throughout the world
for over thirty-five years. Typical of
Bondstrand installations is this vacuum
unit drain piping in a Saudi Arabian
desalination plant.

ISO-9001

CERTIFICATED FIRM

FP170E (8/00)

Cutting pipe

Measure the desired length and scribe the pipe using a pipefitters wraparound or
heating blanket. When holding the pipe in a vise, use a 14-inch (6 mm) thick rubber pad
(or equal) to protect the pipe from damage. Use a hacksaw or power saw with abrasive
wheel to cut the pipe. Check the squareness of cut. Pipe up to 4 inches (100 mm)
should be square to within 116 inch (1.5 mm); larger pipe to within 18 inch (3 mm). Use a
disc grinder or file to correct squareness.
Danger! Do not inhale dust produced by cutting and grinding. Provide adequate
ventilation or wear OSHA-approved dust mask.

Scribe the pipe with chalk or a white


marker to assure squareness of cut
(top). Bondstrand pipe may be cut
using a fine-tooth hacksaw or a power
saw with abrasive wheel (bottom). See
FP811 AMERON RECOMMENDED SAFETY
PRACTICES for proper personal
protective equipment.

End preparation

Use the Bondstrand B-1 end preparation tool for 2 through 8-inch sizes. For 10-inch
pipe and larger, several shavers are available from Ameron and are referenced in the
equipment list at the end of these instructions. Instructions for adjusting and operating
the end preparation tools are provided with the tools. The instructions may also be
obtained from your local Bondstrand representative.

End preparation
(continued)

End preparation tools can be used manually, but a portable power drive is advisable if
preparing a number of joints. Check the OD of the prepared end with a Pi Tape to ensure
the following dimensions are obtained:

The cutter wheels on the B-1 tool are


designed to cut when the tool is
rotating in the clockwise direction.
Attempts to cut with the tool in
counterclockwise rotation will bend
the cutter wheels and reduce the
effectiveness of the tool. Similarly,
when withdrawing the tool after
completing a cut, stop the drill motor
and simply pull the tool out of the
pipe. Do not reverse the drill rotation
when withdrawing as this will also
tend to bend the cutter wheels.

The B-1 tool (top) requires no adjustment


and is used to prepare pipe ends in sizes to
8 inches. Pipe ends in 10 and 12 inch sizes
are prepared with the M74 tool. The M80 tool
(not shown) is used for larger sizes.

Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

Prepared Spigot Diameter


maximum
minimum
(in)
(mm)
(in)
(mm)
1.29
32.9
1.28
32.5
1.88
47.8
1.87
47.5
2.35
59.6
2.33
59.2
3.47
88.0
3.45
87.6
4.45
112.9
4.43
112.5
5.51
139.9
5.49
139.5
6.56
166.6
6.54
166.2
8.56
217.4
8.54
217.0
10.70
271.7
10.68
271.3
12.70
322.6
12.68
322.2
13.95
354.2
13.93
353.8
15.93
404.5
15.91
404.1

All bonding surfaces must be clean and dry and must be sanded within two hours of
assembly. Sand the bonding surfaces with a 14-inch drill motor and flapper sander.
See the equipment list at the end of these instructions for drill motor and flapper
sander specifications. Sanded surfaces should show a dull, fresh finish, not a
polished look. Dont forget to sand the end of the spigot.

End preparation
(continued)

Wipe the sanded surfaces thoroughly with a clean, dry cloth, or use a duster brush to
remove dust particles. If surfaces become wet, warm with Bondstrand heating blanket
or hot air gun until dry, then resand. Protect the bonding surfaces from moisture during
bad weather by tenting over the working area. Do not touch the prepared surfaces with
bare hands or soiled gloves that would leave an oily film.
Caution: Clean and dry sanded surfaces are required for proper bonding.

When using pneumatic tools, the


air supply must be dry and
oil-free as moisture or oil on
bonding surfaces will interfere
with the adhesive.

Check the outside diameter of the prepared


pipe end with a Pi Tape (left). Permissible
diameter ranges are marked on the tape
and must conform to the values tabulated
on the previous page. Sand all bonding
surfaces within two hours of applying
adhesive: the inside of the fitting (top right),
the cut end of the pipe
(center left), and the outside of the spigot
(bottom left). Remove dust from all sanded
surfaces with a clean rag (bottom right).

Spigot insertion depths


and diameters

Measure back from the end of the spigot the distance shown in the following table and
scribe a line using a white grease pencil or soapstone. When the spigot is bottomed to
the pipe stop in the bell, the scribed line will be 1 inch (25 mm) from the end of the bell.
Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

Mark in from
spigot end
(in)
(mm)
52
2 116
2.14
57
2.1316
71
2.1316
71
2.1316
71
3.14
82
3.14
82
89
3.1 2
3.34
95
4.
101
114
4.1 2
5.
127

Before applying adhesive, put an


insertion depth reference mark on the
spigot by measuring back from the pipe
end by the amount tabulated above.
After joining, the reference mark should
be 1 inch from the end of the bell.

Alignment of fittings

To ensure proper alignment of fittings, matchmark the mating pieces before applying
adhesive. Taking care to avoid contaminating the bonding surfaces, dry fit the pieces,
then mark each piece for subsequent realignment.

Assure proper alignment of


fittings by matchmarking the
mating pieces while dry fitting.

Applying the adhesive

Select the adhesive kit per the following table:


Bonds per Kit
Kit
Size

Nominal Pipe Size (in/mm)

(fl oz)

1/25

1.5/40

2/50

3/80

4/100

5/125

3
5
8

10

6
10

4
7
10

3
5
8

2
3
6

1
2
5

6/150 8/200 10/250

1
1
3

2
1
2

2
1
2

12/300 14/350

2
1
1

16/400

1
2
1

2
1

Important: Be aware of the working time available after the adhesive has been mixed.
It may not be possible to achieve the listed number of bonds in the smaller
sizes because of the available working time (pot life) of the adhesive. See
the adhesive kit package for the approximate working times.

Add all of the hardener to the resin (left).


After mixing thoroughly, apply a thin layer
to the inside of the bell (right).

When the joint is ready to be bonded, add the curing agent to the resin. Stir thoroughly
for at least one minute or until no streaks are visible. Apply the mixed adhesive to the
bonding surfaces immediately.
If the mix has started to gel in the container, discard and start a new kit.
Appearance of gelled or lumpy material indicates that the mix has started to cure.
Use the disposable spatula supplied in the kit to apply a thin layer (132 inch or 1 mm) of
adhesive to the surface of the bell including the pipe stop. Excess adhesive in the bell
will restrict flow inside the joint. Apply adhesive liberally to the entire spigot surface and
a thin layer to the cut end of the pipe. Excess adhesive on the spigot surface will be
forced out when the bell and the spigot are joined.

Proper adhesive application

In a properly made joint, the adhesive applied to the bell is pushed to the inside of the
joint where it forms a bead that protects the cut edge of the pipe. Excess adhesive
applied to the pipe spigot is pushed to the outside of the joint and can be easily
removed.
Too much adhesive in the bell may restrict flow through the pipe.

Apply a generous layer of adhesive to the


outside of the spigot (left). In addition,
apply a thin layer of adhesive to the cut
end of the pipe (right).

When the joint is assembled, some of the


adhesive in the bell is pushed to the inside
by the end of the spigot. When correctly
applied, a thin layer of adhesive in the bell
(center) forms a small bead that will
protect the cut end of the pipe.

Correct

Too much adhesive in the bell may restrict


flow inside the pipe (bottom).

Incorrect

Joint assembly

Without rotating the spigot, insert it into the bell until it rests firmly against the pipe stop.
For 6-inch (150 mm) pipe and larger, use a comealong to seat the joint and hold it in
place. Support the bands on wooden blocks on each side of the joint so the comealong
can remain snug while the heating blanket is wrapped around the joint and the joint is
cured. Joints 6 inches or less in size may be made by tapping on a wooden block
placed over pipe end to seat the spigot in bell.

Before joining the pipe, align the faces of


the bell and spigot parallel with one
another (left). When making largediameter joints, use a comealong to join
the pipe (right) and to hold the joint
together during the cure.

Joint assembly
(continued)

Join fittings to pipe using one of the two methods described above. It may be
necessary to back up an elbow, tee, lateral, etc., with a sandbag or similar shock
absorber while tapping pipe spigots into fittings.
Caution: Never use a metal hammer directly on Bondstrand pipe or fittings.

Joints in the small diameters can be made


up with a rubber mallet (or equal) and a
block of wood (left). Never strike pipe or
fittings directly with a hammer or mallet.
Check the insertion depth after making the
joint (right). The reference mark should be 1
inch from the end of the bell.

When mounting a flange, make sure that


the vertical (center left) and rotational
alignment (bottom right) meet the
requirements stated in the text.

Remove excess adhesive for good


appearance (second from top
left). Sand the inside of the flange
before applying adhesive (second
from bottom left). Clean excess
adhesive where the flange lip
contacts the spigot to avoid
contamination of the flange
face (bottom left).

Align flanges, tees and other fittings to the matchmarks as you make the joint to avoid
rotating the part while assembling. Check rotational alignment of flange bolt holes and
squareness of flange faces. Flanges with bolt holes more than 116 inch (1.5 mm) out of
rotational alignment, or faces more than 116 inch out of square across the flange face, or
any angular errors of more than 1 2 in the axial or rotational alignment of bell and spigot
are likely to cause subsequent assembly problems. If the joint is misaligned, pull it
apart, remove adhesive from the pipe stop area, reapply adhesive and rejoin before
adhesive starts to set up.

Force curing adhesive joints

When force curing the adhesive, place the thermostat end of the Bondstrand heating
blanket against the assembled joint with the thermostat side facing out. Wrap the
remainder of the blanket around the joint so that any overlap covers the thermostat. Tie
the blanket in place with any nonconducting tie.
In general, Ameron recommends the use of insulation around the heating blanket. This
is essential when the air temperature is below 40F (4C). Fiberglass insulation backed
with aluminum foil generally works well. Insulation should overlap the blanket sides
about 4 inches (100 mm) each way and be tied down near the edges to trap the heat.
Turn on the heating blanket and mark the starting time on the pipe. Check the blanket
after a short period to assure it is heating.
A 30-minute cure is recommended for joining pipe and mounting flanges and a
45-minute cure for joining fittings.

Position the heating blanket with


the thermostat facing out (left).
Wrap the loose end of the blanket over
the thermostat and secure with an
electrically nonconductive tie (right).

Mark the starting time for the cure on the


pipe (center right). If the temperature
might drop below 40F (4C), insulate
the blanket with fiberglass insulation
backed with aluminum foil or the
equivalent (bottom right).

Caution: Do not move, vibrate, or

Force curing flanges

Flange mounting requires a special blanket wrap. Lay the blanket flat with the
thermostat down and, starting at the thermostat end, roll it up. Insert the rolled blanket
into the pipe end to the depth of the fresh joint, leaving the cord and part of the blanket
exposed as shown. Fill the space inside the rolled blanket with fiberglass insulation to
ensure that the blanket remains snugly against the inside joint surface.

When curing a flange, place the heating


blanket inside the pipe so that the
thermostat faces the center of the pipe.
Insulate the space inside the blanket.

Equipment list

The following tools are recommended for installing Bondstrand pipe:


(a)

(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)

When using pneumatic tools, the


air supply must be dry and
oil-free as moisture or oil on
bonding surfaces will interfere
with the adhesive.

(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)

10

B-1 end preparation tool (1 to 8 inch) (FP376 B-1 TOOL INSTALLATION GUIDE)
M80 pipe shaver and arbors (10 to 16 inch) (FP515 M80 PIPE SHAVER INSTRUCTIONS)
Note: M74 pipe shaver can be used for (2 to 12 inch)
Hacksaw or power saw with abrasive wheel
Half-inch heavy-duty drill operating at 450 to 600 rpm; preferably with pistol grip,
spade grip and side handles (Black and Decker Model 1321)
Pipe vise (Pilot No. 20) and 14-inch (6 mm) thick elastomeric pads
Flapper wheel sander (available from Ameron) with electric or air drill motor with
14-inch (6 mm) drive, 1700-2200 rpm (faster drills will produce a polished surface)
Rubber mallet, 2 lb (1 kg), Shore Durometer A 70-80, 212 to 3 inch diameter
Comealong for 6-inch (150 mm) pipe and larger, Dayton No. 2Z614
Heating blankets (four sizes available from Ameron)
Pipefitters wraparound, level and white grease pencil or soapstone
Duster brush and clean rags
Dust mask, eye protection and gloves
Folding rule, 10 ft (3 m)
Tape , 50 ft (15 m)
Portable power drive, Ridgid No. 700 or Amaz-O-Thred 181D for M74 and M80
pipe shavers
Pi Tape measuring tape
Disc grinder or file (optional)

Equipment list
(continued)

The B-1 pipe tool is available in sizes from


1 through 8 inches. Tools for the 2, 3 and
4-inch sizes are seen here (left). Pipe is
most easily cut using a power saw with
abrasive wheel (right).

The B-1 pipe tool requires a 12 inch drill


motor with handles on both sides (left), and,
preferably, a spade grip. A pipe vise and
14-inch rubber pads (or equal) are highly
recommended for cutting, end preparation
and spool work (upper right). Bonding
surfaces must be sanded using a 40-grit
flapper sander (lower right).

Small-diameter joints may be made up


with a rubber mallet (or equal) and wooden
block (left). Large-diameter joint make-up
requires comealongs (right).

Adhesives for the Quick-Lock joint are


force-cured with Ameron electric heating
blankets (left). An ample supply of clean
rags and dust brushes is required to keep
all bonding surfaces clean (right).

A pipefitters wraparound, a level and a


grease pencil are suggested for alignment
and marking (left). Essential safety wear
includes eye protection, dust mask and
clean cotton gloves (right).

11

Conversions

Important Notice

1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2


1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lbin = 0.113 Nm
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
C = 5/9 (F - 32)

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability
whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to change.

FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - HEADQUARTERS


P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834
info@ameron.com.sg

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com

1982 Ameron FP170E (8/00) supersedes FP170D (9/96) Printed in U.S.A. 7.5M [124]

Bondstrand Installation

Assembly Instructions
for Bondstrand Taper / Taper
adhesive-bonded joints

Introduction
These instructions describe the assembly of the Bondstrand Taper / Taper adhesivebonded joint and show how to cut the pipe, prepare the pipe ends, mix and apply the
adhesive, make the joint and cure the adhesive.
They form complete assembly instructions together with the appropriate
Bondstrand Adhesive Product Data sheet
Bondstrand Pipe Shaver Instruction sheet
Bondstrand Heating Blanket Data sheet

adhesive kit

pipe shaver

heating blanket

To determine the appropriate adhesive, refer to the Bondstrand Chemical Resistance


Guide or consult Ameron.
Bondstrand adhesives should be stored at temperatures between 5C and 35C.
Adhesives should not be used after the expiry date stamped on the adhesive package.

Ameron 1997 FP564 A (9/97). Printed in The Netherlands.

Cutting of pipe

determining length

scribing the pipe

1. Determine the desired length.


a Scribe the pipe using a pipe fitters wrap-around.
b When holding the pipe in a vice, use rubber padding or similar to protect the pipe from
damage.
c Contaminated pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to machining the pipe ends.
2. Cut the pipe.
a Use a hacksaw or an abrasive wheel.
b Ensure that cut ends remain within the tolerances as shown in table A.
c These tolerances can be checked by using e.g. the arbor of the shaver flush with the cut
end of the pipe.

Table A: Maximum tolerance on squareness of cut spigot end


(mm)

Pipe Size Range


(inch)

A
(mm)

25 - 100
150 - 400
400 - 1000

1-4
6 - 16
16 - 40

1.5
3.0
5.0

d Various types of shavers are available for shaving the pipe ends, subject to the pipe size
(table B).
squareness tolerance

Table B: Available taper shavers


Pipe Size range

pipe shaving set

Type

(mm)

(inch)

50 - 150
150 - 400
400 - 600
600 -1000

2-6
6 -16
16 - 24
24 - 40

M86
M87
M87XL
M95

Shaving
3. Support and fix the pipe firmly.
a

Prevent the pipe from being damaged.

supporting of pipe

4. Carefully insert the arbor into de pipe.


a

Fix the arbor to the inside of the pipe by turning the central tensioning bolt clockwise.

5. Adjust the shaver to the required pipe size.


a Be sure to use the correct taper angle.
b Take care when shaving the first layer, because the pipewall may be not be equally thick
on all sides.
c For shaver information and operation instructions refer to the applicable Bondstrand
Pipe Shaver Operation Instructions.
insertion arbor with shaver

taper joint

Table C: Shaving dimensions per pressure class


Pipe Size
taper
insert. nose
spigot
angle
depth thick. diam.
mm
inch degr.
mm
mm
mm
10 bar
50
2
13/4
50
1
55.2
80
3
13/4
50
1
83.8
100
4
13/4
50
1
107.2
150
6
21/2
50
1
161.0
80
1
210.8
200
8
21/2
80
1
264.9
250
10
21/2
300
12
21/2
80
1
315.7
350
14
21/2
80
1.5
347.4
110
1.5
396.7
400
16
21/2
110
1.5
436.8
450
18
21/2
500
20
21/2
110
2
486.1
600
24
21/2
110
2
582.6
140
4
708
700
28
13/4
140
4
758
750
30
13/4
800
32
13/4
170
4
808
900
36
13/4
200
4
908
200
4.5
1009
1000 40
13/4

50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

13/4
13/4
13/4
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
13/4
13/4
13/4
13/4
13/4

16 bar
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2.5
5.5
6
5.5
260/350 6
230/320 8
50
50
50
50
80
110
140
140
170
170
200
230
230
260
290

55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
583.6
711
762
811
912
1016

insert.
depth
mm

nose
thick.
mm
12 bar

spigot
diam
mm

insert.
depth
mm

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
4
4
4
4
200/290 4.5

55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
582.6
708
758
808
908
1009

50
50
50
50
80
110
140
140
170
170
140
170
230
260
230
260
290

20 bar
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2.5
5.5
230/320 6
320
6.5
260/350 7.5

55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
583.6
711
762
813
915

50
80
80
110
140
170
200
170
230
200
230
260

50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
110
110
140
170
170
200
230
260

50
50
50
80
80
110
140
140
170
170
200
230
290

nose
thick.
mm
14 bar

spigot
diam
mm

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
4
4
5.5
6
6.5

55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
582.6
708
758
811
912
1013

25 bar
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
2
2.5
2.5
3
3.5
260/350 7
290/380 8
290/410 8.5

55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
265.9
316.7
348.4
398.7
438.8
488.1
585.6
714
766
817

Pipe Size

taper joint

mm

inch

taper
angle
degr.

50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24

13/4
13/4
13/4
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2

50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

13/4
13/4
13/4
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
2.5
13/4
13/4
13/4
13/4
13/4

insert.
depth
mm
50
80
80
110
140
170
200
230
230
260
290
350

nose
thick.
mm

32 bar
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
2
2.5
2.5
3
3.5

spigot
diam.
mm

insert.
depth
mm

55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
265.9
316.7
348.4
398.7
438.8
488.1
585.6

40 bar
80
1
80
1
110
1.5
140
1.5
170
1.5
200
2.5
260
2.5
260
3
290
3.5
320
4
290/380 4
380/470 4

Series 2000M / 7000M

(140)
(170)
(200)
(170)
(230)
200
230
260
260
260
260
260

(1)
(1.5)
(1.5)
(5.4)
(6.4)
2.5
3
3.5
11.5
13
14
16.5

(210.8)
(265.9)
(316.7)
(348.4)
(398.7)
438.8
488.1
585.6
723.0
776.0
828.0
933.0

(50)
(50)
(50)
80
80
110
140
140
170
170
200
230

nose
thick.
mm

spigot
diam
mm
55.2
83.8
108.2
162.0
211.8
267.9
318.7
350.4
400.7
441.8
490.1
586.6

insert.
depth
mm

nose
thick.
mm

50 bar
80
1
110
1.5
140
2
170
2
200
2.5
260
3
290
3.5
320
4
290/380 4
350/440 4
380/500 4

spigot
diam
mm
55.2
84.8
109.2
163.0
213.8
268.9
320.7
352.4
401.7
441.8
490.1

Series 2020
(1)
(55.2)
(1)
(83.8)
(1)
(107.2)
1
161.0
1
210.8
1
264.9
1
315.7
1.5
347.4
1.5
396.7
1.5
436.8
2
486.1
2.5
583.6

Series 2000M / 7000M sizes up to 400 mm (16) and series 2020 sizes up to 100 mm (4) are with Quick-Lock joints.
Refer to Quick-Lock assembly guide.
Taper data for Quick-Lock sizes shown within (brackets) are only shown for Taper-Bonding reducing fittings, i.e. the
minor outlet of a reducer size 500 x 400 has a taper socket. In the minor outlet of those fittings a Taper to Quick-Lock
transition-adapter has to be bonded. This makes the minor outlet Quick-Lock (male).
In cases where 2 insertion depths are shown, such as 200/290, the first figure shows the insertion depth for pipe
series 3400 and the second for pipe series 2400.

6. Shave the taper spigot.


a Maximum shaving depth / feed is 2 mm.
b Repeat the shaving action until the required spigot diameter / spigot nose thickness is
achieved (table C).
c Due to possible tolerance spreading it is recommended to use a nominal sized dummy
bell end. This may avoid too long or too short assembly lengths. If the insertion depth in
the dummy is too small, the spigot end to be shaved has to be adjusted.
shaving to insertion tolerance

d Shaving the diameter of a taper spigot 1 mm smaller, with a taper angle of 2.5 will result
in 23 mm additional insertion in the socket. For a taper angle of 1.75 this is 33 mm.

Preparing for bonding


7. Sand all bonding surfaces.
a Thoroughly sand within 2 hours from assembly.
b Use flapper wheel sanders with a small drilling machine (1700 - 2000 rpm) or emery
cloth with a grid of 60.
c Bonding surfaces must be dry and clean before sanding. Refer to step 10.
d Sanded surfaces must have a dull, fresh finish, not a polished look.

sanding of spigot

sanding of socket

8. Dry fit and mark the joint.


a

Check the assembly length and mark pipe and fitting for alignment of elbows, flanges,
etc.

alignment mark

b Measure back from the edge of the spigot the required insertion depth plus 50 mm and
scribe a line. After assembly by pulling the joint together the scribe on the pipe should be
50 mm from the end of the bell.

insertion mark

During final assembly the spigot may slip approximately 5 mm further into the bell,
therefor the dry fitted assembly should be approximately 5 mm longer per joint.

position after assembly

9. Install the band clamps.


a

Install the band clamps on both components keeping sufficient space for the winches
when pulling the joint together.
Normally 2 winches will suffice. If needed more winches can be used.

10. Dry the bonding surfaces.


a

If the relative humidity is higher than 75% or if the bonding surfaces are wet they should
be dried.
b A hot air blower or Ameron heating blanket can be used.
use of winches

11. Pre-heat or cool down the bonding surfaces.


a It is recommended to keep the bonding surfaces between 15C and 40C.
b For warming up Ameron heating blankets can be used.
c If the sun will heat up the bonding surfaces to above 40C keep them in the shade if
possible.

12. Re-sand.
a

If the sanded surfaces have been contaminated, or if initial sanding took place more
than 2 hours before assembling, the surfaces should be re-sanded.

13. Clean the sanded surfaces.


a Use a clean dry cloth or brush to remove sanding dust etc.
b Do not touch the sanded surfaces after sanding and cleaning.

cleaning of socket

Preparing the adhesive


14. Select the proper size adhesive kit.
a
b
c
d
e

Table D shows the quantity of adhesive needed for one joint.


More joints may be assembled at the same time.
Make sure the adhesive is not expired. Refer to date stamp on the package.
Never split a package, always prepare complete kits.
Do not use damaged or leaking adhesive kits.

Table D: Adhesive kits per joint. (for 3 Oz kits multiply by 2; for 9 Oz kits multiply by 2/3)
SIZE
inch

mm

10
bar

12
bar

14
bar

16
bar

20
bar

25
bar

32
bar

40
bar

50
bar

2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40

50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000

0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
4
5
6
7

0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
8
7/9

0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
6
7
6
8
10

0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
6
7
8
8/10
8/10

0.1
0.1
0.2
0.4
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
5
7
6/8
8
8/10

0.1
0.2
0.3
0.5
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
5
6/8
7/9
8/11

0.1
0.2
0.3
0.5
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
7

0.1
0.2
0.4
1
2
2
3
3
4
5

0.1
0.3
0.5
1
2
3
3
4
5/6

In cases where 7/9 or 5/6 etc are shown the first figure is valid for Series 3400 and the
second for Series 2400.

15. Prepare the adhesive.


a Add the curing agent to the resin.
b Stir thoroughly until no streaks are visible and the mixture has an even colour (after 2 to 3
minutes).
Table E: Storage and usage of adhesive
Storing temperature
Recommended mixing temperature
Bad processing at temperatures below
Too fast curing at temperatures above
Minimum curing temperature of adhesive

5 - 35C
20 -35C
15C
40C
80C

Make sure that before mixing the adhesive, all preparations have been done and all
parts to be bonded are ready for assembly, because mixed adhesive has a limited potlife
subject to the ambient temperature (table F).
d Apply the adhesive immediately after mixing.
Table F: Potlife of mixed adhesive in minutes
Temperature in C
20
25
30
Kit size
3 Oz/ 137 grams 45
40
35
30
6 Oz / 272 grams 40
35
30
25
e
removing excessive adhesive

35

40

25
20

Never use adhesive that has started to cure. This is the case when the mixture gets
clotted and toughens.

16. Apply a thin layer of adhesive


a Use a spatula or an adhesive scraper for applying the adhesive.
b All surfaces to be bonded (sanded areas) must be completely covered with adhesive,
approximately 0.5 mm in the bell and 1 mm on the spigot.
c A too thick layer of adhesive may result in flow restrictions.

applying adhesive

d Make sure that also sufficient adhesive is applied on the cylindrical end of the spigot that
will be covered by the bell.

adhesive surfaces

Assembling the adhesive bonding joint


17. Insert the spigot in the bell.
a

When inserting the spigot pay attention to the marks and position and keep the joint
together. Letting the spigot slip back or turning the spigot after complete insertion may
result in a bad joint.

adhesive improper applied

b Hook the 2 winches in the band clamps and start pulling the joint further together in a
smooth movement until the joint is firmly fixed together and there is 50 mm between the
bell end and the mark. See step 8.
c It may be necessary to set a bridge (pieces of wood between winch cables and pipe
outside) to simplify placing of the heating blanket.
d Do not remove the winches until the adhesive has fully cured.

18. Remove excessive adhesive.


a

use of winches

For removing excessive adhesive, also from the inside if possible (flanges), a spatula
may be used.

Curing of the adhesive


19. Apply the heating blanket.
a

Wrap the required size Ameron heating blanket around the joint keeping the power
supply cable free from the blanket.
b Make sure the voltage is correct.
c The blanket should be applied as indicated in the appropriate Bondstrand Heating
Blanket Data sheet.
d The blanket should be tied down using heat resistant wire.
e Good blanket to pipe surface contact is essential for proper curing of the adhesive.
write starting time

When the temperature is below 10C or the wind has a cooling effect, insulation material
should cover the heating blanket. Insulation material should overlap the sides of the
blanket with at least 100 mm and should match to the pipe. It should not cover the
thermostat.
Open pipe ends should be closed during curing preventing cooling down by draught.

insulate heating blanket

20. Determine the curing time


a

Curing time is mainly subject to the distance (= wallthickness) between blanket and
adhesive.

Table G: Curing time for taper pipe joints in hours


Series 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420
Pipe Size
2000M 2020
(mm) (inch)
7000M
50
2
1
1
1
1
1
80
3
1
1
1
1
1
100
4
1
1
1
1
1
150
6
1
1
1
1
1
200
8
1
1
1
1
1
250
10
1
1
1
1
1
300
12
1
1
1
1
1
350
14
1
1
1
1
1
400
16
1
1
1
1
1.5
450
18
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
500
20
1
1
1.5
1.5
2
600
24
1
1.5
1.5
2
2
700
28
1
1.5
2
3
750
30
1.5
1.5
2
3
800
32
1.5
2
2
3
900
36
1.5
2
3
4
1000 40
2
3
4
4

3425

3432

3440

3450

1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
2
2
3
4

1
1
1
1
1
1.5
2
2
3
3
4
4

1
1
1
1
1.5
2
3
3
4
4
4

1
1
1
1.5
2
3
4

Table R: Curing time for taper fitting joints in hours


Series T10
T12
T14
T16
T20
T25
T32
T40
T50
Pipe Size
2000M 2020
(mm) (inch)
7000M
50
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
80
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
100
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
150
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
2
3
200
8
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
2
3
4
250
10
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
2
3
4
4
300
12
1
1
1.5
1.5
2
3
4
4
350
14
1
1
1.5
1.5
2
3
4
4
400
16
1
1.5
1.5
2
3
4
4
450
18
1.5
1.5
2
2
3
4
4
500
20
1.5
1.5
2
3
4
4
600
24
1.5
2
3
4
4
700
28
2
3
4
4
750
30
2
3
4
4
800
32
2
4
4
4
900
36
3
4
4
1000 40
4
4
Notes: Joint surfaces should be preheated when the laminate thickness between heating
blanket and adhesive is 40 mm or more and the temperature is below 20C.
For series 2000M and 7000M sizes 1 to 16 inch (25 to 400 mm) and series 2020
sizes 1 to 4 inch (25 to 100 mm) refer to the Quick-Lock Assembly Instructions.

10

21. Activate the heating blanket.


a Apply electrical power to the heating blanket and check if it heats up.
b Write down on the pipe next to the heating blanket the starting time.
c During the time of curing the functioning of the heating blanket should be checked
regularly; if a cold heating blanket is found, remedy the problem and start the complete
curing cycle again.
d During curing the joint should not be moved, vibrated or otherwise disturbed.
Recommended tools

Ameron shaving tool(s)


Electrical power drive (available from Ameron)
Hacksaw, disc grinder or power jigsaw
Small electrical or air hand drilling machine (6 mm drive and 1700-2000 rpm)
Flapper wheel sanders (available from Ameron) and / or coarse emery cloth; grid 60.
Pairs of winches or come-alongs (available from Ameron).
Pairs of band clamps with puller rings (available from Ameron).
Measuring tape and / or folding rule.
Pi-tape with vernier division (available from Ameron)
Clean cloth or clean brush
Pipe fitters wrap around, level and white paint pencil.
Ameron heating blanket and eventual hot air blower.
Insulation blankets.
Pipe vice or stable supports (brackets) with pipe holding or clamping device with 6 mm
elastomeric pads.
Gloves, dustmasks and goggles
Tenting (subject to weather conditions).

Health and Safety

For health and safety data refer to appropriate Bondstrand Adhesive Product Data
sheet.
Wear at all time suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye protection. Dust masks
should be used during machining and sanding.
Use gloves when working with adhesive, the wet adhesive may cause irritation by skin
contact.

personal protection

11

Conversions
1 psi
= 6895 Pa
1 bar
= 105 Pa
1 MPa
= 1 N/mm2
1 inch
1 Btu.in/(hft2F)
C

= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 14.5 psi
= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 145 psi
= 10.2 kg/cm2
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/(mK).
= 5/9 (F - 32)

Important notice
This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test
data reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by
personnel having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry
practice and normal operating conditions. Variation in enviroment, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that
your engineers verify the suitable of this product for your intended application. Since we
have no control over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the
results obtained or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet: www.ameron-net.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 940 569 4012

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345 573 341
Fax: (+31) 345 575 254
Telex: 40257 BONDS NL

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861-7834

Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia.

ISO 9001

Certified Firm

BONDSTRAND
GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY
DOUBLE O-RING EXPANSION JOINT
FOR MARINE PIPE SYSTEMS

FAST AND EASY INSTALLATION


NO BONDING OR SHAVING ON BOARD
TOTAL INSTALLED COST EQUALS
TRADITIONAL STEEL PIPING

BONDSTRAND DOUBLE O-RING


EXPANSION JO
JOINTS FOR
MARINE PIPE SYSTEMS

The Bondstrand Double O-Ring


Expansion Joint is specially developed
for on-board pipe systems to enable
easy installation without any shaving
and bonding on board.

The Double O-Ring Expansion Joints are


used in Quick-Lock and Taper
adhesive-bonded pipe systems subject
to expansion. These special joints allow
considerable longitudinal movement.
The Double O-Ring Expansion Joint is
configured with male and female ends
for easy joining. The two O-Rings offer
an excellent seal against internal and
external pressure.

Bondstrand Double O-Ring Expansion


Joints are completely reinforced with
tough glassfiber strands. The joints are
strong, light-weight, corrosion
resistant and routinely tested at 150%
of the operated pressure to meet both
Ameron and certifying bodies test
requirements.

COST SAVINGS
The installed cost of Bondstrand piping
systems with Double O-Ring Expansion
Joints are competitive to conventional

OUTSTANDING BENEFITS
FAST AND EASY INSTALLATION

steel systems as a result of savings on

NO BONDING OR SHAVING ON BOARD

labour and installation time.

TOTAL INSTALLED COST EQUALS TRADITIONAL STEEL PIPING

Due to complete absence of steel in


this Double O-Ring coupling, there is

MINIMAL MAINTENANCE

no need for corrosion protection.

LONG SERVICE LIFE

COST COMPARISON WITH CONVENTIONAL


STEEL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
1.0

Maintenance
and repair

0.8
0.6

Prefabrication
and installation

0.4

Materials
0.2

Steel

GRE

The Bondstrand Double O-Ring


Expansion Joint allows a high
degree of prefabrication and
easy installation without any
bonding and/or shaving on
board.

The Bondstrand Double O-Ring


Expansion Joint is especially
developed for on-board piping
systems to accommodate thermal
expansion and ship movements.

TOTAL INSTALLED COST EQUALS


TRADITIONAL STEEL PIPING
A comparison of costs clearly shows the
savings during the service life of the vessel.

LEADING WORLD PRODUCER


Ameron is a leading world
producer of glassfiberreinforced epoxy (GRE) and
phenolic pipe systems with
manufacturing facilities in
the Americas, Europe and
Asia-Pacific. Ameron offers
the worlds most
comprehensive line of GRE
pipe products for industry,
oil & gas, offshore, marine
and fuel handling
applications.

THE DOUBLE O-RING EXPANSION


COUPLING FOR MARINE PIPE SYSTEMS

CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Ameron provides a high
level of customer support
through a network of sales
offices, supply houses,
stocking distributors and
sales representatives in
some 50 countries. This
support is backed by central
research and development
facilities, to meet customer
requirements.

DOUBLE O-RING ADAPTOR:


Employed with two
elastomeric O-rings*.

ADVICE AT EVERY STAGE


Ameron offers advice at
every stage, from project
planning to installation.
With advanced computer
systems, Ameron can offer
assistance in design,
calculations and
engineering.
Ameron field service
engineers are available to
assist the nominated
contractor throughout the
project.

A mechanical coupling provides an excellent seal:


This coupling available with Quick-Lock and Taper
connections is configured with a Key-Lock
adaptor and a Double O-Ring adaptor.
KEY-LOCK ADAPTOR:
Employed with a nylon locking key
and two elastomeric O-rings*.

Double
O-Ring
adaptor to
Quick-Lock
or Taper
Elastomeric O-rings
Nylon locking key
Key-Lock
adaptor to
Quick-Lock
or Taper
connection

* O-rings are available in


Nitrile Butadine Rubber (NBR)
and Ethylene Propylene Rubber
(EPDM)

BONDSTRAND DOUBLE O-RING PIPE SYSTEMS


Series

Maximum
operating
temperature

Maximum
operating
pressure

Nominal pipe size


Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

Bondstrand

(C)

(F)

(Bar)

(PSI)

(mm)

(inch)

(mm)

2000 M

93

200

16

230

50-400

2-16

450-600 18-24

7000 M*

93

200

16

230

50-400

2-16

450-600 18-24

2000

93

200

16

230

50-400

2-16

450-600 18-24

3400

93

200

10/25

230

7000*

93

200

16

230

50-400

2-16

50-1000

(inch)

2-40

400-600 16-24

* Conductive system

WORLDWIDE APPROVALS
Ameron is committed to Total Quality
Management and conforms to the
international ISO 9001 standard. We
hold approvals from major certifying
bodies, such as Lloyds, DNV, Bureau
Vritas, American Bureau of Shipping
and many others.

WORLD WIDE SALES


AND SERVICE

Ameron produces a full line of


high-performance products.
To make sure our customers
achieve maximum benefit from our
products, we maintain a network
of sales and service offices that stand ready
to assist you at any stage of your project
anywhere in the world.

Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
USA
Phone (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax (+1) 713 690 2842
www.ameron-intl.com

Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Division
The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
USA
Phone (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax (+1) 940 569 2764

Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone (+31) 345 587 587
Fax (+31) 345 587 561

Ameron 1999 FP 833 09/99. Printed in The Netherlands

Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone (+65) 861 6118
Fax (+65) 862 1302/861-7834

Bondstrand Installation
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

Maintenance Coupling
Assembly instructions for
butt-end joints and repair

Instructions

1. Cutting the pipe Before cutting the replacement length of pipe, allow the
temperature of the existing system to stabilize to avoid length changes through
expansion or contraction. Measure the replacement piece carefully so that the space
between its ends and the ends of the pipe in the existing system will be no more
than 1 8 inch.

Inner sections (2)


Outer sections (2)

2. Positioning the coupling Center the maintenance coupling over the joint and
mark the lap length on the pipe ends. Sand the pipe ends with a belt sander using
belts with a 40-grit abrasive. Sand inaccessible areas with a flapper sander or by
hand using a shoeshine method. Sand until all gloss is removed from surfaces to
be bonded. Sand the cut ends of the pipe as well.
3. Checking for snugness of fit Fit the parts together dry before final sanding.
The 180 inner sections placed around the pipe ends should, when held in contact
on one side, show from 0 to 18 inch separation on the opposite side. If, with zero
separation, the inner sections are not snug against the pipe surfaces, file back an
edge as required to get a snug fit. If the sections, when fitted snugly, show a
separation of more than 18 inch, correct any misalignment of pipe ends and sand to
fit. The outer sections of the coupling should show 18 inch or more of separation.

Hose Clamp

Areas to be sanded and


adhesive applied

4. Final sanding All mating surfaces must be clean and dry and must be sanded
within two hours of assembly. Sand using a 14-inch drill motor at 1700-2000 rpm and
a flapper type sander with a 40- 50 grit aluminum oxide abrasive, available from
Ameron. After sanding, bonding surfaces should show a dull fresh finish, not a
polished look.
Use special care in handling parts to avoid contamination. Handle the parts with new
gloves which are used only for this purpose or with clean, dry cotton cloths.
If the bonding surfaces are wet, warm them with a Bondstrand heating blanket until
dry, then resand. Protect the bonding surfaces from moisture during wet weather
with tenting over the work area.
5. Selecting the adhesive Unless the project specifications or the Bondstrand
Corrosion Guide (FP132) recommends a special adhesive for your particular service,
use Bondstrand PSX34 epoxy adhesive. Instructions for mixing and using the
adhesive are in the adhesive kit.
Larger couplings are more difficult to handle and assemble; once the adhesive has
been mixed, the time available for assembly is limited by the adhesive pot life. A
crew of two or three is suggested when assembling 8- through 16-inch couplings.

FP199D (7/99)

Instructions (cont.)

6. Applying the adhesive With the spatula supplied in the adhesive kit, apply
adhesive to completely cover the cut pipe edges, the prepared pipe ends and the
inner surfaces of the two inner sections of the coupling. Use enough adhesive so
that any excess will be forced to flow to the edges of the sections when assembled
around the pipe ends. Assemble these two inner half sections by centering them
around the butted ends of the pipe. If the potlife of the adhesive is now more than
half expired, it may be necessary to defer further assembly and cure the inner
sections. If so, clamp the sections and cure according to the instructions provided in
the adhesive kit. After curing, let the parts cool completely, remove the clamps,
resand the remaining mating surfaces, mix a new batch of adhesive and proceed as
follows.
Apply adhesive to cover completely the outer surfaces of the inner sections.
Assemble the two outer sections with the split line about 90 away from the split line
in the inner sections. Place the hose clamps around the assembly and draw them
tight. Remove excess adhesive for a workmanlike appearance.
7. Curing the adhesive Heat-cure the adhesive using Ameron heating blankets.
Cure time is 1 hour and 15 minutes for all diameters. Apply the heating blankets in
accordance with the instructions provided with the blanket, making certain that any
overlap of the blanket covers the thermostat. It is always a good idea to insulate
around the heating blanket and to close the ends of the piping system to prevent
movement of cold air inside the pipe while the adhesive is curing.

Maintenance coupling kit

Kit includes inner and outer sections, hose clamps and assembly instructions.
Adhesive must be ordered separately.
Pipe
Coupling
Adhesive Pipe
Coupling
Adhesive
Size
Code
Length Usage1,2 Size
Code
Length Usage1,2
(in)
(in)
(kits)
(in)
(in)
(kits)

2
3
4
6

20400801
30400801
40400801
60400801

4.00
4.00
4.00
4.88

1
1
2
2

8
10
12
14
16

80400801
A0400801
B0400801
C0400801
D0400801

5.38
5.88
6.38
7.38
8.38

3
4
4
6
8

1) Approximate number of 5-ounce adhesive kits required per maintenance coupling. Maintenance
coupling kits do not include adhesive.
2) Rated hydrostatic pressure for maintenance coupling is 150 psi at 70F. Pressure rating is reduced by
50% if RP105B adhesive is substituted for PSX34.

Important notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause
different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including
warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no
liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it
contains. Product specifications are subject to change.

GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
Telex: 40257 bonds nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

1976 Ameron FP199D (7/99) supersedes FP199C (11/96) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[124]

Bondstrand Marketing Bulletin

Bondstrand Pipe Shavers

ondstrand pipe shavers are designed to prepare a spigot


on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe as described in the
individual assembly instructions. Pipe is shipped from the factory with spigots, but when the pipe is cut to length on the job
site, a spigot must be shaved for assembly to the bell end of
another section of pipe, or to a fitting or coupling. Each shaver is
centered and fixed on the end of the pipe by an expanding arbor. Arbors are available for each pipe size. The arbor slips in to
the pipe and expands to grip the inside of the pipe when the
tensioning bolt(s) is/are tightened. As the frame is rotated around
the stationary centre shaft, the cutting tool advances
automaticially.
Assembly technique
For the best possible joint reliability, Ameron draws on broad
experience to provide complete assembly instructions. These
well-defined and repeatable assembly techniques help the user
avoid field-joining problems and assure succesful installation.
Training programmes and audio-visual aids are available and
are especially helpful for first-time users of Bondstrand Pipe
Shavers.
The following series of pipe shavers are available :

Shaver Type
B-1
B-1 F
M74
M86
M87
M87 XL

Bonding system
Size
Quick-Lock
1- 4
Quick-Lock (for PSX Jet Fire only)
1-4
Quick-Lock (for PSX only)
1-8
Quick-Lock
2-12
Taper-/Taper
2-6
Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock
6-16
Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock
16-24

B1-F Pipe End Preparation Tool


The B1-F tool is used to preB1 F- Tool
pare the straight spigot end
on Bondstrand PSX TM phenolic pipe employing the
Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded
joint. The tool is available for
Bondstrand PSXTM sizes from
1-8" in diameter. The too is
designed so all critical dimensions such as spigot length and
spigot outside diameter are preset. The 1-4" tools are designed
to cut PSXJF pipe in two stages. The tools are delivered with
only one cutting insert located on the arm marked spigot.

M74 Pipe Shaver


The Bondstrand M74 Pipe Shaver is designed to prepare a
cilindrical surface (spigot) on the cut end of a Bondstrand
pipe in sizes 2 through 16 inch
(50-400 mm) in diameter as
described in the Bondstrand
Assembly Instructions. When
adjusted and used as described
in the instructions, the shaver
prepares an excellent bonding
surface with a controlled
tolerance on diameter. This unit
can be rotated by hand or
M74 Pipe Shaver
with a portable power drive
(supplied
M74 Pipe loose).
Shaver A key in the portable power drive engages
a keyway in the power drive seat to rotate the unit.

B1 Pipe End Preparation Tool


M86 Pipe Shaver
B1- Tool The B-1 pipe tool is used to

prepare the straight spigot end


on Bondstrand fiberglass pipe
employing the Quick-Lock
adhesive bonded joint. The tool
is available for all Bondstrand
pipe sizes from 1 through 4 inch
(25-100 mm) in diameter and
has been designed so that all
critical dimensions such as
spigot length and spigot outside
diameter are preset and require
no adjustment by the operator.

The Bondstrand M86 Pipe Shaver has been designed to


prepare a tapered spigot
on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in sizes 2
through 6 inch (50-150 mm)
diameter allowing to fit a
Bondstrand fitting with a
matching tapered socket.
The shaver is normally
driven by a portable powerdrive adapter. A key in the
M86 Pipe Shaver
portable power drive
M86 Pipe
engages a keyway in the power drive seat to rotate
the Shaver
shaver.

1
Ameron 1995 FP 599 B 05/99 supersedes FP 599 A. Printed in the Netherlands.

Each Ameron M86 pipe shaver is supplied in a case with one


8 mm Allen key for fitting the power-drive adapter, one 6 mm
Torx key for adjustment of tool holder and one 2 mm Allen key
for cutting tool adjustment. An electric power drive is supplied
loose whilst the necessary arbors are also supplied separately. A 24 mm spanner is required to tighten the clamping
bolt. A pipe vise or suitable pipe clamp support is required to
hold the pipe.

M87 Pipe Shaver


The Bondstrand M87 pipe shaver has been designed to prepare a tapered or straight spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand
pipe in the sizes 6 through 16 inch (150-400 mm) diameter,
allowing to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered
socket or Quick-Lock socket, as well as preparing ends for
mechanical coupling e.g.
M87 Pipe Shaver Helden, Straub,
Viking Johnson, etc.
The shaver is driven by
a portable power drive.
A key in the portable
power drive engages in
a matching slot on the
power drive seat to
rotate the shaver.
Each Ameron M87 pipe
shaver is supplied in a
case complete with one
long 10mm Hexagon spanner and a Torx key for the cutting
tool. An electric power drive is supplied loose whilst the necessary arbors are also supplied separately. A 24mm spanner is
required to tighten the clamping bolts. A pipe vise or suitable
pipe clamp support is required to hold the pipe.

M87XL Pipe Shaver


M87 XL
The Bondstrand M87XL pipe
Pipe Shaver
shaver has been designed to
prepare a tapered or straight
spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 16
through 24 inch (400-600 mm)
diameter, allowing to fit a
Bondstrand fitting with a
matching tapered socket or
Quick-Lock socket, as well
preparing ends for mechanical
coupling e.g. Helden, Straub, Viking Johnson, etc. The shaver
is driven by a portable power drive. Four keys on the shaver
engage in the matching slots on the power drive, after which
the locking ring is fitted. Each Ameron M87XL pipe shaver is
supplied in a case complete with one long 10mm Hexagon
spanner; a 10 mm Allen key and a Torx key for the cutting
tool. An electric power drive is supplied loose whilst the necessary arbors are also supplied separately. A 24mm spanner
is required to tighten the clamping bolts. A pipe vise or suitable
pipe clamp support is required to hold the pipe.

M95 Pipe Shaver


The Bondstrand M95 pipe shaver has been designed to prepare a tapered or straight spigot on the cut-end of a Bondstrand
pipe in the sizes 24 through 40 inch (600-1000 mm) diameter,
allowing to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered
socket or Quick-Lock socket, as well as preparing ends for
mechanical coupling e.g. Helden, Straub, Viking Johnson, etc.
The shaver is driven by two fixed electric motors. Each shaver
is supplied with a manually operated workshop crane as well
as two pipe supports with rollers. The necessary arbors are supplied separately.
M95 Pipe Shaver

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet:www.ameron.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, Texas 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345-587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861 7834

ISO 9001

Certified Firm

B-1 Pipe End Preparation Tool


Introduction

Advantages

The B-1 pipe tool is used to prepare the straight spigot end on Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe employing the Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joint. The tool is
available for all Bondstrand pipe sizes from 1 through 4 inches in diameter and
has been designed so that all critical dimensions such as spigot length and
spigot outside diameter are preset and require no adjustment by the operator.
The B-1 tool offers the following advantages over previously used end
preparation tools from Ameron and end preparation methods offered by
competitive manufacturers:
* No adjustments required: spigot length and diameter preset to Ameron
tolerances
* No special tools required: uses ordinary power drills with 1/2-inch (13 mm)
chuck
* Compact: can be used on installed buried pipe with minimal excavation
* Reduced field labor time
* Minimal set-up required
* Light weight for ease of use.

The B-1 tool is available in 1- through


4-inch sizes for preparing spigot ends
for the Quick-Lock joint
Ameron 1988 FP810 (03/99) Supersedes FP376B. Printed in Holland

Operating instructions

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.

Important notice

Clean the inside of the pipe to remove all dint, sand or foreign objects. Clean tool
of any large particles or shavings from previous use.
Inspect the cutter wheels on tool. If worn, loosen and rotate for new cutting edge.
If loose, tighten with Allen wrench.
Mount tool in chuck of 1/2-inch (13 mm) drill motor and tighten chuck securely.
Except when working on installed pipe, the pipe must be held securely, preferably
in a pipe vise. Use a -inch (6 mm) thick rubber pad between the clamps and the
pipe to protect the pipe. Warning: Avoid inhaling dust produced by cutting. Wear
an approved dust mask.
Insert the spindle of the tool into the pipe so that the cuffing wheels remain away
from the end of the pipe. Grip the drill motor firmly and switch to 'on'. Slowly feed
the tool into the pipe until the tool bottoms. Remove tool from pipe.
Inspect the cut surface to insure that all 'glazed' or resin-covered areas have
been removed. If such areas remain, sand by hand until the entire surface is
without a resin gloss.
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on
data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in
environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no
representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of
merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron
assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
information or recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering
Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O.Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet: www.ameron-intl.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O.Bax 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345 587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 8118
Fax: (+65)862 1302/861 7834

Bondstrand
M74 Pipe Shaver
Operating Instructions
The Bondstrand pipe shaver is
designed to prepare a spigot on the cut
end of a Bondstrand pipe as described
in the Bondstrand Assembly
Instructions found in your Bondstrand
Adhesive Kit. Pipe is shipped from the
factory with spigots, but when pipe is
cut to length on the job site, a spigot
must be shaved for assembly to the
bell end of another section of
Bondstrand Quick-Lock pipe, or to a
Bondstrand Quick-Lock fitting or
coupling. Bondstrand Quick-Lock
flanges are provided with sockets for
mounting to pipe spigots in the same
way. Spigots can be prepared on 2inch through 12-inch pipe of any
Bondstrand series with this tool.
The pipe shaver is centered and held at
the cut end of a pipe by an expanding
arbor. There are seven sizes of arbors,
one for each size of Bondstrand pipe.
The arbor slips into the pipe and the 0rings expand to grip the inside pipe
surface when the tie bar is tightened.
As the frame is rotated around the feed
tube, the cutting tools advance and
shave a cylindrical surface (spigot) on
the pipe. When adjusted and used as
described in these instructions, the
shaver prepares an excellent bonding
surface with a controlled tolerance on
diameter.
This unit can be rotated by hand or
with a portable power drive as used for
threading 1/2-to 2-inch steel pipe. A
key in the portable power drive
engages a keyway in the power drive
seat to rotate the unit.

Operating Instructions
1. Check Your Shaver
If this is your first use of the pipe
shaver, check to see that all parts are
included or available. The following
pans are included with M74 pipe
shaver and case (Ameron Commodity
Code 3366100).
a.Shaving tool complete with two
cutting tool assemblies.

b. Pipe shaver gauge (BB) with 0.015


inch feeler gauge attached.
c. Two turning handles (U) and
attaching cap screws (AD)-not needed
if power drive is used.
d. Six Allen wrenches, sizes
3/32,5/32, 3/16, 1/4,5/16and3/8 inch.
Seven arbors (Q), complete with 0rings, for 2-, 3-4-. 6-, 8-10-and 12-inch
pipe are available separately (See
Ameron Commodity Codes on parts
drawing, page 3) or as a set in a
convenient

Porta.Thread
Greenlee Tool Co.
Rockford, Illinois
Amaz.0.Thred
Collins Machinery Corp.
Monterey Park, California
Ridgid
Ridge Tool Co.
Elyria, Ohio
PortA.Rony No. 68A
with adaptor RN10696
Curtis Tools
St. Louis, Missouri
These tools fit a power drive seat 3.62
inches (91.9 millimeters) in diameter.
Now you are ready to remove the shaver
from the case.
Remember the shaver is a precision tool
and must be handled with care.
Caution: Before handling the shaver.
engage knurled slide sleeve (G) by
sliding it fully forward under the
power drive seat. Handling of shaver
with slide sleeve disengaged may cause
injury.
2. Locate Cutting Tool Assemblies
Locate the cutting tool assemblies in the

carrying case (Ameron Commodity


Code
3365900).
In addition, you will need the
equipment listed on the last panel of
the Bondstrand Assembly Instructions,
found in each adhesive kit. A wrench
fitting a 1-1/8 inch hex head will also
be required. You don't necessarily
need a portable power drive but it
makes the job much easier. Contact the
manufacturers or their representatives
for information on the following
portable power drives:

Model 440

120 volts AC

RN 13800
RN 14300

120 volts AC
Compressed Air

Model 700

120 volts AC

RN 24446
RN 24445
PN 20690

115 volts AC/DC


230 volts AC
Compressed Air
(90 psi at lOO cfm)

appropriate slots in frame B for the


desired pipe size, and assemble slide plate
(K),washer (T) and socket head cap screw
(AE) on each assembly. and tighten
screws (AE) with 3/8-inch Allen wrench.

3. Set Spigot Length Indicator


Loosen the socket head cap screw
(AB) on one of the tool retaiher arms
using the 3/16-inch Allen wrench
and slide the indicator (N) so that the
outer pointer lines up with the mark
for the desired pipe s')ze. Retighten
screw (AB). The inner pointer will
show you when the correct spigot
length is reached in Step 6.

4. Adjust Cutting Edges


a. Disengage slide sleeve (C) by
sliding it fully out from under the
power drive seat and draw tie
barn) back so that feed lube (C) is
fully back into frame (B), and
reengage slide sleeve (C). Remove
nut (H) from tie bar in), remove
arbor (Q) if one is on tie bar, and
slip pipe shaver gauge (BB) onto
feed tube (C).
With the 5/16-inch Allen
wrench, slightly loosen socket head
b.

cap screw (AG) on one cutting 1001


assembly. Adjust form tool (P) in
toward or out from pipe shaver gauge
(SB) with adjusting screw (AA) until
cutting insert (VV) is separated from
pipe shaver gauge (BB) by 0.015-inch
feeler gauge. Lock form tool (P) in
place by tightening socket head cap
screw (AC). Recheck position of
cutting insert (W) after the form tool

(P) is locked in place, and readjust


if necessary. Repeat procedure to
set second form tool (R).
c. Remove gauge (BB) and slip arbor
(Q) over feed tube (C). Turn nut (H)
onto tie bar (D) so that key on nut (H)
will engage slot in arbor (Q). Note.'
Nut (H) will be tightened later.

5. Mount Shaver in End of Pipe


With your Bondstrand pipe cut to
length and firmly held in position
(see photos of padded vise in the
Bondstrand Assembly
Instructions),you are now ready to
mount the shaver on the end of the
pipe. Disengage slide sleeve (G)
and slide arbor (Q) and feed tube
(C) forward, away from frame (B)
and re-engage slide sleeve (C).
Slip arbor (Q) into Bondstrand pipe
until the end of arbor (Q) nearest
to frame (B) is flush with end of
pipe. Now with a 1-1/8-inch
wrench, tighten tie bar (D)
(looking toward frame [B] turn
hex head clockwise) so that arbor
(Q) is locked firmly inside pipe.
Again disengage the slide sleeve

(G), slide frame (B) toward pipe


until cutting inserts (W)
are nearly touching end of pipe,
and re-engage the slide sleeve.
6.

Shave the Spigot

If a portable power drive is used to


turn shaver, slide the drive onto the
power drive seal. If you are going to
turn the shaver by hand, attach handles
(U). Begin turning shaver frame
clockwise (looking toward pipe), and
continue turning and shaving pipe
surface until inner pointer on indicator
(N) is flush with the end of pipe.

Caution: Do not reverse power


drive to return cutting head to
starting position. Do not use power
drive to advance cutting head
beyond maximum pointer depth
(about 3 inches). Shaver will jam at
end of travel possibly causing injury.
When using shaver to make nipples,
avoid possible injury when
advancing cutting head by turning
shaver manually.
7. Check Shaved Diameter
a. After shaving the first spigot, you
will need to check the shaved diameter,
First, disengage the slide sleeve (G)
slide frame (B) away from pipe until
cutting inserts 1W) are at the starting
position, and re-engage the slide sleeve
(G).With the arbor (Q) still firmly in
place, measure the shaved diameter of
the new spigot using a circumferential
wrap tape such as a Pi Tape with a
vernier reading to 0.001 inch (0.02
millimeter) on diameter See Table I for
tolerance range on spigot diameters, If
your measured diameter falls well
within this tolerance range, you may
proceed to Step 8.

b. If the diameter measured in


Step 7a was borderline or outside
the recommended tolerance range,
a slight adjustment of the two form
tools (P) is required. Loosen
socket head cap screw (AG)
slightly and adjust screw (AA) as
required on both tools. A 1/4 turn

of adjusting screw (AA) will


change diameter of spi9ot by
0,020 inch (0.50 millimeter).
Spigot too small - go to Step 8 and cut
off and discard shaved spigot.
Reposition arbor (0) in pipe end and
shave new spigot after adjustment,
repeating Steps 5, 6 and 7 until
proper diameter is obtained
Spigot too large-after adjustment,
repeat Step 7 until proper diameter is
obtained,
Note: Shaving a spigot in one pass
produces a slightly larger diameter
than is produced by shaving thin cuts
on repeated passes. To shave
acceptable diameters on one pass, you
must adjust the shaver based on
measurements of spigots made in a
single pass.
8. Remove Shaver from Pipe To
remove arbor (0) from pipe, loosen tie
bar (D) using a 1-1/B inch wrench
(looking toward frame [B] turn hex
head counterclockwise), With slide
sleeve (C) engaged, slide arbor (0) out
of the pipe
9: Recheck Adjustment for Wear
or Abuse.
Once shaver is properly adjusted for a
given pipe size, you will usually need
to check spigot diameters only at the
beginning and middle of each shift,
provided the shaver is handled with
care at all times, and not dropped, hit
or abused in any way that might cause
a change in setting. After extensive
use, the cutting inserts (W} may get
dull or show wear. Simply loosen
socket head cap screws (AF) using
3/32-inch Allen wrench and rotate both
inserts g~0 to obtain a new pair of
cutting edges. Readjust to obtain
correct shaving diameters. Ameron
stocks replacement cutting inserts (W)
for your convenience-simply order
Ameron Commodity Code
3325000.

M74 Bondstrand Pipe Shayer Parts Drawing


Commodity Code 3626500.
Item 0-Pipe Arbor TabuIation~1

Item

Description

Item

Description

Frame

Kennametal No. RDBP K-11 Cutting Insert (2)

Feed Tube

Too! Retainer Clamp (2

Tie Bar

5/16-18 NC x 1-1/4 Long Socket Head Cap Screw

Half Nut

No.10-24 NC x 1/4 Long Nylok Socket Head

Half Nut Detail (2)

Slide Sleeve

AA

Adjusting Screw (2)

Nut

AB

1/4-28 NF x 1/2 Long Socket Head Cap Screw (2)

Tool Retainer (2)

AC

1/4Std. Flat Washer (2)

Slide Plate (2)

AE

1/2-20 NF x 1-1/2 Long Socket Head Cap Screw (2)

Indicator

AF

No.4-40 NC x 3/8 Long Socket Head Cap Screw (2)

Form Tool (2)

AS

3/8-16 NC x 1-1/4 Long Socket Head Cap Screw (2)

1/2 Standard Flat Washer (2)

AJ

3/8 S.A.E. Flat Washer (2)

Carr Lane No. CL-2-SH Steel Handle with 3/8-16 NC

AK

Carr Lane No. CL-4-FW Hardened Fat Washer

Thread (2)

BB

Pipe Shaver Gauge

McMaster Carr No. 9641P16 Camp Spring-Cut to


Length (4)

Cap Screw

10- Reset for Different Pipe


Diameter You will have to repeat
these steps each time a change in
pipe diameter is made. Minimizing
the number of diameter changes
made on the shaver will help
expedite your project.

Figure 1. Sketch of lap configuration in typical Bondstrand


Quick-Lock joint. (Adhesive is not shown.)

Store your shaver in a dry location,


protected from moisture, as you
would any machine toot.

Table I Standard Spigot Dimensions


Nominal Pipe Size
in.
2
3
4
6
8
10
12

mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300

Shaved Diameter
Inches
Mm.
Max.
2.330
2.346
3.450
3.466
4.430
4.446
6.544
6.560
8.544
8.560
10.680
10.696
12.684
12.700

Important notice
This literature and the information
and recommendations it contains
are based on data reasonably
believed to be reliable. However,
such factors as variations in
environment, application or
installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of

Millimeters
Mm.
Max.
59.18
59.59
87.63
88.04
112.52
112.93
166.22
166.62
217.02
217.42
271.27
271.68
322.17
322.58

Shaved Length (See Figure 1)


Inches
Millimeters
Mm.
Max.
Mm.
Max.
1-13/16
1-15/16
45
1-13/16
1-15/16
46
1-13/16
1-15/16
46
2-1/4
2-3/8
57
2-1/2
2-5/8
64
67
2-3/4
2-7/8
70
73
3
3-1/8
76
79

data may cause difterent results.


Ameron makes no representation
or warranty, express or implied,
including warranties of
merchantability or fitness for
purpose as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the
recommendations or information
contained herein. Ameron assumes
no liability whatsoever in

connection with this literature or


the information or
recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this
document are invited. Please write
Engineering Manager, Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Division.

Group Headquarters
5300, Hollister Road, Suite 111
Houston, Texas 77040
U.S.A.
Phone: 1-713-690-7777
Fax: 1-713-690-2842
Fiberglass Pipe Division
The Americas
P0. Box 878
Burkburnett
Texas 76384
U.S.A.
Phone; 1-817-569-1471
Fax:
1-817-569-4012

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
P0. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: 31-845-573341
Fax:
31-845-575254
Telex:
40257 BONDS NL

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
No. TA, Tuas Avenue 8
Jurong
Singapore 2263
Phone: 65-862-1301
Fax:
65-862-1302

Manufacturing plants: Burkburnett, Texas; Spartanburg, South Carolina; Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
and Singapore. Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia.

Bondstrand Marketing Bulletin

Bondstrand Electric
Heating Blankets
Heat source for forced curing
adhesive- bonded joints in Bondstrand
Glassfiber Reinforced Piping systems
Description

Bondstrand heating blankets are specially designed to heat cure adhesive-bonded


joints in pipe and fittings. Requiring either 120 Volts or 220 Volts alternating current, the
blankets are quickly and easily applied. They provide thermostatically controlled heat,
ensuring maximum joint strength and reliability.

Sizes and product


information

Ameron supplies heating blankets for pipe sizes varying from 1" to 40" (25 -1000mm)
controlled by either one or two thermostats.
The full range of blankets is divided in 4 types, being:
Type A : Inner joint heating blankets for pipe sizes 1-3" (25-75 mm).
This type blanket is specially designed for curing bonded flange joints by inserting the
pre-formed shape in to the pipe.

Type B : Single-zone heating blankets for pipe sizes 1-12" (25-300 mm).
This type blanket is placed around or inside the bonded joint (with exception of
1"through 3" flange joints). Type B blankets are divided in the following diameter
ranges:
O 1-2" (25-50 mm)
O 3-4" (75-100 mm)
O 6-8" (150-200 mm)
O10-12" (250-300 mm).

Type C : Two-zone heating blankets for pipe sizes 14-24" (350-600 mm).
This type blanket is placed around or inside the bonded joint. Type C blankets are
devided in the following diameter ranges:
O 14-16" (350-400 mm)
O 18-20" (450-500 mm)
O 24" (600 mm).

Type D : Two-zone heating blankets for pipe sizes 28-40" (700-1000 mm).
This type blanket is placed around or inside the bonded joint and operated by a
separate control unit. Type D blankets are devided in the following diameter ranges:
O 28-30" (700-750mm)
O 32" (800 mm)
O 36" (900 mm)
O 40" (1000 mm).
1

Ameron 1997 FP 730 A 04/00 supersedes FP 730 03/97. Printed in Holland. Page 1 of 2.

Instructions
TYPE A :
Insert the blanket flush with the end of pipe after removal of excess adhesive from the
joint and leave the power cord exposed from the joint. Ensure that the pre-formed
blanket remains snugly against the inside joint surface by locking beginning and end
with each other. At removal after the recommended curing time beware not to pull the
blanket by power cord when fixed by excess adhesive. Release first before removal in
order to avoid damage to the thermostat.
TYPE B and C:
Place the thermostat end against the assembled joint with the thermostat facing out from
the joint. Wrap the remainder of the blanket around the joint so that any overlap will
cover the thermostat.

Flange mounting requires a special wrap. Lay the blanket with the thermostat down and,
starting with the thermostat end, roll up the blanket. Insert the rolled blanket in to the
pipe end for the depth of the joint be cured, leaving the power cord and part of the
blanket exposed as shown. Keep the blanket snugly against the inside joint surface by a
flexible non metallic rod.

TYPE D:
Wrap both sides of the blanket around the pipe, the power cable is the middle of the 2
heating zones. Reverse the heating zone provided with a spacer (4) over the cold end
(5) of the other heating zone using a 2" diameter GRE spacer pipe (6) in between the
reversed end (supplied with the blanket). Keep clearance (7) in between the reversal
radius and the GRE pipe in order to release excess heat. Check if the reversal side is
not in contact with the other heating zone. Overlap causes damage. Check whether
the blanket fits snugly against the pipe surface especially the thermo couple locations.

Handling precautions

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Do not lift or hold the blanket by the power cord.


Do not apply alternating current (A.C.) when standing in water, or on wet surfaces.
Apply alternating current only at the voltage marked on the heating blanket.
Do not step on the blanket or create sharp folds in it.
Inspect the blanket and power cord for loose wire connections and bare wires
prior to applying alternating current.
6) Make sure the blanket is operating, in fact heats up (at all heating zones when
applicable).
7) For required curing times and detailed assembly instructions, please refer to the
applicable joint Assembly Instructions.
8) Use the blanket only for pipe sizes as indicated on the blanket.
For further information regarding the use of the blankets, please refer to the respective
Bondstrand Assembly Instructions.

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
TX 77280, U.S.A.
Phone: 1-713-690-7777
Fax: 1-713-690-2842
Internet: http//:www. ameron.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, Texas 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: 1-817-569-1471
Fax: 1-817-569-2764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: 31-345-587 587
Fax: 31-345-587 561
Email: info@ameron-fpg.nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: 65-861-6118
Fax: 65-862-1302/861-7834

Installation Guide
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

Shipping, Handling,
Storage and Inspection
of Bondstrand Fiberglass Pipe
Introduction

Bondstrand pipe is manufactured from fiberglass reinforced epoxy or vinyl ester resins.
When properly handled and installed, fiberglass pipe and fittings result in a
maintenance-free, high-performance piping system. Fiberglass reinforced pipe and
fittings are impact sensitive and must be handled with a reasonable amount of care.

Handling

Transportation
a. Let the factory arrangement of the pipe be your guide for correct supporting
and spacing when rearranging for transport. Do not let pipe or fittings rest on
the bed of the truck where nails, studs and other objects might damage them.
Whenever pipe or fittings come in contact with wood or metal, padding such
as excelsior, carpet or foam should be used.
b. The pipe should be securely fastened directly over the dunnage with tiedowns
consisting of nylon straps or manila rope. Avoid overtightening which may
cause excessive localized deformation in the pipe. Straps and ropes should
be retightened every 50 miles while in transit. Rope ties should be used
between standards to prevent the load from spreading.
c. Do not allow the pipe to extend more than 3 feet beyond the truck or trailer
bed as permanent damage can result from excessive flexing. Pronto-Lock
pipe should always be loaded with the female ends even. Spacers used
during transportation should be padded.
d. Bondstrand pipe is a light load, particularly with larger diameter pipe.
Therefore, reduce speed on rough roads to minimize bouncing.

Properly loaded pipe. Rope ties should


be used between standards to prevent
the load from spreading (left). Straps and
ropes should be retightened every
50 miles while in transit (right).

ISO-9001

FP167D (12/98)
CERTIFICATED FIRM

Handling
(cont.)

Loading and unloading


a. Pipe and fittings should never be thrown or dropped under any circumstances.
b. If the pipe load is properly separated and supported, forklifts can be used.
Forklifts should have at least a 6-foot carriage (distance between the forks). All
surfaces that come in contact with the pipe should be padded.
c. Never jam or spear forks into a load of fiberglass pipe except where spacers of
at least 2-inch thickness are located.
d. If load is irregular and cannot be reliably moved by fork truck, or proper
equipment is not available, the pipe should be carefully loaded and unloaded by
hand one length at a time. The nominal weights for each respective pipe length
can be found under PIPE WEIGHT.

Correct unloading and stacking


procedure. The pipe should be carefully
loaded and unloaded by hand one
length at a time.
If proper loading equipment is not
available, do not roll pipe off trailer.

Pipe weight

Tabulated values are in U.S. Customary units (lb/ft of pipe) and include couplings.
Nominal Pipe Size (in)

Storage

Bondstrand Pipe Series

3000A/3200A

0.5

2000/4000/7000
2000M

0.8
0.9

5000/5100

1.0

10

12

14

16

0.7

1.0

1.9

3.2

4.6

6.2

7.5

9.4

1.2
1.3

2.0
2.1

3.0
3.1

4.3
5.2

5.4
8.1

6.4
11.0

7.4
15.0

9.5
19.0

1.5

2.5

3.5

5.0

6.7

7.4

8.7

11.2

Bondstrand pipe may be safely stored outside for extended periods provided the
following procedures are observed:
a. Supports should be spaced in maximum 10-ft intervals and approximately 6 feet
from each end. The supports should have a minimum 4-in wide bearing surface.

Storage (contd)

b. A pipe stack should not exceed 10 feet in height and should have side supports
or blocks to prevent rolling or slipping in the stack.
c. Spacers should be utilized every 3 feet if the pipe will be reloaded by forklift.

d. Tie downs should consist of nylon straps or manila rope. Avoid overtightening
which may cause excessive localized deformation in the pipe.
e. If it is necessary to stack pipe directly on the ground, make sure that the ground
surface is level, soft and free of rocks or sharp objects.
f. Protective end coverings should be left in place until time of installation to
protect the pipe ends and to prevent dirt or other materials from entering the
pipe.

g. Fittings, adhesives and tools should be stored in their shipping boxes under
cover and protected from water, mud and extreme heat or cold.

Inspection

Since pipe and fittings may be subjected to rough treatment during transportation,
storage and handling, it is imperative that they be fully inspected for possible impact
damage, cracking or manufacturing defects. If the outside surface of the pipe has been
gouged or exhibits a depression, it is likely that the impact has also caused damage to
the liner. Impact damage on translucent pipe can usually be detected by a localized color
difference in the pipe.

The color difference may be as small as 12 inch in diameter or as large as 4 inches in


diameter depending on the intensity of the impact. Inspection of pipe and fittings should
be undertaken upon delivery and just prior to installation. At delivery, check the load
carefully. If pipe or fittings are delivered damaged, the following procedure should be
observed:
End Users and Distributors:
Accept all damaged material. Note damage on freight bill and bill of lading. Notify the
shipper immediately. Depending on the origin of shipment, call the Bondstrand
distributor in your area, or, in the case of direct shipments, call Ameron Fiberglass Pipe
Systems.
During inspection, isolate any damaged sections immediately to avoid any chance of
damaged material being installed. All damage on pipe must be cut out and repaired.
Inspection plays a major role in the ultimate success of an installed pipeline. If damaged
or defective pipe or fittings can be detected prior to installation, the installer will avoid
frustration and delays caused by necessary rework. All parties involved will benefit from
careful and thorough inspection.

Important Notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability
whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.

GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
Telex: 40257 bonds nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

1987 Ameron FP167D (12/98) supersedes FP 167C (12/94) Printed in U.S.A 5M [472]

Bondstrand Product Data


FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

Bondstrand RP34C
Adhesive Kit
epoxy adhesive for bonding
fiberglass pipe and fittings
Description

The RP34C epoxy adhesive kit contains an adhesive resin, hardener, mixing spatula
and assembly instructions. The adhesive resin is an off-white paste with sand filler.
The adhesive hardener is a black paste. The mixed adhesive color is black. RP34C is
a two-part amine cured epoxy resin system formulated for permanently bonding
Quick-Lock joints on Ameron fiberglass-reinforced epoxy pipe and fittings.

Instructions

Before mixing the adhesive, insure that the bonding surfaces are correctly prepared
and are clean and dry. Open the resin and hardener containers. Using the mixing spatula, scrape all of hardener into the resin container. Mix the resin and the hardener with
the spatula for at least 60 seconds. Scrape the sides, bottom and lid of the resin container occasionally to get all of the hardener into the mix. Never attempt to split a
kit. The resin and the hardener have been packaged at the correct ratio for optimum
adhesive performance.
Apply a uniform coat of the mixed adhesive to both bonding surfaces and draw the
parts firmly together. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in QUICK-LOCK
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FP170.

Pot life and cure time

For installations with service temperatures below 210F (99C) and pressures below
150 psi, RP34C bonds can be put into service with ambient temperature cures as indicated in the table. (See page 2 of this section.) However, it is highly recommended that
an external heat source be used to force cure the adhesive. The adhesive and bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) prior to mixing and applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved heating blanket. The
table also indicates the pot life (working time) of the adhesive at various temperatures.
The pot life is the time from the initial mixing of the resin and hardener until the adhesive in the container begins to thicken and is no longer usable.
For systems with anticipated service temperatures above 210F (99C) or operating
pressures over 150 psi, or when installing any system at ambient temperatures below
60F (16C), the adhesive joint must be cured with an external heat source. A heat
cure using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket is recommended. The heat
cure may be applied at any time after the bond is made and before the line is tested
or put into service. The heat may be applied immediately after making the bond while
the adhesive is still liquid or after it has gelled to a solid.

ISO-9001

Minimum cure times of 30 minutes for 2 through 6-inch pipe and 45 minutes for
8 through 16-inch lines are recommended. Even after the adhesive has solidified at
ambient temperatures, heat curing will enhance the chemical cross-linking of the
adhesive, increasing the strength, temperature resistance and corrosion resistance of
the adhesive.

CERTIFICATED FIRM

FP420F (1/97)

Pot life and cure time


(cont.)

Ambient
Temperature1

Adhesive
Pot Life

Minimum Joint
Cure Time2

Minimum Time
to Move 2

(F)

(C)

(minutes)

(hours)

(hours)

60
70
80
100

16
21
27
38

45
30
25
12

12
5
4
3

8
4
3
2

1)At temperature below 60F (16C), an external heat source must be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and the bonding surfaces should be warmed to 60F before mixing and applying the adhesive.
Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket. When using adhesive at
ambient temperatures above 100F (38C), make provisions to keep adhesive cool to extend pot life.
2) Times indicate when cure is sufficient to permit moving the bonded joint. The minimum joint cure time
must elapse prior to hydrotesting.

Adhesive kit sizes and


bonds per kit

RP34C adhesive kits are available in 3 fluid ounce and 6 fluid ounce sizes. The values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced
crew working at a temperature of 80F (27C).
Bonds per Kit
Kit
Total
Size Pkg Wt
(fl oz)

(lb)

3
6

4
8

Nominal Pipe Size (in/mm)


1/25 1.5/40

10

2/50 3/80

4
8

4/100

3
6

2
4

5/125 6/150

1
2

1
2

8/200 10/250 12/300 14/350 16/400

2
1

2
1

2
1

Storage

Do not store kits in areas above 100F (38C) or below 32F (0C), or in the direct sunlight in warm weather. In cold weather warm the resin to least 60F (16C) but not
above 100F to permit good mixing and easier application. Do not use adhesive past
expiration date.

Toxicity and precautions

Hardener: The hardener is irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic orally and may cause sensitization. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid
breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves, protective apron and NIOSH-approved respirator. Wash thoroughly after handling.
Resin: The resin may be mildly irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and eye
protection. Wash thoroughly after handling.

First aid

In case of contact

FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY

Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of


water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician.

SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR


ACCIDENT
CALL CHEMTREC - DAY OR NIGHT

Skin: Wash skin with soap and water.


Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and
wash before reuse.
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen
or artificial respiration if necessary.

1-800-424-9300
Toll-free in the continental U.S.
483-7616 in District of Columbia
For calls originating outside
the continental U.S.
202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect

Ingestion: If catalyst is swallowed and person


ALL CALLS ARE RECORDED
is conscious, give plenty of water or milk to
drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams (about 14 lb) activated charcoal slurry in
water. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician.

Important notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to
be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.

GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
Telex: 40257 bonds nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

1990 Ameron FP420F (1/97) supersedes FP420E (11/95) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]

Bondstrand Product Data


FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP

PSX 34 Adhesive Kit


Epoxy siloxane adhesive for bonding
fiberglass pipe and fittings
Description

The PSX34 epoxy adhesive kit contains an adhesive resin, hardener, mixing spatula,
brush and assembly instructions. The adhesive resin is a dark red paste with sand.
The adhesive hardener is a white paste. The mixed adhesive color is red. PSX34 is a
two-part epoxy siloxane adhesive formulated for permanently bonding Quick-Lock
or taper-taper joints on Ameron fiberglass-reinforced pipe and fittings. PSX34 can be
used to connect most epoxy, vinyl ester and phenolic piping systems.

Listings and approvals

Ameron PSX34 adhesive is listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) under File MH


9162 for use in Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable Liquids and with
Underwriters Laboratories of Canada under File CMH 715. PSX34 adhesive is particularly suited for piping systems conveying petroleum products including diesel
fuels, kerosene, etc., alcohols and alcohol-gasoline mixtures, or oxygenated fuels. It
is also approved by Underwriters Laboratories for use with MTBE fluids. PSX34
adhesive is Listed by the National Sanitation Foundation under NSF Standard 61 Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects for use in Potable Water Service
and Commercial Hot Water Applications.

UL

Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.

U LC

Instructions

Prior to handling, read all Toxicity, Precaution and First Aid information below. Before mixing the adhesive, insure that the bonding surfaces are correctly prepared and are clean
and dry. Open the resin and hardener containers. Using the mixing spatula, scrape all of
the hardener into the resin container. Mix the resin and the hardener with the spatula for
at least 60 seconds. Scrape the sides, bottom and lid of the resin container occasionally to get all of the hardener into the mix. Never attempt to split a kit. The resin and the
hardener have been packaged at the correct ratio for optimum adhesive performance.
Apply a uniform coat of the mixed adhesive to both bonding surfaces and draw the
parts firmly together. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in QUICK-LOCK
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FP170 and BELL X SPIGOT JOINTS, FP807.

Pot life and cure time

For installations with service temperatures below 180F (82C) and pressures below
150 psi (1.03 MPa), PSX34 bonds can be put into service with ambient temperature
cures as indicated in the table (See page 2 of this section.). However, it is highly recommended that an external heat source be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) prior to mixing and
applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved heating blanket. The table also indicates the pot life (working time) of the adhesive at various temperatures. The pot life is the time from the initial mixing of the resin and hardener until the adhesive in the container begins to thicken and is no longer usable.
For systems with anticipated service temperatures above 180F (82C) or operating
pressures over 150 psi (1.03 MPa), or when installing any system at ambient temperatures below 40F (5C), the adhesive joint must be cured with an external heat
source. A heat cure using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket is recommended. The heat cure may be applied at any time after the bond is made and before
the line is tested or put into service. The heat may be applied immediately after making the bond while the adhesive is still liquid or after it has gelled to a solid.

ISO-9001

Minimum cure times of 30 minutes for 1- through 6-inch pipe and 45 minutes for
8- through 16-inch lines are recommended. Even after the adhesive has solidified at ambient temperatures, heat curing will enhance the chemical cross-linking of the adhesive,
increasing the strength, temperature resistance and corrosion resistance of the adhesive.
When used in fire protection service all joints must be force-cured with an external
heat source regardless of ambient temperature.

CERTIFICATED FIRM

U.S. Patent No. 4250074, 4257645

FP735C (4/00)

Pot life and cure time


(cont'd.)

Ambient
Temperature1

Adhesive
Pot Life

Minimum Joint
Cure Time2

Minimum Time
to Move 2

(F)

(C)

(minutes)

(hours)

(hours)

40
60
70
80
100

5
16
21
27
38

70
40
30
20
8

12
7
5
4
3

11
6
4
3
2

1) At temperatures below 40F (5C), an external heat source must be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and the bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) before mixing and applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket. When using adhesive
at ambient temperatures above 100F (38C), make provisions to keep adhesive cool to extend pot life.
2) Times indicate when cure is sufficient to permit moving the bonded joint. The minimum joint cure time must
elapse prior to hydrotesting.

Adhesive kit sizes and


bonds per kit
Bonds per Kit
Quick-Lock Joints

Taper-Taper Joints

PSX34 adhesive kits are available in 3 oz., 5 oz. and 8 oz. sizes. The values in this
table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced crew working at a temperature of 80F (27C). All sizes available in 6-packs.
Kit
Size

Nominal Pipe Size (in/mm)

(fl oz)

1/25

1.5/40

2/50

3/80

4/100

5/125

3
5
8
3
5
8

10

6
10

4
7
10
7
12

3
5
8
5
8
14

2
3
6
4
6
9

1
2
5

6/150 8/200 10/250

1
1
3
2
3
4

2
1
2
1
2
3

2
1
2
1
2
3

12/300

14/350

2
1
1

2
3

1
2
1

1
2

16/400

2
1

1
2

Storage

Do not store kits in areas above 100F (38C) or below 32F (0C), or in the direct sunlight in warm weather. In cold weather warm the resin to at least 60F (16C) but not
above 100F (38C) to permit good mixing and easier application. Do not use adhesive past its expiration date.

Toxicity and precautions

Hardener: The hardener is irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic orally and may cause sensitization. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid
breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves, protective apron and NIOSH-approved respirator. Wash thoroughly after handling.
Resin: The resin may be mildly irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and eye
protection. Wash thoroughly after handling.

First aid

In case of contact

FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY

Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of


water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician.

SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR


ACCIDENT
CALL CHEMTREC - DAY OR NIGHT

Skin: Wash skin with soap and water.


Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and
wash before reuse.
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen
or artificial respiration if necessary.

1-800-424-9300
Toll-free in the continental U.S.
483-7616 in District of Columbia
For calls originating outside
the continental U.S.
202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect

Ingestion: If catalyst is swallowed and person


ALL CALLS ARE RECORDED
is conscious, give plenty of water or milk to
drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams (about 14 lb) activated charcoal slurry in
water. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician.

Important Notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever
in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are
subject to change.

FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - GROUP HEADQUARTERS


P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

1997 Ameron FP735C (4/00) supercedes FP735B (8/99) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]

Bondstrand Product Data with assembly instructions


FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

Bondstrand RP105B
Adhesive Kit
vinyl ester adhesive for bonding
fiberglass pipe and fittings
Description

The RP105B vinyl ester adhesive kit contains a paste resin, liquid catalyst, mixing spatula
and assembly instructions. The resin contains aluminum oxide grit and is off-white in
color with black specks. The catalyst is a white liquid. The mixed adhesive is light gray.
RP105B is formulated for bonding permanent Quick-Lock joints on Ameron fiberglassreinforced vinyl ester pipe and fittings.

Instructions

After insuring that the bonding surfaces are dry and clean, completely mix all of the
catalyst with the resin. Never split a kit. Apply adhesive to both bonding surfaces and
draw both parts firmly together. Required cure times must be observed. Detailed joint
assembly instructions may be found in Quick-Lock Installation Instructions, FP170.

RP105B is a gap-filling adhesive


designed to fill the space between the
straight spigot and the slightly tapered
bell (3) in the Quick-Lock joint. For proper
adhesive distribution (2), apply a
generous layer of adhesive to the outside
of the spigot and a thin layer to the inside
of the bell (1).

Pot life

RP105B will cure within 3 hours at ambient temperatures above 60F. Below 60F, or
to accelerate cure, an external heat source must be used. If ambient temperature
is below 60F, or a more rapid cure is required below 80F, use an Ameron approved
electric heat blanket to supply external heat following the procedure in Steps A and B.
Joint surfaces should be warmed to 70F prior to application of adhesive when
ambient temperature is below 60F.
A) Turn the heat blanket on for 15 minutes, then turn it off.
B) Allow the bond to set an additional 15-20 minutes before moving.

Pot Life and Cure Time


F/C

60/16

70/21

80/27

90/32

Pot life (min)


Cure time (hr)

25
3

15
2

10
1

8
1

Adhesive kit sizes and


bonds per kit

The values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced
crew working at a temperature of 80F (27C).

ISO-9001

Kit
Total
Size Pkg Wt
(fl oz)
(lb) 1/25
3
6

CERTIFICATED FIRM

1)

14
12

10

Bonds per Kit


Nominal Pipe Size (in/mm)
11 2/40

2/50

3/75

4/100

6/150

3
6

2
4

1
2

8/200 10/250 12/300 14/350 16/400


12

12

12

14

14

12

12

12

RP105B adhesive kits are available in 3 fluid ounce (90 ml) and 6 fluid ounce (180 ml) sizes.

FP421E (11/96)

Toxicity and precautions

Resin: The resin contains styrene and should be used only in good ventilation. In the
absence of good ventilation, a NIOSH-approved organic vapor respirator should be
used. The resin may be irritating to the skin and eyes and may cause sensitization.
Avoid breathing vapors. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Wash thoroughly
after handling.
Catalyst: The catalyst is a liquid dispersion containing benzoyl peroxide in dibutylphthalate. Do not heat above 110F before using. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or
clothing. Wash thoroughly after handling.

First aid

In case of contact
Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with lots of water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician.
Skin: Wash skin with soap and water.
Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse.
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if necessary.
Ingestion: If catalyst is swallowed and person is conscious, give plenty of water or milk
to drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams
(about 1/4 lb) activated charcoal slurry in water. Do not induce vomiting. Call a
physician.

Important notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained
herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to
change.

FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY


SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR ACCIDENT

CALL CHEMTREC - DAY OR NIGHT


1-800-424-9300
Toll-free in the continental U.S.

483-7616 in District of Columbia


For calls originating outside the continental U.S.
202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect
ALL CALLS ARE RECORDED

GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

1990 Ameron FP421E (11/96 ) supersedes FP421D (5/95) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[186]

Bondstrand Product Data


FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

PSX 60 Structural Adhesive Kit


Epoxy siloxane electrically conductive
adhesive for bonding
fiberglass pipe and fittings
Description

The PSX60 epoxy adhesive kit contains an adhesive resin, hardener, mixing spatula
and assembly instructions. The adhesive resin is a red paste with sand filler. The adhesive hardener is a white paste. The mixed adhesive color is red. PSX60 is a two-part
epoxy siloxane adhesive formulated for permanently bonding Quick-Lock or tapertaper joints on Ameron fiberglass-reinforced pipe and fittings. PSX60 can be used to
connect most epoxy, vinyl ester and phenolic piping systems.

Instructions

Prior to handling, read all Toxicity, Precaution and First Aid information below. Before
mixing the adhesive, insure that the bonding surfaces are correctly prepared and are
clean and dry. Open the resin and hardener containers. Using the mixing spatula,
scrape all of the hardener into the resin container. Mix the resin and the hardener with
the spatula for at least 60 seconds. Scrape the sides, bottom and lid of the resin container occasionally to get all of the hardener into the mix. Never attempt to split a
kit. The resin and the hardener have been packaged at the correct ratio for optimum
adhesive performance.
Apply a uniform coat of the mixed adhesive to both bonding surfaces and draw the
parts firmly together. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in QUICK-LOCK
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FP170 and BELL X SPIGOT JOINTS, FP807.

Pot life and cure time

For installations with service temperatures below 180F (82C) and pressures below
150 psi (1.03 MPa), PSX60 bonds can be put into service with ambient temperature
cures as indicated in the table (See page 2 of this section.). However, it is highly recommended that an external heat source be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) prior to mixing and
applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved heating blanket. The table also indicates the pot life (working time) of the adhesive at various temperatures. The pot life is the time from the initial mixing of the resin and hardener until the adhesive in the container begins to thicken and is no longer usable.
For systems with anticipated service temperatures above 180F (82C) or operating
pressures over 150 psi (1.03 MPa), or when installing any system at ambient temperatures below 40F (5C), the adhesive joint must be cured with an external heat
source. A heat cure using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket is recommended. The heat cure may be applied at any time after the bond is made and before
the line is tested or put into service. The heat may be applied immediately after making the bond while the adhesive is still liquid or after it has gelled to a solid.

ISO-9001

Minimum cure times of 30 minutes for 1- through 6-inch pipe and 45 minutes for
8- through 16-inch lines are recommended. Even after the adhesive has solidified at
ambient temperatures, heat curing will enhance the chemical cross-linking of the
adhesive, increasing the strength, temperature resistance and corrosion resistance of
the adhesive.
When used in fire protection service all joints must be force-cured with an external
heat source regardless of ambient temperature.

CERTIFICATED FIRM

U.S. Patent No. 4250074, 4257645

FP827 (6/99)

Pot life and cure time


(cont'd.)

Ambient
Temperature1

Adhesive
Pot Life

Minimum Joint
Cure Time2

Minimum Time
to Move 2

(F)

(C)

(minutes)

(hours)

(hours)

40
60
70
80
100

5
16
21
27
38

70
40
30
20
8

12
7
5
4
3

11
6
4
3
2

1) At temperatures below 40F (5C), an external heat source must be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and the bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) before mixing and applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket. When using adhesive
at ambient temperatures above 100F (38C), make provisions to keep adhesive cool to extend pot life.
2) Times indicate when cure is sufficient to permit moving the bonded joint. The minimum joint cure time must
elapse prior to hydrotesting.

Adhesive kit sizes and


bonds per kit

PSX60 adhesive kits are available in 3 fluid oz., 5 fluid oz. and 8 fluid oz. sizes. The
values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced crew working at a temperature of 80F (27C).
Bonds per Kit
Kit
Size

Quick-Lock Joints

Nominal Pipe Size (in/mm)

(fl oz)

1/25

1.5/40

2/50

3/80

4/100

5/125

3
5
8

10

6
10

4
7
10

3
5
8

2
3
6

1
2
5

6/150 8/200 10/250

1
1
3

2
1
2

2
1
2

12/300

14/350

2
1
1

1
2
1

16/400

2
1

Storage

Do not store kits in areas above 100F (38C) or below 32F (0C), or in the direct sunlight in warm weather. In cold weather warm the resin to at least 60F (16C) but not
above 100F (38C) to permit good mixing and easier application. Do not use adhesive past its expiration date.

Toxicity and precautions

Hardener: The hardener is irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic orally and may cause sensitization. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid
breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves, protective apron and NIOSH-approved respirator. Wash thoroughly after handling.
Resin: The resin may be mildly irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and eye
protection. Wash thoroughly after handling.

First aid

In case of contact

FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY

Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of


water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician.

SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR


ACCIDENT
CALL CHEMTREC - DAY OR NIGHT

Skin: Wash skin with soap and water.


Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and
wash before reuse.
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen
or artificial respiration if necessary.

1-800-424-9300
Toll-free in the continental U.S.
483-7616 in District of Columbia
For calls originating outside
the continental U.S.
202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect

Ingestion: If catalyst is swallowed and person


ALL CALLS ARE RECORDED
is conscious, give plenty of water or milk to
drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams (about 14 lb) activated charcoal slurry in
water. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician.

Important Notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability
whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.

GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
Telex: 40257 bonds nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

1997 Ameron FP827 (6/99) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]

Marketing Bulletin

Estimated Man-hours for


Assembly of Bondstrand Systems

FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

matching taper/taper and Quick-Lock adhesive joints;


Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II, and Key-Lock
mechanical joints
General

The information in this bulletin may be helpful in estimating construction costs where
Bondstrand products will be used. The tables estimate man-hours for making various
Bondstrand joints. The estimates are based on timed tests under ideal conditions: an
experienced person with all necessary materials at hand. Times do not include jigging,
measuring, planning, and other activities normally associated with piping joint fabrication.
Actual times may vary due to environmental conditions, skill and experience of the fabricator, and the equipment available. These times are based on the assumption that the
crew received limited training from an Ameron Certified Technician and they are familiar
with basic installation procedures as recommended in standard Ameron literature. Once
the crew gains familiarity with the procedure, total time may be reduced as much as
50%. The estimates are given using tools that are new or in perfect operating condition.
The cutting blades are sharp and suitable for cutting glass fibers and resin materials.

Taper/taper and
Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II
Quick-Lock

Table 1 estimates installation of taper/taper adhesive joints and Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock


II mechanical joints. (Series 3000A, 3200 and 3300 Series)

Key-Lock and Quick-Lock

Table 3 estimates man-hours required for field fabrication of piping using both Quick-Lock
and Key-Lock joints. Key-Lock joint assembly times are based on a single key joining of a
male end of a pipe to a coupling already mounted on a pipe end fitting. For comparison,
man-hours for fabricating welded joints in selected types of metallic piping are included.

Table 2 estimates installation of Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints.(Series 2000, 2000M,


2000M-FP, 4000, 5000, 7000 and PSX Series)

Assemblers will be experienced after a few hours of training. This gives the contractor the
option to use less skilled (and less expensive) labor than certified welders. The assembly
of Bondstrand piping generally does not require heavy lifting equipment, reducing the setup and assembly time and eliminating the need for skilled equipment operators.

Table 1 Estimated Man-hours to Assemble Taper/Taper or Pronto-Lock/Pronto Lock II Joint


Step #

Pipe Diameter (inmm)


250

375

4100

6150

8200

10250 12300 14350 16400

Cutting: 1.1 Hand


1.2 Power saw1

0.03
0.01

0.05
0.01

0.07
0.02

0.07
0.02

0.03

0.03

0.03

0.04

0.05

Tapering: 2.1 Hand tool 2


2.2 Power tool 2

Surface preparation

Mix & apply adhesive:

0.08
0.05
0.05
0.03

0.12
0.08
0.08
0.03

0.14
0.09
0.10
0.03

0.20
0.12
0.14
0.04

0.17
0.15
0.05

0.20
0.18
0.05

0.25
0.22
0.06

0.27
0.26
0.07

0.35
0.30
0.08

Joint make-up:
5.1 Adhesive T/T bell x spigot3
5.2 Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II

0.02
0.02

0.03
0.02

0.04
0.03

0.05
0.04

0.06
0.05

0.06
0.06

0.07
0.06

0.08
0.07

0.09
0.08

Total joint completion time:


6.1 Field prepared T/T bell x spigot
6.2 Factory prepared T/T bell x spigot
6.3 Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II4

0.14
0.10
0.02

0.19
0.14
0.02

0.23
0.17
0.03

0.30
0.23
0.04

0.39
0.26
0.05

0.43
0.29
0.06

0.52
0.35
0.06

0.59
0.41
0.07

0.72
0.47
0.08

ISO-9001

Operation
saw1

1 Using a pipe cutting hacksaw blade with 26 or more teeth for 2" through 6"; pipe cutting circular saw has abrasive wheel for 8" through
16" Tripod pipe vise or strap-down fixture is used to hold pipe in place.
2 For 2"-6", using Ameron Unique tool set; for 8"-16", using Taper Tool II set
3 For 6" diameters and above, a comealong is used to pull the joint together during joint make up.
4 Field installation of Pronto-Lock or Pronto-Lock II male assemblies requires approximately 75% of the times shown in Step 6.1.
Note: Recommended minimum number of crew for 2"-4", 6"-12" and 14"-16" is two, three and four respectively.

CERTIFICATED FIRM

FP674B (11/99)

Table 2

Estimated Man-hours to Assemble Quick-Lock Joint

Step #

Pipe Diameter (inmm)

Operation

250

375

4100

6150

8200

Sand

socket1

0.03

0.05

0.06

0.08

0.10

0.12

0.13

0.15

0.17

Sand spigot1

0.03
0.06

0.05
0.06

0.06
0.07

0.08
0.07

0.10
0.11

0.12
0.15

0.13
0.19

0.15
0.23

0.17
0.2

0.04
0.05
0.02

0.04
0.06
0.03

0.04
0.06
0.03

0.05
0.07
0.04

0.05
0.08
0.05

0.05
0.09
0.05

0.06
0.10
0.06

0.16
0.16
0.07

0.18
0.20
0.08

length2

10250 12300 14350 16400

Mark pipe & cut to

Shave Spigot3

Mix & apply adhesive

Assemble joint, remove excess


adhesive and attach heat blanket

Total preparation time for socket &


spigot joint with factory-made spigot
(sum of steps 1, 2, 5 & 6)

0.13

0.19

0.21

0.27

0.33

0.38

0.42

0.53

0.62

Total for preparing socket & spigot


joint requiring shaving of spigot (sum
of steps 1, 3, 4, 5 & 6)

0.20

0.24

0.26

0.31

0.39

0.46

0.54

0.77

0.89

1 Using a flapper type sanding wheel. Time may be less, depending on length of time pipe has been weathered.
2 Hand hacksaw cutting. Time required may be reduced if an abrasive wheel or sabre saw is used.
3 For sizes 2" through 12" based on using a standard pipe threading drive motor at 20 rpm with an M74 pipe shaver. Shaving can be done
by hand at about the same speed but worker will tire. For 14" and 16" sizes, based on use of large diameter shaver (M80) at 12 rpm.
Time can be reduced on 1" through 8" sizes by using a B1 shaver and 12" electric drill.

Estimated Man-hours Required to Fabricate Piping Assemblies

Table 3

Pipe Diameter (inmm)


Operation

250

375

4100

6150

8200

10250 12300

14350 16400

0.4

0.5

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.1

1.2

1.6

1.9

0.3

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.1

1.3

Schedule 40 carbon steel

1.0

1.3

1.5

2.0

2.6

3.1

4.1

5.0

6.6

Schedule 80 carbon steel


Schedule 10S stainless steel

1.0
1.4

1.4
1.9

1.8
2.4

2.5
3.3

3.3
4.5

5.1
5.6

6.6
6.7

9.6
8.3

12.4
10.0

Schedule 40 copper-nickel

1.5

2.1

2.4

3.3

4.5

5.7

8.0

10.0

14.2

Quick-Lock:1
Assembly of bell & spigot joint with
field shaving of spigot
Key-Lock:

Joining pipe sections with


Key-Lock male/female ends
Metallic Alternatives:

Welded Joints:

1 Joining includes operations described in Table 2 plus time for various routine aligning and measuring
operations discussed in text.
2 Joining includes cleaning, lubricating, and placing O-ring and single locking key.
3 Values are from: Page, John,S., and james G. Nation, Estimator's Piping Man Hour Manual, 3rd edition,
Gulf Publishing Co., Houston, 1979. Estimated man-hours do not include cutting and beveling, preheating,
stress relieving, coating, or wrapping the joint.

Important Notice

FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP


Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever
in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are
subject to change.

GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
Telex: 40257 bonds nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

1996 Ameron FP674B (11/99) supercedes FP674A (11/97) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [3005]

Bondstrand Installation

Assembly Instructions
for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges

Scope

These instructions present Amerons recommendations for the proper use of


Bondstrand fiberglass flanges in the following pipe series:
Series

2000
4000

2000M
5000

2000MP
7000

2000MFP
7000M

The mounting of flanges on pipe and fittings is addressed by the assembly instructions
for the particular Bondstrand adhesive used.

Gaskets

Use full-face gaskets of an elastomer suitable for the service pressure and temperature
and fluids in the system. Gaskets should be 18 inch thick (3 mm) thick with a Shore
durometer hardness between 55 and 65. Refer to ASTM D1330 Specification for Sheet
Rubber Gaskets, Grade I or II, to establish minimum physical property requirements for
use with water, except specify a Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5. For dimensions
other than thickness, refer to Table 5 of ANSI B16.21-1978 for Class 150 full-face
gaskets.

Assembly

First, finger tighten all nuts. Bolt threads must be clean and lubricated to attain proper
torque. Use lubricated washers under both nuts and bolt heads to protect flange backfacing.
Tighten all nuts following the sequences shown under TIGHTENING SEQUENCE. Do not
exceed the torque increments given in RECOMMENDED BOLT TORQUES. After all bolts have
been tightened to the recommended torque, recheck the torque on each bolt in the
same sequence, since previously tightened bolts may have relaxed.
Caution: Excess torque can prevent sealing and can damage flanges.

Sealing against valves


and other flanges

Always follow these instructions carefully when joining Bondstrand flanges to raisedface steel flanges, flanges on lined pipe and fittings, and wafer valves of all types.
Molded flanges should not be connected to wafer valves or raised-face steel flanges.
Valves are frequently supplied with sealing details built into the flange facing. Unless
these details are known to seal against Bondstrand flanges, use the usual full-face,
1
8 inch thick elastomeric gasket.

Safety factors

Standard black or solid gray molded flanges in 4 through 12-inch sizes have a safety
factor to failure torque of 1.5 or greater when joined to another Bondstrand flange or any
flat-face flange in accordance with these instructions. All other Bondstrand flanges
have a safety factor to failure of 1.5 or greater when joined to a raised-face steel flange
or a valve in accordance with these instructions.

FP196A (2/95)

Nuts and washers


Flange Size
(in)
(mm)
1-112 25-40
2-4
50-100
6-8 150-200
10-12 250-300
14-16 350-400
18-20 450-500
24-30 600-750
32-36 800-900

Plain Washer
OD
Thickness
(in) (mm)
(in) (mm)
1.06 30
.12
3
1.31 33
.12
3
1.47 37
.16
4
1.75 44
.16
4
2.00 51
.16
4
2.25 57
.16
4
2.50 64
.16
4
3.00 76
.16
4

Nut
Thickness
(in) (mm
.44
11
.55
14
.64
15
.75
19
1.00
25
1.00
25
1.06
27
1.28
33

1) Nuts and washers should conform to requirements of ANSI B18.2.2-1972


(R1983) Regular Hex Nuts and ANSI B18.22.1-1966 (R1981) Type A, Plain,
Narrow Series, respectively. Washer dimensions agree with SAE Standard
and ANSI/ASTM Specification F436.
2) Consult Ameron Applications Engineering for availability of flanges in 22, 26, 28,
34, 40 and 48-inch sizes.

Recommended bolt torques

Torque
Increments
(ftlb) (Nm)
5
7
10
14
10
14
20
27
25
34

Flange Size
(in)
(mm)
1-4
25-100
6-12 150-300
14-16 350-400
18-20 450-500
24-36 600-900

Recommended Torque for


Full Pressure Seal
(ftlb)
(Nm)
20
27
30
41
50
68
60
81
75
102

1) All flanges for the Bondstrand pipe series listed above in Scope mate with other
Bondstrand flanges or with flat-face steel flanges using these bolt torques.
2) Consult Ameron Applications Engineering for availability of flanges in 22, 26, 28,
34, 40 and 48-inch sizes.

Tightening sequence

12

20

Prevent unnecessary stresses on fiberglass flanges by tightening the bolts in a


staggered sequence as indicated below. Bring the bolts down in steps.

13

10

18

13

14

10

7
2

16

11

24

12

9
17

4
22
14
19
7

23

15

7
5

13

24

25

16 28

17

9
29

8
5

32
17
9

16

12

21

20

13

21

21

25

22

26

11
6

12

28
13

12

10

8
5

18

24

20

20

15

8
2

10

19

11

12

15

14

11

8
17

16

16
5

15

10
18

28
6

7
19

26
14

23

11

14

19

22

11
6

31
30

7
10

18

27 15

23

Bolt lengths

Recommended hex head bolt lengths for flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling are
tabulated below. Stud bolt lengths may be determined by adding the thickness of a nut
plus three threads to the tabulated lengths. For orifice flange assemblies, add an
additional 112 inches (40 mm). ALWAYS use washers under both nuts and bolts to
protect the back-facing of fiberglass flanges.
Filament-wound flanges
Flange
Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
112 40
2
50
3
80 2
4 100 2
6 150 2
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
18 450
20 500
24 600
30 750
32 800
36 900
.
.
.

Bolt
Bolt
Diameter Count FW x FW
(in) (mm)
(in) (mm)
0.500 13
4

0.500 13
4

0.625 16
4
3.25 83
0.625 16
4
3.50 89
0.625 16
8
3.75 95
0.750 19
8
5.00 127
0.750 19
8
5.50 140
0.875 22
12
5.50 140
0.875 22
12
5.75 146
1.000 25
12
7.25 184
1.000 25
16
8.00 203
1.125 29
16
9.00 229
1.125 29
20
9.50 242
1.250 32
20 11.00 279
1.250 32
28 11.50 292
1.500 38
28 13.00 330
1.500 38
32 14.00 356

Flange Combination1
FW x S HDFW x HDFW HDFW x S
(in) (mm)
(in) (mm)
(in) (mm)

3.50 89
3.00 76

4.00 102
3.50 89
3.00 76 5.25 133
4.00 102
3.25 83 5.25 133
4.25 108
3.50 89 5.25 133
4.25 108
4.25 108 6.50 165
5.00 127
4.50 114 7.00 178
5.50 140
4.75 121 7.50 191
5.50 140
5.00 127 8.00 203
6.00 152
5.75 146 9.50 241
7.00 178
6.25 159 10.00 254
7.50 191
7.00 178 11.00 279
8.00 203
7.50 191 11.50 292
8.50 216
8.50 216 13.00 330
9.50 242
9.50 242 16.00 406 12.00 305
10.50 267 18.00 457 13.00 330
11.50 292 20.00 508 15.00 381

1) Consult Ameron Applications Engineering for availability of flanges in 22, 26, 28, 34, 40 and 48-inch sizes.

Molded flanges
Flange
Size
(in) (mm)
112 40 4
2
50
3
80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
.

Bolt
Bolt
Diameter Count
(in) (mm)
0.500 13
4
0.625 16
4
0.625 16
4
0.625 16
8
0.750 19
8
0.750 19
8
0.875 22
12
0.875 22
12

Flange Combination1
MxM
M x S3
(in) (mm)
(in) (mm)

4.50 114
3.25 83

3.75 95

4.25 108

5.00 127
4.25 108
5.50 140
4.50 114
5.50 140
4.75 121
5.75 146
5.00 127
.

1)

FW
= Filament-wound
S
= Steel
M
= Molded
HDFW
= Heavy-duty filament-wound
Bolt lengths are determined using ASTM Standard Practice F704 and Annex F of ANSI Standard
B16.5-1981 and include provision for washer under bolt heads and nuts abutting filament-wound or
molded flanges. Bolts should conform to requirements of ANSI B18.2.1-1972 Regular Hex Head Bolts.
2 Maintain bolt end point clearance on inside radius of 2 through 4-inch flanged ANSI 45 Bondstrand elbows
by using additional washers or shims under bolt heads as required.
3) Flat-face steel flanges.
4) Available only in 2 x 112-inch reducing configuration. Connect only to 112-inch steel flanges.

Trouble shooting

If assembled joint leaks, loosen and remove all bolts, nuts, washers and gaskets.
Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment as required.
Check the gasket for damage. If damaged, discard and replace with new, undamaged
gasket.
Check flanges for seal ring damage. In particular, check the condition of the inner seal
rings. Flanges with damaged inner seal rings must be removed and new, undamaged
flanges installed.
If leaks occur as a result of deficiencies in non-fiberglass components of the piping
system, consult the manufacturer of the defective components for recommended
corrective procedures.
Clean and lubricate old threads and washers before rejoining. Repeat the joining
procedure outlined above.
After corrective action has been taken, retest the joint to see if a seal has been made.

Important notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information
contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this
literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering
Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.

Fiberglass Pipe Group P.O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 2263
Tel: 862-1301
Telex: 38960 AMERON RS
Fax: 862-1302

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: 03455-73341
Telex: 40257 BONDS NL
Fax: 03455-75254

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, Texas 76354
Tel: (817) 569-1471
Fax: (817) 569-4012

Manufacturing plants: Burkburnett, Texas; Spartanburg, South Carolina; Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
and Singapore. Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia.

1987 Ameron FP196A (2/95) supersedes FP196 (2/87) Printed in U.S.A. [174]

Bondstrand Installation
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

Installation of Suspended
Bondstrand Pipe
Table of Contents

General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Designing the Bondstrand system . . . .
Selecting Bondstrand pipe, fittings and adhesives
Filament-wound versus molded products . .
Energy savings . . . . . . . . .
Insulated systems
. . . . . . . .
Other application information
. . . . .

Designing for expansion and contraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3


General principles
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Length change due to temperature
. . . . . . . . . . . 4
Length change due to pressure
. . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Anchoring for branches and valves
. . . . . . . . . . . 4
Using expansion loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Expansion joints
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Designing for restrained systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7


General principles
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Thrust due to temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Thrust due to pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Use of guides for Alignment Control
. . . . . . . . . . . 8

Spans and support locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11


Span recommendations
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Support spacings for special conditions
. . . . . . . . . . 11
Loads on hangers and supports
. . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Support locations
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Supports for vertical runs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Connections to other materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13


Connections to other piping
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Small-diameter metallic connection
. . . . . . . . . . . 13
Gravity flow connections
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Connections to equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Equipment vibration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Connections to tanks
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Other design considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14


Coating Bondstrand
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Electrical properties
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Entrapped gases
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Steam condensate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Heat tracing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Detailing the supports
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Clamping forces
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Space between pipe
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Supports permitting pipe movement
. . . . . . . . . . . 15
Supports that anchor pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
. . . . . . . . 2
. . . . . . . 2
. . . . . . . . 2
. . . . . . . . 3
. . . . . . . . 3
. . . . . . . . 3

Appendices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A: Calculating length change
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
B: Calculating thrust
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
C: Calculating support spacings for uniformly distributed loads
. . . . 20

10

Health and safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24


Toxicity of adhesive
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Handling precautions for adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
First aid for adhesive users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

FP288A (1/97)

General

Designing the Bondstrand system


This guide contains general information for designing suspended Bondstrand piping
systems. This information, in conjunction with good general engineering practice
and the designers good judgment, must all be applied to complete a successful
and economical piping system.
The guide considers the following:

Criteria for selecting Bondstrand products for a given application

Expansion and contraction

Span between supports and support location

Connections to other materials and equipment

Coating Bondstrand products

Suggested details for guides, supports and anchors

While Bondstrand performs in many applications just like metallic systems, the
designer must recognize some important differences:

Bondstrand pipe weighs only about 17 as much as Schedule 40 carbon steel


pipe. This means that pipe and piping assemblies even in 16-inch diameters
can be lifted into place using any light lifting equipment. In the smaller diameters, no lifting equipment is necessary. This reduces on-site installation costs.

The longitudinal modulus of Bondstrand is much less than that of carbon steel
pipe a characteristic that limits spans where deflection is important but also
reduces thrust due to temperature change.

Thermal expansion is 60% greater than for carbon steel. However, by taking
advantage of the Bondstrands flexibility, you can provide for this expansion
economically, often without using expansion joints.

Bondstrand fiberglass pipe requires protection against potential external abrasion or crushing at points where steel supports are located. Such protection is
easy and economical.

Effective modulus values vary with temperature. Recommended spans and


estimated thrusts are given to help the designer detail his project for long-time
operation at ambient and elevated temperatures.

Recognition of these and other differences dealt with in this guide is the key to
successful installations. While this information is likely to prove most helpful to
those designing Bondstrand systems for the first time, experienced Bondstrand
customers will also find new and useful information.
Be aware that the reinforced thermosetting resin piping products offered by other
manufacturers may differ significantly from Bondstrand. Resin systems, manufacturing processes and joining systems are important variables affecting the
mechanical and physical properties of these products. The recommendations
and suggestions given are based on Amerons test and field experience and
should be applied only to Bondstrand products.
Selecting Bondstrand pipe, fittings and adhesives
A choice of either epoxy or vinyl ester Bondstrand products is available for different
chemical and thermal environments. For information to guide your selection, refer to
the Bondstrand Corrosion Guide, FP132. This publication provides recommendations for different chemicals and other fluid materials, including food products, as
well as guidance for selecting the appropriate Bondstrand adhesive.
Filament-wound versus molded products
In smaller pipe sizes, you have a choice between molded and filament-wound
fittings. In general, filament-wound fittings should be used in applications where
fittings in loops, turns or branches are intended to flex, where temperature changes
exceed 100F in restrained or blocked systems, or where the system is exposed to
mechanical vibration or hydraulic surge. Filament wound fittings would be used,
also, in systems where a liner is required. Some sizes and types of fittings are not
available in both molded and filament-wound styles, so check the Bondstrand
Fittings Dimensions, FP282, for availability when making your choice.

General (cont)
Energy savings
Remember when selecting pipe diameter that Bondstrand's low frictional values
(Hazen-Williams C = 150) will reduce your pumping energy requirements compared
to those for carbon steel pipe. In most systems these low frictional values will be
maintained for the life of the system.
Note also that the slightly larger inside diameter of Bondstrand pipe compared to
Schedule 40 or 80 carbon steel pipe, will further reduce your pumping costs. Handy
charts in the Bondstrand engineering guides show the head loss expected for both
pipe and fittings.
Insulated systems
Bondstrand may be insulated in the field. Bondstrand pipe is also available from
many pipe insulators with efficient built-in insulation. If you use insulated
Bondstrand, be sure to check your support spacings for the operating temperature
to accommodate the added weight of the insulation and jacket.
Series 2000M-FP is manufactured with a factory applied, reinforced coating which
provides impact resistance and thermal insulation in addition to its fire protection
properties. Unless indicated otherwise, values presented in the tables for Series
2000 can be used for Series 2000M-FP.
Other application information
Where containment is required for your piping system, Ameron can supply
Bondstrand II pipe with a variety of joining and performance options.
Ameron has prepared a number of publications with valuable information pertaining
to specific types of service, including marine applications, fire protection systems
and steam condensate returns. Just call your local Bondstrand distributor or your
nearest Ameron sales office, and let us know your application. Give us the temperature, pressure, liquid or gas to be carried, and other pertinent conditions.
In addition, Ameron has computer programs for deflection and stress analysis of
Bondstrand systems. For a nominal fee, Ameron Engineering Department will be
pleased to utilize one of these programs to analyze your specific systems.
Experience shows, however, that such analysis is required only for the more
demanding or complicated conditions and that the generalized procedures presented
herein will usually suffice.

Designing for
expansion and
contraction

General principles
Suspended pipe generally performs best where it is permitted to move freely. In
these systems, anchors serve only to keep the pipe properly positioned between
loops and turns. Center the anchor in the run between loops if possible. An anchor
should be placed between loops and between loops and turns. Except for the one
anchor per run, supports should carry the pipe and maintain the intended drainage
slope but should not restrain the pipe against axial movement. At turns, the
supports should also permit lateral movement. Supports should not fall directly on
fittings.
If the piping system cannot be designed to move freely, see next section on
DESIGNING FOR RESTRAINED SYSTEMS.
Pipe changes length in a free system as a result of changes in temperature and
pressure. Since both can increase or decrease concurrently, the resulting changes
in length must be combined for loop design. Length-change formulas and examples
appear in Appendix A, but the following paragraphs will provide all you need for
most pipeline designs.

Length change due to temperature

Designing for
expansion and
contraction (contd)

Figure 1

Tests show that the amount of linear expansion varies directly with temperature.
Figure 1 shows the length change for Series 2000, 3000A, 3200A, 4000, 5000, 5100 and
7000 Bondstrand pipe.

Length changes for


Bondstrand Series 2000,
2000M-FP, 4000, 5000, 5100,
7000, 3000A, and 3200A

Temperature Change (F)


Length change due to pressure

Table 1

The amount of length change occurring because of internal pressure depends on


wall thickness, diameter, Poissons ratio and the effective modulus of elasticity in
both axial and circumferential directions at the operating temperature. In
Bondstrand pipe, some of these factors tend to cancel each other, and the correction becomes relatively simple. For each 100 feet in a straight, freely supported run
of Bondstrand pipe (Table 1) provides length changes which are suitable throughout
the indicated range of temperatures. You need only correct this value for the pressure of your system by using a direct pressure-ratio correction.

Length increase due to a 100


psi (7 bar) internal pressure in
an unrestrained system.

Values given for Series 2000, 2000M-FP and


4000 are valid to 250F (121C). Values for
Series 3000A, 3200A, 5000, 5100 and 7000
are valid to 200F (93C).

Inches per 100 feet of pipe (mm per 100 m of pipe) from 100 psi (1 MPa) internal pressure
Nominal
Diameter
in.
mm
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

Series 2000

Series 3000A

Series 3200A

Series 4000

Series 5000, 5100

Series 7000

Series 2000M-FP

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8

11
18
23
36
35
44
54
63
80
96
100
100

0.2
0.3
0.4

0.4
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5

27
39
49

53
158
165
168
176
182

0.2
0.3
0.4

0.4
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6

27
39
49

53
66
69
70
74
76

0.1
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
0.9
0.9
0.9

14
23
29
46
42
53
64
74
94
112
107
107

0.3
0.5
0.6
1.0
0.9
1.2
1.4
1.6
2.0
2.4
2.3
2.3

37
60
77
122
110
140
170
195
247
295
282
281

0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

10
16
20
32
32
40
49
48
49
49
50
50

0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

11
18
23
36
35
44
54
52
52
52
52
52

Anchoring for branches and valves


Both vertical and horizontal branches can add complexity to a system intended to
move freely. Unless a branch can move both axially and laterally, such as a short
stub-out to a nozzle or flexible hose connection, it will require special consideration
to avoid undue bending stresses. Sometimes the best solution is to anchor both the
branch and the run at the tee, accommodating the pipe length changes at turns or
loops in each of the three connecting lines. For example, a vertical branch
connecting to buried pipe may include a Z-loop; the tee may be rotated 90 to
permit an L-loop; or the vertical line may be treated as a restrained pipe as
described in Designing for Restrained Systems.
Valves should be anchored and supported directly, especially in diameters six
inches and larger. Valve weight in the larger sizes and torque on valve handles in all
sizes are the primary concerns. Generally, butterfly valves with manual lever handle
actuators do not require separate supports. Other types of actuators can add too
much torque or weight if they are not separately supported.

Designing for
expansion and
contraction
(contd)

Using expansion loops


Loops are recommended for relieving longitudinal stress between anchors in a
suspended pipeline. Table 2 gives minimum expansion loop dimensions for all
Bondstrand pipe series. First, determine how much total length change due to
temperature and pressure must be absorbed. Use the appropriate table for the pipe
series you are using. Select the pipe diameter and total length change to determine
the required leg length for a U-loop design. As an example, assume that a Series
2000 eight-inch line is installed and will change a total of two inches in length. Table
2 for Series 2000 and Series 4000 shows that the length of loop leg required to
accommodate the length change is 9 feet (2.8m).
Loops should be horizontal whenever possible to avoid entrapping air or sediment
and to facilitate drainage.

For upward loops, air relief valves aid air removal and improve flow. In pressure systems, air removal for both pressure testing and normal operation is
required for safety as well.

For downward loops, air pressure equalizing lines may be necessary to permit
drainage.

In both cases, special taps are necessary for complete drainage.

Loops using 90 elbows absorb length change better than those using 45 elbows.
Unlike a 90 turn, a 45 turn carries a thrust component through the turn which can
add axial stress to the usual bending stress in the pipe and fittings. Alignment and
deflection are also directly affected by the angular displacement at 45 turns and
demand special attention for support design and location.
A 45 elbow at a free turn with the same increment of length change in each leg will
be displaced 86% more than a 90 elbow. The relative displacement in the plane of
a loop is also more of a problem. Figure 2 illustrates the geometry involved. Design
information is not provided because it is beyond the scope of this manual and loops
with 45 elbos are generally not recommended. Consult Ameron if a situation
requires the use of 45 elbows.
Figure 2 Comparison of displacement in
90 vs. 45 elbows caused by
a unit length change

a
90 elbow

2.6a

1.4a
a

a
a

45 elbow

a: Relative displacement of elbows


permitted to move freely in a pipe run.

Table 2

Expansion loop design:


Length of loop leg required to
accommodate listed length
changes

Series 2000 and Series 4000 length change (in./mm)


Nominal
Pipe Size
in.
mm
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

1.0/25
ft

3
3
4
4
5
5
5
6
7
7
8
8

1.0
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.5
2.5

2.0/50
ft.
4
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
9
10
11
11

3.0/75

4.0/100

5.0/125

ft.

ft.

ft.

1.3
1.3
1.6
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.4

4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
12
12
13
14

1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.7
3.7
4.0
4.3

5
6
7
8
9
10
10
12
13
14
15
16

1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.1
3.7
4.0
4.3
4.6
4.9

6
7
7
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18

1.9
2.2
2.2
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.6
4.9
5.2
5.5

Series 5000 and 5100 length change (in./mm)


Nominal
Pipe Size
in.
mm
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

1.0/25
ft
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7

m
0.7
1.0
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.2

2.0/50
ft.
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
7
8
9
9
10

3.0/75

4.0/100

5.0/125

ft.

ft.

ft.

1.0
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.5
2.8
2.8
3.1

4
5
5
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
11
12

1.3
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.4
3.7

4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.3

5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
14
14
15

1.6
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.4
4.0
4.3
4.3
4.6

Designing for
and
2 expansion
contraction
(contd)
Table 2

Expansion loop design:


Length of loop leg required to
accommodate listed length
changes

Series 2000M-FP and Series 7000 length change (in./mm)


Nominal
Pipe Size
in.
mm
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

1.0/25

2.0/50

3.0/75

4.0/100

5.0/125

ft

ft.

ft.

ft.

ft.

3
3
4
4
5
5
5
6
7
8
8
8

1.0
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.5

4
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
12

1.3
1.3
1.6
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.1
3.4
3.7

4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
12
13
13
14

1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.7
4.0
4.0
4.3

5
6
7
8
9
10
10
12
13
15
15
16

1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.1
3.7
4.0
4.6
4.6
4.9

6
7
7
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18

1.9
2.2
2.2
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.6
4.9
5.2
5.5

Series 3000A length change (in./mm)


Nominal
Pipe Size
in.
mm
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

1.0/25

2.0/50

3.0/75

4.0/100

5.0/125

ft

ft.

ft.

ft.

ft.

3
3
3

4
4
5
5
5
6

1.0
1.0
1.0

1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.9

3
4
5

5
6
6
7
7
8

1.0
1.3
1.6

1.6
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.5

4
5
5

6
7
8
8
9
9

1.3
1.6
1.6

1.9
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8

5
5
6

7
8
9
9
10
11

1.6
1.6
1.9

2.2
2.5
2.8
2.8
3.1
3.4

5
6
7

8
9
10
10
11
12

1.6
1.9
2.2

2.5
2.8
3.1
3.1
3.4
3.7

Series 3200A length change (in./mm)


Nominal
Pipe Size
in.
mm
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

1.0/25

2.0/50

3.0/75

4.0/100

5.0/125

ft

ft.

ft.

ft.

ft.

3
3
3

4
4
5
5
6
6

1.0
1.0
1.0

1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.9
1.9

3
4
5

5
6
7
7
8
8

1.0
1.3
1.6

1.6
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.5
2.5

4
5
5

6
7
8
9
9
10

1.3
1.6
1.6

1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
2.8
3.1

5
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
11

1.6
1.6
1.9

2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.4

5
6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13

1.6
1.9
2.2

2.5
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.7
4.0

Expansion joints
Instead of a loop, an expansion joint may be used to relieve longitudinal stress. The
type selected must be fairly flexible, such as a Teflon bellows which is activated by the
thrust of low modulus materials (see Note , Table 3).
Supports for expansion joints must be carefully designed and placed to maintain
controlled deflection. Besides adding weight, most of these joints act as partial structural hinges which afford only limited transfer of moment and shear. Where the
expansion joint relies on elastomers or thermoplastics for strength, the structural
discontinuity or hinging effect at the joint increases with increases in temperature.
When using an expansion joint in a pipeline carrying solids, consider the possibility that
it may stiffen or fail to function due to sedimentation in the expansion joint. Failure of
the expansion joint may cause excessive pipe deflection.

Designing for
systems
3 restrained

Caution: In restrained systems, pipe


fittings can be damaged by faulty
anchoring or by untimely release of
anchors. Damage to fittings in service can
be caused by bending or slipping of an
improperly designed or installed anchor.
Also, length changes due to creep are
induced by high pressures or temperatures while pipe is in service. When
anchors must later be released, especially
in long pipe runs, temporary anchors may
be required to avoid excessive displacement and overstress of fittings.

General principles
The layout of a system occasionally makes it impossible to allow the pipe to move
freely. Sometimes it may be necessary to block certain runs of an otherwise free
system. In a fully restrained pipe (blocked against movement at both ends), the
designer must deal with thrust rather than length change. Both temperature and
pressure produce thrust which must be resisted at turns, branches, reducers and
ends. Knowing the magnitude of this thrust enables the designer to select satisfactory anchors . Remember that axial thrust on anchors is independent of anchor
spacing. Formulas and examples are found in Appendix B.
In practice, the largest compressive thrust is normally developed on the first positive
temperature cycle. Subsequently, the pipe develops both compressive and tensile
loads as it is subjected to temperature and pressure cycles. Neither compressive
nor tensile loads, however, are expected to exceed the thrust on the first cycle
unless the ranges of the temperature and pressure change.
Thrust due to temperature

Table 3

Initial temperature-induced
thrusts (pounds-force) in fully
restrained Bondstrand pipe at
various operating temperatures

In a fully restrained Bondstrand pipe, length changes induced by temperature


change are resisted at the anchors and converted to thrust. The thrust developed
depends on the thermal coefficient of expansion, the cross-sectional area, the
modulus of elasticity and the temperature change, t. Table 3 gives the maximum
axial thrust in anchored lines for each series of Bondstrand pipe at three elevated
temperatures. The table assumes a fully relaxed initial pipe length at 60F, with
short-time modulus of elasticity values as shown.

Initial Temperature Induced Thrusts (pounds-force) in a Fully Restrained Bondstrand Pipe at Various Operating Temperatures
Nominal
Diameter
in. mm

150F

200F

250F

150F

200F

250F

200F

200F

150F

200F

250F

140F

170F

200F

1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

880
1300
1610
2390
3980
4940
5920
8600
10760
12780
14770
19090

1070
1560
1940
2890
4800
5950
7130
10370
12970
15410
17810
23020

1210
1780
2200
3290
5470
6780
8120
11800
14760
17540
20270
26200

880
1300
1610
2390
3980
4940
5920
10430
16250
22850
26450
34590

1070
1560
1940
2890
4800
5950
7130
12570
19590
27540
31880
41700

1210
1780
2200
3290
5470
6780
8120
14310
22300
31350
36290
47470

1850
2890
3800

7420
8160
12030
16350
20060
25140

1850
2890
3800

7420
10000
14750
20040
24600
30820

730
1060
1310
1950
3410
4220
5060
7480
9340
11100
13880
18000

880
1280
1580
2350
4110
5090
6100
9010
11260
13380
16730
21700

1000
1460
1800
2670
4680
5800
6940
10260
12820
15230
19040
24700

490
710
870
1300
2270
2820
3370
4980
6230
7400
9250
12000

560
810
1000
1490
2610
3230
3860
5710
7140
8480
10600
13750

370
540
660
980
1730
2140
2560
3780
4720
5610
7020
9100

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

Series 2000M-FP & Series 7000 Series 3000A Series 3200A

Series 2000

Series 4000

Series 5000 & 5100

Initial Temperature Induced Thrusts (Newtons) in a Fully Restrained Bondstrand Pipe at Various Operating Temperatures
Nominal
Diameter
in. mm

65C

1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

3890
4720
5390
5710
6930
7910
7070
8580
9800
10540 12800 14610
17540 21290
24300
21740 26390 30130
26050 31610 36090
37880 45970
52480
47360 57480 65610
56280 68310 77980
65040 78940
90110
84070 102030 116470

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

Series 2000
93C

Series 2000M-FP & Series 7000 Series 3000A Series 3200A


121C

65C

93C

121C

3890
4720
5390
5710
6930
7910
7070
8580
9800
10540 12800 14610
17540 21290 24300
21740 26390 30130
26050 31610 36090
45900 55710 63600
71570 86860 99150
100590 122080 139370
116440 141320 161330
152320 184850 211030

Series 4000

Series 5000 & 5100

93C

93C

65C

93C

121C

8200
12790
16860

32910
36170
53360
72510
89000
111520

8200
12790
16860

32910
44330
65390
88870
109080
136670

3210
4680
5780
8580
15020
18600
22260
32920
41130
48860
61110
79250

3900
4450
5680
6490
7010
8000
10410 11880
18230 20820
22570
25770
27020 30840
39950 45610
49920
56990
59300 67690
74160 84660
96180 109800

60C

77C

93C

2170
3160
3900
5790
10140
12550
15020
22220
27760
32970
41240
53480

2500
3640
4490
6670
11680
14460
17300
25590
31970
37980
47490
61590

1640
2390
2940
4370
7660
9480
11340
16780
20960
24900
31140
40380

Note: in tables above, thrusts are calculated assuming a fully relaxed initial length at 60F (16C) and short term modulus of elasticity values as follows.
For 2 - 6 inch Series 3000A, use modulus of elasticity values from Series 3200A.
Coefficient of thermal expansion is 10 x 10 -6 in./in./F (18 x 10 -6 mm/mm/C) for all but Series 3000A and 3200A which are 8.5 x 10 -6 in./in./F
(15.3 x 10-6 mm/mm/C) for 2 - 6 inch Series 3000A and all Series 3200A sizes, and 12 x 10-6 in./in./F (21.6 x 10-6 mm/mm/C) for 8 - 16 inch Series
3000A.
Modulus of Elasticity
Series 2000
10 6 psi
GPa

1.6

1.2

1.0

11.03

8.55

7.17

Series 2000M-FP & Series 7000 Series 3000A Series 3200A


2.3
1.3
1.6
1.2
1.0
11.03

8.55

7.17

8.97

15.52

Series 4000

Series 5000 & 5100

1.6

1.2

1.0

1.2

1.0

0.5

11.03

8.55

7.17

8.28

6.90

3.59

Designing for
3 (cont'd.)
restrained systems

Thrust due to pressure


Thrust due to internal pressure in a suspended but restrained system is theoretically
more complicated. This is because in straight, restrained pipelines with all joints
bonded, the Poisson effect produces considerable tension in the pipe wall. As
internal pressure is applied, the pipe expands circumferentially and at the same
time contracts longitudinally. This tensile force is important because it acts to
reduce the hydrostatic thrust on anchors at turns.
For the designer of a restrained Bondstrand pipeline, however, the problem can be
greatly simplified. Table 4 provides the recommended design thrusts and locations
for anchors at various fittings.

Table 4

Thrust at anchors due to


100 psi (690 kPa) internal pressure in restrained Bondstrand
systems

Thrust at Anchors Due to 100 psi (690 kPa) Internal Pressure in Restrained Bondstrand Systems
Nominal
Pipe Size
in.
mm
1
25
1.5
40
2
50
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400

Series 2000/4000/7000
lb-force
50
115
180
420
695
1080
1565
2680
4220
5990
7215
9425

N
225
515
810
1865
3085
4805
6955
11925
18780
26645
32100
41935

Notes:
1. Pipe anchors (A) such as shown in
figure 8, Section 8 are used in restrained
systems at each end of a run and just
before a change in direction, and must
resist the tabulated thrusts.
2. Pipe anchors (B) such as shown in
figure 7, Section 8 are light-duty in-line
anchors usually located between two pipe
anchors (A) or midway between loops or
turns in systems not restrained.
3. Pipe anchors (A and B) at elbows and
branches should be located a distance of
five to ten times the pipe diameter from
the bend. Other anchor locations may
require a flexibility analysis.
4. No appreciable thrust on anchors is
developed due to internal pressure in the
pipe at in-line reducers.

Series 5000/5100
lb-force

Series 3000A/3200A

45
115
190
460
755
1200
1765
3035
4830
6890
8305
10855

170
440
725
1755
2900
4605
6760
11710
18645
26640
32105
41965

lb-force

240
540
915

2000
4045
6365
8890
11535
15070

1060
2400
4070

8895
11995
28320
39545
51320
67035

Tee
45 Elbow
A

A
A

45 Lateral

B
90 Elbow

Using guides for alignment control


A suspended line which is restrained from movement may need extra supports or
guides to maintain alignment, especially when the pipeline is exposed to a wide
temperature range. Guides as shown in Figure 6 may permit the pipe to move axially
but not laterally. Without guides, restrained pipe may not deflect uniformly and, in
some cases, may deflect excessively. Tables 5 to 9 (Tables 10 to 14 for metric) give
recommended guide spacing to avoid buckling deflection between anchors.
Supplying this lateral support by using guides at the normal support locations or
even at every other support is often sufficient, especially in the larger diameters. To
check, compare the recommended span for your operating temperature as determined from the section entitled SU P P O R T LO C A T I O N S A N D S P A N S with the guide
spacings from Tables 5 to 9 (Tables 10 to 14, metric). Be sure that guide and
support spacing meet both requirements.
As an example for determining guide spacing, assume that a three-inch Bondstrand
Series 2000 line is installed at 70F and is to operate at 250F (T = 180F). Table 5
shows that guides should be installed at intervals of 7 feet.

Designing for
3 restrained
systems
(cont'd.)
Table 5

Maximum guide spacing (ft.)


required for temperature change
(F)

Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190

1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

11
16
19
29
38
47
56
74
92
110
120
138

7
11
14
21
27
33
40
52
65
78
85
98

6
9
11
17
22
27
32
43
53
63
70
80

5
8
10
15
19
23
28
37
46
55
60
69

5
7
9
13
17
21
25
33
41
49
54
62

4
6
8
12
15
19
23
30
38
45
49
56

4
6
7
11
14
18
21
28
35
41
46
52

4
6
7
10
13
17
20
26
33
39
43
49

4
5
6
10
13
16
19
25
31
37
40
46

Degrees of Temperature Change (F)

Bondstrand Series 2000 & 4000

Table 6

Maximum guide spacing (ft.)


required for temperature change
(F)
Bondstrand Series 5000 & 5100

Table 7

Table 8

Table 9

3
5
6
9
12
15
18
23
29
35
38
44

3
5
6
9
11
14
17
22
28
33
36
42

3
5
6
8
11
14
16
21
27
32
35
40

3
4
5
8
10
13
16
20
26
30
33
38

3
4
5
8
10
13
15
20
25
29
32
37

3
4
5
8
10
12
15
19
24
28
31
36

3
4
5
7
9
12
14
18
23
27
30
35

3
4
5
7
9
11
14
18
22
27
29
33

2
4
5
7
9
11
13
17
22
26
28
33

2
4
4
7
9
11
13
17
21
25
28
32

Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190

1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

10
15
19
28
36
45
54
71
89
106
116
133

7
11
13
20
26
32
38
50
63
75
82
94

6
9
11
16
21
26
31
41
51
61
67
77

5
8
9
14
18
23
27
36
44
53
58
66

5
7
8
13
16
20
24
32
40
47
52
59

4
6
8
12
15
18
22
29
36
43
47
54

4
6
7
11
14
17
21
27
34
40
44
50

4
5
7
10
13
16
19
25
31
37
41
47

3
5
6
9
12
15
18
24
30
35
39
44

Degrees of Temperature Change (F)

3
5
6
9
12
14
17
22
28
33
37
42

3
5
6
9
11
14
16
21
27
32
35
40

3
4
5
8
11
13
16
21
26
31
34
38

3
4
5
8
10
13
15
20
25
29
32
37

3
4
5
8
10
12
15
19
24
28
31
36

3
4
5
7
9
12
14
18
23
27
30
34

3
4
5
7
9
11
14
18
22
26
29
33

2
4
5
7
9
11
13
17
22
26
28
32

2
4
4
7
9
11
13
17
21
25
27
31

2
3
4
6
8
10
12
16
20
24
27
31

Maximum guide spacing (ft.)


required for temperature change
(F)
Bondstrand Series 2000M-FP &
7000

Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm

Maximum guide spacing (ft.)


required for temperature change
(F)
Bondstrand Series 3000A

Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190

1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

21
31
40

59
64
81
96
109
125

15
22
28

42
45
57
68
77
88

12
18
23

34
37
47
55
63
72

10
15
20

30
32
40
48
55
62

9
14
18

26
29
36
43
49
56

8
12
16

24
26
33
39
45
51

8
12
15

22
24
30
36
41
47

7
11
14

21
23
28
34
39
44

7
10
13

20
21
27
32
36
42

Maximum guide spacing (ft.)


required for temperature change
(F)
Bondstrand Series 3200A

Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm

1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

Degrees of Temperature Change (F)


10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190

11
8
16 12
20 14
31 22
40 28
47 33
59 42
79 56
99 70
119 84
128 91
146 104

6
9
12
18
23
27
34
45
57
69
74
85

6
8
10
15
20
23
30
39
50
59
64
73

5
7
9
14
18
21
27
35
44
53
57
65

5
7
8
13
16
19
24
32
41
49
52
60

4
6
8
12
15
18
22
30
38
45
48
55

4
6
7
11
14
17
21
28
35
42
45
52

4
5
7
10
13
16
20
26
33
40
43
49

3
5
6
10
13
15
19
25
31
38
40
46

3
5
6
9
12
14
18
24
30
36
39
44

3
5
6
9
11
14
17
23
29
34
37
42

3
5
6
8
11
13
16
22
28
33
36
41

3
4
5
8
11
13
16
21
27
32
34
39

3
4
5
8
10
12
15
20
26
31
33
38

3
4
5
8
10
12
15
20
25
30
32
37

3
4
5
7
10
11
14
19
24
29
31
36

3
4
5
7
9
11
14
19
23
28
30
35

3
4
5
7
9
11
14
18
23
27
29
34

Degrees of Temperature Change (F)

6
10
13

19
20
25
30
34
39

6
9
12

18
19
24
29
33
38

6
9
11

17
18
23
28
31
36

6
8
11

16
18
22
27
30
35

5
8
11

16
17
22
26
29
33

5
8
10

15
16
21
25
28
32

5
8
10

15
16
20
24
27
31

5
7
10

14
15
20
23
26
30

5
7
9

14
15
19
23
26
29

5
7
9

14
15
18
22
25
29

Degrees of Temperature Change (F)


10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190

21 15
31 22
40 28

59 42
76 54
96 68
114 80
130 92
148 105

12
18
23

34
44
55
66
75
86

10
15
20

30
38
48
57
65
74

9
14
18

26
34
43
51
58
66

8
12
16

24
31
39
46
53
61

8
12
15

22
29
36
43
49
56

7
11
14

21
27
34
40
46
52

7
10
13

20
25
32
38
43
49

6
10
13

19
24
30
36
41
47

6
9
12

18
23
29
34
39
45

6
9
11

17
22
28
33
37
43

6
8
11

16
21
27
32
36
41

5
8
11

16
20
26
30
35
40

5
8
10

15
20
25
29
33
38

5
8
10

15
19
24
28
32
37

5
7
10

14
18
23
28
31
36

5
7
9

14
18
23
27
31
35

5
7
9

14
17
22
26
30
34

Designing for
3 (cont'd.)
restrained systems
Table 10 Maximum guide spacing (m)
required for temperature change
(C)

Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm

Degrees of Temperature Change (C)


10

15

3.2 2.2
5.0 3.5
6.2 4.2
9.2 6.5
12.0 8.5
15.0 10.5
18.0 12.8
23.5 16.5
29.5 20.8
35.2 24.8
38.5 27.2
44.2 31.2

1.8
2.8
3.5
5.2
7.0
8.5
10.2
13.5
17.0
20.2
22.2
25.5

25

30

1.5 1.5
2.5 2.0
3.0 2.8
4.5 4.0
6.0 5.2
7.5 6.5
9.0 8.0
11.8 10.5
14.8 13.2
17.5 15.8
19.2 17.2
22.0 19.8

20

1.2
2.0
2.5
3.8
4.8
6.0
7.2
9.5
12.0
14.2
15.8
18.0

35

40

45

55

60

65

70

75

80

85

1.0 1.0
1.5 1.5
1.8 1.8
2.8 2.8
3.8 3.5
4.8 4.5
5.5 5.2
7.2 7.0
9.2 8.8
11.0 10.5
12.0 11.5
14.0 13.2

50

0.8
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.5
4.2
5.0
6.8
8.5
10.0
11.0
12.8

0.8
1.2
1.5
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.5
8.0
9.8
10.5
12.2

0.8
1.2
1.5
2.5
3.0
4.0
4.8
6.2
7.8
9.2
10.2
11.8

0.8
1.2
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.8
4.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
9.8
11.2

0.8
1.2
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.8
4.5
5.8
7.2
8.8
9.5
11.0

0.8
1.0
1.5
2.2
2.8
3.5
4.2
5.5
7.0
8.5
9.2
10.8

90

95

Bondstrand Series 2000 & 4000


1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

Table 11 Maximum guide spacing (m)


required for temperature change
(C)
Bondstrand Series 5000 & 5100

Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

Table 12 Maximum guide spacing (m)


required for temperature change
(C)
Bondstrand Series 2000M-FP &
7000

Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm

Table 13 Maximum guide spacing (m)


required for temperature change
(C)
Bondstrand Series 3000A

Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm

1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

Table 14 Maximum guide spacing (m)


required for temperature change
(C)
Bondstrand Series 3200A

10

Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400

1.2 1.0 1.0


1.8 1.8 1.5
2.2 2.0 2.0
3.5 3.2 3.0
4.5 4.2 4.0
5.5 5.2 5.0
6.8 6.2 6.0
8.8 8.2 7.8
11.0 10.2 9.8
13.2 12.2 11.8
14.5 13.5 12.8
16.8 15.5 14.8

0.8 0.8
1.0 1.0
1.2 1.2
2.0 2.0
2.8 2.8
3.5 3.2
4.2 4.0
5.5 5.2
6.8 6.8
8.2 8.0
9.0 8.8
10.2 10.0

Degrees of Temperature Change (C)


5

10

3.2
4.8
6.0
9.0
11.5
14.5
17.2
22.8
28.5
33.8
37.2
42.5

2.2
3.2
4.2
6.2
8.2
10.2
12.2
16.0
20.0
24.0
26.2
30.0

15

20

25

30

35

1.8 1.5
2.8 2.2
3.5 3.0
5.0 4.5
6.8 5.8
8.2 7.2
10.0 8.5
13.0 11.2
16.2 14.2
19.5 16.8
21.5 18.5
24.5 21.2

1.2
2.0
2.5
4.0
5.0
6.5
7.8
10.0
12.8
15.0
16.5
19.0

1.2
1.8
2.2
3.5
4.8
5.8
7.0
9.2
11.5
13.8
15.2
17.2

1.2
1.8
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.5
6.5
8.5
10.8
12.8
14.0
16.0

45

50

55

1.0 1.0
1.5 1.5
2.0 2.0
3.0 3.0
4.0 3.8
5.0 4.8
6.0 5.8
8.0 7.5
10.0 9.5
12.0 11.2
13.0 12.2
15.0 14.0

40

1.0
1.5
1.8
2.8
3.5
4.5
5.5
7.0
9.0
10.5
11.8
13.5

0.8
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.5
4.2
5.2
6.8
8.5
10.0
11.2
12.8

60

65

70

75

80

85 90

95

0.8 0.8
1.2 1.2
1.8 1.5
2.5 2.5
3.2 3.2
4.0 4.0
5.0 4.8
6.5 6.2
8.0 7.8
9.8 9.2
10.8 10.2
12.2 11.8

0.8
1.2
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.8
4.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
9.8
11.2

0.8
1.2
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.8
4.5
5.8
7.2
8.8
9.5
11.0

0.8
1.0
1.5
2.2
2.8
3.5
4.2
5.5
7.0
8.2
9.2
10.5

0.8 0.8
1.0 1.0
1.2 1.2
2.0 2.0
2.8 2.8
3.5 3.2
4.0 4.0
5.5 5.2
6.8 6.5
8.0 8.0
9.0 8.8
10.2 10.0

0.8
1.0
1.2
2.0
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.5
7.8
8.5
9.8

Degrees of Temperature Change (C)


5

10

15

20

3.5
5.2
6.5
9.8
12.8
15.0
19.0
25.2
31.8
38.0
41.0
47.0

2.5
3.5
4.5
6.8
9.0
10.5
13.2
17.8
22.5
27.0
29.0
33.2

2.0
3.0
3.8
5.5
7.2
8.5
11.0
14.5
18.2
22.0
23.8
27.0

1.8
2.5
3.2
4.8
6.2
7.5
9.5
12.5
15.8
19.0
20.5
23.5

30

35

40

1.5 1.2
2.2 2.0
2.8 2.5
4.2 4.0
5.5 5.0
6.5 6.0
8.5 7.8
11.2 10.2
14.2 13.0
17.0 15.5
18.2 16.8
21.0 19.0

25

1.2
1.8
2.2
3.5
4.8
5.5
7.0
9.5
12.0
14.2
15.5
17.8

1.2
1.8
2.2
3.2
4.5
5.2
6.5
8.8
11.2
13.5
14.5
16.5

45

60

65

70

75

80

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0


1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5
2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8
3.2 3.0 2.8 2.8
4.2 4.0 3.8 3.5
5.0 4.8 4.5 4.2
6.2 6.0 5.5 5.5
8.2 7.8 7.5 7.2
10.5 10.0 9.5 9.0
12.5 12.0 11.5 11.0
13.5 13.0 12.2 11.8
15.5 14.8 14.0 13.5

50

55

0.8
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.5
4.0
5.2
7.0
8.8
10.5
11.2
13.0

0.8
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.5
8.5
10.0
11.0
12.5

0.8
1.2
1.5
2.5
3.2
3.8
4.8
6.5
8.0
9.8
10.5
12.0

0.8
1.2
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.8
4.8
6.2
7.8
9.5
10.2
11.8

85

90

95

0.8 0.8 0.8


1.2 1.0 1.0
1.5 1.5 1.5
2.2 2.2 2.2
3.0 3.0 2.8
3.5 3.5 3.2
4.5 4.2 4.2
6.0 5.8 5.8
7.5 7.5 7.2
9.2 9.0 8.8
9.8 9.5 9.2
11.2 11.0 10.8

Degrees of Temperature Change (C)


5

6.5
9.8
12.5

19.0
20.5
25.8
30.5
35.0
40.0

10

15

20

25

30

35

4.5 3.8
6.8 5.5
9.0 7.2

13.2 10.8
14.5 11.8
18.2 14.8
21.5 17.5
24.8 20.0
28.2 23.0

3.2
4.8
6.2

9.5
10.2
12.8
15.2
17.5
20.0

2.8
4.2
5.5

8.5
9.0
11.5
13.5
15.5
17.8

2.5
4.0
5.0

7.8
8.2
10.5
12.5
14.2
16.2

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

95

2.2 2.2 2.0


3.5 3.2 3.2
4.8 4.5 4.0

7.0 6.5 6.2


7.8 7.2 6.8
9.8 9.0 8.5
11.5 10.8 10.0
13.0 12.2 11.5
15.0 14.0 13.2

2.0
3.0
4.0

6.0
6.2
8.0
9.5
11.0
12.5

1.8
2.8
3.8

5.5
6.0
7.8
9.2
10.5
12.0

1.8
2.8
3.5

5.2
5.8
7.2
8.8
10.0
11.5

1.8
2.5
3.5

5.2
5.5
7.0
8.5
9.5
11.0

1.8
2.5
3.2

5.0
5.2
6.8
8.0
9.2
10.5

1.5
2.5
3.2

4.8
5.2
6.5
7.8
9.0
10.2

1.5
2.2
3.0

4.8
5.0
6.2
7.5
8.8
10.0

1.5
2.2
3.0

4.5
4.8
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.5

1.5
2.2
3.0

4.2
4.8
6.0
7.0
8.2
9.2

1.5
2.2
2.8

4.2
4.5
5.8
7.0
8.0
9.0

80

85

90

95

Degrees of Temperature Change (C)


5

6.5
9.8
12.5

19.0
24.2
30.8
36.5
41.5
47.5

10

15

20

4.5
6.8
9.0

13.2
17.2
21.8
25.8
29.2
33.5

3.8
5.5
7.2

10.8
14.0
17.8
21.0
24.0
27.5

3.2
4.8
6.2

9.5
12.0
15.2
18.2
20.8
23.8

25

30

2.8 2.5
4.2 4.0
5.5 5.0

8.5 7.8
10.8 9.8
13.8 12.5
16.2 14.8
18.5 16.8
21.2 19.2

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

2.2
3.5
4.8

7.0
9.0
11.5
13.8
15.5
18.0

2.2
3.2
4.5

6.5
8.5
10.8
12.8
14.5
16.8

2.0
3.2
4.0

6.2
8.0
10.2
12.0
13.8
15.8

2.0
3.0
4.0

6.0
7.5
9.5
11.5
13.0
15.0

1.8
2.8
3.8

5.5
7.2
9.2
11.0
12.5
14.2

1.8
2.8
3.5

5.2
7.0
8.8
10.5
12.0
13.8

1.8
2.5
3.5

5.2
6.8
8.5
10.0
11.5
13.0

1.8
2.5
3.2

5.0
6.5
8.0
9.8
11.0
12.5

1.5
2.5
3.2

4.8
6.2
7.8
9.2
10.8
12.2

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5


2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
3.0 3.0 3.0 2.8

4.8 4.5 4.2 4.2


6.0 5.8 5.8 5.5
7.5 7.2 7.2 7.0
9.0 8.8 8.5 8.2
10.2 10.0 9.8 9.5
11.8 11.5 11.0 10.8

Spans and support


4 locations

Span recommendations
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe at various operating temperatures are given in Table 15. These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping
arrangements, i.e., those which have no fittings, valves, vertical runs, etc., but which
may include flanges and non-uniform support spacings. The tabular values represent a compromise between continuous and simple spans. When installed at the
support spacings indicated in Table 15, the weight of the pipe full of water will
produce a long-time deflection of about 12 inch, which is usually acceptable for
appearance and adequate drainage.
Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacings up to 20 percent greater
than those shown in Table 15; in simple spans, support spacings should be 20
percent less than those shown in Table 15.
For this purpose, continuous spans are defined as interior spans (not end spans),
which are uniform in length and free from structural rotation at supports. Simple
spans are supported only at the ends and are hinged or free to rotate at the
supports. Special conditions described below are not covered.
The pipe is assumed to be free to move axially. Suspended piping, which is
restrained or anchored against longitudinal movement, represents a special case
and guides may be required as discussed under the previous section, Use of Guides
for Alignment .

Table 15 Recommended maximum


support spacings in feet for
Bondstrand pipe at various
operating temperatures (fluid
specific gravity=1.0)

Series 2000
Nominal
Pipe Size

up to
150F

up to
66C

Series 2000M-FP

151F to 67C to
250F
121C

in.

mm

ft.

ft.

1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

10.2
11.4
12.2
13.9
15.8
16.8
17.7
19.6
20.8
21.8
22.7
24.2

3.1
3.5
3.7
4.2
4.8
5.1
5.4
6.0
6.4
6.7
6.9
7.4

8.9
10.0
10.7
12.2
13.8
14.7
15.5
17.2
18.2
19.1
19.9
21.2

2.7
3.0
3.2
3.7
4.2
4.5
4.7
5.2
5.6
5.8
6.1
6.5

up to
150F

up to
150F

up to
66C

Series 4000

151F to 67C to up to
250F
121C 150F

ft.

ft.

ft.

ft.

2.7
3.2
3.4
3.9
4.5
4.9
5.2
6.0
6.8
7.5
7.8
8.3

7.6
9.1
9.7
11.3
13.0
14.0
14.8
17.3
19.5
21.5
22.3
23.8

2.3
2.8
3.0
3.4
4.0
4.3
4.5
5.3
6.0
6.5
6.8
7.3

9.7
10.8
11.5
13.1
15.2
16.1
17.0
18.9
20.1
21.0
22.3
23.8

3.0
3.3
3.5
4.0
4.6
4.9
5.2
5.8
6.1
6.4
6.8
7.3

8.7
9.7
10.3
11.7
13.6
14.4
15.2
16.9
17.9
18.8
19.9
21.3

2.7
2.9
3.1
3.6
4.1
4.4
4.6
5.1
5.5
5.7
6.1
6.5

Series 7000

151F to 67C to
250F 121C

in.

mm

ft.

ft.

1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

8.1
9.0
9.5
10.8
12.4
13.4
14.0
15.6
16.6
17.4
18.4
19.6

2.5
2.7
2.9
3.3
3.8
4.1
4.3
4.7
5.1
5.3
5.6
6.0

5.6
6.2
6.6
7.5
8.6
9.3
9.7
10.8
11.5
12.0
12.8
13.6

1.7
1.9
2.0
2.3
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.3
3.5
3.7
3.9
4.2

Series 5000

up to 151F to 67C to
66C 250F
121C

8.7
10.4
11.1
12.9
14.9
15.9
16.9
19.8
22.3
24.5
25.5
27.2

Series 5100
Nominal
Pipe Size

up to
66C

up to
150F

up to
66C

up to
150F

ft.

up to
150F

151F to 67C to
200F
93C

ft.

9.4
10.4
11.0
12.5
14.4
15.5
16.2
18.0
19.2
20.1
21.3
22.7

2.9
3.2
3.4
3.8
4.4
4.7
4.9
5.5
5.8
6.1
6.5
6.9

5.6
6.2
6.6
7.5
8.6
9.3
9.7
10.8
11.5
12.0
12.8
13.6

1.7
1.9
2.0
2.3
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.3
3.5
3.7
3.9
4.2

up to
150F

up to
66C

ft.

ft.

3.9
4.4
4.8

5.7
6.1
6.8
7.3
7.7
8.2

11.9
13.5
14.6

17.4
18.6
20.6
22.3
23.6
25.0

3.6
4.1
4.4

5.3
5.7
6.3
6.8
7.2
7.6

Series 3000A

151F to 67C to
250F 121C

up to
66C

Series 3200A

up to 151F to 67C to
66C 250F
99C

ft.

ft.

ft.

ft.

10.1
11.4
12.4
14.3
16.2
17.2
18.2
20.8
23.3
25.3
26.2
28.0

3.1
3.5
3.8
4.4
4.9
5.2
5.5
6.4
7.1
7.7
8.0
8.5

8.9
9.9
10.8
12.5
14.2
15.1
15.9
18.3
20.4
22.2
23.0
24.6

2.7
3.0
3.3
3.8
4.3
4.6
4.8
5.6
6.2
6.8
7.0
7.5

12.8
14.5
15.6

18.7
16.8
18.6
20.2
21.3
22.6

3.9
4.4
4.8

5.7
5.1
5.7
6.2
6.5
6.9

11.9
13.5
14.6

17.4
15.7
17.3
18.8
19.8
21.0

3.6
4.1
4.4

5.3
4.8
5.3
5.7
6.0
6.4

12.8
14.5
15.6

18.7
20.0
22.2
24.0
25.3
26.8

151F to 67C to
210F
99C

Support spacings for special conditions


Piping designers may calculate deflections or determine support spacings for their
own particular geometry and loadings using the effective beam stiffness factors
given in Appendix C. In such an analysis, the effects of non-uniform spacing, turns
and branches, vertical or inclined runs, special joints which may act as a hinge,
heavy liquids, external loads such as insulation, thrust in restrained lines and
dynamic loads may be considered, often using a computer program.

11

Spans and support


(contd)
4 locations
Table 16

Permissible service loads as


limited by hanger and support
details, horizontal piping

Loads on hangers and supports


Table 16 gives maximum service loads for horizontal piping on hangers and
supports. Do not exceed the total support or hanger load given in the table for
sustained operation.
Load on Support Fitted to Lower 180 (lbs)
Maximum per linear inch Maximum per support

Nominal
Diameter
in.
mm
1
25
1.5
40
2
50
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400

100
120
160
200
200
200
330
600
1050
1430
1720
2320

100
100
100
100
100
100
130
200
340
400
650
800

Support locations
Supports that permit pipe movement are usually under pipe, not under fittings. Be
sure that pipe movement is not obstructed either axially or laterally by a flange or
fitting near the support. In general, supports may be located at convenient nearby
structures, just as for steel pipe, provided the support spacings indicated in Table
15 are not exceeded.
Anchors on pipe are indicated in Table 4 for restrained piping. Except at flanged
connections, above-ground anchors are usually found on pipe rather than fittings.
Anchors in lines free to move should be located where necessary to control movement into loops or turns. See Figures 7 through 10 for typical anchor details.
Supports for vertical runs
Install a single support anywhere along the length of a vertical pipe run more than
about ten feet long. See Figure 10 for suggested details. If the run is supported near
its base, use loose collars as guides as shown in Figure 10b, spaced as recommended in Table 17.
Table 17 Minimum guide spacing (feet) for
vertical runs supported from the
bottom

Pipe Diameter

Series

Inches
2000
4000

3000A
3200A

5000
5100

Fluid Temperature (F)


100

150

200

250

1, 1.5
2, 3, 4, 5
6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16
2, 3, 4, 6,
8, 10, 12, 14, 16

20
25
30
25
35

15
20
25
20
30

10
15
20
15
25

10
10
15

1, 1.5
2, 3, 4, 5
6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

20
25
30

15
20
25

10
10
15

not recommended

Vertical runs less


than ten feet long may usually be supported as part of the horizontal piping. In
either case be sure the layout makes sufficient provision for horizontal and vertical
movement at the top and bottom turns.
Accommodate length changes in vertical pipe runs by allowing free movement of
fittings at either top, bottom or both. For each 1/8 inch of anticipated vertical length
change, provide 2 feet of horizontal pipe between the elbow and the first support,
but not less than 6 feet nor more than 20 feet of horizontal pipe.
Treat columns more than 100 feet high (either hanging or standing) as special
designs. Support and provision for length change are important. The installer should
be especially careful to avoid movement due to wind or support vibration while
joints are curing.

12

to
other materials
5 Connections

Connections to other piping


Where possible, connect Bondstrand to either metallic or thermoplastic piping using
flanges drilled to the 150 psi standards of ANSI B16.5. Bondstrand filament-wound
epoxy flanges and Bondstrand heavy-duty molded flanges may be bolted directly
against raised-face steel flanges These flanges also seal well against lined steel
configurations. All flanges, including Bondstrand standard molded flanges, epoxy
and vinyl ester, provide sealing against flat-faced flanges. Use a full-faced 1/8-inch
thick elastomer with a Shore A hardness of 60 5 for best results .
Flanged valves and other equipment are frequently supplied with different flange
facings. The configuration of these facings may vary widely. Unless it has been
demonstrated that these facings are compatible with the face of Bondstrand
flanges, consult Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group Engineering Department.
Where Bondstrand is connected to metallic pipe, securely anchor the metallic pipe
at the point of connection so that expansion and contraction or weight of the metal
line is not transferred to the Bondstrand line.
Small-diameter metallic connections
Outlets for instrumentation are best made using orifice flanges with 1 2-inch orifices.
Threaded reducer bushings mounted in saddles, blind flanges and fittings plugs
offer connections up to 11 2-inches in diameter for a wide range of applications. The
most commonly used metal bushing material is Type 316 stainless steel, but
Ameron can furnish other materials on special order.
Gravity flow connections
There are different ways to make gravity-flow connections to floor drains, cast iron
pipe, etc. For example, a four-inch by six-inch tapered body reducer will enlarge the
receiving end of a Bondstrand four-inch pipe and serve as a packing chamber for
the cast iron end of a floor drain or other fitting.
Conversely, Bondstrand pipe can be packed and sealed into a cast iron bell. In any
case, avoid packing materials which must be applied at temperatures above 200F.
Mechanical couplings are available through other manufacturers to connect
Bondstrand to clay, concrete, cast iron or other non-metallic pipe.

to
6 Connections
equipment

Equipment vibration
Bondstrand pipe will safely absorb vibration from pumping or other conditions if (1 )
stresses are controlled within reasonable limits, and (2) pipe is protected from
external abrasion by saddles or sleeves where it contacts supports and other
objects. In general, pipeline vibration is severe only when the generating frequency
is at, or near, the natural resonance frequency of the pipeline. This frequency is a
function of the support system, layout geometry, temperature, mass, and pipe stiffness, and is often difficult to predict.
There are two principal ways to control stress caused by vibration. You can usually
observe the stability of the system during initial operation and add restraints or
supports as required to reduce effects of equipment vibration. Where necessary,
guides illustrated in Figure 6 will effectively hold pipe from lifting or moving laterally.
In special cases where source vibration is excessive (such as that resulting from
pumps running unbalanced), an elastomeric expansion joint or other vibration
absorber should be considered. If an expansion joint is considered, refer to
EXPANSION JOINTS.
Connections to tanks
The wall flexure of a tank as it is filled and emptied produces movements at nozzles
which must be accommodated in the design. These movements can be absorbed
by a loop or turn, or by an expansion joint. Avoid direct, straight-line connections
between tanks.

13

Other design
considerations

Coating Bondstrand
Exposure to direct sunlight will eventually degrade the surface of Bondstrand
piping. Although no failures are known to have resulted from this superficial degradation, it does cause a dull, grey appearance which many users wish to avoid.
Ameron products are available to prevent or arrest this effect, or for color coding.
Based on studies at the factory, a five-mil single coat of Ameron Amershield single
coat polyurethane protective coating will provide suitable protection for either epoxy
or vinyl ester pipe and fittings.
Adhesion of the coating is improved by delaying the application until the pipe
surface has begun to weather. Pipe must be thoroughly cleaned before applying the
coating.
For further information on chemical resistance, coverage rates, equipment and
application procedures for coatings, contact Ameron's Protective Coatings Division.
Electrical properties
Bondstrand pipe offers high resistance to stray electrical currents, a common cause
of corrosion around valves and pumps. Table 18 gives the results of tests on
Bondstrand pipe in a clean, as manufactured, condition at room temperature.
Obviously, electrical properties, especially surface resistivity, are greatly affected by
contamination and atmospheric conditions .

Table 18 Electrical properties of


Bondstrand Series 2000, 3000A,
3200A, 4000, 5000 and 5100 pipe

ASTM
Property
Dielectric constant, at 1 KHz for a 0.22-inch thickness
Dissipation factor, at 1 KHz for a 0.22 inch thickness
Dielectric strength, by the short-time test using 14-inch electrodes in oil for a 0.23-inch thickness, volts per mil
Dielectric breakdown voltage, by the short-time test using
1
4 -inch electrodes in oil for a 0.23-inch thickness, kv
Surface resistivity, ohms
Volume resistivity, for a 0.22-inch thickness

Value

Test Method
5.9

0.016 - 0.021

D150
D150

>230

D149

>53.4
1010 to 1012

D149
D257
D257

1014 to 1015

Note: All material was tested as manufactured and at room temperature.

High-velocity flow of fluids having low electrical conductivity, such as petroleum


distillates, can generate significant amounts of static electricity. In buried pipe these
charges are slowly dissipated. Be sure to ground projections or metal appurtenances, especially near discharge nozzles, filters, valves and other areas of high
turbulence. Use saddles instead of elastomeric pads at supports to obtain better
grounding.
Bondstrand Series 7000 pipe includes electrically conductive elements in the pipe
wall which, when properly grounded, prevent accumulation on the exterior of the
pipe of dangerous levels of static electricity produced by the flow of fluids inside the
pipe.
Entrapped gases
As in all piping systems, high points in the system will trap air or other gases.
Trapped gases may create a hazard during test and operation of the system, and
may restrict flow or drainage. It is recommended that air release valves be used at
high points to permit bleeding out trapped air or other gases. See SMALL-DIAMETER
METALLIC CONNECTIONS for suggested method of mounting.
Steam condensate
Good drainage helps avoid water hammer in steam condensate lines. For further
information, see our Bondstrand Guide for Steam Condensate, FP468, available
from your local distributor.
Heat tracing
Heat tracing may be needed to prevent freezing in cold weather or to maintain flow
of viscous fluids at ambient temperature.
Wrap heat tracing helically to avoid the pipe deflection caused by heating one side
of the pipe. Heat tracing should be directly on the pipe and within the insulation. Do
not exceed maximum trace temperatures of 250F for epoxy products or 200F for
vinyl ester products, and use the maximum trace temperature for the design of the
piping system.

14

Detailing the
8 supports

The following paragraphs describe and illustrate the different methods and devices
used to support Bondstrand pipe and fittings in a suspended system.
Because outside diameters of Bondstrand pipe are the same as those for iron pipe
size (IPS) standards, standard pipe supports and hangers often may be used for
Bondstrand piping systems. Occasionally, larger supports as given in Table 19 are
required to fit over elastomeric pads or saddles, especially at anchors.

Table 19 Recommended nominal hanger


sizes for Bondstrand pipe
Note: Dimensions shown in parentheses are recommended inside
diameters of anchoring device or
support, and provide for a 1 4-inch
elastomeric pad thickness or a
9
16 -inch Bondstrand saddle thickness.

in.

mm

Bare Pipe or
with Sheet Metal
Wrapper
in.
mm

1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

2
2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Nominal Diameter

50
50
50
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

With
Elastomeric Pad
in.

mm

2 12
3 12
(5)
(6)
(7 18)
(9 18)
(1114)
(1314)
(14 34)
(16 34 )

63.5
88.9
(125)
(150)
(181)
(232)
(286)
(337)
(375)
(425)

With Two
Bondstrand 180
Support Saddles
in.
mm

3
4
5
6
(7 7 8)
(978 )
(12)
(14)
(15 1 2)
(17 1 2)

75
100
125
150
(200)
(251)
(300)
(350)
(394)
(445)

Clamping forces
Support styles that clamp the pipe, are generally not recommended to ensure that
clamping forces do not crush the pipe. Local crushing could result from a poor fit,
and all-around crushing could result from over-tightening .
Where the pipe must be held tightly at the support, mount a pair of 180 support
saddles between clamp and pipe for the ultimate in strength and long life. In some
cases with Bondstrand 2000 or 4000, a 14-inch thick elastomeric pad (Shore A
durometer hardness 60 5) placed between clamp and pipe is a suitable alternative.
Space between pipe
In multiple runs, allow clearance for flanges and other fittings having a diameter
greater than the pipe. Table 20 shows the outside radius of standard Bondstrand
products. Add space between pipe runs to accommodate length changes at loops
and turns. Insulate as necessary to avoid direct exposure to hot pipe or other heat sources.
Table 20 Radius for determining piping
clearance requirements for
multiple runs
Notes:
1. Provide additional clearance
between pipe runs to accommodate length changes at loops
and turns.
2. Provide additional clearance
where Bondstrand saddles are
used for branching, or where
Bondstrand maintenance
couplings or other special
joining systems are used.

Nominal diameter
in.
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

in.

Fittings
Radius, R
mm

114
112
134
2 14
2 3 4
31 4
3 3 4
4 3 4
6 14
7 3 4
9
10 1 2

32
38
44
57
70
83
95
121
159
197
229
267

in.

Flanges
Radius, R
mm

21 2
23 4
3
33 4
41 2
434
51 2
63 4
8
912
11
13

64
70
76
95
114
121
140
171
203
241
279
330

Provide Clearance

R
R

Supports permitting pipe movement


Supports allowing pipe to move with relative freedom include:
hangers which are free to move laterally or longitudinally with the pipe,
fixed supports over which pipe must slide, allowing longitudinal movement
and often lateral movement, and
guides which permit longitudinal movement of the pipe but restrain lateral
movement.
Hangers are free to move on their hanger rods and allow considerable longitudinal
and lateral movement. Hanger types include band, ring or clevis type (Figure 3), or
roller types (Figure 4) with the roller either suspended freely or held rigidly in a frame.
Fixed supports permit the pipe to move longitudinally and, in some cases, laterally.
An ordinary pipe rack made of steel angle is a typical fixed support permitting both
longitudinal and lateral movement. Figure 5 shows some typical types of fixed
support. Pipe resting in fixed supports requires protection from external abrasion, as
described below.
Guides (Figure 6) restrict translational movement but may permit longitudinal and
rotational movement. Guides are recommended for lines which are subject to sideloads or uplift. Examples include lines subjected to pressure surges, lines emptied
and filled during operation, and lines (especially when empty) which can be lifted or
moved by wind or other external loadings. Use guides on vertical runs (see Table 17).

15

the
supports (contd)
8 Detailing

Though no significant longitudinal movement is involved, guides are normally


required for restrained systems at spacings given in Table 5 through 14. An inexpensive guide for most applications is a light-duty U-bolt, double-nutted to restrict
horizontal and vertical movement but which permits free longitudinal movement.
Abrasion protection must be provided to protect the pipe where it slides through a
fixed support or guide. Choose a material compatible with the service environment
and budget. Some recommended protective methods include:
Bondstrand saddles, which provide a clean, corrosion-free surface acting
as a stiffening saddle for the pipe. Saddles are bonded to the pipe. In eightinch pipe and larger, light-duty abrasion protection can be provided by
bonding a half section of the same pipe to the line pipe.
elastomeric material such as rubber or neoprene. This material may be
either bonded in place or held by the clamping force of the support device.
galvanized sheet metal, bonded or banded to the pipe, where the environment is not too corrosive. Recommended minimum metal gauge is:
2- through 6-in. pipe: 16 gauge (0.0598)
8- through 16-in. pipe: 10 gauge (0.1345)
Abrasion protection must be firmly bonded or banded to the pipe wherever movement is possible between the pipe and the support.
Supports that anchor pipe
Pipe in a straight run is usually anchored by clamps or split rings. Light anchors
intended only to hold pipe in position between loops or turns in a free system may
be fixed supports, as shown in Figure 7.
Supports required to resist length changes in restrained systems generally require
the use of saddles. Saddles are recommended where pipe is to be held by ring
clamps (Figure 8). Bonded saddles also may be used as a shear key along with a
loose anchoring ring.
Valves and pumps in Bondstrand lines must be supported independently. Figure 9
shows how supports may be bolted to a flange to support weight, to resist thrust
and torque, and to provide electrical grounding.
Vertical pipe runs are usually anchored using bonded saddles or flanges resting on
a suitably reinforced and mounted guide or riser clamp (Figure 10).

16

Figure 3

Pipe hangers
clevis, band, and ring type

Figure 4

Pipe hangers
roller type

Figure 5

Typical types of fixed supports

the supports
(contd)
8 Detailing
Figure 6

Supporting and guiding pipe


a. pipe collar, loose fit
b. pipe clamp, loose fit
c. U-bolt, double nutted, loose fit

d.

a.

d. portable
notes:
1. Elastomeric pads are suitable in
restrained systems where
movement is negligible.

c.

b.

2. Bondstrand saddles or metal


wrappers are suitable if pipe
can move longitudinally as in
vertical runs.

Figure 7

Light duty anchors for free


systems shown with two 180
Bondstrand saddles
a. anchor chair
b. split ring anchor

Figure 8

Anchors for restrained pipe

b.

a.

c. strap anchor

c.

1 Two 180 Bondstrand saddles


each side of clamp

2 Elastomeric pad

3 One 180 Bondstrand saddle


each side of clamp

Figure 9

Valve support and anchor


Note:
1. Increase 45 angle to 60 to
include 4 bolts on sizes
10 to 16 inches.

figure 10

Support for vertical pipe runs


a. base support for flanged column
b. support for hanging column
c. support for standing column:
pipe guided by steel support for
loose fit

c.

a.

17

Appendix C
9 (contd)

Uniform Weight of Pipe

Nominal
Pipe Size
in.

Table C1 Values for use in calculating


support spacings

1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Series
2000/4000
mm
lb/in N/m

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

Nominal
Pipe Size

Table C2

in.

mm

1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

0.03
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.17
0.22
0.25
0.36
0.45
0.53
0.62
0.79

5.8
10
13
18
29
38
44
63
79
93
108
139

2000M-FP
lb/in N/m
0.09
0.12
0.17
0.24
0.35
0.44
0.53
0.78
1.10
1.38
1.52
2.13

16
20
29
42
61
77
92
136
193
241
266
372

5000
lb/in N/m
0.03
0.06
0.08
0.13
0.20
0.22
0.29
0.42
0.52
0.62
0.73
0.93

5.8
10
15
22
35
38
51
73
90
108
127
163

7000
3000A/3200A
lb/in N/m lb/in N/m
0.04
0.08
0.08
0.10
0.17
0.22
0.25
0.43
0.68
0.92
1.08
1.42

7.3
13
15
18
29
38
44
76
118
160
190
248

0.04
0.06
0.08

0.16
0.26
0.38
0.51
0.63
0.78

7.3
10
15

28
45
66
89
109
137

Uniform Weight of Fluid

S.G.=1.0
lb/in

N/m

0.3
5.6
0.8
14
0.12
22
0.29
51
0.49
85
0.76
134
1.1
195
1.9
336
3.0
532
4.3
757
5.2
913
6.8 1193

S.G.=1.3
lb/in

N/m

0.04
7.3
0.10
18
0.16
28
0.38
67
0.63
111
0.99
174
1.4
253
2.5
437
3.9
691
5.6
985
6.8 1187
8.9 1551

S.G.=1.6
lb/in

N/m

0.05
9.0
0.12
22
0.20
35
0.47
82
0.78
136
1.2
214
1.8
312
3.1
537
4.9
851
6.9 1212
8.3 1461
10.9 1909

Effective beam stiffness


values for use in calculating
support spacings
Effective Beam Stiffness Factor, EI (million lb in2)EI (kN m2)
Nominal
Pipe Size

Series 2000

in.

mm

up to
150F

1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

0.16
0.52
1.0
3.3
9.2
18
30
76
148
250
348
590

0.46
1.5
2.8
9.5
26
51
87
217
426
716
999
1693

up to
150F

up to
66C

ft.

Series 2000M-FP

67C to 151F to 67C to


121C 250F
121C

0.09
0.30
0.58
1.9
5.4
10
18
45
87
147
205
347

0.27
0.87
1.7
5.6
16
30
51
128
251
421
587
996

up to
150F

0.16 0.46
0.52 1.48
1.0
2.8
3.3
9.5
9.2
26
18
51
30
87
93
268
231
664
465 1334
624 1790
1066 3061

Series 5100
Nominal
Pipe Size
in.

mm

1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400

.011 0.33
0.36 1.04
0.69
2.0
2.3
6.6
6.7
19
13
37
22
63
55
159
109
312
182
523
276
791
468 1342

up to
66C

151F to
250F

0.09
0.30
0.58
1.9
5.4
10
18
55
136
273
367
627

Series 4000

67C to up to
121C 150F

0.27
0.87
1.7
5.6
16
30
51
158
391
784
1053
1800

0.13 0.38
0.42 1.21
0.80
2.3
2.7
7.6
7.8
22
15
43
26
74
65
187
128
366
214
615
325
934
554 1590

Series 7000

151F to 67C to
250F
121C

ft.

0.01
0.05
0.09
0.29
0.86
1.6
2.8
7.1
14
23
35
60

0.04
0.13
0.25
0.85
2.5
4.7
8.1
20
40
67
102
173

Series 5000

up to 151F to 67C to
66C 250F
121C

0.08
0.27
0.51
1.7
5.0
9.5
16
41
81
136
207
352

0.24
0.77
1.5
4.8
14
27
47
119
233
391
593
1010

up to
150F

.011
0.36
0.69
2.3
6.7
13
22
55
109
182
276
468

0.33
1.04
2.0
6.6
19
37
63
159
312
523
791
1342

up to
150F

up to
66C

ft.

Series 3000A

up to
150F

up to
66C

151F to 67C to up to
250F
121C 150F

ft.

ft.

0.18 0.50
0.57
1.6
1.1
3.2
3.7
11
10
29
19
56
33
96
100
288
245
704
488 1400
653 1873
1110 3185

0.10
0.34
0.65
2.2
5.9
11
20
59
144
287
384
653

0.30
0.97
1.9
6.3
17
33
56
169
414
824
1102
1873

ft.

1.1
3.1
3.8
11
8.3
24

36
104
40
115
94
270
180
516
287
824
471 1353

151F to 67C to
200F
93C

0.01
0.05
0.09
0.29
0.86
1.6
2.8
7.1
14
23
35
60

0.04
0.13
0.25
0.85
2.5
4.7
8.1
20
40
67
102
173

Series 3200A

up to 151F to 67C to
66C 250F
99C

up to
66C

ft.

0.81
2.8
6.2

27
30
70
135
215
354

2.3
8.1
18

78
86
202
387
618
1015

1.1
3.1
3.8
11
8.3
24

36
104
80
230
188
539
360 1032
574 1648
943 2706

151F to 67C to
210F
99C

ft.

0.81
2.8
6.2

27
60
141
270
431
707

2.3
8.1
18

78
173
404
774
1236
2030

21

Notes

22

Notes

23

and safety
information
11 Health

Toxicity of adhesive
Hardener: Irritating to the skin, eyes and respiratory tract: toxic orally; may
cause sensitization.
Resin: .

May be mildly irritating to skin and eyes; may cause sensitization.

Handling precautions for adhesive


Hardener: Do not get in eyes, on skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapor.
Wash thoroughly after handling. When handling in the field, wear
gloves and eye protection. When handling in bulk quantities, wear
rubber gloves, rubber apron and NIOSH approved respirator.

FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY


SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR
ACCIDENT

CALL CHEMTREC DAY OR NIGHT

Resin:

Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. When handling


in the field, wear gloves and eye protection. Wash thoroughly after handling.

1-800-424-9300
Toll-free in the continental U.S.
483-7616 in District of Columbia
For calls originating outside
the continental U.S.
202-483-7616 -Washington D.C.
collect

First aid for adhesive users


In case of contact
Eyes:

Immediately flush with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Call


a physician.

Skin:

Wash with water and soap if available.

Clothing:

Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse.

Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if necessary.


Ingestion: If hardener is swallowed and person is conscious, give plenty of
water or milk to drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician.

Important notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed
to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in
operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation
or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes
no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.

FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP


Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron-net.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division-Asia


Ameron (Pte.) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 2263
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862-1302/861-7834

Fiberglass Pipe DivisionEurope


Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 573-341
Fax: +31 345 575 254
Telex: 40257 bonds nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A.


P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, Texas 76354
Tel: (817) 569-1471
Fax: (817) 569-4012

1978 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP288A (1/97) supersedes FP288 (1/87) 10M[124]

Bondstrand Installation Guide


FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP

Guide for Steam Condensate


and Hot Water Service
General

This guide provides specific information about the material requirements, design
criteria, assembly and testing methods recommended to assure a successful steam
condensate return line or a hot water line such as for district heating or geothermal
applications using Bondstrand pipe and fittings.

Material

Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe and fittings are suitable for steam condensate return
service.1,2 Joined using Bondstrand RP-34 or PSX34, this piping carries hot water safely
at temperatures up to 250F (121C) when the system is properly designed and installed.
The BONDSTRAND FITTINGS AND ENGINEERING GUIDE3 provides details on parts certified in
accordance with Military Specification MIL-P-28584,4 an RTRP specification written
especially for steam condensate return service. Certificates are available on request.5
Another military specification offers guidance on design and installation.6
In choosing parts for your system, Ameron suggests that you consider also the
following:
1.

Heavy-duty, filament-wound flanges are recommended in 2-, 3-, and 4-inch (50,
80, and 100 mm) diameter, particularly when systems are blocked or buried. In
larger diameters, standard filament-wound flanges provide the necessary
strength for this service.

2.

As an exception to the use of filament-wound products, molded blind flanges


are suitable for steam condensate service and are found on the approved list.6

3.

For reductions in pipe diameter, Bondstrand filament-wound tapered body


reducers are recommended over molded reducer bushings.

4.

Tees are recommended for branching. Saddles for branching to either


Bondstrand or steel lines are not recommended for steam condensate. Of
course, saddles are excellent for supports and for in-line anchor details.7

5.

Gaskets for both Bondstrand-to-Bondstrand and Bondstrand-to-steel flanged


connections should be 1/8-inch (3 mm) thick full-faced gaskets using a suitable
elastomer such as ethylene propylene rubber with a Shore A hardness of 605.

6.

Connections to metal condensate piping are always made using flanges. Metal
pipe should be blocked at points of connection to Bondstrand pipe to prevent
metal pipe loads from being transferred to the Bondstrand pipe. This applies to
drip leg connections as well as condensate lines.

7.

Metal piping within manholes may facilitate positive anchoring and provide
improved resistance to vibration, torque loads on valves and physical abuse.

8.

Bondstrand maintenance couplings are recommended for repair of damaged


lines where the ends cannot be separated enough to make a bell and spigot
joint. (See Field Repairs.)

FP468B (7/00)

Systems Protected
Against Live Steam

Bondstrand piping performs best in systems designed to carry condensate only in the
liquid phase. In these systems, a vented receiver tank or hot well collects the
condensate from the steam traps. From the tank, Bondstrand piping returns the
condensate to the boiler by gravity flow if elevations permit or by a pump arrangement
as in Figure 1. These systems are free of steam-induced water hammer and have been
shown to perform for up to 20 years without evidence of significant deterioration.

Systems Exposed
to Live Steam

Where hot wells are not feasible, other means of dissipating the energy in the drip
discharge must be used. Except where possible to design steam transmission lines
without steam traps,8 it will be necessary to remove the condensate from the steam line
at drip legs between the boiler and the equipment. Here complete protection against live
steam exposure may not be possible, but must be kept to a minimum. Steam flashing
within the lines tends to degrade the pipe liner over a period of time, particularly when this
flashing also produces water hammer.
Water hammer occurs in lines filled or partially filled with condensate. When a high
temperature (>212F or 100C) condensate discharge from a trap is released into these
lines, a portion of it flashes to steam. At the instant of release the pressure is nearly that in
the steam line. The flash steam immediately formed at the new lower pressure expands
greatly, even explosively, and a high-velocity pressure wave moves through the line.

Fig. 1. Typical Hot Well for Pumped


Condensate Return

In an empty condensate line, the positive pressure wave would move rapidly through the
line, and then, on cooling , collapse back to its original water volume, producing a similar
negative pressure wave. With the line full or partially full of condensate, the high-velocity
steam pressure wave may become a slug of water which is then slammed through the
pipe in a manner destructive to both pipe and equipment. As the steam rapidly cools and
recondenses, a reverse wave can develop.
The following steam properties outline the extent of this expansion and contraction. One
ounce (28 grams) of steam occupying over 2900 cubic inches at 212F (47,500 cc at 100C)
and atmospheric pressure will occupy only 1.8 cubic inches (30 cc) after condensing. The
flash steam formed on discharge to atmospheric pressure of condensate at 25 psi (1.7 bar)
is 5.7 percent by weight, and at 50 psi (3.4 bar) it is 9.0 percent.
Where some exposure to flash steam is unavoidable, special precautions can be taken to
alleviate the problem (see below). Remember, these precautions for systems with some
exposure to live steam are not necessary for systems fully protected against live steamthat is, where the condensate temperature is below the boiling point and there are no drip
leg connections.

Fig. 2. Detail for Typical In-line Steam


Dissipation Chamber at a Trap
Discharge Connection

Systems Exposed
to Live Steam
(contd)

1.

Take care to assure a uniform grade line in the condensate lines. A gradient of
not less than one inch drop in 40 feet (2 mm per m) in the direction of flow is
recommended for both buried and suspended systems. Be aware that waterfilled low points in the line, particularly those near steam traps, can greatly
aggravate water hammer problems.

2.

Select suitable traps and develop a program of regular maintenance. Features of


trap design to consider should include:
minimizing the amount of condensate dumped per trap operation,
mode of failure, open or closed, and,
selection of the minimum workable size.
Avoid the temptation to install bypasses; While maintaining traps, valve off the drip line.

3.

Provide a dissipator at the steam trap from drip leg connections as shown in
Figure-2. Developed by Mr. Bill Stevenson, an engineer with the General
Services Administration, these widely used devices serve to absorb the initial
shock of the steam flash as well as to quickly dissipate some of the heat energy.
They are used in steel as well as RTRP condensate lines.

4.

Do not undersize the return piping. Larger sizes dramatically reduce the velocity
of the surge wave within the pipe and its potential for damage.

Corrosion Inhibitors

Where a corrosion inhibitor is required to prevent attack on steel components of the


piping system, morpholine is recommended. Other amine additives such as cyclohexylamine, may cause degradation of the pipe liner if used in concentrations in excess
of 1000 parts per million.

Layout of the Buried


System

Buried condensate and hot water systems operate at temperatures that normally
require anchor blocks at valves, turns and branches. The temperature-induced stress
in the blocked Bondstrand pipe will be absorbed in the pipe.9,10 For lines bedded
directly in soil, the designer should not expect that expansion will be absorbed as
movement at turns, by expansion loops or by expansion joints.
At lower temperatures (<180F or 82C) for short runs (<10 ft. or 3 m) from anchor to
fitting, and in poor soils (<1000 psf or 48 kN/m2), anchor blocks may not be required.
However, these are special cases and should be carefully analyzed before the decision
is made to install the lines without anchor blocks.11

Fig. 3. In-Line Anchor

In certain locations it may be necessary to place equipment such as pumps, valves or


steam dissipation chambers in restrained lines. Equipment replacement or repair, or
flange gasket replacement, will then be necessary from time to time. On heat-up,
normal thermal expansion produces a compressive longitudinal load in the restrained
Bondstrand pipe. Over a period of time this causes a shortening of the pipe such that,
unless the flanges are anchored, flanged joints often separate an inch or more when
cooled down and disassembled. This makes reassembly potentially difficult.
Reassembly will be much easier if the Bondstrand inlet and outlet lines are suitably
anchored at manhole and building wall penetrations. This can be done using an in-line
anchor block outside the wall as shown in Figure 3 or a steel anchor inside the wall as
shown in Figure 4. Good soil compaction under the lines around the manholes is
necessary so that excessive settlements cannot damage the pipe.
In some locations the stability of the soil under the pipe at penetrations cannot be
assured. Soil movements can produce excessive shearing loads on the pipe at the
interface to the fixed penetration. Here the anchor should be moved three to five feet
from the penetration and the penetration itself sleeved and sealed around the pipe.12
As an alternative to sealing between the pipe and sleeve with a firm but pliable mass, a
Link-Seal* provides an elastomeric seal by means of a preformed modular unit which is
bolted into place. These units may also be used to seal pipeline casings at road crossings.
The detail of Figure 3 must not be used to resist the expansion and thrust of restrained
steel lines. Connecting steel lines should be both anchored and supported to avoid
transferring excessive loads to the Bondstrand pipe.

Fig. 4. Anchor Inside Manhole or


Wall Penetration

Refer to Ameron literature11, 12, 13 for helpful information on the design and placement of
anchor blocks at buried fittings. The properties of Bondstrand pipe at elevated
temperatures are such that thrust blocks must be designed to resist both tensile and
compressive loads.

Layout of the
Suspended System

Suspended systems are generally designed using expansion loops rather than thrust
blocks, in part because the required supports are more economical when the pipe is
allowed to move freely.7 Anchors between the loops are required, of course, to control
the position of the runs.
Some layouts are simply too restricted to permit the use of loops.Large diameter
casings or tunnels are examples. The line may have to be blocked and guided to keep it
from snaking, or expansion joints may be used.

Assembly

Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges in condensate and hot water systems should be
assembled in accordance with Bondstrand assembly instructions and heat blanket
cure times should be 60 minutes for pipe joints and flange mountings, and 75 minutes
for joints or fittings.

Field Test

Simple hydrostatic testing of installed Bondstrand pipe and fittings to 150 psi (10 bar) or to
1.5 times working pressure for four hours is usually sufficient to assure proper performance.
Testing of a buried system is best accomplished prior to placing backfill and blocking.
In every installation operating at an elevated temperature, maximum reliability is served by
heating the system slowly the first time. A temperature rise of not more than 20F (11C) per half
hour generally will relax fabrication stresses and ensure optimum pipe and joint performance.

Field Repairs

Repairs of leaking pipe, whatever the cause, should be made by removing the faulty section
or a short length containing the fault, not by overwrapping the fault with any type of patch or
other material. If a joint is damaged during the laying operation, it should be cut off and a
coupling bonded to the cut-off end and laid in the line as a normal pipe.
If the damage occurs to an installed pipe which is blocked or otherwise restrained from
movement, the section to be repaired is cut out of the existing system and replaced by
inserting a length of new pipe or a new fitting or assembly in place of the damaged part.
The required buttend joint may be made using a Bondstrand maintenance coupling.

References

1. Lawson, Donald F., Plastic Pipe: It Beats the Cost Problem, Air Force Civil Engineer, August 1973.
2. Andersen, H. O., Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe in Underground Condensate Return Service, Proceeding of
Conference on Underground Central Heating and Cooling Distribution Systems, Washington, D.C.,
November 1973.
3. Bondstrand Fittings Engineering Guide, FP282, Ameron.
4. Military Specification MIL-P-28584, Pipe and Pipe Fittings, Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic, For Condensate
Return Lines, U.S. Government Printing Office, April 15, 1975.
5. Certification to MIL-P-28584, Engineering Bulletin EB-17(1), Ameron, April, 1980.
6. NAVFAC Guide Specification NFGS-15707, (Factory Insulated) Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Pipe
Condensate Return System, Naval Facilities Engineering Command, June, 1981.
7. Bondstrand Engineering Guide for Suspended Pipe, FP288, Ameron.
8. Mikasinovic, Mileta, and Dautovich, David R., Designing Steam Transmission Lines Without Steam Traps,
Chemical Engineering, March 14, 1977.
9. Temperature-Induced Loads in Buried Bondstrand Pipe, Engineering Bulletin EB-2, Ameron.
10. Schadel, O. et al., Untersuchung der Einsatzmglichkeiten von GFK-Rohren fr die rtliche Verteilund und
die Unterverteilung von Fernwrme, (Investigation of the suitability of RTR-Pipe for Local and Secondary
Distribution of District Heat), Research Report ET 5069A, Technischer berwachungs-Verein Bayern e.V,
Munich, March, 1980.
11. The Need for Blocking of Buried Pipe, Engineering Bulletin EB-24, Ameron.
12. Bondstrand Guide for Installing Buried Pipe, FP278, Ameron.
13. Bondstrand Series 2000 Pipe Engineering Guide, BEG-2, Ameron.

Important Notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability
whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to change.

FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - HEADQUARTERS


P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

1987 Ameron , Printed in U.S.A. FP468B 7/00 supersedes FP468A (12/93) 7.5M[354]

Product Notes
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP

Weathering & UV Resistance of


Fiberglass Piping Systems

General

All thermosetting and thermoplastic materials are susceptible to ultraviolet (UV)


degradation upon prolonged exposure to sunlight. The degree of UV degradation
varies depending on the chemical composition of the materials, however, the
breakdown is primarily a surface phenomenon. The rate at which degradation may
occur varies based on the availability of air, water, oxygen and other oxidizing agents.
Numerous antioxidants and UV absorbers can be added to materials of high resin
content to retard UV degradation. Currently, no means exist to totally eliminate this
phenomenon.
The major concern regarding UV attack on fiberglass pipe is the loss of physical strength
through degradation of the resin-glass bond. Since UV degradation is a surface
phenomenon, the most efficient means of prolonging the integrity of the reinforcement is
to place a resin-rich protective layer between the structural fiberglass and the outer
surface. The thicker the surface coating, the better the weathering characteristics. The
use of pigments, dyes or fillers in the resin system will also improve weathering characteristics by helping to screen out the ultraviolet light.
Ameron employs a combination of techniques to protect the fiberglass bond from
UV attack. All fiberglass pipe produced by Ameron is manufactured on rotating mandrels.
This continuous motion results in a uniform resin-rich coating on the pipe exterior which
enhances its weather resistance. Pigments or dyes are incorporated into the resin system
to act as a further barrier to UV penetration into the laminate. Certain piping products may
also be overwrapped with an organic veil layer to provide even greater UV resistance.
Even if dry fiberglass appears on the outer surface, independent testing has shown it to
have no measurable effect on performance. If aesthetics are important, fiberglass pipe can
be covered with a high-grade acrylic or epoxy based coating.

Warranty

Ameron warrants its standard products against reduction of performance or corrosion


ratings due to UV exposure for a period of 15 years from date of purchase.

ISO-9001

CERTIFICATED FIRM

FP473F (9/00)

Enhancing UV Resistance

Selected Bondstrand products are


provided with supplemental UV
protection consisting of an
overwrap of organic veil tape and a
layer of epoxy resin.

Important Notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever
in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are
subject to change.

FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - HEADQUARTERS


P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834
info@ameron.com.sg

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com

1991 Ameron FP473F (8/00) supersedes FP473E (11/97) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[3005]

Bondstrand Design Manual


for Marine Piping Systems
FP707A (4/01) Supersedes FP707

Table of Contents
1 Introduction
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Products Range and Series . . .
Standards and Specifications . .
Classification Society Approvals
Uses and Applications . . . . . . .
Joining Systems . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fittings and Flange Drillings . . .
Corrosion Resistance . . . . . . . .
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.1
.1
.2
.2
.2
.3
.3
.3
.3

2 Design for Expansion and Contraction


2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7

Length Change due to Thermal Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5


Length Change due to Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Length Change due to Dynamic Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Flexible Joints, Pipe Loops, Z & L Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Design with Flexible Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Design with Pipe Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Design using Z Loops and L Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

3 Design for Thrust (Restrained Systems)


3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5

General Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thrust in an Anchored System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thrust due to Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thrust due to Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Formulas for Calculating Thrusts in
Restrained Pipe Lines (With Examples) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6 Longitudinal Stress in Pipe & Shear Stress in Adhesive

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.19
.19
.19
.19

. . . . . .20
. . . . . .21

4 Support Location and Spacing


4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abrasion Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spans Allowing Axial Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Span Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspended System Restrained from Movement . . .
Euler and Roark Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Support of Pipe Runs Containing Expansion Joints
Support for Vertical Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Case Study: Vertical Riser in Ballast Tank . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.27
.27
.28
.28
.30
.31
.33
.38
.38

5 Anchors and Support Details


5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
5.2 Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

6 Internal and External Pressure Design


6.1 Internal Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
6.2 External Collapse Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

7 Hydraulics
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Formulas for Calculating Head Loss in Pipe
Head Loss in Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Discharge Time & Energy Savings . .

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.59
.59
.59
.61
.66

Appendices
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.

Using Metallic Pipe Couplings to Join Bondstrand . . . . . . . . .A.1


Grounding of Series 7000M Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B.1
Sizing of Shipboard Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C.1
Miscellaneous Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D.1
Piping Support for Non-Restrained Mechanical Joints . . . . . . .E.1

1.0 Introduction
1.1

GENERAL
Historically, offshore exploration, production platforms and ship owners have had to face the grim reality
of replacing most metal piping two or three times during the average life of a vessel or platform. This has
meant, of course, that piping systems end up costing several times that of the original investment since
replacement is more expensive than new installation. When you add the labor costs, the downtime and
the inconvenience of keeping conventional steel or alloy piping systems in safe operating condition, the
long-term advantages of fiberglass piping become very obvious.

1.2

PRODUCT RANGE AND SERIES


Bondstrand provides four distinct series of filament-wound pipe and fittings using continuous glass
filaments and thermosetting resins for marine and naval applications:

Series 2000M
A lined epoxy pipe and fittings system for applications which include ballast lines, fresh and saltwater
piping, sanitary sewage, raw water loop systems and fire protection mains where corrosion resistance and light weight are of paramount importance.
Series 2000M-FP
A lined epoxy system covered with a reinforced intumescent coating suitable for dry service in a jet fire.
Series 2000USN
An epoxy system meeting the requirements of MIL-P-24608B (SH) for nonvital piping systems on
combatant and non-combatant vessels. Available in sizes from 1 to 12 inches (25 to 300mm).
Series 5000M
A lined vinylester pipe and fittings system in 2 inch diameter (50mm) for seawater chlorination.
Series 7000M
An epoxy pipe and fittings system with anti-static capabilities designed for white petroleum products
and applications passing through hazardous areas. Properly grounded Series 7000M prevents the
accumulation on the exterior of the pipe of dangerous levels of static electricity produced by flow of
fluids inside the pipe or by air flow over the exterior of the pipe. This is accomplished by Amerons
patented method of incorporating electrically conductive elements into the wall structure of pipe and
fittings during manufacture.
PSXL3
A polysiloxane-modified phenolic system for use in normally wet fire protection mains - also suitable
for confined spaces and living quarters due to low smoke and toxicity properties. Also available in a
conductive version.
PSXJF
A polysiloxane-modified phenolic system for use in deluge piping (normally dry). PSXJF has an
exterior jacket which allows the pipe to function even after 5 minutes dry exposure to a jet fire (follow
by 15 minutes with flowing water). Also available in a conductive version.

1.3

STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS


Bondstrand marine pipe and fittings are designed and manufactured in accordance with the following standards and specifications:

MIL-P-24608A (SH)
U.S. Navy standards for fiberglass piping systems onboard combatant and noncombatant ships.
ASTM (F1173)
U.S. standards for fiberglass piping systems onboard merchant vessels, offshore production and
explorations units.

1.4

CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY APPROVALS


Ameron works closely with agencies worldwide to widen the scope of approved shipboard applications for fiberglass pipe systems. Certificates of approval and letters of guidance from the following
agency concerning the use of Bondstrand piping on shipboard systems are currently available from
Ameron. Others are pending.
American Bureau of Shipping
Biro Klasifikasi Indonesia
Bureau Veritas
Canadian Coast Guard, Ship Safety Branch
Det Norske Veritas
Dutch Scheepvaartinspectie
DDR-Schiffs-Revision UND-Klassifikation
Germanisher Lloyd
Korean Register of Shipping

1.5

Lloyds Register of Shipping


Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Polski Rejestr Statkow
Registro Italiano Navale
Register of Shipping
The Marine Board of Queensland
United States Coast Guard
USSR Register of Shipping

USES AND APPLICATIONS


Series 2000M
Approved for use in air cooling circulating water; auxiliary equipment cooling; ballast/segregated ballast; brine; drainage/sanitary service/sewage; educator systems; electrical conduit; exhaust piping;
fire protection mains (IMO L3) fresh water/service (nonvital); inert gas effluent; main engine cooling;
potable water; steam condensate; sounding tubes/vent lines; and tank cleaning (saltwater system);
submersible pump column piping; raw water loop systems and drilling mud pumping systems.
Series 2000M-FP
Designed for use where pipe is vulnerable to mechanical abuse or impact or for dry deluge service.
Series 5000M
Approved for use in seawater chlorination.
Series 7000M
Approved for use in ballast (adjacent to tanks); C.O.W. (crude oil washing); deck hot air drying (cargo
tanks); petroleum cargo lines; portable discharge lines; sounding tubes/vent cargo piping; stripping
lines and all services listed for Series 2000M in hazardous locations.

PSXL3
Designed and approved for use in fire protection ring mains and for services in confined spaces of
living quarters where flame spread, smoke density and toxicity are critical.
PSXJF
Designed and approved for dry deluge service where pipe may be subject to a directly impinging jet fire.

1.6

JOINING SYSTEMS
Bondstrand marine and naval pipe systems offer the user a variety of joining methods for both new
construction and for total or partial replacement of existing metallic pipe.

All Series:
1-to 16-inch ....................Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive joint;
2-to 24-inch (2000M) ......Van stone type flanges with movable flange rings for easy bolt alignment.
1-to 36-inch ....................One-piece flanges in standard hubbed or hubless heavy-duty configuration.
2-to 36-inch ....................Viking-Johnson or Dresser-type mechanical couplings.

1.7

FITTINGS AND FLANGE DRILLINGS


Ameron offers filament-wound fittings, adaptable for field assembly using adhesive, flanged, or rubber-gasketed mechanical joints. Tees, elbows, reducers and other fittings provide the needed complete piping capability.
Bondstrand marine and naval flanges are produced with the drillings listed below for easy connection
to shipboard pipe systems currently in common use. Other drillings, as well as undrilled flanges, are
available.
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 & 300;
ISO 2084 NP-10 & NP-16;
JIS B2211 5kg/cm2;
JIS B2212 10kg/cm2;
JIS B2213 16kg/cm2;
U.S. Navy MIL-F-20042

1.8

CORROSION RESISTANCE
Bondstrand pipe and fittings are manufactured by a filament-winding process using highly corrosionresistant resins. The pipe walls are strengthened and reinforced throughout with tough fiberglass and
carbon fibers (Series 7000 only) creating a lightweight, strong, corrosion-resistant pipe that meets
U.S. Coast Guard Class II and U.S. Navy MIL-P-24608A (SH) standards for offshore and most shipboard systems.

1.9

ECONOMY
Bondstrand offshore piping and Bondstrand marine and naval pipe systems have corrosion resistance
surpassing copper-nickel and more exotic alloys, but with an installed cost less than carbon steel.
Numerous shipyards have recorded their Bondstrand installation costs on new construction projects and
report savings from 30 to 40 percent compared to traditional steel pipe.

2.0 Design for Expansion & Contraction


2.1

LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO THERMAL EXPANSION


Like other types of piping material, in an unrestrainted condition, Bondstrand fiberglass reinforced
pipe changes its length with temperature. Tests show that the amount of expansion varies linearly
with temperature, in other words, the coefficient of thermal expansion in Bondstrand pipe is constant, it equals to 0.00001 inch per inch per degree Fahrenheit (0.000018 millimeter- per millimeter
per degree centigrade).
The amount of expansion can be calculated by the formula:
L =
where

L T

L = change in length (in. or mm),

 = coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./F or mm/mm/C),


L = length of pipeline (in. or mm), and
T = change in temperature (F or C).
Example: Find the amount of expansion in 100 feet (30.48 meter) of Series 2000M pipe due to a
change of 90F (50C) in temperature:
a. English Units:
L =
where

L T

 = 10 x 10-6 in./in./F
T
L
L
L

=
=
=
=

90F
100 ft. = 1200 in.
(1200 in.) (10 x 10-6 in./in./F) (90F)
1.08 in.

b. Metric Units:
L =
where

L T

 = 18 x 10-6 mm/mm/C
T
L
L
L

=
=
=
=

50C
30.48 m = 30480 mm
(30480 mm) (18 x 10-6 mm/mm/C) (50C)
27.4 mm

Note that 27.4 mm is equal to 1.08 in. which is the calculated thermal expansion for the same length
of pipe due to the same amount of temperature change.
In normal operating temperature range, the length change - temperature relationship can be represented by a straight line as illustrated in Figure 2-1 on the next page.

LENGTH CHANGE
MM / 100 M OF PIPE

Fig. 2-1

TEMPERATURE CHANGE (DEG F)

TEMPERATURE CHANGE (DEG C)

2.2

LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO PRESSURE


2.2.1

Unrestrained System

Subjected to an internal pressure, a free Bondstrand pipeline will expand its length due to thrust
force applied to the end of the pipeline. The amount of this change in the pipe length depends on the
pipe wall thickness, diameter, Poissons ratio and the effective modulus of elasticity in both axial and
circumferential directions at operating temperature.

L = L

p ID2
4t Dm El

lc

p ID2
2t Dm Ec

The first term inside the bracket is the strain caused by pressure end thrust while the second term,

lc

p ID2
2t Dm Ec

is the axial contraction due to an expansion in the circumferential direction, the Poissons effect. The
result is a net increase in length which can be calculated by the simplified formula:

L = L

where

p ID2
4t El Dm

2lc

El
Ec

L = length of pipe (in. or cm.),


p = internal pressure (psi or kg./cm2),

lc

= Poissons ratio for contraction in the longitudinal direction due to the


strain in the circumferential direction.

Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg./cm2),


6

El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg./cm2),


Dm = mean diameter of pipe wall = ID + t,
ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm.), and
t = thickness of pipe wall (in. or cm.)
Example: Find the length change in 10 meters of Bondstrand Series 2000M, 8-inch pipe which is
subjected to an internal pressure of 145 psi (10 bars) at 75 F (24C).

Fig. 2-2

a.English Units:
The physical properties of the pipe can be found from BONDSTRAND SERIES 2000M
PRODUCT DATA (FP194):

lc

= 0.56

Ec = 3,600,000 psi
El = 1,600,000 psi
ID = 8.22 in.
t = 0.241 in.
Dm = 8.46 in.
p = 145 psi
L = 394 in.
Note: Physical properties vary with temperature. See Bondstrand Series 2000M Product Data (FP194).

145 psi (8.22 in.)2


4 (.241 in.) (8.46 in. ) 1,600,000 psi

L = (394 in.)

1 - 2 (.56)

1,600,000 psi
3,600,000 psi

1 - 2 (.56)

113490 kg/cm2
253105 kg/cm2

L = 0.147 in.

b.

Metric Units:

lc

= 0.56

El = 113490 kg/cm2
Dm = 21.5 cm
ID = 20.9 cm
t = 0.612 cm
p = 10 bars = 10.02 kg/cm2
L = 1000 cm

L = (1000 cm)

10.02 kg/cm2 (20.9 cm)2


4 (.612 cm) (21.5 cm ) (113490 kg/cm2)

L = 0.373 cm

Table 2-I provides the calculated length increase for 100 feet (30.48 meters) of Bondstrand Series 2000M
Pipe caused by 100 psi (7 kg/cm2) internal pressure. The Table is valid through the temperature range of
application. (The effect of temperature on length change due to pressure is small.)
Table 2-I

Size
(in.) (mm.)
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
36
900

Length Increase
(in.)
(mm)
0.2
5.0
0.3
7.8
0.3
7.6
0.4
10.2
0.4
10.2

Obtain length increase for other pressure by using a direct pressure ratio correction. For example, to
find the length change caused by 150 psi pressure in a 6-inch pipe, multiply 0.4 inch by the pressure
ratio 150/100 to obtain an amount of 0.6 inch length increase.

2.2.2 Restrained Systems


MECHANICAL COUPLING
(Dresser Type)

W.T. BHD.

Fig. 2-3

In the piping system, shown in Figure 2-3, all longitudinal thrusts are eliminated by the use of fixed
supports; therefore, the pipe is subjected only to load in the circumferential direction. Without the
end thrust present, the first term in the equation is dropped and the length change becomes:

L = L

where

-lc

p ID2
2t Ec Dm

L = length of pipe (in. or cm),


p = internal pressure (psi or kg/cm2),

lc

= Poissons ratio

Ec

circumferential modulus of elasticity, (psi or kg/cm2)

ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm),


t = thickness of pipe wall (in. or cm),
Dm = mean diameter of pipe wall = ID + t.
Example: Find the change in length in 12 meters (39.4 feet) of restrained Bondstrand Series 2000M,
8-inch diameter pipe operating at 10 bars (145 psi) internal pressure.

a. English Units:

lc

= .56

p = 145 psi
ID = 8.22 in.
t = 0.241 in.
Dm = 8.46 in.
Ec = 3,600,000 psi
L = 472 in.

L = (472 in.)(-.56)

145 psi (8.22 in.)2


2 (.241 in.) (8.46 in. ) 3,600,000 psi

L = -.175 in. or .175 in. reduction in length

b.Metric Units:

lc

= .56

p = 10.02 kg/cm2
ID = 20.9 cm
Dm = 21.5 cm
t = 0.612 cm
Ec = 253105 kg/cm2
L = 1200 cm

L = (1200 cm) (-.56)

10.02 kg/cm2 (20.9 cm)2


2 (0.612 cm) (21.5 cm) (253105 kg/cm)2

L = - .442 cm or .442 cm reduction in length

As indicated by the formula and demonstrated by the example, in a restrained installation where a
mechanical coupling is used, application of pressure will result in a contraction of the pipe. This
shortening effect is found favorable in most applications where the designer can use the reduction in
length to compensate for thermal expansion. Conversely, allowances should be made where operating temperature is significantly lower than the temperature at which the system is installed.

2.3

LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO DYNAMIC LOADING


Piping installed on board ship is often subjected to another type of load at the supports which results
from sudden change of the supports relative location. This dynamic loading should be accounted for
in the design. The degree of fluctuation in length between the two support points depends on the
ships structural characteristics, i.e., the ship size, the size of the dynamic load, etc. This type of
movement in the piping system should be considered with other length changes previously discussed; however, calculation of expansion and contraction due to dynamic loading is beyond the
intended scope of this manual.

2.3.1 Equipment Vibration


Under normal circumstances, Bondstrand pipe will safely absorb vibration from pumping if the pipe
is protected against external abrasion at supports.
Vibration can be damaging when the generated frequency is at, or near, the natural resonance frequency of the pipeline. This frequency is a function of the support system, layout geometry, temperature, mass and pipe stiffness.
10

There are two principal ways to control excessive stress caused by vibration. Either install, observe
during operation, and add supports or restraints as required; or add an elastometric expansion joint
or other vibration absorber.

2.4

FLEXIBLE JOINTS, PIPE LOOPS, Z AND L TYPE BENDS


Bondstrand piping is often subjected to temperature change in operation, usually in the range of
50F to 100F (32C to 82C). Since a piping system operating at low stress level provides
longer service life, it is good practice to reduce the amount of stress caused by thermal and/or pressure expansion. This can be accomplished by using one or more of the following:
A. Flexible Joints
a.1 Mechanical coupling (Dresser-type), or
a.2 Expansion joint.
B. Pipe Loops
C. Z type configurations or change of direction at bends.

2.5

DESIGN WITH FLEXIBLE JOINTS


Both Dresser-type couplings and expansion joints are recognized as standard devices to absorb
thermal expansion. They are easy to use and commercially available.

2.5.1 Mechanical Couplings (Dresser-type)


These are primarily designed to be used as mechanical connection joints. The elastomeric seal offers
some flexibility that will relieve thermal expansion in the pipe; however, this can only absorb a limited
amount of axial movement, usually about 3/8 in. (10mm) per coupling. Thus, more than one coupling
must be used if the expected movement is greater than 3/8 in. (10mm).
It should be noted here that fixed supports are always required in a mechanical system. In moderate
temperature and pressure application, such as often found in ballast piping systems, the total expansion of a 40-foot Bondstrand pipe is within the coupling recommended limit. For additional information on mechanical type couplings see Appendix A.

2.5.2 Expansion Joints


Expansion joints are widely accepted as standard devices to relieve longitudinal thermal stress.
Unlike the mechanical coupling, this joint offers a wider range of axial movement giving more flexibility in design. This is advantageous in long section of pipe such as in cargo piping which sometimes
runs the entire length of the ship. An expansion joint is normally not needed in ballast piping system
where short sections of pipe are anchored at bulkheads.
When an expansion joint is used in the pipeline to relieve longitudinal stress, it must be fairly flexible,
such as a teflon bellows which is activated by the thrust of a low modulus material.
Support for expansion joints must be correctly designed and located to maintain controlled deflection. Besides adding weight, most of these joints act as partial structural hinges which afford only
limited transfer of moment and shear. Where the expansion joint relies on elastomers of thermoplastics, the structural discontinuity or hinging effect at the joint changes with temperature.
When using an expansion joint in a pipeline carrying solids, consider the possibility that it could stiffen or fail to function due to sedimentation build up in the expansion joint. Failure of the expansion
joint could cause excessive pipe deflection. Regular schedule maintenance and cleaning of the
expansion joint is recommended to assure adequate function of the piping system.

11

2.6

DESIGN WITH PIPE LOOPS


Where space is not a primary concern, expansion loops are the preferred method for relieving the
thermal stress between anchors in suspended piping systems since it can be easily fabricated using
pipe and elbows at the job site.
Loops should be horizontal wherever possible to avoid entrapping air or sediment and facilitate drainage.
For upward loops, air relief valves aid air removal and improve flow. In pressure systems, air
removal for both testing and normal operation is required for safety.
For downward loops, air pressure equalizing lines may be necessary to permit drainage.
In both cases, special taps are necessary for complete drainage.
The size of the loop can be determined by using the Elastic-Center Method. The concept is outlined as follows:

Fig. 2-4

Consider a properly guided expansion loop as shown in Figure 2-4. The centroid 0 of this structure
is located at the center of the guides A and B, and the line of thrust will lie parallel to a line joining
the guides. The only force that acts on this loop is in the x direction and can be found by the equation.
Fx =
EI
Ix
where

= total linear expansion which will be absorbed by the loop,


Fx
E
I
Ix

=
=
=
=

force in the x direction,


modulus of elasticity of the pipe,
beam moment of inertia of the pipe, and
moment of inertia of the line about the x axis of the centroid.

2
3

Since Ix

4
12

Fx = 4

EI
3

Substituting

M = Fx

and

2
SA = M D
2I
and arranging the required length

Where

in terms of other known values we obtain:


1/2

ED
SA

M = bending moment, maximum at elbows,


SA = allowable stress,
D = outside diameter of pipe,
= required length of the expansion loop.

It should be noted here that similar result can be obtained using the Guided Cantilever Method of
pipe flexibility calculation.
Where
2

= 1
4

EI

M 2
4EI

SA 2
2ED

1/2

and again

ED

SA
Calculation example: Determine the required expansion loop for 8-inch Bondstrand Series 2000M
piping subjected to the following condition:
Operating temperature:
Installation temperature:
Total length of pipe between anchors:
From PRODUCT DATA SHEET

FOR

Allowable bending stress =

65C (149F)
20C (68F)
100 meter (328 ft)

BONDSTRAND 2000M (FP194) we obtain at 150F (66C):

548 kg/cm2 = 183 kg/cm2 (2600 psi)


3

Thermal expansion coefficient

18 x 10-6 m/m/C (10 x 10-6 in/in/F)

Modulus of elasticity at 65C

91,400 kg/cm2 (1,300,000 psi)

Pipe O.D.

22.1 cm (8.7 inch)

First determine the total thermal expansion for the entire length of the pipe section in question:
L

= L T
= 18 x 10-6/C (45C) (100 x 102) cm
= 8.1 cm

13

Then

1/2

ED
SA
1/2
1/2

8.1 cm (91,400 kg/cm2) (22.1 cm)


183 kg/cm2

= 299 cm

= 2.99 meter
Calculation of length

can also be performed in English units:


1/2

3.18 in (1,300,000 psi) 8.7 in


2,600 psi

= 9 ft. - 10 in.
which is equivalent to 2.99 meters.

14

= 118 in

Table 2-II tabulates the length of loop in feet and meters required to absorb expansion.

TABLE 2-II: REQUIRED LENGTH FOR EXPANSION LOOP

15

2.7

DESIGN USING Z LOOPS AND L BENDS


Similarly the Z-loop and L-bends can be analyzed by the same guide cantilever method.

Fx 3
4EI

ED

= M 2
4EI

1/2

SA

Fig. 2-5

16

SA 2
2ED

Note: In special cases where the pipe is insulated, longer length is needed to compensate for the
stiffer loop members.
The required length

in this case should be adjusted by a factor

(EIinsulated pipe/EI

)1/2

bare pipe

which was derived as follows:


bp

1/2

M 2 bp
2EI bp

bp

bp

EI

/2
bp

M
1/2

ip

M 2ip
2EIip

ip

ip

EIip2

For the same application condition:


bp

ip

ip
1/2

bp

EIip/EIbp

Loops using 90 elbows change length better than those using 45 elbows. Unlike a 90 turn, a 45
turn carries a thrust component through the turn which can add axial stress to the usual bending
stress in the pipe and fittings. Alignment and deflection are also directly affected by the angular displacement at 45 turns and demand special attention for support design and location.
A 45 elbow at a free turn with the same increment of length change in each leg will be displaced 86
percent more than a 90 elbow. The relative displacement in the plane of a loop is also more of a
problem. Figure 2-6 illustrates the geometry involved.
Comparison of Displacement in 90 vs. 45 elbows caused by a Unit Length Change:

A. Relative displacement of
elbows permitted to move
freely in a pipe run.

B. Relative displacement
configuration of loops

Fig. 2-6
17

18

Table 2-III tabulates the length of loop or bend in feet and meters required to absorb expansion.

TABLE 2-III: REQUIRED LENGTH FOR Z TYPE LOOP AND L BEND

3.0 Design for Thrust (Restrained Systems)


3.1

GENERAL PRINCIPLES
Occasionally, the layout of a system makes it impossible to allow the pipe to move freely, as for
example, a ballast line running thwart-ships between longitudinal bulkheads. Or it may be necessary
to anchor certain runs of an otherwise free system. In a fully restrained pipe (anchored against movement at both ends), the designer must deal with thrust rather than length change. Both temperature
and pressure produce thrust which must be resisted at turns, branches, reducers and ends. Knowing
the magnitude of this thrust enables the designer to select satisfactory anchors and check the axial
stress in pipe and shear stress in joints. Remember that axial thrust on anchors is normally independent of anchor spacing.
Caution: In restrained systems, pipe fittings can be damaged by faulty anchorage or by untimely
release of anchors. Damage to fittings in service can be caused by bending or slipping of an improperly designed or installed anchor. Also, length changes due to creep are induced by high pressures
or temperatures while pipe is in service. When anchors must later be released, especially in long pipe
runs, temporary anchors may be required to avoid excessive displacement and overstress of fittings.

3.2

THRUST IN AN ANCHORED SYSTEM


Both temperature and pressure produce thrust, which is normally independent of anchor spacing. In
practice, the largest compressive thrust is normally developed on the first positive temperature cycle.
Subsequently, the pipe develops both compressive and tensile loads as it is subjected to temperature and pressure cycles. Neither compressive nor tensile loads, however, are expected to exceed
the thrust on the first cycle unless the ranges of the temperature and pressure change.

3.3

THRUST DUE TO TEMPERATURE


In a fully restrained Bondstrand pipe, length changes induced by temperature change are resisted at
the anchors and converted to thrust. The thrust developed depends on thermal coefficient of expansion, the cross-sectional area, and the modulus of elasticity.

3.4

THRUST DUE TO PRESSURE


Thrust due to internal pressure in a suspended but restrained system is theoretically more complicated. This is because in straight, restrained pipelines with all joints adhesive bonded or flanged, the
Poisson effect produces considerable tension in the pipe wall.
As internal pressure is applied, the pipe expands circumferentially and at the same time contracts
longitudinally. This tensile force is important because it acts to reduce the hydrostatic thrust on
anchors. In lines with elbows, closed valves, reducers or closed ends, the internal pressure works on
the cross-sectional area of the ends. This thrust tends to be about twice as great as the effect of
pressure on the pipe wall.
The concurrent effects of pressure and temperature must be combined for design of anchors.
Similarly, on multiple pipe runs, thrusts developed in all runs must be added for the total effect on
anchors.

19

3.5

FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING THRUST IN RESTRAINED PIPELINES


3.5.1 Thrust Due To Temperature Change In An Anchored Line
The thrust due to temperature change in a system fully restrained against length change is calculated
by:

P =  TAEl
where

P = thrust (lbf or kg),

 = coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./F or m/m/C),


T = change in temperature (F or C),
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity at lower temperature (psi or kg/cm2),
A = average cross-sectional area of the pipe wall (in.2 or cm2),
See Table 4-IV.
For example:

 = 10 x 10-6in./in./F
T = 150F
A = 4.23 in2 for 6 inch pipe
El = 1.6 x 106 psi
then

P = (10 x 10-6)(150)(4.23)(1.6 x 106) = 10,150 lbf. or from Table 3-1


P = 6,770 x 1.5 = 10,150 lbf.

3.5.2

Thrust Due To Pressure In An Anchored System


In a fully restrained system, calculate the thrust between anchors induced by internal pressure using:
P =
where

pDmID

El

Ec

(-lc )

P = internal pressure (psi or kg/cm2),


ID = internal diameter (in. or cm),
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2),
Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), and

lc

= Poissons ratio.

Note: Use elastic properties at lowest operating temperature to calculate maximum expected thrust.

20

For example, assume that


ID = 6.26 in.,
Dm = 6.44 in.,
P = 100 psi.
El = 1.6 x 106 psi,
Ec = 3.6 x 106 psi, and

lc
then

= 0.56

P =

3.14 (100) (6.44) (6.26)


2

(1.6) (0.56) =1,580 lbf (tension)


(3.6)

or read the value of 1,580 lbf from Table 3-Il.


3.5.3

Thrust Due To Pressure On A Closed End


Where internal pressure on a closed end exerts thrust on supports, calculate thrust
using:

where

ID

2
p
4
ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm).

P =

Values are given in Table 3-Ill.


For example: If there is 100 psi in a 6-inch (6.26 ID) pipe, thrust is
2
P = 3.14 (6.26) x 100 = 3,080 lbf
4

3.6

LONGITUDINAL STRESS IN PIPE AND SHEAR STRESS IN ADHESIVE


Stress in the pipe is given in each of the above cases by:
f =

where

P
A

f = longitudinal stress (psi or kg/cm2).

In the last example for pressure on a closed end:

f = 3,080 = 728psi
4.23
The allowable stress is one third of the longitudinal tensile strength at the appropriate temperature as
given in the Bondstrand Product Data Sheet. For Series 2000M and Series 7000M pipe the allowable
stress at 70F is 8,500 psi/3.0 = 2830 psi (199 kg/cm2). For short-term effects such as those resulting from green sea loads, a higher allowable stress may be justified.

21

Shear stress in an adhesive bonded joint is:

 =
where

DjLb

 = shear stress in adhesive (psi or kg/cm2),


Dj = joint diamater (in. or cm), see Table 3-IV.
Lb = bond length (in. or cm), see Table 3-IV.

For example: In the case of 100 psi pressure on a closed end 6-inch pipe, as previously calculated:

P = 3,080 lbf

 =

3,080
3.14 (6.54) 2.25

= 67 psi

The allowable shear stress for RP-34 adhesive (normally used with Series 2000M products) is 250 psi
(17.6 kg/cm2). The allowable shear stress for RP-60 adhesive (normally used with Series 7000M products) is 212 psi (14.4 kg/cm2).

22

TABLE 3-I
THRUST IN AN ANCHORED PIPELINE DUE TO TEMPERATURE CHANGE
FOR BONDSTRAND PIPING

Note:

1. For temperature change other than 100F or 100C use linear ratio for
thrust.
2. Calculations are based on elastic properties at room temperature.
3. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI
dimensions for 28 to 36 inch.

23

TABLE 3-II
THRUST FORCE DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSURE IN AN ANCHORED PIPELINE
FOR BONDSTRAND PIPING

Note:

1. For temperature change other than 100 psi or 10 kg/cm2, use linear ratio for tensile
force.
2. Calculations are based on elastic properties at room temperature.
3. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI dimensions for
28 to 36 inch.

24

TABLE 3-III
THRUST DUE TO PRESSURE ON A CLOSED END
FOR BONDSTRAND PIPING

Note:

1. For temperature change other than 100 psi or 10 kg/cm2, use linear ratio for thrust.
2. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI dimensions for
28 to 36 inch.

25

TABLE 3-IV
ADHESIVE BONDED JOINT DIMENSIONS

Note:

1. Joint Diameters are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI
dimensions for 28 to 36 inch.
2. Adhesive bonded joints are available for field joining of pipe and fittings in size
range 2 to 16 inch. Only adhesive bonded flanges are available for field joints
above 16 inch.

26

4.0 Support Location & Spacing


4.1

GENERAL
This section gives recommendations on placement of supports and maximum support spacing.
These recommendations give minimum support requirements. Additional support may be needed
where pipe is exposed to large external forces as for example, pipe on desk subject to green wave
loading.
Techniques used in determining support requirements for Bondstrand are similar to those used for
carbon steel piping systems; however, important differences exist between the two types of piping.
Each requires its own unique design considerations. For example, Bondstrand averages 16 percent
of the weight of schedule 40 steel, has a longitudinal modulus 14 times smaller, and a thermal coefficient of expansion 50 percent larger.

4.2

ABRASION PROTECTION
Bondstrand should be protected from external abrasion where it comes in contact with guides and
support, particularly in areas of significant thermal expansion, in long runs of pipe on weather decks,
or in passageways which would be affected by dynamic twisting of the ships structure. Such protection is achieved through the use of hanger liners, rider bars or pads made of teflon or other acceptable material. Refer to Table 4-I for details.

TABLE 4-I
PIPE HANGER LINER, RIDER BAR, OR PAD MATERIAL
FOR ABRASION PROTECTION

27

4.3

SPANS ALLOWING AXIAL MOVEMENT


Supports that allow expansion and contraction of pipe should be located on straight runs of pipe
where axial movement is not restricted by flanges or fittings. In general, supports may be located at
positions convenient to nearby ships structures, provided maximum lengths of spans are not
exceeded.

4.4

SPAN RECOMMENDATIONS
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe at various operating temperatures are given in
Table 4-Il. These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping arrangements, i.e., those which
have no fittings, valves, vertical runs, etc., but which may include flanges and nonuniform support
spacings. The tabular values represent a compromise between continuous and single spans. When
installed at the support spacings indicated in Table 4-Il, the weight of the pipe full of water will produce a long-time deflection of about 1/2 inch, (12.7 mm), which is usually acceptable for appearance
and adequate drainage. Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacings 20 percent
greater for this same deflection; in simple spans, support spacings should be 20 percent less. For
this purpose, continuous spans are defined as interior spans (not end spans), which are uniform in
length and free from structural rotation at supports. Simple spans are supported only at the ends and
are either hinged or free to rotate at the supports. In Table 4-Il, recommendations for support spacings for mechanical joints assume simple spans and 20 ft. (6.1m) pipe length. For additional information regarding the special problems involved in support and anchoring of pipe with mechanical joints,
see Appendix E.

4.4.1

Formula for Calculating Support Spacing for Uniformly Distributed Load

Suspended pipe is often required to carry loads other than its own weight and a fluid with a specific
gravity of 1.0. Perhaps the most common external loading is thermal insulation, but the basic principle is the same for all loads which are uniformly distributed along the pipeline. The way to adjust for
increased loads is to decrease the support spacing, and conversely, the way to adjust for decreased
loads is to increase the support spacing. An example of the latter is a line filled with a gas instead of
a liquid; and longer spans are indicated if deflection is the controlling factor.
For all such loading cases, support spacings for partially continuous spans with a permissible deflection of 0.5 inch are determined using:
1/4

L = 0.258

28

(EI)
w

TABLE 4-II
RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM SUPPORT SPACINGS FOR
PIPE AT 100F (38C) AND 150F (66C) OPERATING TEMPERATURES
(FLUID SPECIFIC GRAVITY = 1.0)

Note:

1. For 14- through 36-inch diameters, loads tabulated are for Iron Pipe Size and are 7 to 12 percent
less than for Metric Cast Iron sizes. However, recommended spans are suitable for either.
2. Span recommendations apply to normal horizontal piping support arrangements and are calculated
for a maximum long-time deflection of 1/2 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage.
3. Includes Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints and flanged joints.
4. Maximum spans for mechanically joined pipe are limited to one pipe length.
5. Modulus of elasticity for span calculations:

E = 2,100,000 (psi)-6000 (psi/F) x T (F). See Table 4-III.

29

where

L = support spacings, ft.


(EI) = beam stiffness (lb-in2, from Table 4-Ill and 4-IV)
w = total uniformly distributed load (lb/in.).

In metric units:
L = 0.124

where

1/4

(EI)
w

L = support spacings (m)


(El) = beam stiffness (kg-cm2) (from Table 4-Ill and 4-IV)
w = total uniformly distributed load (kg/m)

For example: Calculate the recommended support spacing for 6-inch Bondstrand Series
2000M pipe full of water at 150F:
1/4

L = 0.258

4.5

1,200,000 x 19.0
1.36

16.5 ft.

SUSPENDED SYSTEM RESTRAINED FROM MOVEMENT


Anchors may be used to restrict axial movement at certain locations (see Section 5 for anchor
details). Such restriction is essential:
Where space limitations restrict axial movement.
To transmit axial loads through loops and expansion joints.
To restrain excessive thrusts at turns, branches, reducers, and ends
To support valves. This is done not only to support the weight of valves and to reduce thrust, but
it also prevents excessive loads on pipe connections due to torque applied by operation of
valves.
Refer to Section 3 for determining thrust in an anchored system.

TABLE 4-III
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY FOR CALCULATIONS OF SUPPORT SPACINGS

30

In pipe runs anchored at both ends, a method of control must be devised in order to prevent excessive lateral deflection or buckling of pipe due to compressive load. Guides may be required in conjunction with expansion joints to control excessive deflection. Tables 4-V and 4-VI give recommendations
on guide spacing versus temperature change for marine pipe with restrained ends.

4.6

EULER AND ROARK EQUATIONS


The Euler equation is first used to check the stability of the restrained line.
1/2

L =

where

 T A

L =

unsupported length or guide spacing (in. or cm),

beam moment of inertia (in4 or cm4) see Table 4-IV,

 = coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./F or m/m/C),


A =
T=

cross-sectional area (in2 or cm2) see Table 4-IV,


change in temperature (F or C).

The equation gives maximum stable length of a pipe column when fixed ends are assumed.
In Tables 4-V and 4-VI this maximum length is reduced by 25 percent to allow for non-Euler behavior
near the origin of the curve.

31

TABLE 4-IV
PIPE DIMENSIONS AND SECOND MOMENT OF AREAS (SERIES 2000M)
IRON PIPE SIZE (IPS)

METRIC IRON SIZE

Notes:
1. Outside diameters approximate those for iron pipe size, ISO International Standard 559 - 1977 and for
cast iron pipes, ISO Recommendation R13-1965 as follows:

2. Values are for composite moment of area of structural wall and liner cross-section in terms of the
structural wall for Series 2000M. Beam second moment of area is also known as beam moment of
Inertia.

32

Using the length developed by the Euler equation, the weight of and the physical properties at the
operating temperature deflection of a horizontal pipe is calculated using the equation from Roark1:

y =

-wL
2KP

(tan

KL
KL
)
4
4

1/2

where

K =

P =

P/(El)

(El)
L2

=  TAE

El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), see Table 4-Ill


w = uniform horizontal load (lb/in or kg/cm),
L = guide spacing (in. or cm).

If y is less than 0.5 inch (1.27cm), the L obtained using the Euler equation is the recommended
guide spacing. If y is greater than .5 inch (1.27cm), choose a shorter length L and solve the Roark
equation again for y. A final length recommendation is thus determined by trial and error when y
closely approximates 0.5 inch (1.27cm).

4.7

SUPPORT OF PIPE RUNS CONTAINING EXPANSION .JOINTS


The modulus of elasticity for Bondstrand pipe is approximately 1/14th that of steel pipe. For this reason, the force due to expansion of Bondstrand pipe is not great enough to compress most varieties
of expansion joints used in steel piping systems. Bondstrand requires elastomeric expansion joints.
The use of elastomeric expansion joints has somewhat limited marine applications. These joints have
very limited resistance to external forces and, therefore, are not suitable for use in the bottom of
tanks. However, it can be used for piping systems installed in the double bottoms were hydrostatic
collapse pressure is not a requirement. During the installation careful consideration must be given to
the proper support and guidance.

(1)

R.J. Roark, Formulas for Stress and Strain, 3rd Edition, McGaw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1954.

33

34

TABLE 4-V
GUIDE SPACING VS. TEMPERATURE CHANGE FOR PIPE WITH
RESTRAINED ENDS

Note:

For horizontal pipe, values below the line may be taken from Table 4-II. For vertical pipe, use tabulated values
as shown.

TABLE 4-VI
GUIDE SPACING VS. TEMPERATURE CHANGE FOR PIPE WITH
RESTRAINED ENDS

Note:

For horizontal pipe, values below the line may be taken from Table 4-II. For vertical pipe, use tabulated values as shown.

35

There are also very distinct advantages to these expansion joints. They reduce vibration caused by
equipment, are very compact and lightweight, and will compensate for axial movement.
When using an expansion joint to allow movement between anchors, the expansion joint should be
placed as close as possible to one anchor or the other. The opposite side of the expansion joint
should have a guide placed no further than five times the pipes diameter from the expansion joint
with a second guide positioned farther down the pipe. To determine the spacing for the second
guide, find manufacturers specifications on force required to compress the joint and refer to Figure
4-1 for recommended spacing.
The horizontal line at the top of each curve represents maximum support spacing for a totally unrestrained system. The lower end of the curve also becomes horizontal at the value for maximum guide
spacing for a totally restrained system. This graph only shows values for pipes smaller than 12 inch
diameter. In large diameters, the slightly increased guide spacing is not great enough to compensate
for the added cost of the expansion joint.
The guide spacing for variable end thrust as produced by an expansion joint may be calculated as
follows:
1/2

L =

1/2

 TA

IEl
F

L = guide spacing (in. or cm.)


F =  TAEl =

force of compressing an expansion joint (lb or kg),

 = coefficient of thermal expansion (in/in/F or m/m/C).


El = longitudinal modules of elasticity at the highest operating temperature
(psi or kg/cm2), see Table 4-Ill
T = change in temperature (F or C),
A = cross-sectional area (in2 or cm2), see Table 4-lV.
I = beam second moment of area (in4 or cm4), see Table 4-IV.

The values shown in Fig. 4-1 are calculated at 100F (38C) and reduced by 25 percent. Within the
cross-hatched area, the pipe will crush prior to compression of the expansion joint based on a compressive allowable stress of 20,000 psi (1400 kg/cm2).

36

FIGURE 4-1

(FEET)

(METERS)

MAXIMUM GUIDE SPACING

AXIAL FORCE COMPRESSING AN EXPANSION JOINT VS. GUIDE SPACING

(POUNDS FORCE)

(KILOGRAMS FORCE)
37

4.8

SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL RUNS


Install a single support anywhere along the length of a vertical pipe run more than about ten feet
(3mm) long. See Section 5 for suggested details. If the run is supported near its base, use loose collars as guides spaced as needed to insure proper stability.
Vertical runs less than ten feet (3mm) long may usually be supported as part of the horizontal piping.
In either case, be sure the layout makes sufficient provision for horizontal and vertical movement at
the top and bottom turns.
In vertical pipe runs, accommodate vertical length changes if possible by allowing free movement of
fittings at either top or bottom or both. For each 1/8 inch (3mm) of anticipated vertical length change,
provide 2 feet (62cm) of horizontal pipe between the elbow and the first support, but not less than 6 feet
(1.9m) nor more than 20 feet (6.1m) of horizontal pipe. If the pipeline layout does not allow for
accommodations of the maximum calculated length change, there are two possible resolutions:

Anchor the vertical run near its base and use intermediate guides at the spacing shown in Tables
4-V or 4-VI, or

Anchor the vertical run near its base and use intermediate Dresser-type couplings as required to
accommodate the calculated expansion and contraction.

Treat columns more than 100 feet (30m) high (either hanging or standing) as special designs; support
and provision for length change are important. The installer should be especially careful to avoid
movement due to wind or support vibration while joints are curing.

4.9

CASE STUDY: VERTICAL RISER IN BALLAST TANK


A 210,000 DWT Tanker trades between Alaska and Panama. Segregated ballast tanks next to cargo
tanks are served by 16 inch (400mm) Bondstrand Series 7000M pipe with RP-60 adhesive as shown
in Figure 4-2. Maximum working pressure is 225 psi (15.5 bars). Maximum cargo temperature is
130F (54C). Minimum cargo temperature is 70F (21C). Minimum ballast water temperature in
Alaska is 30F (-1C). Length of riser is 80 ft. (24.4m). Ambient temperature at time of pipe installation
is 70F (21C). Maximum ambient temperature in Panama is 110F (43C).

4.9.1 What relative movement is expected between bottom of riser and bulkhead assuming no restraint on riser and no dresser-type couplings in the riser pipe?
Maximum relative movement due to temperature occurs when the steel bulkhead is at cargo temperature (1300F) and the fiberglass pipe is at minimum ballast water temperature (300F); i.e. at time of
loading cargo in Alaska.

Expansion of bulkhead

=
=
=

L T
6.38 x 10-6 (80 x 12) (130 - 70)
0.37 inches

Contraction of pipe

=
=

L T = 10 x 10-6(80 x 12) (70 - 30)


0.38 inches

Total relative movement due to temperature


=
0.37 + 0.38 = 0.75 inch
Note that pressure in the pipe under these conditions will cause the pipe to lengthen and reduce the
relative movement between pipe and bulkhead.
Maximum relative movement due to pressure will occur at ambient temperature during ballasting in
Panama.
38

VERTICAL RISER IN BALLAST TANK


FIGURE 4-2

39

L = (80 x 12)

225 (15.19)2
4 (.47) 1,6000,000 (15.66)

1-2 (.56) 1.6


3.6

= 0.53 inches or see Table 2-I

Thus the maximum expected relative movement is 0.75 inch as caused by temperature.

4.9.2 Does the pipeline layout below the riser allow enough flexibility to absorb the expected relative movement?
The eductor is rigidly anchored to prevent vibration; therefore, the riser support forms a Z loop.
Interpolating from Table 2-Ill for a length change of 0.75 inch, the required leg length is 9.5 ft. Since
the layout provides only 3 ft., there is insufficient flexibility to absorb movement.

Two solutions are possible:


A. Anchor the riser pipe near the bottom and provide guides as required to prevent buckling.
B. Insert Dresser-type couplings into the riser pipe to absorb the expected movement.
4.9.3 Solution A: Restrain the riser pipe
El at 30F = 2,100,000 6,000 (30) = 1,920,000 psi
Force on anchor, P = ElA L/L
= 1,920,000 (22.5) 0.75/(80x12)
= 33,750 lbf. due to temperature change
Note that pressure causes a reduction in anchor force due to temperature.

From Table 3-Il, the force due to pressure alone is


P = 9260 (225/100) = 20,840 lbf.
Thus the anchor must be designed for 33,750 lbf.
The guide spacing should be established for a condition of empty ballast tank in Panama (110F) and
full cargo tank at 70F. The pipe T = 110-70=40F. From Table 4-VI the guide spacing is 52 feet.
Since the maximum unguided length is 30 ft., no additional guides would be required.
Check maximum tensile stress in pipe wall: In this case, assume hot cargo tank, cold ballast tank
and maximum pressure occur simultaneously.

f = (33,750 + 20,840)/22.5
= 2,426 psi < 2,830 psi allowable
Check shear stress in RP60 adhesive (See Table 3-IV):
a = (33,750 + 20,840)/[ir(15.91)(4.00)]
= 273 psi > 212 psi allowable
Solution A is not feasible due to shear stress in adhesive.
40

4.9.4

Solution B: Dresser-type couplings. Contraction in riser pipe due to pressure:

L = (80 x 12)

225 (15.9)2
(.56) 2(.47) 3,600,000 (15.19 + .47)

= 0.53 inches
Thus the total contraction due to pressure and temperature is 0.75 + 0.53 = 1.28 inches. Each coupling allows 0.375 inch movement (See Appendix A) without gasket scuffing. However, considering
the infrequent nature of the worse-case condition, two couplings should be sufficient. Light duty
anchors will be required between couplings.
The riser bottom should be anchored against closed-end force. From Table 3-Ill, the force is:

P = 18,100 (225/100) = 40,740 lbf.


For anchor details see Section 5.

41

42

5.0 Anchor And Support Details


5.1

INTRODUCTION
Proper support of fiberglass piping systems is essential far the success of marine fiberglass installations. In dealing with installations of fiberglass pipe by shipyards, riding crews, arid owners throughout the world, the need for a Chapter dedicated to commonly used installation details has become
evident.
The recommendations and details herein are based on sound engineering principles and experience
in successful fiberglass piping installations. They are offered as alternatives and suggestions for evaluation, modification and implementation by a qualified Marine Engineer. Taking short cuts to save
material or cost can cause grave consequences.

Notes: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, details are considered suitable for all approved piping systems.
2. Details are not intended to show orientation. Assemblies may be inverted or turned horizontal for
attachment to ships structure, bulkhead or deck. Good practice requires that support lengths in pipe
runs provide the minimum dimensions needed for clearance of nuts and bolts.
3. Location, spacing and design of hangers and steel supports are to be determined by the shipyard,
naval architect, or design agency. The necessary properties of fiberglass pipe are found in Chapters 2,
3 and 4.
4. Fiberglass piping systems on board ships are often designed to absorb movement and length changes
at mechanical joints. To control deflections, the designer must allow for the weight and flexibility (hinge
effect) introduced by mechanical couplings or expansion joints. See Appendix E.
5. Detailed dimensions are in inches and (mm) unless otherwise indicated.
6. Flange gaskets shall be 1/8 in. (3mm) thick, full face elastomeric gaskets with a Shore A Durometer
hardness of 60 + 5. A Shore flurometer hardness of 50 or 60 is recommended for elastomeric pads.
7. Refer to ASTM F708 for additional details regarding standard practice for design and installation of
rigid pipe hangers.

5.2

DETAILS
5.2.1

Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged One End (Figure 51 On Following Page)

All water tight bulkheads and deck penetrations must be accomplished in steel and/or a non-ferrous
metal capable of being welded water tight to the steel structure and must comply with classification
societies rules. Fiberglass pipe can be attached to this penetration by a mechanical coupling
(Dresser-type) between the metallic spool piece and fiberglass plain end. A step down coupling can
also be used when the diameter of the metallic spool piece differs from the outside diameter of the
fiberglass pipe.

Note:

All spool pieces must be aligned with the longitudinal axis of the piping system within tolerance permitted by the mechanical coupling manufacturer regardless of the deck or bulkhead slope.

43

Fig. 51

5.2.2 Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged Both Ends (Figure 52 )


The difference between this water tight spool piece and the previous one is the incorporation of
flanges at both ends of the water tight bulkhead. This spool piece penetration is commonly used if a
valve must be attached at the bulkhead penetration as required for design, safety reasons or classification society rules.
The alignment between the steel and fiberglass flanges must be within the tolerance discussed later
in Paragraph 5.2.13 and shown by Figure 513. Special attention is required when valves are
mounted on the flanges; lock washers shall be placed on the steel side (compressed by the nut) and
flat washers on the fiberglass side (supported by the bolt).

Fig. 52

5.2.3 Adjustable Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged or Plain End. (Figure 53)
This particular spool piece connection allows tack welding at the bulkhead prior to final assembly so
that the pipe is truly aligned, thus relieving fabrication stresses in the system. Two tanks can be
aligned simultaneously with the use of this adjustable bulkhead penetration for proper alignment of
the fiberglass pipe and fittings.

44

Fig. 53

5.2.4 Anchor Supports. (Figure 54)


This particular detail uses fiberglass saddle stock halfcollars to anchor the pipe and prevent longitudinal displacement along the axis. The gap between each 1800 saddle and the flat bar type clamp is
1/8 in. (3mm). These steel clamps are fabricated by the shipyard conforming to I.P.S. or M.C.I. outside diameters.

Notes: 1. The steel clamp should fit squarely against the angle bar support where the clamp will be bolted.
Inserts, washers and spacers should not be used.
2. For thickness of the steel clamps refer to Note 3 under Paragraph 5.1.

5.2.5

Pipe Anchor Using 1800 Saddle Stock Full Collar (Figure 55 On Preceding Page)

This anchor support is accomplished in the same manner as Figure 54. It restricts the pipe from
axial movement. The additional saddles will increase the area of contact between the saddle and the
pipe to accommodate axial forces.
Calculations of thrust are discussed in Chapter 3. If the shear value of the adhesive to be used on a
particular systems is exceeded (see Section 3.6), alternate types of anchors should be used; especially at fittings. See Figures 58 and 59 for examples.

Fig. 54

45

Fig. 55

5.2.6

Anchor Supports Using Full Metal Clamp (Figure 56)

The flat bar clamp is designed to restrain the pipe from axial movement. Saddle stock is installed on
both sides of the steel clamp. In order to hold the pipe without damage see Table 51 below for
recommended space between the bottom part of the clamp and upper part of the clamp.
For small pipe diameters 16 in. (25150mm) it is useful to use a 1/4 thick (6mm) neoprene pad
(Durometer A 5060) compressed between the pipe and metal clamp. This will not prevent movement of the pipe in the axial direction. To prevent movement, the pipe must be properly anchored
with saddle supports using half or full collars depending on the thrust imposed by the hydrostatic
pressure or temperature change in the piping system.

Notes: 1. The steel clamp should fit squarely against the angle bar support where the clamp will be bolted.
Inserts, washers and spacers should not be used.
2. For thickness of the steel clamps refer to Note 3 under Paragraph 5.1.

TABLE 5I

NPS
1
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18

1/2

46

Clearance At Bolts
(Without Liner)
(in)
(mm)
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8

3
3
3
6
6
10
10
12
12
16
16
16

NPS
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36

Clearance At Bolts
(Without Liner)
(in)
(mm)
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8

16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

5.2.5

Pipe Anchor Using 180 Saddle Stock Full Collar (Figure 55)

This anchor support is accomplished in the same manner as Figure 54. It restricts the pipe from
axial movement. The additional saddles will increase the area of contact between the saddle and the
pipe to accommodate axial forces.
Calculations of thrust are discussed in Chapter 3. If the shear value of the adhesive to be used on a
particular systems is exceeded (see Section 3.6), alternate types of anchors should be used; especially at fittings. See Figures 58 and 59 for examples.

5.2.6

Anchor Supports Using Full Metal Clamp (Figure 56)

The flat bar clamp is designed to restrain the pipe from axial movement. Saddle stock is installed on
both sides of the steel clamp. In order to hold the pipe without damage see Table 51 below for
recommended space between the bottom part of the clamp and upper part of the clamp.
For small pipe diameters 16 in. (25150mm) it is useful to use a 1/4 thick (6mm) neoprene pad
(Durometer A 5060) compressed between the pipe and metal clamp. This will not prevent movement of the pipe in the axial direction. To prevent movement, the pipe must be properly anchored
with saddle supports using half or full collars depending on the thrust imposed by the hydrostatic
pressure or temperature change in the piping system.

Fig. 56

Fig. 57

47

5.2.7 Anchor Supports Using Flat Bar Top Half and Steel Shape Bottom (Figure 57 Previous Page)
This type of anchor support is similar in purpose to that shown in Figure 56. Many shipyards prefer
this type.

Caution: Dimensions of the steel clamp must provide for a loose fit around the fiberglass pipe when attached to
the steel angle shape below. If the pipe is clamped against the flat steel surface on the bottom half, the
force imposed at the tangential point of contact between the pipe and steel can damage the fiberglass
pipe. (See Table 5I). For diameters greater than 8 inches this problem is less severe due to increased
thickness of the pipe wall. (See Chapter 4, Table 4IV)
Note:

The supports shown in Figs. 54, 55, 56 and 57 are designed to restrain axial movement of the
pipe when they are fitted with 180 deg. saddles.

5.2.8 Thrust Support For 90 and 45 Elbows (Figure 58 on Following Page)


The thrust support plate of Figure 58 is used when the hydrostatic force or thrust in the piping system will exceed the shear strength of the adhesive bonded joint. It is recommended that this type of
support be used in transferring the load from the joint directly into the body of the fitting. The fitting
will absorb thrust imposed on the piping system. The support plate will be permanently attached to
the standard foundation detail produced by the shipyard with addition of a torsional support plate
bolted directly onto a flange of the elbow to prevent a torsional displacement of the fitting.
It is recommended that a .394 in. (10mm) thick neoprene pad with a Durometer A of 50-60 be
installed between the thrust support plate and the outside of the elbow completely covering the
inside curved surface which will contact the pipe. The neoprene pad should be fully compressed
against the thrust plate. If the thrust plate support cannot be made into a smooth radius, an alternative method is to weld together straight plates (Lobster-Back configuration). In this case the neoprene pad must be sufficiently thick so that when the pad is compressed between the fitting and the
Lobster-Back support, a full contact of the outside diameter of the pipe is accomplished with the
compression of the neoprene pad. This assures that the forces will be transmitted directly to the
steel thrust support plate and no slippage will occur by an improperly compressed neoprene pad.

Note:

It is recommended that a mechanical coupling (Dresser-type only) be incorporated on either side of the
fitting using thrust support plates to allow axial movement in the piping system and relieve part of the
thrust imposed on the fitting. This practice has been used successfully in previous installations. See
Note in Section 5.2.9.

5.2.9 Thrust Support Plate For Tees (Figure 59 On Page 5.8)


The thrust support plate of Figure 59 is used when the hydrostatic force or thrust in the piping system will exceed the shear strength of the adhesive bonded joint. It is recommended that this type of
support be used in transferring the load from the joint directly into the body of the fitting. The fitting
will absorb thrust imposed on the piping system. The thrust support plate for the tee is simpler in
design than the previous thrust support for elbows. The construction is straight and simple without
compound curvature and can be accomplished by rolling the plate to conform to the outside diameter of the tee.

48

Fig. 58

49

Fig. 59

The accommodation of the neoprene pad will be the same as Figure 58 with the objective to transfer the thrust force of the piping system into the thrust support plate and not into the flange or bonded joints of the tee. Because of the geometrical configuration of the tee, a torsional plate will not be
required. All the rest of the recommendations previously discussed in Figure 58 are also applicable
to the tee support.

Note:

It is advisable to coat the U bolts which hold the elbows and tees against the thrust support plates
with Amercoat, urethane or similar coatings to protect against corrosion, and also cushion between the
fittings and the U bolt. Another method used by some shipyards is to introduce a neoprene sleeve
around the U bolts. This Note applies to all supports using U bolts.

5.2.10 Anchor Support Plate Bolted to a Flanged Fitting (Figure 510 On Following Page)
This anchor support is used for flange fittings when the hydrostatic forces imposed by the design of
the piping system do not exceed the adhesive shear stress value. (See Section 3.6 of this manual.)
Figure 510 shows the plate pattern covering a minimum of four bolts (for all pipe sizes). Figure 5
10 shows a design used by shipyards to anchor large diameter elbows. See Note 3 on page 5.2.

5.2.11 Steel Supports for Large and Small Valves (Figure 511 On Page 5.10)
The steel supports shown in Figure 511 apply for various kinds of valves. Valves in sizes 4 in. and
under are relatively light can normally be supported with a single support. Gate valves and similar
large and heavy valves in sizes 6 in. and up require two supports to accommodate the weight and
directly transmit it to the ships structure. Valves such as globe or gate valves with reach rods
extending to the above decks require double support.
See Table 5Il below for required number of bolts in support plates.

50

Fig. 510

Flanged plates must be properly designed to support the weight of valves and transmit it directly to
the ships structure. It is recommended that all steel components in a piping system be supported.
This will prevent shifting the weight to the fiberglass piping system.
TABLE 5Il

Flange
Size

Required Minimum
Number Of Bolts
Attached To
Support Plate

1
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18

2
2
2
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8

1/2

Note:

Flange
Size

Required Minimum
Number Of Bolts
Attached To
Support Plate

20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36

8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
12

Flanges should be two-hole oriented as a general practice in shipbuilding.


51

Fig. 511

5.2.12 Guidance Support for Fiberglass Pipe. Teflon Sliding Pad (Figure 512)
This simple design has been adopted almost universally for guides in ship construction. Teflon has
selflubricating properties which help to reduce friction between the surface of the pipe and the
steel without inducing abrasion on the fiberglass component. Teflon also is inert to most chemicals
and petroleum derivatives used in tank ships, white product, and chemical carriers. The minimum
thickness of the teflon pad is recommended to be 1/5 inch (5mm). Teflon thickness should be
increased proportionally to the largest size of the piping system i.e., 1/4 inch (6mm) for 20 inches and
above. The teflon pad can be utilized (or installed) in different configurations, some shipyards feel
that the teflon pad in conjunction with the holes for the U bolt will be sufficient. Others shipyards prefer to have an indentation on the teflon pad to prevent any sliding in the center between the two
holes supporting the pad. The third anchor point will be in the center of the teflon pad and the metal
bar as shown as an alternative on Figure 512. It is also recommended that the U bolts be coated
with Amercoat, urethane or hot dip coating to prevent corrosion.

5.2.13 Maximum Flange Misalignment Allowance (Figure 513)


The Table in Figure 513 shows allowable misalignment for flanges from 116 inches diameter and
from 1836 inches diameter. It is recommended that these allowances not be exceeded in order to
accomplish a proper seal between flanges without inducing unacceptable stresses.

52

Fig. 512

Fig. 513

53

5.2.14 Pipe Misalignment Between Supports (Figure 514)


The Table in Figure 514 shows allowable misalignment for different sizes of pipe assuming 20 ft.
(6m) between supports. Figure 514 also provides a formula to calculate the maximum misalignment between supports for other support spacings.

Note:

When joints are made with mechanical couplings, see manufacturers literature for permissible
misalignment.

Fig. 514
2

H=H x
20

C
400

Where
H = Total allowable
misalignment in (in.)
C = Support span in (ft.)
H = See Table
20

Notes: 1. For supports spans other than 20 feet the total misalignment can be calculated using the
above formula
2. Misalignment applicable applicable to any direction parallel to axis

54

6.0 Internal and External Pressure Design


6.1

INTERNAL PRESSURE
Pi =

2st
(ODt)

Where:

Pi = rated internal pressure, psi or kg/cm2,


s = allowable hoop stress, 6000 psi. (422kg/cm2) for Series 2000M
and 7000M Bondstrand pipe,
OD = minimum outside diameter (in. or cm) see Table 4IV,
t = minimum reinforced wall thickness (in. or cm) = tt ti,
tt = minimum total thickness (in. or cm) see Table 4IV,
tl = liner thickness, 0.020 in. (0.51 cm) for Series 2000M, zero for
Series 7000M.

(OD - t) = ID + t + 2tl
ID = inside diameter (in. or cm).
To convert pressure in psi to bars, divide by 14.5. To convert pressure in kg/cm2 to bars, divide by
1.02.
Based on the formula given above, the rated operating pressure for Series 2000M and Series 7000M
pipe is tabulated in Table 6I. This provides longterm performance in accordance with the cyclic
Hydrostatic Design Basis (ASTM D2992, Method A) and provides a 4 to 1 safety factor on short
term hydrostatic performance as required by proposed ASTM Marine Piping Specifications.

Note:

Fittings and/or mechanical couplings may reduce the system working pressure below that
shown in Table 6I. See Bondstrand Product Data Sheets FP168 and FP169 and coupling manufacturers literature.

55

TABLE 6I
Rated Internal Operating Pressure for Series 2000M and Series 7000M Pipe

Nominal
Diameter
in.
mm
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
28
700
30
750
36
900

Note:

Rated Internal
Operating Pressure
at 2000F (930C)
psi
bar
550
38
450
31
450
31
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21

Fittings and flanges have a lower pressure rating than the pipe.

6.2 EXTERNAL COLLAPSE PRESSURE.

Pc =

Where

2Ec ta3
(1-cl) ID3
Pc = external collapse pressure (psi or kg/cm2),
Ec = effective circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), see Table
6Il,
ta = average reinforced wall thickness (in. or cm), .875 is used because the
minimum thickness is 87.5% of nominal.
= (tt / .875) tl
tt = minimum total thickness (in. or cm) see Table 4IV,
tl = liner thickness, 0.020 in. (0.51 cm) for Series 2000M, zero for Series
7000M,
ID = pipe inside diameter (in. or cm), see Table 4IV,
l = Poissons ratio for contraction in the circumferential direction due to
tensile stress in the longitudinal direction, see Table 6Il,

56

c = Poissons ratio for contraction in the longitudinal direction due to the


tensile stress in the circumferential direction, see Table 6II.

To convert external pressure in psi to bars, divide by 14.5. Atmospheric pressure at sea level is 14.7
psi. To convert kg/cm2 to bars, divide by 1.02.
When installing pipe in the bottom of tanks, the pipe must resist the combined external fluid pressure
and internal suction. It is assumed that a positive displacement pump can pull a maximum of 75 percent vacuum. The designer should also allow for a safety factor of 3 in accordance with proposed
ASTM Specifications. Thus the allowable hydrostatic head, H in ft. is:

H = 2.31

Pc
3.0

11.0

Tabulated values of allowable hydrostatic head are shown in Table 6Ill on page 6.6 for temperatures of 1000F(380C) and 2000F(930C). For example, calculate the collapse pressure and
allowable hydrostatic head in English units for 12 inch Series 2000M pipe at 2000F:

ID = 12.35 inch
tt = 0.351 inch
tl = 0.020 inch
ta = (.351/.875) .020 = .381 inch

2(2.20 x 106).3813

Pc =

= 181 psi

[ 1 - .7 (.41)] 12.35
H = 2.31

181
3.0

11.0

= 114 ft.

Or read the appropriate values from Table 6Ill.

Table 6Il
Elastic Properties for Calculation of External Collapse Pressure for Series 2000M and 7000M Pipe
Temperature
F
C
70
21
100
38
150
66
200
93

Ec
psi
3.15 x
3.06 x
2.90 x
2.20 x

106
106
106
i06

kg/cm2
2.21 x 105
2.15 x 105
2.04 x 105
1.55 x 105

c

l

0.56
0.57
0.60
0.70

0.37
0.38
0.39
0.41

Note: Ec is based on external collapse tests per ASTM D2924. Values of Poissons ratio are based on
tests per ASTM D1599

57

TABLE 6Ill
External Collapse Pressure and Allowable Hydrostatlc Head
for Series 2000M and Series 7000M Pipe

Nom. Pipe
Size
(in)
(mm)
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
28
700
30
750
36
900

58

1000F(380C)
2000F(930c)
Collapse
Allowable
Collapse
Allowable
Pressure
Hydrostatic Head
Pressure
Hydrostatlc Head
(psi)
(Bars)
(ft)
(in)
(psi)
(Bars)
(ft)
(in)
2,331
160
1,770
540
1,855
565
1,403
427
637
43.9
465
142
507
35.0
365
111
703
48.5
516
157
559
38.6
405
123
234
16.1
155
47
186
12.8
118
36
231
15.9
153
47
184
12.7
116
35
231
15.9
153
47
184
12.7
116
35
228
15.7
150
46
181
12.5
114
35
228
15.7
150
46
181
12.5
114
35
228
15.7
150
46
181
12.5
114
35
227
15.6
149
45
181
12.5
114
35
227
15.6
149
45
181
12.5
114
35
226
15.5
149
45
180
12.4
114
35
226
15.5
149
45
180
12.4
114
35
226
15.5
149
45
180
12.4
114
35
225
15.5
148
45
179
12.3
112
34

7.0 Hydraulics
7.1

INTRODUCTION
When comparing Fiberglass and carbon steel piping systems it becomes evident that selection of
Fiberglass pipe can result in significant savings due to favorable hydraulic properties.

7.2

HEAD LOSS
The frictional head loss in a pipe is a function of velocity, density, and viscosity of the fluid; and of
the smoothness of the bore, and the length and diameter of the pipe. Therefore, the best means of
minimizing this pressure drop in a particular piping service is to minimize the internal roughness of
the pipe. This internal roughness causes movement of the fluid particles in the boundary layer adjacent to the pipe wall, which causes flow through the pipe to be impeded.
Fiberglass pipe has a smoother inner surface than new steel piping. There is an even more significant
difference between the inner surface of Fiberglass and steel pipe after the pipes have been in service
for a while. In most systems Fiberglass maintains its low head loss performance for life.
Fiberglass does not scale, rust, pit or corrode electrolytically or galvanically. It resists growth of bacterial algae, and fungi that could build up on the inner surface. Also, Fiberglass has high chemical
and abrasion resistance. In marine applications, where pipelines are usually short, the major portion
of the total pressure drop in a system occurs in the valves and fittings. It is customary to express the
resistance of valves and fittings in terms of equivalent length of pipe, these are added to the actual
length for purposes of pressure drop calculation for the total system.

7.3

FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING HEAD LOSS IN PIPE


The Hazen-Williams equation is convenient for calculating head loss. For full flow, this equation, with
a C factor of 150, predicts head loss with sufficient accuracy for nearly all water piping situations.
Fluids other than water require a more universal solution such as given by the Darcy-Weisbach equation. This section gives the information needed to solve these head loss problems for fluids such as
crude oil and salt brine. Head loss for two-phase fluids such as sludges and slurries is not covered.

7.3.1 HazenWilliams Equation (For Water Pipe, Full Flow)


An equation commonly used for calculating head loss in water piping is that published by Hazen and
Williams. Solving for head loss, this equation becomes

HL = 1046

Q
C ID2.63

1 . 852

Where HL = head loss (feet per 100 feet of pipe),


Q = discharge (gallons per minute), (U.S. gallon)
C = Hazen-Williams Factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and
ID = inside diameter of pipe (inches).

59

In International System (SI) units, this equation is

HL = 1068

where

Q
2.63

C ID

HL =

1 . 852

head loss (meters per 100 meters of pipe),

Q =

discharge (cubic meters per second),

C =

HazenWilliams factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and

ID =

inside diameter of pipe (meters).

7.3.2 Darcy-Weisbach Equation (For All Fluids, Full Flow)


The solution of the Darcy-Weisbach equation is complicated by the fact that the Darcy friction factor,
f, is itself a variable. Solutions for f may be obtained using handbooks, or by using a programmable
calculator, for both laminar and turbulent flow conditions.
Figure 7-1 gives the head loss versus discharge for water flowing in Bondstrand pipe based on the
Darcy-Weisbach equation

HL = f

V2

ID

2g

Where HL = frictional resistance (meters),


f = Darcy friction factor,
L = length of pipe run (meters),
ID = internal diameter of pipe (meters),
V = average velocity of fluid (meters per second), and
g = gravitational constant = 9.806 meters per second2.
The frictional resistance is obtained in feet by the same equation if all units of length are changed to
feet and the gravitational constant is changed to 32.2 feet per second2. When using Figure 7-1, convert discharge in gal/mm to cu in/sec by multiplying by 0.0000631.
The variable Darcy friction factor can be determined for any fluid in the turbulent range of flows by
use of the Moody equations.

f = 0.0055

1 +

20,000


ID

106
+

1/3

in which  = pipe roughness (meters),

R =

 ID

Where
60

= Reynolds Number,

 =

kinematic viscosity of the fluid (square meters per second).

If the Reynolds Number falls below 2000, the flow can be assumed to be laminar. Then the Darcy
friction factor becomes
f =

64
R

Roughness Parameter 
The smoothness of the inside pipe surface over the life of Bondstrand pipe produces lower frictional
head loss compared to most other piping materials. The lower head loss means lower pressures will
be required to produce an equivalent discharge, thereby also conserving pumping energy.
Tests of Bondstrand pipe show that the roughness is 5.3 x 106 meters (1.7 x 106 feet). There is a high
probability that this low level roughness will be sustained, and will not be increased due to corrosion
and incrustation as often the case with steel piping, which may double in roughness under certain
conditions.
Kinematic Viscosity of Fluid 
Increase in fluid viscosity leads to increased head loss. Table 7I illustrates the effect of kinematic
viscosity on head loss for several common fluids. Kinematic viscosity is defined as the absolute viscosity divided by the density. It varies with temperature. The kinematic viscosity for water at room
temperature is 0.000001115 square meters per sec (0.000012 sq. ft per sec)
Figure 7-2 shows how head loss and flow are affected by kinematic viscosity. The transition between
laminar flow and turbulent flow in 6-in. pipe is seen in the plot for a fluid having a kinematic viscosity
of 0.001 square feet per second.

7.4

HEAD LOSS IN FITTINGS


Head loss for water flow in fittings 2 through 36 in. in diameter may be determined by the above
methods after obtaining their equivalent pipe lengths using Figure 7-3. For example, find the equivalent pipe length (Le) for water flowing through a 6-in. diameter elbow at a rate of 0.003 meters3 per
second. Beginning at the bottom of the chart given in Figure 7-3 at a flow of 0.003 meters3 per second, proceed vertically to intersect the 6-in. diameter curve, and read Le = 6 meters on the left ordinate. Multiply this value by the resistance coefficient, K, given for 90 degree elbows in Table 7-Il to
obtain equivalent pipe length,
Le = 6 x 0.5 = 3 meters.
Head loss in the fitting is then determined as the head loss in this equivalent length of pipe. The
resistance coefficients from Table 7-III may be used in similar fashion for reducers.
Although the Darcy friction factor, f, for water was used in the development of Figure 7-3, the equivalent pipe length obtained may then be used to estimate head loss for the actual fluid in the system.
With a known Darcy friction factor, the equivalent length of pipe for any size and type of fitting can
be determined using the appropriate resistance coefficient, K, from Table 7-Il and the equation
Le = K ID/f
provided Le and ID are given in the same units.

61

62

Figure 71
Head Loss For Water as a Function of Flow Rate

Figure 72
Effect of Kinematic Viscosity on Head Loss vs. Discharge for 6-inch Pipe Flowing Full

Table 7-I
Head Loss for Various Flowing at 500 GPM in a 6-Inch Bondstrand Marine Pipe

63

64

Figure 7-3
Equivalent Pipe Length of Fittings

TABLE 7-Il
Resistance Coefficients for Bondstrand Fittings and Metal Valves

Description
45 Elbow Standard

0.3

45 Elbow Single Miter

0.5

90 Elbow Standard

0.5

90 Elbow Single Miter

1.4

90 Elbow Double Miter

0.8

90 Elbow Triple Miter

0.6

180 Return Bend

1.3

Tees

0.4
1.4
1.7

>T
>T
>T

Gate Valve Open


3/4 Open
1/2 Open
1/4 Open
Diaphragm Valve Open
3/4 Open
1/2 Open
1/4 Open
Globe Valve Bevelseal, Open
1/2 Open
Check Valve Swing
Disk
Ball

Note:

0.17
0.9
4.5
24.0
2.3
2.6
4.3
21.0
6.0
9.5
2.0
10.0
70.0

Coefficients are for fittings with no net change in velocity.

65

TABLE 7-Ill
Resistance Coefficients for Bondstrand Reducers, Tapered Body

11/2
2
2
3
3
4
4
6
6
8
8
10
10

7.5

SIZE
X 1
X 1
X 11/2
X 11/2
X 2
X 2
X 3
X 3
X 4
X 4
X 6
X 6
X 8

K
0.5
2.8
0.3
3.7
0.7
2.9
0.1
3.1
0.7
3.3
0.1
1.5
0.2

12
12
14
14
16
16
18
18
20
20
24
24
30

SIZE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

8
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16
18
18
20
24

K
0.8
0.1
0.12
0.01
0.08
0.03
0.16
0.02
0.13
0.02
0.17
0.07
0.22

CARGO DISCHARGE TIME AND ENERGY SAVINGS


The advantage of low friction loss in Fiberglass smooth bore pipe has been explained in EB-19,
HEAD LOSS IN BONDSTRAND VERSUS STEEL. This section will focus on another aspect of this
topic, namely energy savings in cargo tank discharge, and how loading and unloading time can be
reduced by using Bondstrand piping products.

7.5.1 Pump Flow Rate


Consider a typical pump operating at a certain pressure P1 to overcome friction loss in the piping
system as shown in Figure 7-4. At this pressure the pump will discharge a certain flow rate Q1. This
same pump will discharge a higher flow rate Q2 if somehow the friction loss in the pipeline can be
reduced, bringing the pumps operating head down to a lower level, P2. The increase in volume flow
rate, as a result of the reduction in operating pressure, depends largely on the pump performance
characteristics which vary from pump to pump. This flow variation with pressure can be found in the
pump manufacturers literature, thus it is omitted from further discussion here.

Fig. 7-4

Pumping Pressure vs. Discharge

66

7.5.2 FullPipe Flow Of Water In LowFriction Fiberglass Pipe


Lets now focus our discussion only to the pipeline and examine how low friction pipe can improve
the volume flow rate of the system.
For example consider two pipelines - Schedule 40 steel and Bondstrand Series 2000M pipe - both
designed to transport water 100 meters. We will compare the volume flow rate. The friction head loss
in the pipelines can be calculated by the Hazen-Williams formula as stated before. In metric units:
HL = 1068

Where

C ID2.63

HL =

head loss (meters per 100 meters of pipe)

1 . 852

Q =

discharge (cubic meters per second),

C =

Hazen-Williams Factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and

ID =

inside diameter of pipe ( meters).

With the same energy consumption rate to overcome the friction loss in the pipeline, the rate of discharge will be different due to the differences in friction coefficient in the pipe. In other words, using
the same head loss for both pipe, we obtain:

HL = 1068

Qsteel
Csteel IDsteel2.63

1 . 852

= 1068

QBS
CBS IDBS

2.63

1 . 852

Rearrange the above expression to show the flow rate in Bondstrand pipe in terms of flow rate in
steel pipe:
2.63
CBS
IDBS
QBS = Qsteel
Csteel
IDsteel

][

Examining the above formula, we can conclude that for the same head loss, Fiberglass pipe will
deliver more volume flow rate that that of the same nominal diameter steel pipe since the product
of

CBS
Csteel

and

IDBS
IDsteel

is always greater than 1.0.

Table 7-IV lists the calculated value of the flow ratio QBS / Qsteel where CBS = 150 and Csteel = 120 or
70. A C value of 120 represents a very slightly corroded steel pipe. A C value of 70 represents a
severely corroded steel pipe.

67

Table 7-IV
Flow in Bondstrand and Steel Pipe for Same Head Loss

NPS
(in)
(mm)
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600

Bondstrand
Pipe ID
( inches)
2.095
3.225
4.140
6.265
8.225
10.350
12.350
13.290
15.190
17.080
18.980
22.780

Steel
Pipe ID
(inches)
2.067
3.068
4.026
6.065
7.981
10.020
12.000
13.25
15.25
17.25
19.25
23.25

C=120
QBS/QSteel
1.30
1.43
1.35
1.36
1.35
1.36
1.35
1.26
1.24
1.22
1.20
1.18

C=70
QBS/QSteel
2.22
2.45
2.31
2.33
2.31
2.33
2.31
2.16
2.13
2.09
2.06
2.02

7.5.3 Flow Of Fluids Other Than Water


In Marine applications, however, most cargo tankers carry fluids other than water. In such cases, calculations of head loss are slightly more complicated because direct comparison of volume flow rates
between the two pipes is not possible. Comparison of volume flow rate can only be done in steps as
illustrated below:
Step 1:
The head loss of one pipeline, usually the steel line, is chosen as a standard for comparison. This is
determined using the Darcy-Weisbach method as discussed before.

HL = f

V2

ID

2g

Where HL = frictional resistance (meters),


f = Darcy friction factor,
L = length of pipe run (meters),
ID = internal diameter of pipe (meters),
V = average velocity of fluid (meters per second),
g = gravitational constant = 9.806 meters per second2.

68

The variable Darcy friction factor can be determined for any fluid in the turbulent range by use of the
Moody equation,

f = 0.0055

1 +

 =

in which
R=

V ID

20,000


ID

106
R

1/3

pipe roughness (meters), and

= Reynolds Number,


 =

where

kinematic viscosity of the fluid (square meters per second).

Step 2:
From the head loss calculated in Step 1 above, the flow velocity (the only unknown quantity in the
equation for Bondstrand system) can be found by trial and error. A programmable calculator will
speed this calculation considerably. Subsequently, the volume flow rate can be easily determined.
For example, 1000 cubic meters of 1400F, 24.4 degree Baum~ crude oil with kinematic viscosity of
0.00001115 square meters per second is to be unloaded through a 1000-meter long standard
Schedule 40, 8-in. diameter steel pipeline at a rate of 500 cubic meters per hour. How much time can
be saved unloading the same amount of crude through Bondstrand Series 2000M, 8-in. pipeline?
Steel Pipe
Schedule 40
0.2027
0.0000457
4.30
78200

Data Given
Inside Diameter (in)
Roughness (in)
Flow Velocity (m/sec)
Reynolds Number

Bondstrand Pipe
Series 2000M
0.2089
0.0000053
To Be Found
To Be Found

Step 1:
The total head loss is calculated for the steel pipeline.

HL = .0055

1 + ( 20000

0.0000457
0.2027

1000000
78200

1/3

1000 ( 4.30 )2
.2027 ( 2 ) 9.806

HL = 94 meters

69

Step 2:
With 94 meters of friction head loss, the flow velocity for Bondstrand piping system can be found
from the equation.

94 = .0055

1 + ( 20000

0.0000053
0.2089

1000000
V

0.0000115
0.2089

1/3

1000 V2
.2089 ( 2 ) 9.806

By trial and error V = 4.55 meters per second, and R = 85,250.


As illustrated in the above example, for the given conditions, Bondstrand Series 2000M 8-in. pipe will
deliver 560 cubic meters per hour, emptying the tank in less than 1.8 hours, a 10% saving in both
unloading time and energy.
It is important to note here that the roughness value of new steel was used. The difference in volume
flow rate would have even been higher had the roughness value of old steel pipe been used in the
calculation.

7.5.4

Energy Savings Using Bondstrand Fiberglass vs. Steel Piping

Users of piping products have long known that Fiberglass piping has far lower friction factors than
carbon steel piping. It is equally important to recognize the energy cost savings which accrue over
the life of the installed system as a result of the lower friction factors.
The largest savings is found simply in lower pumping costs, where the power consumption can often
be cut in half. For example, let us assume a 6-in. line is to deliver 500 gallons per minute of water on
a year-round basis and determine energy cost per 100 feet. At this flow the average velocity is about
5 feet per second. Over a 10-year service life, a Bondstrand line can be expected to maintain a
Hazen-Williams C factor of 150, whereas for carbon steel the average C factor can be estimated
to be about 110. In English units:

HL = 1046

Where

HL =

head loss (ft. per 100 ft. of pipe), Q = discharge (gpm),

ID =

internal diameter of pipe (inches), and

C =

Hazen-Williams frictional factor depending on smoothness of pipe bore.

Q
2.63

C ID

1 . 852

For a 100 foot run in the example described above, this formula yields 1.28 feet for Bondstrand and
2.65 feet for schedule 40 carbon steel pipe. To overcome this head loss, the horsepower demand
may be calculated as
For Bondstrand:
500 gpm x 8.34 lb of water/gal x 1.28 ft

= .162 hp

33,000 ft-lb/mm/hp
For Steel:
500 gpm x 8.34 lb of water/gal x 2.65 ft
33,000 ft-lb/mm/hp

70

= .335 hp

Then, the energy required for full-time operation for a one month period is:
For Bondstrand:
.162 x 24 hr/day x 30 day/month
= 146 hp-hr/month
.80 efficiency
For Steel:
.335 x 24 hr/day x 30 day/month = 301 hp-hr/month
.80 efficiency
It is impossible to make a generalization on the cost of electricity on board ship which is dependent
on the efficiency of the ships plant; however, if we assume that the ship is connected to shore
power, we could expect to pay approximately 10 cents per kilowatt-hour or 7.5 cents per horsepower-hour. This cost is significantly lower than ship-based generation. The cost per month is then
For Bondstrand:
146 hp-hr/month x U.S. $.075/hp-hr = U.S. $10.95/month/100 ft. of pipe
For Steel:
301 hp-hr/month x U.S. $.075/hp-hr = U.S. $22.58/month/100 ft. of pipe
Difference = U.S. $11.63
For a ship using 500 feet of Bondstrand fiberglass pipe the annual savings could be:
U.S.S11.63/month/100 ft. x 12 months x 500 ft. = U.S. $69,780 (Annual Savings)
The annual savings shown above for one ship during one year of operation can increase substantially
if the owner implements the usage of fiberglass for all the vessels in his fleet.
If you add up this savings over a ten-year period for every hp-hr for every 100 feet the saving is very
significant and Bondstrand pipe can be used for the life of the vessel while steel pipe probably must
be replaced several times.
In addition to time and energy saving, there are also savings due to purchase and maintenance of
significantly smaller pumps in terms of horsepower rating.

71

References
1. Flow through a Circular Pipe, PPX Program 628040, Texas Instruments Calculator Products
Division.
2. King, Reno C., Fluid Mechanics, Piping Handbook 5th ed. (King, Reno C. and Sabin Crocker,
McGraw-Hill Book Co., N.Y., 1967), pp. 3-135.
3. Hydraulic Institute Engineering Data Book, Hydraulic Institute, Cleveland, 1979, pp. 23-42.
4. Solution to Pipe Problems, PPX Program 618008, Texas Instruments Calculator Products
Division.
5. Guislain, Serge J., Friction Factors in Fluid Flow Through Pipe, Plant Engineering, 1980, pp. 134140.
6. Hydraulic Institute Engineering Data Book, op-cit, p. 15-19.
7. Nolte, Claude B., Optimum Pipe Size Selection, Gulf Publishing Co., 1979, pp. 268-275.
8. Anin, M.B. and Maddox, R.N., Estimate Viscosity vs. Temperature, Hydrocarbon Processing,
Dec., 1980, pp. 131-135.
9. Ehrlich, Stanley W., Cryogenic-Systems Piping, Piping Handbook, (McGraw-Hill Book Co.,
5th ed., N.Y., 1967), pp. 11-37,38.
10. Flow of Fluids Through Valves, Fittings and Pipe, Technical Paper 410, Crane Co., 1976,
p. A-26.

72

APPENDIX A
USING METALLIC PIPE COUPLINGS TO JOIN BONDSTRAND
Over the years, metallic pipe couplings have proven to be reliable and economical in certain
Bondstrand piping systems. However, when joining Bondstrand, the recommended procedure is
somewhat different than when joining rigid pipe materials such as steel and ductile iron. This bulletin
describes the joining of Bondstrand pipe using Viking Johnson Couplings* along with a brief review
of the couplings design, construction and operating features. Because of the similarity of design, the
same recommendations generally apply also to the use of Rockwell** or Dresser*** couplings.

DESCRIPTION
Viking Johnson mechanical couplings are manufactured in many different sizes and configurations to
meet many pipe joining requirements. Ease in close quarter installation and disassembly allow them
to be used in many areas where other pipe jointing methods would be impractical. The elastomeric
seals in the couplings help absorb movements such as length changes due to temperature or the
flexing of a ship, and help dampen vibrations such as are produced by a pump.
The Viking Johnson Coupling consists of a cylindrical center sleeve, two end flanges, two elastomeric sealing rings and a set of D neck cup-head bolts. (See Figure1)
Tightening the bolts pulls the end flanges together, compressing the sealing rings between the pipe
wall and center sleeves, producing a flexible, reliable seal.

FLANGE

Fig. 1

SEALING RING
SLEEVE

a. Sealing Ring Materials


The grade T ring is made from Nitrile and is, according to Viking Johnson literature the ring
most commonly used. It is recommended for use on lines carrying gases, air, fresh and salt
water, petroleum products, alkalies, sugar solutions and some refrigerants, and for temperatures from 20 to +100C (-4F to +212F). Other grades such as EPDM E
Polychloroprene V, Polyacrylic A, Fluoroelastomer 0, and Silicone, L, are also
available.

*
Viking Johnson is a trade name of the Viking Johnson International division of the Victaulic Co. Plc England
** Rockwell is a trade name of the Municipal and Utility Division of Rockwell International Corp.
*** Dresser is a registered trademark of Dresser manufacturing Division of Dresser Industries Inc.

A.1

DESCRIPTION

(cont.)

b. Pressure Plating
Maximum pressure ratings of the Viking Johnson Couplings are determined on the basis of
Barlows formula using a working stress equal to twothirds the minimum yield of the center
sleeve material. All pressure ratings exceed the minimum requirements for 10 bar (150 psi)
piping systems.

c. Chemical Resistance
Viking Johnson Couplings can serve in most chemical environments. This is accomplished
by changing the type of sealing rings and using different types of protective coatings on the
coupling.

d. Electrical Grounding
On special order, Viking Johnson provides a stud welded connection for grounding the center sleeve to the end flanges. Wires from the end flanges are bolted onto the stud on the
center sleeve, and the connection is bolted down. Connecting the wiring on the center
sleeve may be carried out prior to the assembly on the Bondstrand pipe ends.

e. Locating Plug
Where there is any possibility of coupling movement along the pipe, due to repeated expansion and contraction or under vibration conditions, it is preferable to use a locating plug
which centralizes the coupling over the pipe ends. If the coupling is to be slipped back along
the pipe at a later date, the plug can be removed and subsequently refitted. Locating plugs
are mandatory with most approval authorities when couplings are used on board ships. (See
Figure 2).

JOINT FUNCTION
The sealing ring used in the Viking Johnson coupling is not intended to slide. The coupling will
accommodate up to 9.5mm (3/8 in.) longitudinal pipe movement per joint as the rings deform (roll
slightly) in response to such movement.

Important:

Where pipe movement out of the coupling might occur, proper anchorage of the pipe
must be provided.

Cross section of center sleeve


without center register

Cross section of center sleeve


with locating plug

Fig. 2

Cross section of center sleeve


with molded stud register

A.2

Individual couplings must be protected against movements greater than 9.5mm (3/8 in.). Anchorage
must be provided to prevent excessive accumulation of movement, particularly at all points which
produce thrust, including valves, bends, branches and reducers.

LENGTH CHANGES IN BONDSTRAND


Bondstrand pipe lengths change due to both temperature and pressure. Estimate these changes by
referring to Chapter 2 Design for Expansion and Contraction contained in this manual.

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
Joining of Bondstrand pipe using Viking Johnson Couplings is similar to joining of steel pipe, but
there are important differences. You may need suitable coatings for the cut and sanded surfaces.
(See step d. below). Also, you will need the following tools:
1.

Torque wrench reading in increments of 5 footpounds or metric equivalent.

2.

Hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel.

3.

Duster brush or clean rags.

4.

Bondstrand pipe shaver or belt sander.

Although Bondstrand pipe can be supplied with prepared ends, you may need to cut pipe to length
on site. If so, you will need one or more of the following:

Caution:

1.

For 100mm, 4-in. and smaller pipe, emery cloth strips to shoeshine pipe ends.

2.

For 150mm to 300mm (6 to 12 in.) pipe - Bondstrand MBO Pipe Shaver (Ameron CC
#34342) plus arbor sizes as required. Arbors used are same as for M74 shaver.

3.

For 350 to 600mm (14 to 24 in.) pipe Bondstrand M81 Pipe shaver (Ameron CC #34354).

4.

For 350 to 900mm (14 to 36 in.) pipe - Bondstrand M81 Pipe shaver (Ameron CC #34355).

Be aware that the standard assembly instructions for these couplings are intended for rigid metallic
pipe materials and MAY DAMAGE THE BONDSTRAND PIPE. Instead, follow this step- by-step procedure:

a. Cutting Pipe to Length


When necessary to cut a pipe to length, measure the desired length and scribe the pipe
using a pipefitters wrap-around. Place the pipe in a vise, using 6mm (1/4 inch) thick rubber
pad to protect pipe from damage. Cut pipe with hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel. Pipe
should be square within 3mm (1/8 in.). Use a disc grinder or file to correct squareness as
required.

b. Sand Cut Ends of Pipe


End surfaces of the plain end pipe should be either hand sanded using a 4050 grit aluminum oxide sanding surface or, if many ends are to be prepared, use a 6mm (1/4 inch) drill
motor, 1700-2000 RPM, and flapper type sander available from Ameron. Be sure to remove
all sharp edges by sanding the inside and outside edges of the pipe end. Do not touch the
sanded surface with bare hands or other articles that would leave an oily film.

A.3

c. Prepare Gasket Sealing Surfaces


Machining the surface of Bondstrand pipe is not required for a tight seal between the gasket
and pipe wall. However, the winding techniques used in the manufacture of Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe sometimes produce a somewhat oversized outside diameter. This increase in
diameter sometimes may not permit the Viking Johnson Coupling to slide over the pipe ends
when installing plain-end pipe section.

d. Coat the Cut and Sanded Surfaces


Ends must be clean and dry. Select and apply a coating to the sanded end surfaces of the
pipe and allow to dry thoroughly. A coating such as Amercoat 90, manufactured by Amerons
Protective Coating Division, is suitable for water and other mildly corrosive services.

Note:

On special order, Ameron can supply full-length Bondstrand pipe for couplings with ends prepared in
accordance with steps b, c, and d.

e. Lubricate the Joining Surfaces


Clean and lubricate the sealing rings and the outside surface of the pipe with the coupling
manufacturers recommended lubricant. The ring lubricant makes it easier to slip the rings
onto the pipe, and enables rings to seat properly when tightening bolts.

f.

Mount and Assemble the Coupling


Slide the end flanges onto the pipe, followed by the lubricated sealing rings. Align the pipes,
being careful not to bump or damage the pipe ends, and assemble the couplings over the
center of the joint. The assembly of the coupling to Bondstrand fiberglass pipe should take
place with the pipe supported in its final installation position.

g. Tighten the Bolts


Torque each bolt to 7 N-m (5 ft-lbs) in a diametrically opposite sequence. At 7 N-m (5 ft-lbs)
torque, check to make sure that both end flanges are compressed evenly on the sealing
rings. If the end flanges are not even, loosen the nuts and re-check alignment of pipe. Also
check to make sure that the end flanges are not binding on the pipe wall or the center sleeve
and that there is clearance between the pipe ends.

Caution:

Excess torque can damage pipe. Instructions that accompany Viking Johnson Couplings show general
assembly instructions and specify 70-90 foot-pounds (100-125 N-m) torque. This torque has been
shown to damage Bondstrand pipe.

h. Check Bolt Torque


After each bolt has been tightened to the required torque, re-check the torque on all bolts in
the same sequence. Bolts previously tightened may have relaxed as subsequent bolts were
tightened.

TESTING
Be sure all pipe, fittings and appurtenances are properly and securely anchored before testing.
Remember, the couplings themselves will not resist longitudinal load. Replace all air in the piping
system with water and test to 1-1/2 times the operating pressure for four hours, or as required by the
project specifications.

A.4

TROUBLE SHOOTING
If proper procedures have been followed, no difficulty should be experienced. If troublesome problems occur, try the following suggestions:
1.

Loosen all bolts and nuts.

2.

Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment if out of alignment.

3.

Check the alignment of assembly. Replace damaged rings.

4.

Measure the diameter of the pipe at the ring location. This measurement should be within the
limits shown on Table 1.

Table 1
Permissible Outside Diameter Limits at Pipe Ends for Metallic Pipe Couplings

Note: Tolerances apply only for a length of 6 inches back from pipe ends

A.5

STRAUB-FLEX COUPLINGS*
Straub-Flex couplings may be used as mechanical joints for Bondstrand pipe much like Dresser-type
couplings. Tests of the Straub design show that the seal is effected without grinding or sanding of
the pipes outer surface. The coupling is suitable for fire, salt water and crude oil lines and various
other services normally provided by Series 1600, 2000. 2000M, 6000 and 7000 piping, either suspended or buried. It may also be used with Series 4000 and 5000 piping in certain slurry applications.
The coupling design, shown in Figure 1, incorporates a stainless steel outer casing split longitudinally
at one point on the circumference. The casing encloses a rubber gasket with a patented lip seal,
which is pressed in place by a relatively low radial pressure. The coupling is installed on plain-end
pipe using a torque wrench with a hex bit to tighten two socket-head cap screws. These features
permit installation on Bondstrand pipe using the same bolt torques as recommended for steel pipe.
Straub-Flex couplings are not designed to withstand longitudinal forces. They allow 3/8-in. (10mm)
longitudinal pipe movement per joint without slippage of the gasket lip on the pipe surface. Individual
joints should be protected against movements greater than 3/8-in. (10mm) to prevent gasket wear.
Anchorages must be provided to prevent excessive accumulation of movement, particularly at thrust
points such as valves, turns, branches or reducers.
The rubber gasket both dampens vibration and allows flexing of joints such as in piping on a ship.
With proper support the coupling also allows up to 2 degrees of angular movement. This added flexibility, along with the couplings added weight, must be considered in the analysis of deflections and
spans in suspended systems.

Fig. 3

A.6

Straub-Flex Coupling

Straub. Flex is a trade name of Straub Kupplungen, AG, Wangs, Switzerland and Thornhill, Ontario, Canada.

MATERIALS
Casing
Straub-Flex Type LS couplings have type 304 stainless steel casings and galvanized steel lock bolts.
Type LS Special couplings are made of the same materials but have thicker casings. Types 316 and
316L stainless steel casings and stainless steel lock bolts are available on special order.
Gaskets. Two synthetic rubber gaskets are available:
a.

EPDM (ethylene propylene diene rubber)a high quality synthetic rubber with excellent
resistance to fresh or salt water, clean air, and sewage, and resistant to most moderately
corrosive liquids in a pH range from 2 to 11. This rubber is not recommended for use with
petroleum products.

b. Buna-N (nitrile rubber)-a synthetic rubber for use with oil, gasoline, natural gas and most
petroleum products.

PRESSURE RATING
All types of Straub-Flex couplings shown in Table 1 are rated for at least 150 psi pressure. Contact
the manufacturer for possible lower ratings if stainless steel bolts are specified. Ratings include an
allowance for test pressures up to 50 percent higher than rated pressure according to the manufacturer. Higher pressure ratings are available in all sizes.
The pressure ratings are for continuous service at 180F (82C) with the EPDM gasket, and for continuous services at 160F (71C) with the Buna-N gasket.

OPTIONAL PROTECTION SLEEVE**


Heat-shrinkable thermoplastic sleeves may be used to provide a moisture and soil barrier around the
couplings after joint assembly. An adhesive inside the sleeve seals it against the pipe on the outside
to encapsulate the coupling.

ELECTRICAL GROUNDING
A Straub-Flex coupling may act as a joint insulator. If electrical continuity is required across the pipe
joint for Bondstrand Series 7000 pipe, a separate electrical bonding strip should be placed across
the outside of the Straub-Flex casing, and connected to the pipe on both sides of the coupling.

LENGTH CHANGES IN BONDSTRAND


Bondstrand pipe changes length due to changes in temperature and pressure. Estimate these
changes by referring to Chapter 2 Design for Expansion and Contraction contained in this manual.

**

Heat-shrinkable sleeves are produced by the Pipe Production Division of Raychem Corp., Redwood City, CA., by
Chemplast, Inc., Wayne, NJ, and outside the U.S. by Canusa Coating Systems, Ltd., Rexdale, Ontario, Canada.

A.7

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
Using Straub-Flex couplings, joining Bondstrand is similar to joining steel pipe, except for sealing cut
pipe ends. Depending on chemical exposure, you may need a suitable coating to cover exposed
glass fibers on the cut ends. It is usually not necessary to sand or shave the outer surface of
Bondstrand pipe as the Straub couplings make a tight seal on the as-wound surface. Exceptions are
given in step c of this procedure.
You may use the standard joining instructions for Straub-Flex couplings as used with steel pipe. You
will need the following tools:
1.

Torque wrench reading in increments of 5 ft-lbs (7 N-m.)

2.

Hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel.

3.

Duster brush or clean rags.

Steps b and d given below are recommended for piping in which the cut pipe ends must be protected against chemical attack or abrasion. In slurry applications, the user should be aware that the
joint cavity may fill with sediment, restricting flexibility.

a. Cut Pipe to Length


When cutting is necessary, measure the desired length and scribe the pipe using a pipefitters wraparound. Place the pipe in a vise, using 1/4-inch (6mm) thick rubber pad to protect
pipe from damage. Cut pipe with hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel. Pipe end cut
should be square within 1/8-inch (3mm). Use a disc grinder or file to correct squareness as
required.

b. Sand Cut Ends of Pipe


End surfaces of cut pipe should be sanded either by hand using a 40-50 grit aluminum oxide
sanding surface or using a 1/4-in. (6mm) drill motor 1700-2000 RPM with a flapper-type
sander available from Ameron. Be sure to remove all sharp edges by sanding the inside and
outside edges of the pipe end. Do not touch the sanded surface with bare hands or articles
that leave an oily film.

c. Prepare Gasket Sealing Surfaces


Machining the gasket sealing surfaces at the ends of Bondstrand pipe is not generally
required for a tight seal between the gasket and pipe wall. However, two-inch (50mm) pipe
will require shaving of the ends, since its average outside diameter of 2.42 in. (61.5mm) is
larger than can be fitted by the two-inch Straub-Flex coupling (Article No. 005761).
The coupling manufacturer recommends that the difference in outside diameters of mating pipe ends
be no greater than 0.12 in. (3mm), to avoid distortion of the coupling and damage to the cap screws
while joining. Using a diameter tape, measure the outside diameters of pipe ends to ensure that this
difference is not exceeded. If the difference is larger than permissible, milling or shaving of the larger
end is necessary. Because Bondstrand Series 2000M and Series 7000 pipe in sizes 10 and 12 in.
(250 and 300mm) have outside diameters larger than steel pipe, their ends must be shaved to mate
to standard outside diameters of steel pipe and fittings.

A.8

d. Coat the Cut Ends and Gasket Sealing Surfaces (Lined Pipe Only)
Surfaces must be sanded, clean and dry for coating. Select and apply a coating to the cut
ends and shaved gasket sealing surfaces of the pipe and allow to dry thoroughly. A coating
such as Amercoat 90, manufactured by Amerons Protective Coatings Division, covers
exposed glass fibers and is suitable for water and other mildly corrosive services.
Bondstrand PSXTM-34 adhesive may also be suitable.

Note:

On special order, Ameron can supply full-length Bondstrand pipe for Straub couplings with ends prepared in accordance with steps b, c and d.

e. Fit the Coupling


With the pipe ends ready for joining, chalk a mark on each end at a distance equal to half
the coupling width. Joining of the pipe should be done with the pipe supported in its final
installation position.
Couplings are supplied loosely assembled. Slide the coupling onto the end of one pipe up to the
chalks mark. Align the second pipe end and slide it into the coupling, using care not to bump or
damage the pipe ends. Center the coupling over the two pipe ends, leaving a small clearance
between the pipe ends.

Note:

Do not soap the inside surfaces of the gaskets or the outside surface of the pipe.

f.

Tighten the Bolts


Using a torque wrench with a hex bit, alternately torque each of the two socket-head cap
screws to the recommended torques. Ensure that there is clearance between pipe ends.

TESTING
Because Straub-Flex couplings do not resist longitudinal load, make sure all pipe, fittings and appurtenances are properly and securely anchored before testing. Replace all air in the system with water,
and test to 1-1/2 times the operating pressure for four hours or as required by the project specifications.

TROUBLE SHOOTING
If proper procedures have been followed, no difficulty should be experienced. If a joint leaks, try the
following:
1.

Disassemble the leaky coupling and an adjacent coupling and remove a pipe section for
examinaton of the rubber gasket and the pipe ends.

2.

If the gasket is damaged, replace with another coupling.

3.

If the pipe end is not within the diameter limits shown in Table 2, or has abnormally rough
surface or grooves, sand the pipe end surfaces and reinstall the pipe.

A.9

Table 2
Application Data for Straub-Flex Couplings

A.10

1.

Article number gives OD range of coupling in millimetres.

2.

8 and 10 in. (200-250 mm) sizes must be ordered with special casing thickness because the standard coupling only provides (15 bar) and (12 bar) maximum pressure. Casing does provide > 225 psi (10 bar) minimum pressure rating.

3.

Couplings with higher pressure ratings are available on special order.

APPENDIX B
GROUNDING OF SERIES 7000M PIPING
Electrical charges generated within flowing fluids with low conductivity such as liquid hydrocarbon
fuels can cause hazardous static charges to build up on the surfaces of the pipe. To overcome this
problem and still offer the advantages inherent in RTB piping, Ameron has developed special piping
systems-Bondstrand Series 7000 and 7000M. These piping systems provide electrical continuity
throughout by incorporating conductive elements into the structural wall of the pipe, flanges and the
interior surface of the fittings, and through the use of a specially formulated adhesive which provides
the conductivity required at the bonded joints.
Proper installation and grounding is important for the safe operation of Series 7000 and 7000M pipe
when carrying these charge-generating fluids. This bulletin explains how these products are to be
installed, grounded and checked to verify their electrical continuity.

ASSEMBLY OF PIPE
All Series 7000 and 7000M piping are assembled using electrically conductive Bondstrand PSXTM-60
adhesive. This special two-component epoxy adhesive is supplied in kit form. Detailed application
instructions are contained in Bondstrand Assembly Instructions, PSXTM-60 Epoxy Adhesive, FP827.

ADHESIVE MOUNTING OF GROUNDING SADDLE


Grounding saddles provide a positive method of electrically grounding the piping system. On the
pipe, determine where the grounding saddle will be located. Using a flapper sander, sand until the
surface gloss is removed from at least a 3-in. width around the pipe circumference as needed to fit
the saddle on the area selected. This exposes the conductive elements in the pipe wall and produces
a clean, fresh surface suitable for bonding the grounding saddle to the pipe surface.
Before bonding on saddle, place probes from a standard ohmmeter at least two in. apart on conductive elements exposed by sanding pipe surface. If measured resistance exceeds 106 ohms, more
sanding is required.
If measured resistance is below 106 ohms, bond the grounding saddle onto the clean, dry surface
within two hours using PSXTM-60 Epoxy Adhesive. After continuity checks recommended herein,
grounding cable must be attached to ship structure.

METALLIC FITTINGS
All metallic fittings must be individually grounded. Tees, elbows, etc. should be welded or otherwise
connected directly to the ship or other grounding structure. Metallic mechanical joints such as
Dresser or Straub must be grounded. If mechanical joints are used, at least one grounding saddle will
be required for each length of pipe.

B.1

ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY CHECK


Prefabricated Spools.
This may be done in one of three ways:

a. Non-Flanged Prefabricated Spools.


After shop fabrications but before onboard installation and grounding, spools should be
checked for electrical continuity. Sand lightly around the pipe surface at each end of the
spool where the steel hose clamps will attach. Mount the two steel hose clamps over the
prepared surface and measure the resistance between them as shown on Figure 1.

Fig. 1

Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Non-flanged Prefabricate Spools

b. Flanged Prefabricated Spools.


Flange assemblies should be checked by placing a bolt with washer and nut through each of
the flanges and tightening, then measuring the resistance between the flanges at each end
of the assembly as shown on Figure 2.

Fig. 2

B.2

Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Flanged Prefabricate Spools

C. Flanged One End Only Spools.


This assembly should be checked by following the procedure established in b. above for the
flanged end and the procedure established in a. above for the plain end as shown in Figure 3.

Fig. 3

Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Flanged One End Only

Apply sufficient voltage between the hose clamps to measure the electrical resistance in the spool
using a standard generator- type insulation tester* capable of applying up to 1,500 volts dc. The
measured resistance should not exceed 106 ohms.

Onboard Check During New Construction.


Piping should be checked electrically as installation proceeds onboard ship. After mounting a
grounding saddle (A) as shown on Figure 4, the length of piping from the grounding saddle to the
end of the pipe run should be electrically insulated by placing a layer of nonconducting rubber (B)
temporarily between the remaining unattached supports and the free end of the pipe.
Attach a steel hose clamp over the pipe surface at the free end and use the tester to measure the
resistance between the hose clamp and the ship structure. Current must flow back through the pipe,
fittings and joints to the nearest grounding support clamp to complete the circuit as shown in Figure
1. As before, the measured resistance must not exceed 106 ohms between any two grounding supports.
After the electrical continuity of the piping has been verified, the non-conducting rubber pads at the
grounding supports should be removed. Proceed to bond the pipe into the remaining grounding saddle.

* Ameron recommends the use of a Megger Mark IV Insulation Tester, Cat. No. 211805, James G. Biddle Co., or equal.

B.3

Onboard Check During Drydock for Maintenance and Repair


Fiberglass piping systems using Series 7000 and 7000M pipe and fittings should be checked during
each drydock inspection while the tanks are gas freed to ensure that the systems are still properly
grounded. This can be done using either of the following procedures:

a. Electrically Isolated Piping


The straps attached to the grounding saddle utilized to ground the piping system must be
disconnected and the pipe electrically isolated from the structure of the ship shown on
Figure 4. Tightly fasten two steel hose clamps at opposite ends of the pipe spool being tested and measure the resistance between them using a standard generatortype insulation
tester capable of applying 1,500 volts dc. The resistance should not exceed 106 ohms. Now
attach one of the grounding cables to the structure of the ship and in like fashion check the
resistance between the pipe and the structure of the ship.

Important:

To ensure that each grounding saddle is functioning properly, no more than one grounding strap at
a time should be connected to the ships structure during the test.

b. Grounded Piping
If it is impossible to electrically isolate the system, each section of pipe must be checked
separately. This may be done by placing a steel hose clamp on each section of pipe (defined
as a length between bonded joints) and measuring the resistance between it and the nearest
grounding location as described above.

Fig. 4

B.4

Test Setup For Electrical Continuity Check of Piping During New Construction and Drydock Periods

APPENDIX C
SIZING OF SHIPBOARD PIPING
Shipyards and design agencies have used various methods to evaluate and select velocities for each
application. These methods have yielded acceptable sizes, pressure drops and efficiency losses and
have allowed adaptation of the nearest standard pipe size in the preliminary design stages.
The method discussed herein uses the inside diameter factor to calculate maximum velocities and
flow in gallons per minute for Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 1 to 36 with Iron Pipe Size (IPS) and Metric
Cast Iron (MCI) internal diameters.
For Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems a maximum allowable velocity of 15 ft./sec. has been
established. This is to prevent erosion which might occur at higher fluid velocities. Table 1 shows
inside diameter factors

[ID]

1/2

[ID ]

1/3

[ ]

; and ID

For NPS 1 to 36 IPS and MCI internal diameter configurations. Table 2 shows fourteen inside diameter functions for different shipboard piping systems.
Applying the IDF (inside diameter function) for a given piping system, maximum velocity value for different pipe sizes can be obtained as follows:

Example A:
Calculate the maximum velocity and maximum flow rate for a 6-in. IPS fiberglass pipe to be used in
a feed discharge system.
IDF for feed discharge

= 220 ID1/2 = (From Table 2)

I.D. Factor for 6 in. (IPS) = ID1/2 = 2.50 (From Table 1)


V(fpm) =
V(fps) =

220 x 2.50 = 550 fpm.


550
60
9.17 fps (Max. allowable velocity)
9.17 fps < 15 fps (Ok to use fiberglass)

C.1

To establish maximum flow rate:

Q(gpm) =

Q(gpm) =

ID2 x Vfpm
24.51
39.19 x 550
24.51

Q(gpm) =

879.42 (gpm)

Q(gpm) =

Maximum (Gallons per minute) Flow Rate.

Where:

V(fpm) =
ID2 =
24.51 =

Maximum Allowable Velocity (Feet per Minute)


Pipe inside diameter (in2) (See Table 1)
Constant

Table 1

C.2

Example B:
Check for maximum velocity and maximum flow rate for a sea water discharge for 10-in. IPS.

IDF for water discharge = 300 ID1/2 = (From Table 2)


I.D. Factor for 10inch (I.P.S.) = ID1/2 = 3.22 (From Table 1)

V(fpm) =
V(fps) =
=

300 x 3.22 = 966 fpm


966
60
16.1 fps (Maximum allowable velocity)
16.1 fps > 15 fps. (not recommended to use with fiberglass)

To establish maximum flow rate:

Q(gpm) =

ID2 x Vfpm
24.51
107.12 x 96824.51

Q(gpm) =

24.51

Q(gpm) =

4,221.87 gpm (Maximum Flow Rate)

Q(gpm) =

Maximum (Gallons per minute) Flow Rate.

Where:

V(fpm) =
ID2 =
24.51 =

Maximum Allowable Velocity (Feet per Minute)


Pipe inside diameter (in.2)
Constant

Based on the required system flow rate, the correct pipe size can be determined by trial and error.

C.3

Table 2

See Table 1 for inside diameter coresponding to the NPS selection.

Note:

C.4

For bilge suction use V=400 fpm (feet per minute) for all NPS selections

APPENDIX D
Miscellaneous data
D.1 Adhesive Requirements (PSXtm-34 ; PSXtm-60)
The number of joints that can be made using 3 oz., 5 oz., or 8 oz. Kits of PSXtm-34 and/or PSXtm-60
are shown on the Table below.

Nominal
Pipe Size

3 oz.

KIT SIZE
5 oz.

8 oz.

1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

10
6
4
3
2
1
1
.50
.50
.50

10
7
5
3
2
1
1
1
1
.50
.50

10
8
6
5
3
2
2
1
1
1

Note:

a. Joint sizes 18 thru 36 require minimum of 2 persons


to make up a joint.
b. Minimum required curing time with heating blanket is
45 minutes for all size joints.

D.1

D2. Rated Pressures, Volumes and Weights of Pipe

Note:

1) System internal operating pressures may be limited by mechanical joints, fittings or anchoring requirements to
values below the rating of the pipe itself.
2) Pipe design resists collapse due to combined internal suction head and external fluid pressure. For example, a
63-psi (4.3-bar) external pressure rating allows for 120 ft (37 m) of water plus a 75% (suction head) with a
safety factor of 2 to minimum ultimate collapse pressure

D.2

APPENDIX E
PIPING SUPPORT FOR NON-RESTRAINED MECHANICAL JOINTS
This bulletin offers suggestions for supporting and anchoring Bondstrand piping systems joined with
bolted coupling mechanical joints which do not offer axial restraint. These bolted couplings are the
standard designs offered by Dresser, Viking- Johnson, Rockwell, Straub, R.H. Baker and others
which seal by means of an elastomeric gasket or gland seal against the outside diameter of the pipe.
The flexibility allowed by bolted couplings must be accounted for in calculating allowable span
lengths. Also, provisions for anchoring against hydrostatic thrusts must be incorporated into the
design.

Span Recommendations
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe joined with bolted couplings can be determined
by use of the following equation:

L = 0.207

Where

EI
w

1/4

L =

support spacing (ft),

EI =

beam stiffness psi (lb-in2), see Tables 43 and 4-4

w =

Total uniformly distributed load (Ib/linear in.),

In metric units:

L = 0.0995

Where

EI
w

1/4

L =

support spacing (in),

EI =

beam stiffness psi (kg-cm2), see Tables 43 and 4-4

w =

Total uniformly distributed load (kg/mm).

These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping support arrangements as shown in Figure 1;
i.e., those which have no fittings, valves, or vertical runs incorporated within the span.

Anchoring Recommendations
Bolted couplings, not designed to withstand longitudinal forces, allow 3/8-in. (10mm) longitudinal
pipe movement per joint without slippage of the gasket lip on the pipe surface. Individual joints
should be protected against movements greater than 3/8-in. (10mm) to prevent gasket wear as well
as preventing, in severe cases, the pipe from moving out of the coupling. Anchors must be provided
at thrust points such as valves, turns, branches, or reducers, as well as at locations where excessive
movement may occur (see Figure 1).
Figure 2 shows how mechanically coupled pipe should be supported and anchored at fittings.
Supports must be designed to carry the weight of the pipe and its contents. Anchors are located at
the terminal points of the piping system or where there is a change in direction and should be
designed to withstand thrusts due to internal line pressure.
E.1

Fig. 1

Note:

Fig. 2

Note:

E.2

Support Arrangements

Each Pipe length (L) should be anchored at least once to keep pipe ends from moving out of couplings
or jamming together and abrading.

Support and Anchors at Fitting

Anchors may be affixed to pipe using saddles as shear conntectors or bolted to flanges

Conversions

1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2


1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lbin = 0.113 Nm
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
1 ft/sec = 0.304 m/sec
1 gpm = 6.31 x 10-7 m3/sec
C = 5/9 (F - 32)

Important notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information
contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this
literature or the information or recommendations it contains.

FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - HEADQUARTERS


P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

Bondstrand Corrosion Guide


FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

Bondstrand Fiberglass Pipe


and Fittings
for industrial, marine, offshore,
and military applications

How to use this guide

Bondstrand pipe and fittings are suitable for the applications listed up to the maximum
recommended temperature. However, due to variations in actual service conditions, this
corrosion guide should be considered only a recommendation and not a guarantee.
Note that combinations of chemical solutions are often far more aggressive than the
individual components. For applications not listed, contact Ameron Applications
Engineering.
For service designated CM, consult manufacturer (Ameron) for possible limitations.
When no concentration is shown, recommendations apply to any concentration to
100% or to saturation.

Service considerations

The recommendations in this guide are based on continuous operating conditions.


Temperature ratings are usually higher for cyclic or occasional exposure. Contact
Ameron Applications Engineering for recommendations concerning systems with:
Cyclic chemical exposure
Temperature and concentration excursions exceeding those listed
Waste streams or solutions containing mixtures of materials listed herein or
containing traces of materials with CM rating
Solutions containing materials not listed herein
Secondary containment piping.
Ameron will also provide complimentary service analysis, piping recommendations and
value engineering.

2000 Series piping


systems

Series 2000 A lined epoxy system using the Quick-Lock joint for continuous
operating temperatures to 250F (121C) generally and to 300F (149C) for selected
substances.
Series 2000M A lined epoxy system for marine and offshore applications with
chemical resistance properties similar to Series 2000, but with greater resistance to
external collapse for in-tank operation under vacuum.
Series 2000M-FP A lined epoxy system with the same service capabilities and
chemical resistance as Series 2000M for marine and offshore fire protection systems;
incorporates an external intumescent coating which greatly enhances the fire resistance
properties of the system.

FP132H (11/99)

2000 Series piping


systems (cont.)

Series 2000MP A lined epoxy system rated to 250F (121C) and 125 psig (8.5 bar)
meeting MIL-P-28584B requirements for steam condensate, hot water, district heating
and similar piping applications with chemical resistance properties similar to
Series 2000.
Fittings Filament-wound epoxy.
Adhesives Type 34 for most applications; Type 6 for foodstuffs.
Text

Key-Lock (K/L) joined


piping systems

Series 2400 A lined epoxy system for operating temperatures to 200F (93C) when
employing the Key-Lock mechanical joint or 250F (121C) when using a taper/taper
adhesive-bonded joint. See Series 2000 for corrosion resistance properties.
Series 3400 An unlined epoxy system with joining identical to those of Series 2400.
Also available in a lined variant upon request. Consult Ameron for specific corrosion
resistance properties.

3000(A) Series piping


systems

Series 3000A A lined epoxy system for operating temperatures to 210F (99C).
Designed for water/wastewater applications requiring less wall thickness or less
temperature resistance than Series 2000.
Series 3200 A lined epoxy system designed to meet Underwriters Laboratories
requirements for underground fire protection systems. All Series 3200 pipe and fittings
are rated to 200 psig at 150F (14 bar at 66C). Contact Ameron for recommendations
regarding corrosion resistance.
Series 3300 A lined epoxy system rated to temperatures to 150F (66C) and
pressures to 300 psig (21 bar) in 8 through 12-inch sizes. Corrosion resistance
properties of Series 3300 are identical to those of Series 3200.
Fittings Molded epoxy (2 to 6 inches); filament-wound epoxy (8 to 16 inches).
Adhesive Type 34

4000 Series piping


systems

Series 4000 A lined epoxy system similar to Series 2000 in temperature capabilities,
but with a thicker liner for even greater corrosion and erosion resistance.
Fittings Filament-wound epoxy.
Adhesives Type 34 for most applications; Type 6 for foodstuffs.

5000 Series piping


systems

Series 5000 A vinyl ester system for severely corrosive services at temperatures to
200F (93C).
Fittings Filament-wound or molded vinyl ester.
Adhesives Type 105

7000 Series piping


systems

Series 7000 An unlined epoxy system incorporating high-strength conductive


carbon filaments in the wall of pipe and fittings that, when properly installed and
grounded, prevent the accumulation of static electrical charges. Joined using either
the Quick-Lock adhesive joint or flanges.
Series 7000M A marine variant of Series 7000 with resistance to external collapse
similar to that of Series 2000M. Series 7000M is widely used on vessels transporting
refined petroleum products.
Fittings Filament-wound epoxy with electrically conductive filament reinforcement.
Adhesive Type 60

Corrosion resistance
tables

Substance

Concentration

Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series


2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L

Acetaldehyde
Acetic acid
10%
Acetic acid
10 20%
Acetic acid
20 50%
Acetic acid
50 100%
Acetic anhydride
Acetone
Acetonitrile
Acetophenone
Acrylic acid
Acrylonitrile
Air
Alcohol, amyl
Alcohol, butyl
Alcohol, ethyl (ethanol)
Alcohol, isobutyl
Alcohol, isopropyl
Alcohol, methyl (methanol)
Alcohol, polyvinyl
Allyl chloride
Aluminum acetate
10%
Aluminum chloride
Aluminum chlorohydroxide
50%
Aluminum hydroxide
Aluminum nitrate
Aluminum potassium sulfate (alum)
Aluminum sulfate
Ammonia gas (dry)
Ammonium bicarbonate
50%
Ammonium carbonate
15%
Ammonium carbonate
15 50%
Ammonium chloride
Ammonium hydroxide
20%
Ammonium hydroxide
20 29%
Ammonium nitrate
25%
Ammonium nitrate
>25%
Ammonium persulfate
Ammonium phosphate
Ammonium sulfate
40%
Ammonium sulfate
>40%
Ammonium thiocyanate
Ammonium thiosulfate
Amyl acetate
Amyl chloride
Aniline
Antimony pentachloride
Antimony trichloride
Aqua regia
Arsenic acid

100
150

80
150

100
150

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100
120
120
120

Barium acetate
Barium carbonate
Barium chloride
Barium hydroxide
Barium nitrate
Barium sulfate
Barium sulfide
Beer

10%

25%

O-ring
Matl

CM

CM

CM

150

150

CM

CM

CM

CM

200
200
100

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

75

CM

100
100

120
120
120
120

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

75

CM

CM

CM

100
300
200
200
180
180
180
150
150
120
250
270
100
200
250
270
270
150
220
180
180
270
180
150
225
225
100
200
270
270
150
150
100
100
100
100
220

CM

CM

CM

CM

200
150
150
150
150
150
100
100

100

100
250
150
150
150
150
150
100
100

CM

CM

CM

CM

150
200

200
200

200
200

CM

CM

CM

CM

150
180
200
200
100
150
100
100
200
150
100
200
200
180
150
200
200
100
100

180
200
210
210
150
180
150
150
120
100
100
210
210

180
200
200
200
150
150
150
150
120
100
100
200
200

CM

CM

150
210
210
100
100

150
200
200
100
100

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100
150

75
75
150

75
75
150

CM

CM

180

100
300
200
200
180
180
180
150
150
120
250
270
100
200
250
270
270
150
220
180
180
270
180
150
225
225
100
200
270
270
150
150
100
100
100
100
220

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

180

180

180

180

150

150

180
200
250
220
200
225
225
200

180
200
210
200
150
210
210
200

180
250
250
220
200
250
225
200

150
200
200
150
150
200
180
150

150
180
200
200
150
180
180
180

150
180
200
200
150
180
180
180

250
175
175
150
150
150
100
150
100
210
210
CM

200
210
210
210
150
200
180
180
210
180
150
200
200
80
200
210
210
120
120
100
100
100
CM

200
100
100
CM

100
100
CM

N
N
N
N
N
N
N

CM
N/E
N/E
N/E
E

E
E
N
E
E
N
N/E

N
N/E
CM
CM

CM

CM
N/E
N/E
CM
N
N/E
N/E
N

E = EPR
N = Buna-N
V = Viton A
CM = Consult manufacturer
When a choice is shown (N/E), proper selection will depend on concentration, temperature and pressure.

Corrosion resistance
tables

Substance

Concentration

Benzaldehyde
Benzene
Benzene sulfonic acid
Benzoic acid
Black liquor
Borax
Boric acid
Boric acid
Boric acid
Brine (< 20% salts)
Bromine (dry)
Bromine (liquid)
Bromine water
Bromine (wet)
Butadiene
Butane
Butyl acetate
Butyl cellosolve
Butyraldehyde
Butyric acid
Calcium bisulfate
Calcium bisulfite
Calcium carbonate
Calcium chlorate
Calcium chloride
Calcium hydroxide
Calcium hypochlorite
Calcium hypochlorite
Calcium nitrate
Calcium phosphate
Calcium sulfate
Caprylic acid
Carbon dioxide (dry)
Carbon disulfide
Carbonic acid
Carbon monoxide
Carbon tetrachloride
Castor oil
Chloride dioxide (wet)
Chlorine gas (dry)
Chlorine gas (wet)
Chloroacetic acid
Chloroacetic acid
Chloroacetic acid
Chlorobenzene
Chloroform
Chlorosulfonic acid
Chromic acid
Chromic acid
Chromic acid
Chrome alum
Citric acid
Copper acetate
Copper chloride
Copper cyanide
Copper nitrate

Temperature Conversions
C = 59(F - 32)

4%
4 20%
>20%

4%

< 20%
20%

10%
10 25%
25 50%

5%
5 20%
20 30%

F
C

Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series


2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L
100
150
220
220
150
250
225
225
225
250

125
200
200
125
210
200
200
200
190

100
150
220
220
200
250
225
225
225
250

CM

CM

CM

CM

150

CM

O-ring
Matl

CM

CM

CM

CM

200
200
150
200
200
200
200
200

120
180
200
150
200
200
200
200
210

120
180
180
150
200
200
200
200
200

v
v
v
v

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100

150

CM

150

150

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

150
150
150
150
150
200

150
150
150
150
120
150

150
150
150
150
150
200

100
100
CM

120
120
100
100

120
120
100
100

CM

CM

CM

180

150

150

270
270
270
150
270
200
150
150
250
250
250
150
250
75
180
200
150
220

210
210
210
125
210
180
120
120
210
210
210
150
210

200
200
200
200
200
180
200
100
200
200
200
150
200

200
200
200
100
210
150
150
200
200
200
120
200
75
150
150
150
200

200
200
200
100
200
150
150
150
200
200
200
120
200
75
150
150
150
200

175
200
125
210

270
270
270
150
270
200
150
150
250
250
250
150
250
75
180
200
150
220

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100
100

CM

100
100

75

75

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

180
200
CM

CM

N
N/E
E
E
N/E

v
N
CM
E

N
N
CM
N
N
E
E
N/E
N
N
CM
N/E
N
N
N

CM

CM

CM

200
150
200
200
200
200
150

100

CM

100

CM

75

75

v
v
v
v

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

200
100

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

200
250
180
250
220
250

180
210
150
210
210
210

200
250
180
250
220
250

200
200
180
200
200
200

150
210
150
200
180
200

150
200
150
200
180
200

N
N
E
N
N
N

75 100 125 150 180 200 210 225 250 270 300
24 38 52 66 82 93 99 107 121 132 149

Corrosion resistance
tables

Substance

Concentration

Copper sulfate
Corn syrup
Cresylic acid
Crude oil (sweet or sour)
Cupric fluoride
Cupric nitrate
Cupric sulfate
Cyclohexane
Cyclohexanol

Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series


2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L

O-ring
Matl

220
220

210
210

220
220

220
180

210
200

200
200

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

250
200
220
220
150
150

210
200
200
200
150
150

250
250
250
250
150
150

200
200
200
200
120

200
200
180
180
120
100

N/E

CM

210
150
180
180
120
100

Detergents
Diallyl phthalate
Dibutyl phthalate
Diacetone alcohol
Dicalcium phosphate
Dichloroacetaldehyde
Dichlorobenzene
Dichloroethylene
Diesel fuel
Diethanolamine
Diethyl ketone
Diethyl ether
Diethylene glycol
Diethylene triamine
Dimethylamine
Dimethyl formamide
Dimethyl phthalate
Diphenyl ether
Dipropylene glycol
Disodium methyl arsenate

180
180
180

180
180
180

180
180
180

150
150
180

120
120
120

120
120
120

N/V

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

150

125

150

120

100

100

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

150

150

150

CM

100

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

250

210

250

150

200

200

N/V

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100
200

80
150

100
200

CM

CM

CM

CM

180

180

180

N/V

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100
120
200
220

100
100
175
200

100
120
200
220

100

CM

CM

CM

100
150
200

100
150
200

v
v
v

Ethyl acetate
Ethyl acrylate
Ethyl alcohol alcohol, ethyl
Ethyl benzene
Ethyl cellosolve
Ethyl chloride
Ethyl ether
Ethyl tert-butyl ether (ETBE)
Ethylene chlorohydrin
Ethylene diamine
Ethylene dichloride
Ethylene glycol (aq.)

150
120

125
100

150
120

CM

120
120

120
120

150
150

125
100

150
150

CM

100
120

100
120

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100
120
150

CM

CM

100

100
100
100

100
200
100

CM

125

100
120
150

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

120
270

100
210

120
270

CM

CM

CM

200

210

200

N/E

225
200
220
205
205
200
225
220
220
220
200

210
180
210
210
210
200
210
210
210
210
150

225
200
220
205
205
200
225
220
220
220
200

200
180
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200

100
200
170
150
150
150
210
200
200
200
150

100
200
170
150
150
150
160
200
200
200
150

Fatty acids
Ferric acetate
Ferric chloride
Ferric chloride
Ferric chloride
Ferric nitrate
Ferric sulfate
Ferrous chloride
Ferrous nitrate
Ferrous sulfate
Fluoboric acid
Fluorine
Fluosilicic acid
Fluosilicic acid

20%
20 40%
40 60%

10%
10 25%

CM

150
100

CM

CM

N/V
N
N
N/V
N/V

CM
E

CM

v
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

150

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

200
100

CM

CM

CM

E = EPR
N = Buna-N
V = Viton A
CM = Consult manufacturer
When a choice is shown (N/E), proper selection will depend on concentration, temperature and pressure.

Corrosion resistance
tables

Substance

Concentration

Formaldehyde
Formic acid
Formic acid
Freon
Fuel oil
Furfural

40%
10%
10 25%

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

220

210

220

180

210

200

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

225
180
220
300
300
120
180

210
150
210
210
210
120
150

225
180
250
300
300
120
200

150
100
200
200
200

150
150
200
210
210

150
120
200
200
200

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100

100

CM

200
150
250

175
150
210

200
150
250

180
120
200

150
100
200

150
100
200

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100
100
150
150
120

CM

CM

CM

CM

75

75

CM

CM

CM

CM

v
v

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

150

150

150

150

150

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

v
v

250
180
120

200
175
100

250
180
150

120
120
200
200
200
150
150
150
150
180
180
180

CM

125
125
100

120
120
200
200
200
180

150
100

150
100

CM

CM

Iodine
n-Isopropyl acetate

120
150

80
125

120
150

100

120
120

120
120

CM

Jet fuel (JP-A, JP-8 )


Juice, orange

250
250

210
210

250
250

180
180

200
200

200
200

N/E

Kerosene

250

210

250

200

210

200

Lactic acid
Latex
Lauric acid
n-Lauryl alcohol
Lead acetate
Lead nitrate
Levulinic acid
Lime
Linseed oil
Lithium chloride
Lithium hydroxide
Lube oil

225
225
220
220
250
220
220
200
250
225
150
250

210
210
210
200
210
210
210
200
210
210
150
210

225
225
220
250
250
220
220
220
250
225
150
250

200
120
200
200
200
200
200
180
200
200
120
200

170
210
200
200
200
170
200
180
200
210
150
200

170
160
200
200
200
170
200
180
200
160
150
200

N/E

Magnesium carbonate
Magnesium chloride
Magnesium hydroxide
Magnesium nitrate
Magnesium sulfate

220
270
270
250
270

210
210
210
210
210

220
270
270
250
270

200
200
150
200
200

170
210
210
200
210

170
200
200
200
120

N/E

50%

100%
30%

Heptane
Hexane
Hydraulic oils
Hydrazine
Hydrobromic acid
10%
Hydrobromic acid
10 48%
Hydrochloric acid
1%
Hydrochloric acid
1 10%
Hydrochloric acid
10 20%
Hydrochloric acid
20 37%
Hydrofluoric acid
5%
Hydrogen chloride gas (dry)
Hydrogen peroxide
30%
Hydrogen sulfide (dry)
Hydrogen sulfide (wet)
Hydrochlorous acid
10%

Temperature Conversions
C = 59(F - 32)

F
C

150

100

150

CM

CM

CM

O-ring
Matl

150
150
100

Gasoline
Gluconic acid
Glucose
Glycerine (aq.)
Glycerine
Glyoxal
Green liquor

Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series


2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L

CM

75

75

CM

CM

CM

N
CM
N
N/E
N/E

N
N

N/E

CM
N/E
E/V
E
N/E
N/E
N/V
N/V
N
CM
N

N/E
E/V
N/E
N/E

75 100 125 150 180 200 210 225 250 270 300
24 38 52 66 82 93 99 107 121 132 149

Corrosion resistance
tables

Substance

Concentration

Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series


2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L

O-ring
Matl

Maleic acid
5%
Maleic acid
5 35%
Maleic acid
> 35%
Maleic anhydride
Mercuric chloride
Mercurous chloride
Mercury
Methacrylic acid
Methyl chloride
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl alcohol
Methyl isobutyl carbitol
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Methyl methacrylate
Methyl sulfonic acid
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)
Methylene chloride
Mineral oil

220
220
220
150
220
220
270

200
200
200
150
210
210
210

220
220
220
150
220
220
270

200
200
200
120
200
200
200

170
170
150
150
200
200
200

120
120
100
150
200
200
200

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

270

210

270

200

210

200

N/E

Naphtha
Naphthalene
Natural gas
Nickel chloride
Nickel nitrate
Nickel sulfate
Nitric acid
Nitric acid
Nitric acid
Nitric acid
Nitrogen solutions

225
200
250
270
220
225
120
75
75

210
200
210
210
210
210
75
75
75

225
200
250
270
220
225
120

210
150
210
210
180
210

v
v
N/V
N/V

CM

200
150
200
160
180
160
75

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

150

125

150

180
200
200
200
200
200
150
150
100
100
100

CM

CM

CM

250
250
220
220

210
210
210
200

250
250
220
220

200
180
180
200

210
200
200
200

200
200
200
200

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

220
150

200
150

250
150

200
150

200
150

CM

CM

CM

200
200
200

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

v
v
N/V
N/V
N/V
N/V

220

210

220

200

200

200

N/V

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

120
100
100
100

100
100

120
100
100
100

CM

100

100

v
v

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

75

75

CM

CM

CM

v
v

Oil, sour crude


Oil, diesel
Oil, lubricating
Oleic acid
Oleum
Olive oil
Oxalic acid
Oxalic acid
Oxalic acid

1%
1 5%
5 10%
10 20%

10%
10 20%
20 50%

Palmitic acid
Perchloric acid
Perchloroethylene
Petroleum ether
Phenol
1%
Phenol
1 5%
Phenol
5 100%
Phosphoric acid
2%
Phosphoric acid
2 10%
Phosphoric acid
10 50%
Phosphoric acid
50 85%
Phosphorous oxychloride
Phthalic anhydride
Pickling acid (5% H2SO4, 0.25% coal
coal tar inhibitor, water)
Picric acid
Pine oil

v
v
v
v
N
N
N

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100
180
120
150
100

80
170
100
125
75

100
180
120
150
100

CM

100
150

100
150

CM

CM

CM

CM

120

CM

120

CM
CM

CM
CM

120

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100

100

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100

200

CM

N
N
E

N
N

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

100
100
100
100

100
100
75

200
200
200
200

100
75
75

100
75
75

CM

100
100
100
100

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

220

200

220

200

200

200

CM

100
100
150

80
100
125

180
100
150

200
100
150

CM

CM

CM

CM

N/V

150

150

E
E

E = EPR
N = Buna-N
V = Viton A
CM = Consult manufacturer
When a choice is shown (N/E), proper selection will depend on concentration, temperature and pressure.

Corrosion resistance
tables

Substance

Concentration

Plating solution (17% NiSO4, 5%


NiCl2, 30% H3BO3, water)
Polyvinyl acetate emulsion
Polyethylene glycol (E-200)
Polyethylene glycol (P-400)
Potassium bicarbonate
Potassium bromide
Potassium carbonate
50%
Potassium chloride
Potassium cyanide
Potassium dichromate
10%
Potassium ferricyanide
Potassium ferrocyanide
Potassium fluoride
30%
Potassium hydroxide
25%
Potassium hydroxide
25 50%
Potassium hydroxide
50 75%
Potassium nitrate
Potassium permanganate
10%
Potassium persulfate
Potassium phosphate
Potassium sulfate
Propane
Propylene glycol

220
150
150
150
220
220
100
270
225
200
220
220
200
150
150
150
270

210
150
120
210
200
200
100
210
210
180
200
200
200
150
150
150
210

220
150
180
180
270
220
100
270
225
200
220
220
220
180
180
180
270

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

180
250
150
270

150
210
125
210

180
270
150
270

180
100
150
150
150
200
150
200
180
200
200
200
150
120
100
100
200
150
180
100
180
100
200

Quatenary ammonium salts

120

120

120

Silver nitrate
Sodium acetate
Sodium aluminum sulfate
Sodium benzoate
Sodium bicarbonate
10%
Sodium bicarbonate
10 20%
Sodium bisulfate
Sodium bisulfite
Sodium bromate
Sodium bromide
Sodium carbonate
< 10%
Sodium carbonate
10%
Sodium chlorate
50%
Sodium chloride
Sodium cyanide
< 6%
Sodium cyanide
6%
Sodium dichromate
10%
Sodium ferricyanide
Sodium ferrocyanide
Sodium hydrosulfide
Sodium hydroxide
10%
Sodium hydroxide
10 40%
Sodium hydroxide
40 50%
Sodium hypochlorite
514%
Sodium hypochlorite (stable) 10%
Sodium hypochlorite (stable) 11 18%
Sodium nitrate
Sodium nitrite
Sodium silicate
Sodium sulfate
Sodium sulfide
10%
Sodium sulfite

220
220
220
200
250
250
250
220
150
250
200
100
250
270
225
225
200
270
270
120
150
150
150

200
200
200
200
210
210
210
200
125
210
210
150
200
210
210
210
180
210
210
100
150
150
150

CM
CM

Temperature Conversions
C = 59(F - 32)

Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series


2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L

F
C

120
100
150
150
100
200

120
100
150
150
100
200

O-ring
Matl
E
E
N
N
N
N/E

CM

CM

210
210
150
200
200
150
100
100

200
200
150
200
200
150
100
100

N/E

CM

CM

210

200

N/E

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

150
210
100
210

150
200
100
200

N/E

100

100

100

CM

220
220
250
200
250
250
250
220
180
250
200
200
250
270
225
225
200
270
270
120
180
180
180

200
200
200
180
180
150
200
200
140
200
150
150
180
200
200
200
200
200
200
100
100
100

200
200
200
180
180
180
200
200
150
210
210
150
210
210
210
200
180
200
200

200
200
200
180
180
180
200
200
150
200
200
150
200
200
200
200
180
200
200

E/V

CM

CM

CM

100

100

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

150
150
150
200
200
200
200
150
200

CM

CM

CM

CM

v
v
v
N/E

CM

CM

CM

270
250
220
270
200
200

210
210
210
210
200
200

270
250
220
270
200
200

CM

CM

210
200
200
210
200
200

200
200
200
200
200
200

N/E
N/E
N
N
N
E
E

N/E
N
N/E

E
N
CM
N/V
N/V
N/E
N/E
N
N
N
N
CM
N/E
N/E
N/E
E
E
E

E
N/E
N/E
N
N

75 100 125 150 180 200 210 225 250 270 300
24 38 52 66 82 93 99 107 121 132 149

Corrosion resistance
tables

Substance

Concentration

Sodium thiocyanate
Sodium thiosulfate
Stannic chloride
Stannic sulfate
Stannous chloride
Stearic acid
Strontium chloride
Styrene
Sugar solutions
Sulfamic acid
Sulfite liquors
Sulfur chloride
Sulfur dioxide gas (dry)
Sulfur trioxide
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfurous acid

< 25%

2%
2 5%
5 10%
10 20%
20 25%
25 50%
50 70%
> 70%

Tall oil
Tannic acid
tert-Amyl methyl ether (TAME)
Tetrachloroethylene
Tetraethyl lead
Thionyl chloride
Toluene
Transformer oil
Trichloroethylene
Triethanolamine
Triethylamine
Triphenyl phosphite
Trisodium phosphate
Turpentine

Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series


2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L

O-ring
Matl

200
150
250
250
220
220
200
100
220
100
150

200
125
210
210
210
210
200
100
210
100
125

200
150
270
270
220
220
200
100
250
100
150

180
200
200
200
200
200
200
100
180
180
200

200
120
200
200
200
200
200
75
200
100
100

200
120
200
200
200
200
200
75
200
100
100

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

180
150
150
125
100
100
100
100
100

150
150
100
80

200
160
200
200
200
200
180
180
120

150
100
75

120
100
75

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

200
180
180
180
180
180
150
150
100

CM

CM

v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

200

180

200

200

120

120

200
225
100
180
120

200
210

200
225
100
180
120

200
200

200
200
100

N/E

CM

200
210
100

CM

CM

CM

100

100

100

v
v

CM
CM
CM
CM

CM

150
120

v
v
N
N
N/E
N/V
N

v
N/V
N

v
v
E

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

150
300
120
150
100
120
200
150

125
210
100
150
100
120
200
125

150
300
120
150
100
120
200
150

CM

100
210

100
210

N/V

Urea

200

150

Vinegar
Vinyl acetate

200
150

Water, chlorinated
50 ppm
Water, chlorinated
50 500 ppm
Water, chlorinated 500 2000 ppm
Water, chlorinated 2000 3500 ppm
Water, chlorinated brine
Water, deionized
Water, demineralized
Water, distilled
Water, fresh
Water, salt
Water, sea
Water, steam condensate
White liquor

25%

200

CM

CM

CM

CM

150

150

CM

CM

CM

CM

120
150

100
150
120

CM

CM

100
150
120

N/V

200

150

150

150

CM

150
120

200
150

200

150
100

150
100

E/V

150
125
100

150
125
100

150
125
100

120
110
100

120
110
100

CM

CM

CM

CM

CM

120
250
250
250
250
270
270
250
150

120
210
210
210
210
210
210
210
150

120
250
250
250
250
270
270
250
200

180
150
110
110
150
180
200
200
200
200
200
200
150

CM

CM

210
210
210
210
210
210
210

200
200
200
200
200
200
200

N/E

CM

CM

N/E

CM

CM

CM

N
N

N/E
N/E
N/E
N/E
N/E
N/E

E = EPR
N = Buna-N
V = Viton A
CM = Consult manufacturer
When a choice is shown (N/E), proper selection will depend on concentration, temperature and pressure.

Corrosion resistance
tables

Mechanical joining
systems

Substance

Concentration

Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series


2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L

Xylene

150

125

150

CM

150

150

Zinc acetate
Zinc chloride
Zinc phosphate
Zinc sulfate

180
250
180
200

150
210
150
210

180
250
180
250

180
200
200
200

150
200
150
200

150
200
150
200

O-ring
Matl
v
E
N/E
CM
N/E

Pronto-Lock and Pronto-Lock II Available on all 3000A Series products. These joints
utilize an O-ring seal with locking threads.
Key-Lock (K/L) Available for Series 2400 and 3400 in diameters from 2 to 40 inches .
The Key-Lock joint utilizes an O-ring seal with locking keys.

Fittings

Filament-wound fittings Compatible with, and equivalent in corrosion resistance to


the premium corrosion resistant epoxy or vinyl ester piping systems offered by Ameron
(i.e. Series 4000 and Series 5000). These fittings also may be used with Series 2000 where
higher strength, greater impact resistance, etc., are desired.
Molded fittings Offer an economical alternative to filament-wound fittings with
corrosion performance equivalent to Series 2000 or Series 3000A.

Key-Lock and Pronto-Lock


O-ring Selection Guide

Temperature Range
Code

Polymer

Buna-N (Nitrile)

-30 to +225

-5 to +105

Ethylene propylene rubber (EPR)

-65 to +250

-55 to +125

Fluorocarbon (Viton A)

-15 to +375

-25 to +190

Where a choice of materials is shown (i.e. N/E), the proper material selection will depend on the concentration,
temperature and pressure of the system.

Bondstrand adhesives
Type
6
34

10

Joint
Type

Primary Use

Q/L

Foodstuffs

Q/L or T/T General Service

Areas
of Use

Pipe Resin
System

All
All

Temperature
F

Epoxy

300

149

Epoxy

300

149

60

Q/L

Antistatic piping

All

Epoxy

250

121

105

Q/L

Resistance to acids

All

Vinyl ester

200

93

FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY


SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR ACCIDENT

CALL CHEMTREC - DAY OR NIGHT


1-800-424-9300
Toll-free in the continental U.S.

483-7616 in District of Columbia


For calls originating outside the continental U.S.
202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect
ALL CALLS ARE RECORDED

11

Important Notice

This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever
in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are
subject to change.

GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681

1986 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP132H (11/99) supersedes FP132G (1/97) 10M [369]

AMERON
IN T E R N A T IO N A L

Case Histories - Marine China (From 1996 till present)


S/N Shipyard / Shipowner

Project Name

Application

Size

Pressure

Area

System

Year

Dalian New Shipyard / Thenamaris

105K P.C. / PC-1100-1/2/3

Water Ballast System

14", 20"

10 bar

China

7000M

1996, 1997

Qiuxin Shipyard / Stenersen

8300 Chem. Tanker / QX 1253 / 1254

Water Ballast System

6" - 10"

10 bar

China

7000M

1997

Qiuxin Shipyard / Stenersen

13600 Chem. Tanker / QX 1254, 55, 56

Water Ballast System

6" - 12"

10 bar

China

7000M

1997

Dalian Shipyard

Zi Qiang Hao, Semi - Sub

Sea Water

6" - 10"

10 bar

China

7000M

1998

Jiangnan Shipyard

Hull No 2235, 36, 39

Water Ballast System

10", 12"

10 bar

China

7000M

1998

Jiangnan Shipyard

Hull No 2237, 2238

Water Ballast System

10", 12"

10 bar

China

7000M

1999

Mawei Shipyard / B&N

17600dwt B/C, VMW436 -1/2/3

Water Ballast System


Sea Water System

6" - 12"
10" -12"

10 bar
10 bar

China

2000M
2000M

1999
2000

Zhonghua Shipyard / Dag Engstrom

11000dwt Ro/Ro / Hull No H419

Water Ballast System


Sea Water System

6" - 20"

10 bar

China

2000M

2000

Dalian Shipyard / IMC

45000dwt C/T, Hull No CT450-1 to 3

Ballast System

8' - 14"

10 bar

China

7000M

2000

11

Edward Shipyard / Tropical Shipping

850 TEU Container / Hull No 120/121

Ballast System

12" - 14"

10 bar

China

2000M

2000

12

Dalian New Shipyard / CNOOC

WC13-1/2 FPSO, Hull No:

Ballast System

12" - 20"

10 bar

China

7000M

2000

13

Edward Shipyard / Tantank

14000dwt C/T Hull No:119/122

Sea water System

6" - 18"

16 bar

China

7000M

2000

14

Qingshan Shipyard/Somers

18500dwt Chemical Tank

Water Ballast System

8", 12"

10 bar

China

7000M

2001

15

Dalain New Shipyard/CNOOC

QHD32-6 FPSO Topside Pipe

Seawater & Fire system

3"- 20"

10 bar

China

7000M

2001

16

Dalain New Shipyard/NITC

300000dwt VLCC T3000-1 & 2

Water Ballast System

8"- 26"

10 bar

China

7000M

2001

17

Xingang Shipyard / GTRC

32500dwt B/C Hull No: SB331-3

Ballast, Bilge system

2"-14"

10 bar

China

2000M

2001

13

Edward Shipyard / Tantank

20000dwt C/T Hull No:124

Ballast System

2" - 16"

16 bar

China

7000M

2001

AMERON
IN T E R N A T IO N A L

CASE HISTORIES
Vessel Type : Floating Production Storage and Offloading Vessels
(Conversions)
S/N

Project Name

Shipyard

Year Built

Applications

Nan Hai Xi Wan

Keppel Shipyard

1986

Sea Water Cooling Process

Total Bongkot

Sembawang Shipyard

1993

Fire Mains (Wet System)

Deep Sea Pioneer


(Dai Hung) (Semi - Sub.)

Far East Levingston


Shipbuilding

1994

Chlorination System

Cossack Pioneer

Keppel Shipyard

1995

Process Cooling, Deck Wash, Produced


Water, Drain

Philip Xijiang

Keppel Shipyard

1995

Process Skids (build at Daewoo Heavy


Industries)

P27 (Semi - submersible)

Keppel FELS

P33, 35

1996 ~ 7

Process Skids

Hyundai Heavy Industries

1997

Process Skids

P37

Jurong Shipyard

1998

Marine Systems & Top Sides Piping

P38

Jurong Shipyard

1999

Marine Systems & Top Sides Piping

10

P40 (Semi - submersible)

Jurong Shipyard

1999

Marine Systems & Top Sides Piping

h:\laitheng\case-his\Casehis-FPSO (8/2/01)

AMERON
IN T E R N A T IO N A L

CASE HISTORIES
Vessel Type : Floating Production Storage and Offloading Vessels
(New Build)
S/N

Project Name

Shipyard

Year Built

Applications

Bohai

Jiangnan Shipyard

1993

Process Skids

Smedvig/Esso
Balder

Far East Levingston


Shipbuilding

1994

Water Ballast, Inert Gas Effluent,


Hydorchlorite Piping.

Rasmussen

Mitsui Engineering and


Shipbuilding

1995

Water Ballast, S. W. Cooling, Drainage Line

Statoil/Norne

Far East Levingston


Shipbuilding

1995

Complete Water Ballast System, S.W.


Cooling, HVAC S. W. Cooling, Tank
Cleaning System, Drain Lines, Fire Water
Test Lines.

Statoil/Aasgard

Hitachi Zosen Engineering


& Shipbuilding

1996

Complete Water Ballast System, S. W.


Cooling, Tank Cleaning System, Drain Line.

Saga Petroleum

Far East Levingston


Shipbuilding

1996

Complete Water Ballast Sytsem, S.W.


Cooling, S.W. Lift.

Woodside Laminaria

Samsung Heavy Industries

1997

Water Ballast System in Tank

Terra Nova Alliance

Daewoo Heavy Industries

1998

Water Ballast System in Tank

h:\laitheng\case-his\Casehis-FPSO (8/2/01)

AMERON
IN T E R N A T IO N A L

CASE HISTORIES
Vessel Type : Floating Production Storage and Offloading Vessels
(New Build)
S/N

Project Name

Shipyard

Smedvig / West Future II


(Semi - submersible)

Hitachi Zosen Enginering


& Shipbuilding

10

Smedvig / West Menang


Keppel Shipyard
(Self Erecting Drilling Tender)

11

Sedco Forex Schlumberger /


Cajun Express
(Semi - submersible)

PPL Pte Ltd

12

R&B Falcon / RBS6


(Semi - submersible)

Hyundai Heavy Industries

1998

Water Ballast System, Air Vent, Sounding,

13

ELF / Girassol

Hyundai Heavy Industries

1999

Water Ballast System in tanks, Sea Water


Systems, Fire Fighting System in Integrated Deck,
Top Sides, Forward & Aft.
Other services include Injection Water, Drinking
Water, Raw Sea Water, & Demineralised Water

14

R&B Falcon / RBS 8 D


(Semi - submersible)

Hyundai Heavy Industries

1999

Water Ballast System, Air Vent, Brine

h:\laitheng\case-his\Casehis-FPSO (8/2/01)

Year Built

Applications

1998

Water Ballast System, Bilge, Air Vent,


S.W. Cooling, Fire Water, Drill Water, Upper
Hull Piping.

1998

Water Ballast System, S. W. Cooling, F.W.


Cooling.

1998 /9

Ballast System, Vent Lines, Tank Gauging,


Brine, Drill Water, Wash Down, S.W. Cooling,
F.W. Cooling, Watermakers, Dry Bulk System
Mud and Cement, Chilled Water System,
Sprinkler System.

AMERON
IN T E R N A T IO N A L

Ameron Case History - Offshore China (from 1992 till present)


S/N

Client / Project

System

Sembawang Engineering /

Fire Line, Cooling Line,

CNOOC - WEI 114 Platform

Drain Line

Philips Petroleum / XIJiang 24 - 30

Cooling Line, Seawater /

30 - 2 / Daewoo S H M

Drilling Fluid Water /

Product

Size

Area

Year

Series 7000M

2" - 12"

China

1992

Series 2000M

1" - 16"

China

1993

Series 2000M /

1" - 16"

China

1993 / 1994

1" - 36"

China

1994

Series 2000M

3" - 10"

China

1999

Series 2000M

2" - 6"

China

1999

Water Flood Supply


3

ARCO Yacheng 13-1 / Wellhead Platform

Seawater Cooling /

Hyundai

Drain, Firewater System

ARCO Yacheng 13-1 / Process Platform

Sea Water / Drain

Series 2000M

Sembawang Engg

Fire Water

Series 2000M

Potable Water

Series 2000M - FP

with Pitchar
coating at yard.

QK17-2 Process Platform

Seawater water / Cooling water

CNOOC / OOEC

Firewater System

SZ36-1 Center Platform/ Living Quarter

Fire water System

CSSC / XinHe Shipyard


Page 1

AMERON
IN T E R N A T IO N A L

Ameron Case History - Offshore China (from 1992 till present)


S/N

Client / Project

System

Product

Size

Area

Year

SZ36-1 Process Platform

Seawater water / Cooling water

Series 2000M

1" - 10"

China

2000

Hyundai Heavy Industry

Drain, Firewater System

SZ36-1 WHP Platform #1-#6

Seawater water / Fire water System

Series 2000M

2" - 6"

China

2000

Seawater water / Fire water System

Series 2000M

2" - 8"

China

2000

Deluge System / Fire water System

Series PSX-JF Conductive

1" - 10"

China

2001

CNOOC / OOEC
9

QHD32-6 WHP Platform #1-6#


CNOOC / OOEC

10

PL19-3 PH-I WHP Platform


CNOOC / OOEC

Page 2

AMERON
IN T E R N A TIO N A L

Case Histories - Bondstrand PSX / current status as of November '98


Offshore Fire Water Applications.
S/N

Customer

Name of platform

Location

Eng. & Con. Company

Details of Pipe

Installed/Status

AMOCO

Mahogany Alfa

Trinidad

Brown & Root

PSX-L3 & PSX-JF Wet & Dry Deluge


Firewater 4000' of 1" to 12"

Jan-97

AMOCO

Mahogany Bravo

Trinidad

Brown & Root

PSX-L3 & PSX-JF Wet & Dry Deluge


Firewater 4000' of 1" to 12"

Mar-97

Woodside Petroleum

Goodwyn A Platform

Australia

Retrofit

PSX-L3 2" to 6" 500'

Mar-97

PDVSA

Retrofit

Venezuela

Retrofit

PSX-L3 Firewater 1000' of 2" to 6"

Jun-97

Lagoven

Maracaibo

Venezuela

Venezuela

PSX - JF and L3

Being installed Hydrotest Sept.


'97

Ras Gas Mobil

Ras Laffan

Qatar

McDermott, Dubai

PSX-JF Dry Deluge Firewater 2500' of 1" to


8"

Mar-98

Ras Gas Mobil

Ras Laffan

Qatar

Southport, LA

PSX-L3 Living quarter potable sanitary & fire


water 3000' of 2" to 10"

Mar-98

Chevron Oil

North Nemba

Angola

Brown & Root - Daewoo

PSX-L3 & PSX-JF Wet & Dry Deluge


Firewater 5000' of 1" to 12"

Aug-98

QGPC

PS-2

Qatar

Mideast Const.

PSX-JF Wet & Dry Deluge Firewater 6000' of


1" to 12"

Oct-98

10

Pemex

Injection Platform

Mexico

Retrofit

PSX-JF & PSX-L3 Firewater 4000' of 2" to


14"

Dec-98

11

Sable Energy

Sable Island

Canada

Kavaerner, U.K.

PSX-L3 & PSX-JF Wet & Dry Firewater Deck


drain, potable water 10000' of 2" to 14"

Under Construction

12

AMOCO

Marlin

Gulf of Mexico

Aker Gulf

PSX-L3 & PSX-JF Wet & Dry Deluge


Firewater 8000' of 1" to 12"

Under Construction

8/3/01
Case History - Offshore - PSX
PSX
Page1 of 2

AMERON
IN T E R N A TIO N A L

Case Histories - Bondstrand PSX / current status as of November '98


Offshore Fire Water Applications.
S/N

Customer

13Texaco/Chevron - Jointventure

Name of platform

Location

Eng. & Con. Company

Details of Pipe

Installed/Status

Gemini

Gulf of Mexico

Linder associates - Homa


Industries

PSX-L3 & PSX-JF Wet & Dry Deluge


Firewater 3000' of 1" to 12"

Under Construction

Enercon / Aker Gulf Marine

PSX-L3 & PSX-JF Wet & Dry Deluge


Firewater 4000' of 1" to 12"

Under Construction

Brown & Root - Aker Gulf Marine

PSX-L3 & PSX-JF Wet & Dry Deluge


Firewater 4000' of 1" to 12"

Under Construction

Brown & Root

PSX-L3 & PSX-JF Wet & Dry Deluge


Firewater 5000' of 1" to 12"

Under Construction

14

Elf Aquitaine

Virgo

Gulf of Mexico

15

AMOCO

Amherstia

Trinidad

16

Chevron

17

Chevron

KWIP

Angola

Brown & Root - Daewoo

PSX-L3 & PSX-JF Wet & Dry Deluge


Firewater 5000' of 1" to 12"

Under Construction

18

Premier Oil ( Texaco )

Yetagun

Myanmar

Kvaerner John Brown Sembawang Engineering

PSX-JF and L3 6000' of 1"-14"

Under Construction

19

Petrobras

Pescada Retrofit

Brazil

Utc

PSX-L3 Firewater 2000' of 1" to 8"

To be Installed

8/3/01
Case History - Offshore - PSX
PSX
Page2 of 2

Production & Injection Venezuela

Bondstrand Case Histories


FIBERGLASS PIPE SYSTEMS

Offshore Installations

Index

Ballast
Exposure:

contaminated
seawater
Pressure:
150 psi (10 bar)
Piping system: Series 2000M

ISO-9001

Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caisson piping . . . . . . . . .
Cement injection lines . . . .
Chlorination . . . . . . . . . . .
Column pipe . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling water . . . . . . . . . .
Deck drain and disposal lines
Fire protection mains . . . . .
Potable water . . . . . . . . . .
Produced water. . . . . . . . .
Sanitary service/sewage . . .
Seawater service (nonvital) . .
Vent lines . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water injection . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

1
2
2
2
3

4
5
7
9
9
10
10
11
12

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Date

Norway

1975

Andoc/Dunlin A

2-12

Netherlands

1975

Condeep Brent B

2-12

Norway

1975

Seatank Platform

12

Norway

1978

Owner/Builder

Platform

Phillips Oil Co.

Ekofisk Tank Platform

Shell Expro Co., U.K.

Condeep/Brent C

10-12

U.K.

1978

Condeep/Brent C

10-12

Norway

1978

Chevron Offshore

Santa Barbara

6-10

U.S.A.

1980

Shell Offshore

AMWP-7
Champion Phase 1
Champion 7

2-12
2-10
2-16

Brunei
Brunei
Brunei

1980
1981
1981

Elf Aquitaine

Condeep

3-8

Norway

1984

Reading and Bates

Zane Barnes

24

Japan

1986

Statoil Norway

Statfjord "A"

16

Norway

1992

Wandoo Alliance

Wandoo CGS

8-14

Australia

1995

CERTIFICATED FIRM

FP162C (5/97)

Caisson piping
Owner/Builder
Exposure:

marine
environment
Pressure:
ambient
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Bondstrand
caisson piping

Platform

Size
(in)

cement
ambient
ambient
Series 2000M

Liverpool Bay Dev. 28, 36

U.K.

1994

Davy & Bessemer


Galahad

3, 6, 18
6

U.K
U.K

1994
1995

Wandoo Alliance/Leighton

CGS

16-30

Australia

1995

Total Myanmar/McDermott

Yanada

6-18

Myanmar

1997

Owner/Builder

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Date

Conoco

Installation No. 1
Installation No. 2
Installation No. 3

4
4
4

North Sea
North Sea
North Sea

1983
1984
1984

Owner/Builder

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Date

Trinmar Ltd.

Platform 9

8-12

Trinidad

1974

Phillips Oil Co.

Ekofisk Tank Platform

Norway

1975

Chlorination
Exposure:

chlorinated
water
Pressure:
30 psi (2 bar)
Temperature: 28 to 85F
(-2 to 29C)
Piping system: Series 5000M

Date

SLP Crown Engrg. Ltd.


Brown & Root
Highland Fabricators
"
Mobil

Cement injection lines


Exposure:
Pressure:
Temperature:
Piping system:

Site of
Installation

Reading and Bates/Keppel

Platform

Singapore

1983

Fluor Ocean/Keppel

Platform

Singapore

1983

Conoco

Kotterfield
Loggerfield

2
2

Netherlands`
Netherlands`

1984
1984

Reading and Bates

Jack-up rig WT. Adams 2


Jack-up rig R.W. Mowell2

Argentina
Argentina

1984
1984

Mobil Offshore

Tamdao 1

Singapore

1987

Maxus

[Existing platform]

2-6

Indonesia

1991

Conoco/McDermott

Belida I

1-4

Indonesia

1992

Petronas Carigali/SSE

Bardegg

1-4

Malaysia

1992

Total/McDermott

Bongkot 1

1-4

Indonesia

1992

Shell/Promet

D35

2-6

Malaysia

1993

Petronas Carigali/MSE

Dulang

1-4

Malaysia

1994

Shell/SSE

M3PQ

1-4

Malaysia

1995

Shell/Samsung

M1PQ

1-4

Korea(Mal.)

1995

Carigali/Denora

Dulang

1-6

Malaysia

1995

Woodside

N.Rankin A.

1-6

Australia

1995

Wandoo Alliance/Leighton

Wandoo CGS

Australia

1995

Woodside

Karatha

2-6

Australia

1995

Column piping
Exposure:
Pressure:
Temperature:
Piping system:

seawater
150 psi
ambient
Series 2000M

Owner/Builder

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Date

Shell Expro Co., U.K.

Brent B
Andoc/Dunlin A
Condeep/Brent B
Andoc/Brent A
Andoc/Brent B

2-12
2-12
12
2-12
2-12

Netherlands
U.K.
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands

1975
1975
1975
1975
1975

Shell Oil Co.

Installation 1-2

6-8

U.S.A.

1979

Shell Oil Co

Installation 3-7

3-6

U.S.A.

1980

Gulf Oil

Installation 1

10

U.S.A.

1981

Shell Oil Co.

Installation 8-15

U.S.A.

1981

Britoil Offshore, U.K.

Platform

2-8

U.K.

1982

Shell Offshore

Installation 1-3

3-6

U.S.A.

1982

Gulf Oil

Installation 2
Installation 16

8
8

U.S.A.
U.S.A.

1982
1982

Union Oil

Helm
Helder

6
6

Netherlands
Netherlands

1982
1982

Gulf Oil

Installation 3

10

U.S.A.

1983

Phillips Petroleum Co.

Sub. pump.

Norway

1989

Phillips Petroleum Co.

Sub. pump.
Sub. pump.

8
8

Norway
Norway

1989
1989

Amerplastics

Hoogovens

6, 20

Benelux

1991

Conoco/McDermott

Belida 1

10

Indonesia

1992

Kramp Wassertechnik

Elf Frigg Field

Norway

1992

Esbjerg Oiltool

Tyra West

Denmark

1993

Maersk Oil & Gas

Tyra West field

Denmark

1993

Statoil

Vesslefrikk

10

Norway

1993

Wandoo Alliance

Wandoo

14

Australia

1995

Cooling water lines


Exposure:
Pressure:
Temperature:
Piping system:

seawater
150 psi (10 bar)
ambient
Series 2000M

Size Site of Platform


(in)
Installation

Owner/Builder

Platform

EXXON

Exxon El-182

14

U.S.A.

1983

Jebsens

Ali Baba

North Sea

1984

Britoil, U.K.

Thistle

4-8

North Sea

1984

ARCO/Nukila

Barge

10

Indonesia

1984

Total ABK/Dubigeon
Nantes

Platform

2-10

Singapore

1984

Marathon

Platform Steelhead

12

Alaska

1986

Hamilton Bros., Ltd.

Esmond Platform

U.K.

1987

Hudbay

existing platform

2-6

Indonesia

1987

Phillips

Ekofisk

Norway

1987

Dolphin A/S

D/R Dolphin Borgsten 6

Norway

1987

Statoil

Veslefrik F

6/12, 12/20

Norway

1988

Maxus

existing platform

8-16

Indonesia

1989

Shell

W. Cam. 565A

1989

Shell

W. Cam. 565D

1990

Shell

Sabine Pass 10-A

1990

Shell

High Is. Bl. 350A

1990

Loop

GI-59

4-10

1991

Marathon

SP-86C

4-12

1991

NAM

L-2

2-20

Benelux

1991

Texaco

SMI-217

2, 6

U.K.

1991

ARCO

BTSA/BZZA

Indonesia

1992

CNOOC/Sembawang

WEI-114

(7000M)2-12

China

1992

Conoco/McDermott

Belida I

1-16

Indonesia

1992

Marathon

EC-321A

2, 4

Petronas Carigali/MSE

Bardegg

2-8

Malaysia

1992

Total/McDermott

Bongkot 1

1-16

Thailand

1992

ARCO/HHI

Yacheng 13-1(Wellhead)1-16

China

1993

1-6

Date

1992

Conoco/Gema Sem Brown Belida II

1-16

Indonesia

1993

Phillips/Daesoo

Xijiang 24-2 & 30-2

1-16

China

1993

Shell/Promet

D35

1-12

Malaysia

1993

ARCO/Sembawang

Yacheng 13-1(P-P)

1-36

China

1994

BP

V.R. 989

2-12

1994

Amec Development

Dunlin Alpha

U.K.

1995

Shell/Samsung

M1PQ

1-10

Malaysia

1995

Shell/SSE

M3PQ

1-10

Malaysia

1995

Wandoo Alliance/FELS

Wandoo

1-24

Australia

1995

Chevron/Daewoo

Carbinda

1-18

Nigeria

1997

Deck drain and


disposal lines
Exposure:

drilling mud;
seawater
Pressure:
up to 150 psi
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M

Owner/Builder

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Elf Recherche, France

Emeraude
AM
AM15

2-12
2-12
2-12

Congo
Congo
Congo

1972
1974
1974

Phillips Petroleum Co.

Santa Barbara

10

U.S.A.

1974

Shell Expro Co., U.K.

Andoc/Dunlin A

3-4

Netherlands

1975

Burmah/British Petroleum

Thistle Field

3-4

France

1975

Gulf Oil, France

Robertkiri

6-8

Nigeria

1982

Chevron Offshore, U.K.

Platform

U.K.

1982

Britoil, U.K.

Thistle A

North Sea

1982

McDermott

Lay Barge 21

U.S.A.

1983

EXXON Offshore

Flourite
South Pass 89B
Citrine

4-6
4-8
6

U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.

1984
1984
1985

Shell

SP-27J
El-1586
SMI-27A
EC-240

4
6
4
4

U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.

1985
1985
1985
1985

B.P. Petroleum Ltd

Magnus Helideck

U.K.

1987

Date

Chevron

Ninian Central

Netherlands

1987

Amoco

N.W. Hutton

18

U.K.

1990

EXXON

Eugene Is. 314


EI-314A

8
6-8

Marathon

Eugene IS 349B

U.S.A.

1990

Shell

Vermillion 321A
Sabine Pass 10-J-A

6
6

U.S.A.
U.S.A.

1990
1990

Texaco

Eugene IS 338
EI-330
GB-185A
GC-6

6
6
6
6

U.S.A.

1990
1990
1990
1990

BP Exploration

EB-826A

2-4

U.S.A.

1991

Chevron

MP-41D

2-10

U.S.A.

1991

Conoco

GI-47AP
GI-47AP

2-6
2-10

U.S.A.
U.S.A.

1991
1991

EXXON

GI-16L
ST-172A,B,C,E
HI-193
WD-30
SMI-73B
MC-280 Lena
ST-172A,B,C,E
SP-89B
WD-73A
VER-164BATT
Mobil Bay

6
4
4
4
6-8
6
4
6-8
2-8
2-8
1-24

U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.

1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991

Marathon

EC -321A
Steelhead

4-6
6-12

U.S.A.
Alaska

1991
1991

Pennzoil

SMI-125D

112-4

U.S.A.

1991

Shell

HPI-391JA

3-8

U.S.A.

1991

1990
1990

Deck drain and


disposal lines (cont'd)
Exposure:
Pressure:
Temperature:
Piping system:

seawater
up to 150 psi
ambient
Series 2000M

Owner/Builder

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Date

Shell

EI-331B
EI-259C
SMI-130 A & C
MP-269C
SMI-130 A & C
MP-426A
Green Canyon
GC-65
GB-426A/Auger

3-4
2-6
3-4
2-4
1-14
1-14
112-14
6-10
2-14

U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
u.s.a.

1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991

Shell

Texaco

EI -313C

2-4

U.S.A.

1991

Amoco

D.P. Drain Collection 2-16

Norway

1992

Conoco

Belida I

1-16

Indonesia

1992

Conoco

GI-47AP

2-8

U.S.A.

1992

EXXON

MB-112
Mobile Bay
SP-89B
ST-172A
VER-164

4, 6
2-10
8
4
2-4, 12

1992
1992
1992
1992
1992

Marathon

VER-331A
WD-79A

6
8, 12

1992
1992

Shell

D35
MB-113A/Auger
MP-289C
ST-295A
VER-340

1-40
2-14
4
6
1-6

Texaco

EC-278B
EI-361
SMI-236A
Tiger Shoal
WD-109

6
3
6, 8
4, 6
8

Amoco

PCP

8-16

Norway

1993

Conoco

Belida LQ

2-6

Indonesia

1993

Conoco

Belida II

1-16

Indonesia

1993

EXXON

SMI-99
Mobile Bay

4-8
1-12

Phillips/Daewoo

Xijiang 24-2 & 30-2

1-16

China

1993

SATM

Indis-Corsica

24

France

1993

Shell

M1DRA

1-6

Malaysia

1993

Shell/SSE

M3DRA

1-6

Malaysia

1993

ARCO China

China Sea

1-8

BP

V.R. 989

2-12

1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992

1993
1993

1994
1994

Brown & Root Highland Fab. Davy & Bessemer

2-6

Enron

2-12

1994

2-8

1994

Enserch Pst.

Malaysia

G.B. 388

U.K.

1994

Fire protection mains


Owner/Builder
Exposure:
Pressure:

seawater
150/225psi
(10/15 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M
Series 2000M-FP

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Date

Shell Expro Ltd.

Platforms A, B & C

4-6

Cook Inlet, AK

1968

Total ABK, France

Platform

2-12

Abu Dhabi

1979

CEA/FOREX

Tyla

2-6

Pacific

1980

2-10

Singapore

1984

Total ABK/Dubigeon Nantes Platform


Total/Bekapai

Platform

10

Indonesia

1985

Shell

VE-22 A,B,C,D

U.S.A.

1986

Shell Brunei

Module AMPA-9

Brunei

1986

Elf

Buffalo

Angola

1987

Conoco

Green Canyon

6-10

U.S.A.

1987

Texaco

Green Canyon
3 Platforms

4-10
4-10

U.S.A.
U.S.A.

1987
1988

Brown & Root Vickers

Ravenspurn N.

U.K.

1989

Conoco

Green Canyon cent.

6-10

1989

Tenneco

SM 178

2-8

1989

Exxon

Harmony
Heritage
Santa Ynez
Eugene Isl. 314

2-24
2-24
2-24
8

Shell

SMI 130A, C

4-6

Texaco

GB 189A

6-8

U.S.A.

1990

Amoco Norway Oil Co.

Valhall pilot proj.

2-8

Norway

1991

Conoco

GC-52-CCP(TLWP)

2-6

EXXON

MC 397 A/Alabaster
SMI-99
EI-314A
MP-72A
VER-265

2-12
4-6
2-10
2-10
112-10

U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.

1991
1991
1991
1991
1991

Marathon-Lobster

SP-89B

2-4

U.S.A.

1991

Shell

MC 194

8-10

Texaco

Platform
GB 189/ITCK

2-8
2-8

Gulf of Mexico
U.S.A.

1991
1991

ARCO

Bali North

1-16

Indonesia

1992

Chevron

Main Pass-133C
Main Pass229D

2-4
2-4*

U.S.A.
U.S.A.

1992
1992

Conoco

GC-52-CCP
GI-47A
EB-205A

2-10
2-6
2-10*

U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.

1992
1992
1992

Conoco/McDermott

Belida I

2-16

Indonesia

1992

EXXON

EI-314A
VER-265

3-10*
112-8*

Marathon

SP-86C

6-12*

Phillips Pet. Co. Norway

Ekofish SI-1-130990 20,24

Norway

1992

Shell/Sembawang

AMPA 9

1-6

Brunei

1992

Total/McDermott

Bongkot

2-16

Thailand

1992

AGIP

Skid-mounted GI-25 2-10

G.O.M, U.S.A.

1993

U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.

1990
1990
1990
1990
1990

1991

1991

1992
1992

Fire protection mains


(cont'd.)
Exposure:
Pressure:

seawater
150/225psi
(10/15 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M
Series 2000M-FP
(Platforms listings shown in italic type
use both 2000M and 2000M-FP
piping. All other use 2000M.)

Owner/Builder

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Date

Amoco-Trinidad

Immortelle

1-10

Trinidad

1993

ARCO/HHI

Yacheng 13-1 (wellhd) 1-16

South China Sea

1993

Conoco/Gema Sem Brown Belida II

2-16

Indonesia

1993

Conoco/Sembawang

Belida LQ

1-6

Indonesia

1993

Marathon-Lobster

873-A

1-16 Ewing Banks, G.O.M 1993

Shell/McDermott

Champion 7

1-10

Brunei

1993

Tenneco

SM 178

2-8

U.S.A.

1993

ARCO/Sembawang

Yacheng 13-1 (p-p)

1-16

China

1994

BP

V.R. 989

2-12

G.O.M., U.S.A.

1994

Chevron

E.I. 361'A'

2-8

G.O.M., U.S.A

1994

Elf Congo

Cobo/Cob

2, 4

Congo

1994

Enserch PST.

G.B. 388

2-12

Mobil/HHI

EDOP

1-12

Nigeria

1995

ORYX

H.I. 397'A'

2-12

G.O.M., U.S.A

1994

ARCO

Mike/Mike

1-6

Indonesia

1995

Shell/Samsung

M1PQ-A

2, 10

Malaysia

1995

Shell/SSE

M3PQ-A
M1LQ
M3LQ

2-10
2-10
2-10

Malaysia
Malaysia
Malaysia

1995
1995
1995

Phillips

Mahogany

3-12

G.O.M.

1996

AIOC

Chirag

1-12

Azerbaijan

1997

Chevron

Escravos
Gas Platform
Opolo
Ewan
Loma/Nemba

1-12
1-12
2-12
2-12
1-12

Nigeria
Nigeria
Nigeria
Nigeria
Angola

1996
1997
1997
1997
1997

Chevron/Daewoo

Carbinda

1-12

Nigeria

1997

Mobil

EKPE
USARI

1-10
1-12

Nigeria
Nigeria

1997
1997

1994

Potable water service


Exposure:

seawater;
fresh water
Pressure:
150 psi (10 bar)
Temperature: 35 to 180F
(2 to 80C)
Piping system: Series 2000M

Total ABK, France

Platform

2-4

Abu Dhabi

1979

Britoil, U.K.

Thistle & Beatrice

2-8

North Sea

1982

B.N.O.C.

Beatrice A.

North Sea

1982

Union Oil, Netherlands

Helm
Helder
Hoorn

1-4
1-4
1-4

Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands

1983
1983
1983

EXXON Offshore

South Pass 89B

U.S.A,

1984

Total ABK, France

Phase VIB

2-10

Persian Gulf

1984

Pt Adiguna

Adiguna Bravo

Indonesia

1987

B.P.

ULA

1-2

Norway

1989

Petronas Carigali/SSE

Bardegg

2-8

Malaysia

1992

Total

Bongkot

1-16

Thailand

1992

Shell

LQ & Riser

2-6

Malaysia

1993

Woodside

N Rankin A

1-3

Australia

1993

Carigali

Duyong

Malaysia

1994

Owner/Builder

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Date

Union Oil, Netherlands

Helm
Helder
Hoorn

3-4
6-10
3-10

Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands

1983
1983
1983

N.A.P.C.

Primos Delta

2-8

North Sea

1983

Conoco

Murchison platform

U.K.

1987

ESSO Malaysia

Tapis B

2-18

Malaysia

1988

Statoil

Statfjord A

2,14

Norway

1989

Elf Aquitaine Norge

Heimdal Field Dev.

2, 16

Norway

1990

Gootint/Maersk

Gorm F

2-10

Denmark

1991

Kvaerner Installasjon A.S.

Gulfaks B

2/6, 12, 16

Norway

1991

1-24

Norway

1991

12

Benelux

1991

Produced water
Exposure:

contaminated
seawater
Pressure:
150 psi (10 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M

Kvaerner Installasjon /Statoil Gulfaks A, Phase II


NAM

L-2

Statoil/Aker Engineering

Statfjord A

2, 14

Norway

1991

Amoco Norway Oil Co.

Valhall

1/8

Norway

1992

Chevron

VER-24

8-10

Conoco

Belida

1-16

Indonesia

1992

Maersk Oil & Gas

Dan Fe Tie-in

2/4, 10/16

Denmark

1992

Statoil

Gulfaks A

8, 6, 4

Norway

1992

Shell

MP-290A,B,C,D

Texaco

GB-189

McDermott Engineering

Salman Offshore

1992

1992

4-8

1992

4, 6, 12, 16

U.K.

1993

Norske Fabricom

Gulfaks B & C

8, 6, 2

Norway

1993

Carigali/MSE

Dulang

1-18

Malaysia

1995
9

Sanitary service/sewage
Exposure:

seawater/
sewage
Pressure:
up to 150 psi
(10 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M

Seawater service
(nonvital)
Exposure:
Pressure:

seawater
up to 150 psi
(10 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M

10

Owner/Builder

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Date

Total

Bekepai

10

Indonesia

1984

Union Oil

Platform

2-6

Indonesia

1984

liapco

Platform

2-6

Indonesia

1984

Texaco/Hyundai

Platform

2-16

Korea

1984

Aker Maintenance

Gulfaks A

1, 2

Norway

1990

Kodeco/Gunanusa

Kodeco LQ

1-6

Indonesia

1990

Kvaerner Eng.

Draugen Field Dev.

2/20

Norway

1990

Conoco/Sembawang

Belida LQ

1-8

Singapore

1992

Petronas Carigali/SSE

Bardegg

1-8

Malaysia

1992

Total/McDermott

Bongkot LQ
Bongkot 1

1-6
1-6

Indonesia
Thailand

1992
1992

Shell/Promet

D35LQ

1-6

Malaysia

1993

Shell/SSE

M1LQ
M3LQ

1-6
1-6

Malaysia
Malaysia

1995
1995

Owner/Builder

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Date

Shell Oil Company

Platforms A-C

2-12

U.S.A.

1968

Pan American Petroleum

Baker

2-10

U.S.A.

1969

Marathon Oil Co.

Dolly Varden

4-12

U.S.A.

1975

Shell Oil Co., U.K.

Andoc/Dunlin B/C
2-12
Shell Expro Platform 2-12
Condeep/Brent D
2-12

U.K.
U.K.
U.K.

1975
1976
1976

Pennzoil, Netherlands

Platform K-10-B

Netherlands

1982

Britoil, U.K.

Beatrice A

North Sea

1983

Chevron

Platform

2-8

U.S.A.

1983

Texaco

Texaco Harvest

4-8

U.S.A.

1983

Union Oil, Netherlands

Helm
Helder
Hoorn

112-6
112-6
112-6

Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands

1983
1983
1983

Chevron

Platform Hermosa

2-12

U.S.A.

1984

EXXON Offshore

South Pass 89B

6-8

U.S.A.

1984

Mobil Offshore

Platform

2-4

U.S.A.

1984

Unocal

Yakin-P

Indonesia

1985

Arco

Platform

Indonesia

1986

Arii

N.G.L. platform

10-18

Indonesia

1986

Chevron

Platform Hidalgo

12

U.S.A.

1986

Amoco

Val Hal

Norway

1987

ONGC Platform

BLQ/BPA

36

Korea

1987

B.P. Exploration

A-826

10

Shell

G.O.M.

G.O.M.

1988

ARCO

existing platform

1-18

Indonesia

1989

1988

Seawater service
(nonvital), (cont'd.)
Exposure:
Pressure:

seawater
up to 150 psi
(10 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M

Owner/Builder

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

B.P. Development Ltd.

ULA Platform

112, 3

Norway

1989

Chevron Bouyges Offshore

Takula WIP

2, 3/12, 24

Angola

1989

Unocal

existing platform

2-6

Indonesia

1989

Kvaerner Eng.

Draugen Field

2/20

Norway

1990

Shell

Off coast, N.O.

4-6

U.S.A.

1990

B.P. Exploration

ULA Quarters

Norway

1991

Kvaerner Installation

Gulfaks A

10, 12

Norway

1991

QGPC

Halul Is.

U.K.

1991

ARCO/Komaritim

BTSA & BZZA

1-6

Indonesia

1992

ARCO/Gema Sem Brown

BQ, HZEB, ETB

1-6

Indonesia

1992

Conoco/McDermott

Belida B, Phase I

1-16

Indonesia

1992

CNOOC/Sembawang

WEI-114

2-12

China

1992

Norske Fabricom

Lille Frigg (tie-in)

4, 10, 16

Norway

1992

Petronas Carigali/SSE

Bardegg

2-8

Malaysia

1992

Total/McDermott

Bongkot

1-4

Thailand

1992

ARCO/HHI

Yacheng 13-1

1-16

China

1993

Hitec-Dreco A/S

Troll Drilling Modules1 2, 2, 4, 6

Norway

1993

Shell/Promet

D35PGA

1-6

Malaysia

1993

ARCO/Sembawang

Yacheng 13-1

1-36

China

1994

Eta Process Plant Ltd

Elf Angola

2-6

U.K.

1994

Mobil

B.C. 18 A

6-8

SBPI

Serept Ashtart

2-12

Tunisia

1994

Anglian Oil & Gas Serv. Ltd.

TyraW. Bridge

14

U.K.

1995

Mobil

EDOP

1-10

Korea

1995

Serck Baker Ltd.

Gorm F filter pkg


Bunduo

1, 2, 4, 10
1-14

U.K.
U.K.

1995
1995

Shell/Samsung

M1PQ

1-10

Korea

1995

Shell/SSE

M3PQ

1-10

Malaysia

1995

Pogo/McDermott

Tantawan A/B

1-12

Thailand

1996

Pogo/Nippon Steel

Tantawan C/D

1-12

Thailand

1997

Owner/Builder

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Date

Shell Oil Co., U.K.

Condeep/Brent
Condeep/Strafjord

12
12

Norway
Norway

1975
1975

Shell - Sarawak

Living module

2-6

Singapore

1981

Enserch Pst.

G.B. 388

2-8

Vent lines
Exposure:
Pressure:
Temperature:
Piping system:

air
ambient
ambient
Series 2000M

Date

1994

1994

11

Water injection
Exposure:

contaminated
seawater
Pressure:
225 psi (15 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M

Owner/Builder

Platform

Size
(in)

Site of
Installation

Date

Shell Offshore

Module AMPA-9
Champion 7

2-12
2-12

Brunei
Brunei

1982
1982

Britoil, U.K.

Beatrice

U.K.

1983

Dubai Petroleum

Platform WF-3

30

Dubai

1986

Amosen

Anoa

6-12

Indonesia

1989

B.P.

ULA

10-14

Norway

1990

Statoil

Gulfaks A

8-12, 16

Norway

1990

S.B.P.I.

North Sea

1-3

France

1991

Shell

MP-426A
Green Canyon
Bullwinkle
MB-113A

1-14
112-14
4-10
2-6

U.S.A.
U.S.A.

1991
1991
1991
1991

EPMI

Tapis B

2-18

Malaysia

1992

2-6

Malaysia

1992

Petronas Carigali/Hup Seng Bardegg

Important notice

Trimar Ltd.

Solado Main Field

2-10

AGIP

Skid-mounted units

2-10

U.S.A.

1993

1992

Phillips/Daewoo

Xijiang

1-16

Korea

1993

Statoil

Vesslefrikk

6, 8

Norway

1993

Mobil Oil

Beryl Bravo

4-12

U.K.

1994

Petronas Carigali/MSE

Dulang

1-18

Malaysia

1994

Serck Baker Ltd

White Tiger II

3-10

U.K.

1994

Serck Baker Ltd

White Tiger

2-8

U.K.

1995

These case histories are intended to serve solely as documentation of recent installations of Ameron fiberglass
pipe products in the services shown. The names of shipyards, owners, vessels, platforms and offshore or maritime
companies are included for the sake of completeness. Their inclusion does not imply an endorsement of Ameron
products by those parties. More extensive case history lists for the various services are available from Ameron
applications engineering department upon request.
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to
be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no
liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.

FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP


Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron-net.com

Fiberglass Pipe Div.-Asia/Pacific


Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 2263
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834

Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe


Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 573-341
Fax: +31 345 575 254
Telex: 40257 bonds nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A.


P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, Texas 76354
Tel: (817) 569-1471
Fax: (817) 569-2764

1985 Ameron FP162C (5/97) supersedes FP162B (9/88) Printed in U.S.A. [021]

Bondstrand Case History

Marine Installations
Reference List
Fiberglass Pipe Group/Europe
for Bondstrand Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy Pipe Systems
General

These case histories are intended to service solely as documentation of installations of


Ameron Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Pipe products in the services shown. The names
of shipyards, owners, vessels, platforms or maritime companies are included for the
sake of completeness. Their inclusion does not imply an endorsement of Ameron
products by those parties.
More extensive project information is available from Ameron upon request

Description

ABBREVIATIONS USED
Shipowner: Name of the owner
Shipname: Name of the vessel
Country:
Country where vessel was built.
Service:
A = Auxiliary equipment cooling system
B = Ballast
C = Chlorination
D = Drainage
E = Main engine cooling system
F = Cargo line
G = Air cooling circulation water
H = Vent lines
I = Inert gas effluent/supply lines
K = Sanitary service & sewage
L = Exhaust piping
M = Portable discharge lines
O = Stripping lines
P = Tank cleaning (saltwater system)
R = Electrical conduit
S = Fire protection mains
Z = Other

Vessel type:
AO
=
AN
=
BC
=
BM
=
CF
=
DC
=
DN
=
F
=
FSO
=
FV
=
IN
=
LN
=
NC
=
ND
=
PN
=
PU
=
RF
=
SC
=
T
=
TA
=
TC
=
TH
=
V
=
WA
=
ZF
=
ZN
=

Auxiliary Oiler
Barge
Bulk Carrier
Cement Carrier
Container Vessel
General Cargo Ship
Multi-purpose Ship
Fregat
FSO
Fishing Vessel
Icebreaker
Cable Ship
Pilot Vessel
Floating Dock
Passenger Vessel
Cruise Ship
Reefer
Sugar Carrier
Tanker
Asphalt Carrier
Chemical Carrier
LNG Carrier
Vessel
RoRo
FPSO
Drillship

Ameron 2000. FP 166 C 06/00. Page 1 of 12. Printed in the Netherlands.

Shipowner

Ships name

Shipyard

Vessel

System

Service

Year

Croatia
Abbotswood Shipping Co.

Hull 376

Brodosplit Shipyard

2000M

1993

Abbotswood Shipping Co.

Hull 378

Brodosplit Shipyard

2000M

1993

Denmark
Finaval Roma

Isola Corallo

Nordsovaerftet

TC

7000M

1999

Finaval Roma

Isola Mora

Nordsovaerftet

TC

7000M

1998

Finaval Roma

Isola Ambra

Aarhus Flydedok AS

TC

7000M

1999

Finaval Roma

Jevoli Speed

Aarhus Flydedok AS

TC

7000M

1999

Jevoli, Naples

Jevoli Star

Nordsovaerftet

TC

7000M

1998

Jevoli, Naples

Jevoli Sky

Nordsovaerftet

TC

7000M

1998

KIL Shipping

Kilchem Asia

Fredericia Shipyard

2000M

1999

KIL Shipping

Kilchem America

Fredericia Shipyard

2000M

1999

Nordsovaerftet

NB 1737

Danyard A/S

2000M

1998

Tyra East

Esbjerg Oiltool (I)

3416/2000M A

1998

NB 235

Aarhus Flydedok AS

7000M

1999

Santa Fe Rig 127

Lamprell Dubai

ZN

2000M

Dubai
1998

Finland
Allandia Tanker Co.

Alandia Breeze

At sea

7000M

1988

Allandia Tanker Co.

Alandia Breeze

Shipcrew

7000M

1987

Birka Line

Birka Princess

At sea

PU

2000M

1988

ESL Shipping

Tali

Finnyards

BC

2000M

1998

ESL Shipping

Pasila

Finnyards

BC

2000M

1995

Finnish Maritime Administration

Botnica

Finnyards

IN

2000M

1998

Knut Knutsen A/S

Hull 44

Wartsila

2000M

1986

Neste Finland

Palva

Rauma Repola

7000M

1986

Stena Lines

Stena Explorer

Finnyards

PN

2000M

B,G

1995

Stena Lines

Stena Voyager

Finnyards

PN

2000M

B,G

1996

Stena Lines

Stena Discovery

Finnyards

PN

2000M

B,G

1996

TT-Line / Germany

Nils Dacke

Finnyards

PN

2000M

B,E

1996

TT-Line Germany

Robin Hood

Finnyards

PN

2000M

B,E

1995

France
Marine Offshore Industries France

Barge Manutere

2000M

1989

Nordstrm & Thulin

Nord Ocean

D.C.N. Brest

7000M

1991

Royal Cruise International

R31

Chantiers de lAtlant.

PU

2000

1999
1999

Royal Cruise International

S31

Chantiers de lAtlant.

PU

2000

Ste Arnement Leveau

Snekkar Nordic

At sea

2000M

Marion Dufresne II

S.N.A.C.H Shipyard

2000M

1994

Germany
American President Lines

Bremer Vulkan AG

2000M

1987

American President Lines

President Adams

Bremer Vulkan AG

5000

1988

American President Lines

President Polk

Bremer Vulkan AG

5000

1988

American President Lines

HDW - Kiel

2000M

1987

American President Lines

HDW - Kiel

2000M

1987

American President Lines

President Truman

HDW - Kiel

5000

1988

American President Lines

President Kennedy

HDW - Kiel

5000

1988

Ameron 2000. FP 166 C 06/00. Page 2 of 12. Printed in the Netherlands.

Shipowner

Ships name

Shipyard

Vessel

System

Service

Year

American President Lines

President Jackson

HDW - Kiel

5000

1988

Anders Jahre & Partners

NB 928

Burmeister & Wain

7000M

1988

Anders Jahre & Partners

Petrobark Jupiter

Burmeister & Waint

2000M

1988

Anders Jahre & Partners

Petrobark Mars

Burmeister & Wain

2000M

1988

Anders Jahre & Partners

NB 929

Burmeister & Wain

7000M

1989

Carl Bttner

NB 1084

Seebeckwerft AG

TC

2000M

1989

Carl Bttner

NB 1086

Seebeckwerft AG

TC

2000M

1989

Carl Bttner

NB 1085

Seebeckwerft AG

TC

2000M

1989

Columbia Ship Management

Rhine Ore

At sea

7000M

1990

Cunard Cruise Ships Ltd

Royal Viking Sun

Lloyd Werft

PU

2000M

1999

Grimaldi Genova

Spes

Flender Werft

WA

2000M

1992

Grimaldi Genova

Fides

Flender Werft

WA

2000M

1993

Hamburg Sud

NB 105

Seebeckwerft AG

2000M

1992

Hamburg Sud

NB 1078

Seebeckwerft AG

2000M

1992

Hamburg Sud

NB 1079

Seebeckwerft AG

2000M

1992

Hamburg Sud

NB 649

Flender Werft

CF

2000M

1989

Hamburg Sud

NB 650

Flender Werft

2000M

1989

K/S Rasmussen Teamships

Poly-Viking

Blohm & Voss

7000M

1988

Nordia

NB 221

Elbewerft Boizenburg

2000M

1992

Sealand

SL Integrity

Blohm & Voss

CF

7000M

1998

Sealand

SL Atlantic

Blohm & Voss

CF

7000M

1998

Sealand

Newark Bay

Blohm & Voss

CF

7000M

1998

Sealand

SL Quality

Blohm & Voss

CF

7000M

1998

Sealand

Galvaston Bay

Lloyd Werft

CF

7000M

1998

Sealand

SL Performance

Lloyd Werft

CF

7000M

1998

Sealand

Nedlloyd Holland

Lloyd Werft

CF

7000M

1998

Sealand

SL Innovation

Lloyd Werft

CF

7000M

1998

CF

7000M

1998

2000M

1989

Sealand

SL Inspiration

Blohm & Voss

Tarntank AB

NB 87

Aukra Shipyard

Wintersee Maritime

Good News

Aries Tanksapp. Inst.

Wintersee Maritime

Treasure Saga

2000M

1990

2000M

1992
1987

Philps - Mexico

Blohm & Voss

2000M

NB 83

Aukra Shipyard

7000M

1991

NB 483

Volkswerft Stralsund

2000M

1991

NB 484

Volkswerft Stralsund

2000M

1991

NB 485

Volkswerft Stralsund

2000M

1992

Greece
Chronos Shipping

Argonaftis

7000M

1991

Konkar Shipping Co.

Konkar Alpin

At sea

7000M

1990

Bolero 1, Hull 225

Halla Shipyard

7000M

1997

NB 325

Ferus Smit Shipyard

DN

2000M

1999

Holland
Amasus Chartering BV

NB 738

Damen Shipyards

DN

2000M

1999

B&N Moerman B.V.

NB 587

Bodewes

DC

2000M

1999

B&N Moerman B.V.

NB 588

Bodewes

DC

2000M

1999

B&N Moerman B.V.

NB 592

Bodewes

DC

2000M

1999

Barber Int. A/S

Hansa Star

7000M

1988

Bijlholt

NB 690

Marine Service Noord (I)

2000M

1992

Broere BV

NB 1009

Verolme Heusden

2000M

1988

Broere BV

NB 1010

Vrolme Heusden

2000M

1988

Ameron 2000. FP 166 C 06/00. Page 3 of 12. Printed in the Netherlands.

Shipowner

Ships name

Shipyard

Vessel

Flinter Groningen

NB 324

Ferus Smit BV

DN

IJsselvliet Comb. BV

NB 257

Vd Giessen- de Noord

IJsselvliet Comb. BV

NB 258

Vdr Giessen- de Noord

KNSM

NB 1022

Verolme Heusden

Marine Service Noord

NB 574

Marine Service Noord (I)

NB 571

Marine Service Noord (I)

System

Service

Year

2000M

1999

7000M

1991

7000M

1991

7000M

1990

Bodewes

2000M

1997

Bodewes

2000M

1994

NB 572

Bodewes

2000M

1995

Marine Service Noord (I)

NB 573

Bodewes

2000M

1996

National Chem. Carriers Ltd

Jouf

Odfjell Tankers

TC

7000M

1993

Peder Smedvig A/S

Vendela

Klevenbergh Shipping

7000M

1990

Petrobras

Hull 319

Inter Ocean Services

7000M

1994

Royal Dutch Navy

LCF - Fregat 8941

Schelde Scheepsn.

2000M

1998

Royal Dutch Navy

LCF - Fregat 8942

Schelde Scheepsn.

2000M

1998

Royal Dutch Navy

LCF - Fregat 8943

Schelde Scheepsn.

2000M

1999

Royal Dutch Navy

LCF - Fregat 8944

Schelde Scheepsn.

2000M

1999

Rijkswaterstaat

NB 775

Engelaer

NC

2000M

1997

Rijkswaterstaat

NB 779

Engelaer

NC

2000M

1998

Rijkswaterstaat

NB 784

Engelaer

NC

2000M

1998

Seatrade

NB 1031

Gebr. van Diepen

RF

2000M

1989

Siguro Herlofsen & Co. A/S

NB 1032

Gebr. van Diepen

RF

2000M

1989

Stout Pijpleidingen BV (I)

Nordia

2000M

1990

Tarbit Shipping AB

NB 895

De Biesbosch

TA

2000M

1999

Techn. Install. Buro Blaauw (I)

NB 386

Pattje Shipyards

2000M

1994

Techn. Install. Buro Blaauw (I)

NB 387

Pattje Shipyards

2000M

1994

Trans Europe

NB 740

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1996

Trans Europe

NB 741

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1996

Trans Europe

NB 726

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1996

Trans Europe

NB 727

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1996

Trans Europe

NB 717

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1996

Trans Europe

NB 718

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1996

Trans Europe

NB 716

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

B 1995,1996,1997

Trans Europe

NB 721

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

B 1995,1996,1997

Trans Europe

NB 722

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

B 1995,1996,1997

Trans Europe

NB 728

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

B 1995,1996,1997

Trans Europe

NB 729

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

B 1995,1996,1997

Ugland Maritime Services

Sarita

Global Ship logistics

2000M

1995

Ugland Maritime Services

Evita

Ship Sped Holland

2000M

1995

Ugland Maritime Services

Juanita

Ship Sped Holland

2000M

1995

Ugland Maritime Services

Savonita

Ship Sped Holland

2000M

1995

Wagenborg Shipping

NB 323

Ferus Smit

DC

2000M

1999

Wagenborg Shipping B.V.

NB 330

Tille Shipyards

DN

2000M

1999

Wijnne & Barends

NB 326

Ferus Smit

DN

2000M

1999

Wolfards Werktuigbouw (I)

NB 201

Frisian Shipyard
V

2000M

1995

Welgelegen/Tille
Wolfards Werktuigbouw (I)

NB 202

Frisian Shipyard
Welgelegen/Tille

2000M

1995

NB 307

Ferus Smit

2000M

1996

NB 308

Ferus Smit

2000M

1996

NB 309

Ferus Smit

2000M

1996

NB 311

Ferus Smit

2000M

1996

NB 312

Ferus Smit

2000M

1996

NB 313

Ferus Smit

2000M

1996

NB 314

Ferus Smit

2000M

1996

Ameron 2000. FP 166 C 06/00. Page 4 of 12. Printed in the Netherlands.

Shipowner

Ships name

Shipyard

Vessel

System

Service

Year

NB 315

Ferus Smit

2000M

1996

NB 316

Ferus Smit

2000M

1996

NB 390

Pattje Shipyards

2000M

1995

NB 391

Pattje Shipyards

2000M

1995

NB 393

Pattje Shipyards

2000M

1996

NB 401

Pattje Shipyards

2000M

1996

NB 402

Pattje Shipyards

2000M

1996

NB 389

Pattje Shipyards

2000M

1995

NB 1024

Verolme Heusden

7000M

1990

NB 581

Bodewes

2000M

1997

NB 582

Bodewes

2000M

1998

NB 583

Bodewes

2000M

1999

NB 586

Bodewes

2000M

1998

NB 801

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1997

NB 803

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1997

NB 804

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1997

NB 742

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1997

NB 732

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1997

NB 731

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1998

NB 732

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1998

NB 733

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1998

NB 734

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1998

NB 735

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1998

NB 6912

Damen Shipyards

DC

7000M

1998

NB 736

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1998

NB 737

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 743

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 742

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1997

NB 760

Damen Shipyards

DN

2000M

1999

NB 790

Engelaer Scheepsbouw

2000M

1998

NB 791

Engelaer Scheepsbouw

2000M

1999

NB 792

Engelaer Scheepsbouw

2000M

1999

NB 793

Engelaer Scheepsbouw

2000M

1999

NB 321

Ferus Smit V

7000M

1998

NB 322

Ferus Smit

7000M

1998

NB 293

Ferus Smi

2000M

1993

NB 294

Ferus Smit

2000M

1993

NB 296

Ferus Smit

2000M

1993

NB 301

Ferus Smit

2000M

1994

NB 299

Ferus Smit

2000M

1995

NB 300

Ferus Smit

2000M

1995

NB 504

Frisian Shipyard
SC

2000M

1995

NB 1034

Gebr. van Diepen

2000M

1992

NB 1035

Gebr. van Diepen

2000M

1992

NB 1036

Gebr. van Diepen

2000M

1992

NB 1037

Gebr. van Diepen

2000M

1994

NB 1039

Gebr. van Diepen

2000M

1994

NB 1038

Gebr. van Diepen

2000M

1995

NB 1040

Gebr. van Diepen

2000M

1996

NB 1041

Gebr. van Diepen

2000M

1997

Broere

GP Pijpleidingen (I)

2000M/7000M B

1997

HAM 310

HAM, Moerdijk

2000M

1996

Welgelegen

Ameron 2000. FP 166 C 06/00. Page 5 of 12. Printed in the Netherlands.

Shipowner

Ships name

Shipyard

Vessel

System

Service

Year
1993

Oil invest

Kvaerner Rotterdam

2000M

A 95004

Nederlek Shiprepair

2000M

1995

NB 809

Niestern Sanders

7000M

1997

NB 316

Tille Shipyards

2000M

1997

NB 317

Tille Shipyards

2000M

1997

NB 153

Scheepswerf Visser

2000M

1997

NB 154

Scheepswerf Visser

2000M

1997

NB 155

Scheepswerf Visser

2000M

1997

NB 156

Scheepswerf Visser

2000M

1997

2000M

1997

NB 157

Scheepswerf Visser

Piet Hein

Schelde Scheepsnieuwbouw

2000M

1997

NB 689

T.I.B.. Blaauw (I)

2000M

1992

NB 1924

T.I.B. Blaauw (I)

7000M

1992

NB 1940

T.I.B. Blaauw (I)

7000M

1992

Pattje

T.I.B. Blaauw (I)

2000M

1992

NB 399

T.I.B. Blaauw (I)

2000M

1998

NB 408

T.I.B. Blaauw (I)

2000M

1998

NB 409

T.I.B. Blaauw (I)

2000M

1998

NB 511

Tille Shipyards

2000M

1998

NB 329

Tille Shipyards

2000M

1999

Jack Bates

D. vd Wetering BV (I)

2000M

1996

NB 973

Vd Giessen- de Noord

2000M/7000M B

1998

S/R Mediterranean

Vertom Scheepvaart

7000M

1999

NB 265

YVC IJsselwerf

FV

2000M

1994

Tour Pomerol

YVC IJsselwerf

TC

7000M

1997

Sabina

Peters Kampen

DN

2000M

1999

Rufina

Peters Kampen

DN

2000M

1999

Polar Snow

Peters Kampen

DN

2000M

1999

Polar Sea

Peters Kampen

DN

2000M

1999

NB 410

Pattje Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

YN 10937

Heesen Shipyards

PN

2000M

1999

NB 805

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 806

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 807

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 808

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 750

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 751

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 752

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 753

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 744

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 755

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 756

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 757

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

NB 758

Damen Shipyards

DC

2000M

1999

Amoretti Parma

Lady M. Laura

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

B,H,I,

1990

Amoretti Parma

Mary W ousild

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

1992

Amoretti Parma

Jane Wousild

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

1992

Amoretti Parma

Constance Wousild

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

1992

Amoretti Parma

NB 766 (Wousild)

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

1992

Italy

Ameron 2000. FP 166 C 06/00. Page 6 of 12. Printed in the Netherlands.

Shipowner

Ships name

Shipyard

Vessel

System

Service

Year

Amoretti Parma

NB 767 (Wousild)

Amoretti Parma

NB 768 (Wousild)

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

1993

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

Amoretti Parma

1993

Sarah Wousild

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

1992

Amoretti Parma

Alberta Amoretti

Apuania

TC

7000M

1999

Amoretti Parma

Bice

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

B,H,I

1990

Arcoin Chioggia

Jo Laguna D.

De Poli - Venice

TC

7000M

1999

Bollorino Sav.

Monte Bello

Orlando Livorno

TC

2000M

A,B,E

1996

Bollorino Sav.

Montallegro

Orlando Livorno

TC

7000M

1999

Botany Bay

Botany Trader

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

1993

Cali GR, Genova

Nando

Coronella Genova

TC

7000M

1995

Corsica Line

NB 273

Orlando Livorno

WA

7000M

2000

Corsica Line

NB 274

Orlando Livorno

WA

7000M

2000

Costa Lines

Costa Arabica

In harbour

DC

2000M

1983

Costa Lines

Costa Riviera

In harbour

PU

5000M

1985

dAlesio

Francesco dAlesio

Fincantieri Livorno

2000M

1993

dAlesio

Liliana dAlesio

Fincantieri Livorno

2000M

1992

dAlesio

Calafuria

Fincantieri Livorno

2000M

1993

Damico Gr./Roma

Mykonos

In harbour

7000M

1985

Elettra (Telecom) Roma

Teliri

Fincantieri Livorno

LN

2000M

A,B,E,G

Ente Bacini Genova

Dry Dock No. 5

Ente Bacini Genova

ND

2000M

1983,1990

Esshipping Genova

Scarlino 1

In harbour

4000M

1985

Esshipping Genova

Scarlino 2

In harbour

4000M

1985

FFSS Civitavecchia

Gennargentu

In harbour

WA

2000M

A,B,C,D,E,K

5000
FFSS Civitavecchia

Agip Campania

FFSS Civitavecchia

Hermaea

1996

1982,1985

1986,1987,1989,1990

2000M

1984

In harbour

WA

2000M

1984

FFSS Civitavecchia

Tyrsus

In harbour

WA

2000M/5000 A,C,K

FFSS Civitavecchia

Garibaldi

In harbour

WA

5000

1985

FFSS Civitavecchia

Hermaea

In harbour

WA

2000M

1985

FFSS Civitavecchia

Hermaea

In harbour

WA

2000M

1986

FFSS Civitavecchia

Garibaldi

In harbour

WA

2000M

1988

FFSS Civitavecchia

Hermaea

In harbour

WA

5000

1988

FFSS Civitavecchia

Gallura

In harbour

WA

2000M/ 5000 A,C,K 1983,1984,1986,1988

FFSS Messina

Sibari

In harbour

WA

2000M

1982

Finaval Roma

Isola Amaranto

Orlando Livorno

TC

7000M

1998
1998

1983,1984,1985

Finaval Roma

Giovanni Fagioli

Orlando Livorno

TC

7000M

Finaval Roma

Isola Atlantica

Orlando Livorno

TC

7000M

1999

Italia Di Navigazione SPA Genova

Vesspucci

Fincantieri Marghera

CF

2000M

1988

Italian Navy

Floating Dock

Ferrari La Spezia

ND

2000M

1991

Italian Navy

Basento

Arsen La Spezia

2000M

1992

Italian Navy

Bradano

Arsen La Spezia

2000M

Jevoli, Naples

Gold

Sec. Viareggio

TH

7000M

B,H,I

Jevoli, Naples

Torquato

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

1991

Jevoli, Naples

Attilio Jevoli

Morini Ancona

TC

7000M

1994

Jevoli, Naples

Domenico Jevoli

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

1995

Jevoli, Naples

Pietro Barbara

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

1995

Jevoli, Naples

Silver

Sec. Viareggio

TH

7000M

1991

Jevoli, Naples

Jevoli Shine

Orlando Livorno

TC

7000M

1998

Private

Yacht

Margherita

2000M

1994

Manavi, Naples

Enrico Jevoli

Orlando Livorno

TC

7000M

1999

Marnavi, Naples

Lia Jevoli

Morini Ancona

TC

7000M

1999

Marnavi, Naples

Mimmo Jevoli

Orlando Livorno

TC

7000M

1998

Marsano - Genova

Isola Delle Stelle

In harbour

WA

7000M

1994,1995

1994
1989,1990

Ameron 2000. FP 166 C 06/00. Page 7 of 12. Printed in the Netherlands.

Shipowner

Ships name

Shipyard

Vessel

System

Service

Year

Marsano - Genova

Isola Delle Perle

In harbour

WA

7000M

Mediteranea di Navale - Ravenna

Sveva

De Poli - Venice

TC

7000M

1998

Nav. Caboaggio

Martina

Apuania

7000M

1996,1997,1998,1999

Petrolnavi Genoa

Jo Aspen

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

B,H

1988

Petrolnavi Genoa

Jo Alder

Sec. Viareggio

TC

7000M

B,H

1990

SAIPEM Millano

Castoro 8

In harbour

5000

1986

SAIPEM Millano

Castoro 8

In harbour

2000M

1992

SNAM S. Donato

Agip Firenze

In harbour

5000/ 2000M C

1986

SNAM S. Donato

Agip Marche

In harbour

2000M

A,D

1984

SNAM S. Milano

Agip La Spezia

At sea

2000M

1982

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Abruzzi

At sea

2000M

1982

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Roma

At sea

2000M

1982

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Marche

At sea

2000M

1982

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Monfalcone

At sea

2000M

1983

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Lazio

At sea

2000M

A,D

1983

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Sardegna

At sea

2000M

1983

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Monfalcone

In harbour

7000

1984

1993,1994

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Sicilia

In harbour

2000M

1983

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Liguria

Fincantieri Monfalcone

2000M

1984

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Napoli

2000M

1984

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Palermo

In harbour

2000M

1984

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Napoli

In harbour

5000

1985

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Liguria

Fincantieri Monfalcone

5000

1986

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Lombardia

Fincantieri Monfalcone

5000

1986

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Marche

Fincantieri Triest

7000M

1987

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Abruzzi

St. Giorgio Genova

7000M

1986

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Piemonte

Fincantieri Livorno

5000

1990

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Liguria

In harbour

2000M

1991

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Lombardia

Fincantieri Monfalcone

2000M

1992

SNAM S. Milano

Agip Piemonte

In harbour

2000M

1992

St Giorgio Genova

Karina

St. Giorgio Genova

2000M

1991

Stena Lines

Sea Centurion

S. Viareggio - La Spezia

WA

7000M

1997

NB 1548

Sec. Viareggio

WA

7000M

1996,1997,1998,1999

NB 1549

Sec. Viareggio

WA

7000M

B 1998,1999,2000

NB 1550

Sec. Viareggio

WA

7000M

2000, 2001

Stolt Nielsen

Stolt Fulmar

INMA - La Spezia

TC

7000M

2000

Stolt Nielsen

Stolt Cormoran

INMA - La Spezia

TC

7000M

1999

Stolt Nielsen

Stolt Shearwater

INMA - La Spezia

TC

7000M

1998

Tarros La Spezia

Vento di Maestrale

Fincantieri Livorno

WA

2000M

1985

Tarros La Spezia

Vento di Scirocco

Fincantieri Livorno

WA

2000M

1985

Tirrenia Napoli

Pascoli

In harbour

WA

2000M

A,D

1984

Tor Line

Sealandia

Fincantieri Ancona

WA

2000M

1998

Tor Line

Tor Suecia

Fincantieri Ancona

WA

2000M

1999

Tor Line

Tor Brittannia

Fincantieri Ancona

WA

2000M

1999

Malta Drydocks

Dock No. 4

Malta Drydocks

ND

2000M

1988

Malta Drydocks

Dock No. 5

Malta Drydocks

ND

2000M

1988

Malta

Ameron 2000. FP 166 C 06/00. Page 8 of 12. Printed in the Netherlands.

Shipowner

Ships name

Shipyard

Vessel

System

Service

Year

Norway
Anders Utkilens Rederi A/S

Hull 80

Aukra Shipyard

2000M

1987

Anders Utkilens Rederi A/S

NB 685

Btservice Verft A/S

2000M/7000M B

1991

Aukra Ind.

NB Tarntank

Aukra Shipyard

2000M

1989

Bergesen A/S

Berge Spirit

At sea

7000M

1990

BICON AB

Tarnssoe

Fredricia Varv A/S

2000M/7000M B

1996

2000M

B,O

1990

Einar Lange Management

Romeral

Erik Thun A/B

Thuntank 7

Skeppsmkleri

2000M

1988

Mjellem & Karlsen

Safe Holmia

Halsnoy Verft

2000M

1994

Permea Maritime Protec

Arco Ardjuna

At sea

2000M

1991

Rederi AB Tarntank

Tarnland

Kvaerner Kleven Leirvik

7000M

1995

Safe Service

Safe Britannia AB

Safe Service AB

2000M

1992

Seger Hanmars

Sterkoder A/S

Sterkoder Hull 140

2000M/7000M B

1992

Trntank AB

NB 254

Kvaerner Kleven Leirvik

7000M

1992

Trntank AB

NB 255

Kvaerner Kleven Leirvik

7000M

1992

Transocean Drilling A/S

Transocean-8

HMV A/S

2000M

1992

Ugland Maritime Services

Nordfix

Burmeister & Wain


Skibswerft

2000M

1985

Ugland Maritime Services

Nordkap

Burmeister & Wain S.

2000M

1986

Ugland Maritime Services

Nordfare

Burmeister & Wain S.

2000M

1986

Wilh. Wilhemsen Ltd A/S

Treasure Saga

OMM A/S Stavanger

2000M

1988

Norne Monohul Project

Aker Maritime

7000M

1997

NB 88

Aukra Shipyard

2000M

1989

NB 84

Aukra Shipyard

2000M

1989,1990

NB 91

Aukra Shipyard

7000M

1990

NB 99/100

Aukra Shipyard

7000M

1997

PPCON / TOR

Fabricom AS

7000M

1997

Norman Lady

Hoegh Fleet Services

7000M

1998

Nordic Savonita

IVM Shipmanagement

7000M

1999

D/R Bideford Dolphin

NAT

7000M

1996

Hull 97

Soviknes Werft A/S

7000M

1990

Sarabrand

CDS Gothenburg AB

2000M

Bremon

Gdynia Shipyard

2000M

1995

Artica

Gdynia Shipyard

7000M

1997

1988

1999

Poland
B&N Seapartner AB

Portugal
Esso Int. Shipping (Bahamas) Ltd

Esso Mediterranean

Lisnave Yard

7000M

Esso Int. Shipping (Bahamas) Ltd

Esso Aberdeen

Lisnave Yard

2000M

Exxon

Lisnave Yard

2000M

1990

Havfughl Shipping Pte Ltd

Rajahlaut

Lisnave Yard

7000M

1987

Norton Shipping Co.

Vidaa I

Lisnave Yard

7000M

1988

Petrobras

Petrofife

Lisnave Yard

2000M

1998

Century

Astano Shipyard El Ferrol

2000M

1988
1993

Spain
A/C Hactor Mangement
Chevron U.K.

Astano Shipyard El Ferrol FSO

7000M

Chevron U.K.

Astano Shipyard El Ferrol

7000M

ZF

Ameron 2000. FP 166 C 06/00. Page 9 of 12. Printed in the Netherlands.

Shipowner

Ships name

Shipyard

Cunard Cruise Ships Ltd

Sea Godess

Gibraltar Shiprepair Ltd

PU

2000

1989

Horizon Marine Corp.

Rio Orinoco

Astilleros Espagn.Cadiz

TA

7000M

1988

Horizon Marine Corp.

Rio Orinoco

Astilleros Espagn.Cadiz

TA

7000M

1988

Jo Tankers

NB 240

Union Naval de
Levante, Valencia

7000M

1996

Naviera Resmar

Maria Dolores

Santander

7000M

F,O

1989

United Tankera

Polysaga

Astilleros Espag. Cadiz

2000M

B,F

1995

Moncobra P-26499

Moncobra Proyector
y Montajes

2000M

1999

Astilleros Espagn.Cadiz

7000M

1998

7000M

1992

300698

Teollisuuden Voima Oy

2000M

B&N Shipping & Transport

Bremn

resundsvarvet

2000M

Kasens Industriomrade

Bitfjord

Fjordverken AB

7000M

1996

Rederi AB Furetank

Furevik

FEAB Marstarndverken

2000M/7000M B

1989

Forsvik

Falkvarv AB

7000M

1991

Hull 109

Sedef - Tuzla Shipyard

2000M

1995

P-24598

Vessel

System

Service

Year

Sweden
Thome Ship Management

Nord Battic

1997
1990

Turkey
Kalkavan

United Kingdom
BP Shipping Ltd

British Forth

7000M

1992

Andrew Weir Shipping

Forthbank

2000M

1990

Andrew Weir Shipping

Clyde Bank

2000M

1992

Babcock Rosyth Defence Ltd

HMS Coventry

Rosyth Royal Dockyard

7000M

1995

Bleowater Terminal Systems NV

Bleoholm

Clydebank Shipy. UAE

ZF

2000M

BP Shipping Ltd

British Trent

Falmouth Shipyard

7000M

1991

BP Shipping Ltd

British Tay

Falmouth Shipyard

7000M

1991

BP Shipping Ltd

British Wye

Falmouth Shipyard

7000M

1991

Cool Ship Management

Malayan Victory

Southampton

2000M

A,F

1991

Cool Ship Management

Malayan Victory

Tawley

2000M

A,F

1991

Royal Navy

HMS Cumberland

DML Devonport

7000M

1996

1998

Royal Navy

HMS Sheffield

DML Devonport

7000M

P&O Cruises Fleet Services

Regal Princess

Cardiff Craftsmen

2000M

1993

Royal Navy

Navy Auxilary

Harland & Wolff

5000

1989

Shell Tankers UK

Isocardia

Shell Seatex

7000M

1993

TAHH GmbH Germany

Blackwatch

A&P Shipyard

2000M

1996

Safe Holmig

Ledwood Constuction

2000M

1992

AO

1996

Jarikaba

A&P Shipyard

2000M/7000M

Royal Navy

HMS Sheffield

Devonport Royal Docky.

7000M

1997

Royal Navy

HMS Campbeltown

Devonport Royal Docky.

7000M

1997

Sodium Hypochlorite

Testbank Ship repair

Royal Navy

Generating System

& Boiler Comp Ltd

RFA Oilers

Vickers Shipbuilding

Ameron 2000. FP 166 C 06/00. Page 10 of 12. Printed in the Netherlands.

V
AO

1998

5000
7000M

1999
B

1997

Shipowner

Ships name

Shipyard

Don Humerto

Shipcrew

Vessel

System

Service

Year

1987

Other
Acomarit Services Maritimes SA
Acomarit Services Maritimes SA

7000M

7000M

Atlantaship sa

Orange Star

2000M

1996

Bibby Line Group

Harold La Borde

7000M

1992

CEA

Cimarge Cementation Barge


Marine Offshore Ind.

Cool Ship Management

Marine Offshore Ind.

2000M

B,K

1988

AN

2000M

B,K

1988

Cunard Cruise Ships Ltd

Royal Princess

At sea

PU

2000M

1987

Cunard Cruise Ships Ltd

Royal Princess

At sea

PU

2000M

1987

Dolphin DOC as

D/R Bideford Dolphin

2000M

1996

Einar Lange Management

Huasco Valley

7000M

1991

Firm Robin Shipping inc.

Robin

Kloster Cruise Ltd

Sunward II

Marine Navigation Ltd

World Prelude

Osco Shipping
Peder Smedvig A/S

7000M

1990

2000M

1989

At sea

2000M

1990

Mitosco Beduin

At sea

2000M

1986

Sea Song

At sea

7000M

1988

Peder Smedvig A/S

Vestan

At sea

7000M

1989

Rill A/S

Biakh

At sea

7000M

1987

Siguro Herlofsen & Co. A/S

OBO Princess

7000M

B,F

1986

Torvald Klaveness A/S

Banak

Torvald Klaveness A/S

Ballerina

Transmar Corp. Manrovia

Theodore A

Trinidad & Tobago Ltd.

Trinidad & Tobago

Wilrig A/S

Treasure Saga

At sea

At sea

2000M/7000M F

1987

7000M

1992

At sea

BC

2000M

1988

At sea

2000M

1989

2000M

1992

Ameron 2000. FP 166 C 06/00. Page 11 of 12. Printed in the Netherlands.

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet:www.ameron.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, Texas 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345-587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561
email: info@ameron-fpg.nl

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861 7834
email: info@ameron-com.sg

REGISTERED
FIRM

Caisson systems for


offshore platforms
using Bondstrand fiberglass pipe and
fittings with Taper/Taper adhesivebonded joint

Location

Hamilton Oil DA Platform Pioneer - Liverpool Bay Development, United


Kingdom.

Client
Pipe system

BHP Petroleum Ltd.


Bondstrand series 3400~2020 with Taper/Taper coupling adhesive joints

2 off 900 mm internal diameter seawater pump.

1 off 700 mm internal diameter firewaterpump.

.1 off 700 mm internal diameter auxiliary pump.


Length of caissons varied from 50 to 70 m. with 2.5 m. diver
protection cage fabricated in yard and supplied in two halves for final
jointing within the platform legs. Each caisson is supported by a
fiberglass stub end flange. Protection cage base plates were
secured with Key-Lock mechanical joints.

Installation date

October 1994.

Ameron 1995 FP 663 o9~95- Printed in Holland

Advantages

Main advantages of using Bondstrand fiberglass pipe were:.

Reduction in Capital and Operational expenditure

Reduction in installation costs and time

No hot work

Designed to last platform lifetime

Corrosion resistant

Marine growth resistant

Little or no maintenance

Lightweight material

Testing

Axial tensile;
Static flexural strength;
Cyclic flexural strength for fatigue behaviour;
The above tests resulted in certification by Lloyd's Register.

Schematic presentation of a caisson pipe.

Group Headquarters
5300, Hollister Road, Suite 111
Houston, Texas 77040
U.S.A.
Phone: 1-713-690-7777
Fax: 1-713-690-2842
Fiberglass Pipe Division
The Americas
P0. Box 878
Burkburnett
Texas 76384
U.S.A.
Phone; 1-817-569-1471
Fax:

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
P0. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone:
Fax:
Telex:

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
No. TA, Tuas Avenue 8
Jurong
Singapore 2263
Phone:
Fax:

Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia.


2

Cooling water lines for


"Captain George"
using Bondstrand 2000M
fiberglass pipe and fittings with
Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joint

Vessel

CAT 70 HL catamaran "Captain George".

Shipyard

Royal Schelde Shipyard, VIissingen - the Netherlands.

Owner

Catamaran Lines Maritime Company, Pireaus - Greece.

Pipe system

Over 750 metres of Bondstrand pipe series 2000M using Quick-Lock


adhesive- bonded joints varying in sizes from 1 through 10 inch (25-250 mm),
used as cooling water lines for fresh and salt water.

Installation

D. vd Wetering - Rotterdam, Holland - 1995/1996.

Ameron 1996 FP 688 05/96. Printed in Holland

Advantages

Main advantages of using Bondstrand fiberglass pipe were:

Lightweight material

Reduction in installation costs and time

No coatings or galvanising required

Corrosion resistance

No maintenance

Operating Conditions

Service: cooling water (saltwater and freshwater systems)


Operating pressure: 6 bar
Operating temperature:
Ambiant
Test pressure:
10 bar
Classification:
Det Norske Veritas

Detail picture of a
Bondstrand
pipeline.

Fiberglass Pipe Group


Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax: (+1)7136902842
Internet: www.ameron-intl.com

Fiberglass Pipe Division


The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax: (+1)9405692764

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Europe
Ameron B.V.
RO. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31)345587587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561

Fiberglass Pipe Division


Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65)8616118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861-7834

Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia


2

Bondstrand Case History

Quick-Lock

Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy


pipe systems for
semi-submersible rigs
using Bondstrand 2000M and 7000M
GRE pipe and fittings with
Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints

Project

"Cajun Express", "Sedco Express" and "Sedco Energy".

Shipyard

"Cajun Express":
"Sedco Express/Sedco Energy":

Owner

Transocean Sedco Forex - United States of America.

Service

Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe systems were used for:


water ballast ) vent lines ) tank gauging ) brine lines ) drill water ) wash down
sea water cooling ) fresh water cooling ) dry bulk )mud & cement ) chilled water
) sprinkler.

Pipe system

Bondstrand 2000M and Bondstrand 7000M with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded


joints. Diameter: 1 through 16 inch (25-400 mm).

Operating conditions

Operating pressure:
Operating temperature:
Design pressure:
Design temperature:

Installation date

1999.

PPL Pte Limited, Singapore.


DCN Brest, France.

5-16 bar
0-30 C.
16 bar
93C.

Ameron 2001 FP 883 - 05/01. Printed in The Netherlands.

Description

Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe systems were used extensively at


these fifth generation mobile semi-submersible vessels, that operate world-wide.
The main reason that Bondstrand 2000M and 7000M pipe systems were used so
extensively, is the considerable weight saving that was achieved allowing operators to
increase the pay load on these rigs.
Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems were selected for their
light-weight and ease of installation. Excellent GRE flow characteristics versus metallic
options avoids biological build-up and reduced operation costs. Corrosion resistance
was obviously an important factor.

Fiberglass-Composite
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group
Pipe Group
The Americas
Headquarters
P.O. Box 878
P.O. Box 801148
Burkburnett, Texas 76364
Houston TX 77280
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777 Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet:www.ameron.com
email: marcom@ameronfpd.com

Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group
Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345-587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561
email: info@ameron-fpg.nl

Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group
QUALITY
Asia
MANAGEMENT
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
CERTIFIED
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861 7834
email: info@ameron-com.sg

FPSO Girassol
Fire Water Line Ring main
(Wet system)
with Bondstrand Series 2000M fiberglass pipe
and filament wound fittings

Location

Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea

Client

TOTALFINAELF

Application

Fire Water Line (Wet System)

Product

2 to 20 Bondstrand Series 2000M pipe with Quick Lock and Taper/


Taper joining system.

Pipe System

Fire Water Line Wet System

Advantages

Corrosion resistance Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion


and scale build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a
Hazen Williams rating of 150.
Ease of installation With light weight fiberglass piping no heavy
lifting equipment is needed.
Cost savings Using Bondstrand minimizes the disruption and cost
of frequent piping system replacement.

AMERON

GROUP HEADQUATERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com

IN T ER N A TIO N A L
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com

Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (65) 861-6118
Fax: (65) 862-1302
www.ameron.com/singapore
info@ameron.com.sg

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com

FPSO Girassol
Sea Water Line - Water
Injection Area
with Bondstrand Series 2000M fiberglass pipe
and filament wound fittings

Location

Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea

Client

TOTALFINAELF

Application

Sea Water Line Water Injection Area

Product

2 to 36 Bondstrand Series 2000M pipe with Quick Lock and Taper/


Taper joining system.

Pipe System

Sea Water Line Water Injection.

Advantages

Corrosion resistance Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion


and scale build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a
Hazen Williams rating of 150.
Ease of installation With light weight fiberglass piping no heavy
lifting equipment is needed.
Cost savings Using Bondstrand minimizes the disruption and cost
of frequent piping system replacement.

AMERON

GROUP HEADQUATERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com

IN T ER N A TIO N A L

Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com

Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (65) 861-6118
Fax: (65) 862-1302
www.ameron.com/singapore
info@ameron.com.sg

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com

FPSO Girassol
Sea Water Suction Line
with Bondstrand Series 2000M fiberglass pipe
and filament wound fittings

Location

Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea

Client

TOTALFINAELF

Application

Sea Water Suction Line

Product

2 to 32 Bondstrand Series 2000M pipe with Quick Lock and Taper/


Taper joining system.

Pipe System

Sea Water Suction.

Advantages

Corrosion resistance Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion


and scale build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a
Hazen Williams rating of 150.
Ease of installation With light weight fiberglass piping no heavy
lifting equipment is needed.
Cost savings Using Bondstrand minimizes the disruption and cost
of frequent piping system replacement.

AMERON

GROUP HEADQUATERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com

IN T ER N A TIO N A L

Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com

Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (65) 861-6118
Fax: (65) 862-1302
www.ameron.com/singapore
info@ameron.com.sg

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com

FPSO Girassol
Water Injection Line
with Bondstrand Series 2000M fiberglass pipe
and filament wound fittings

Location

Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea

Client

TOTALFINAELF

Application

Water Injection Line

Product

2 to 36 Bondstrand Series 2000M pipe with Quick Lock and Taper/


Taper joining system.

Pipe System

Water Injection Line

Advantages

Corrosion resistance Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion


and scale build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a
Hazen Williams rating of 150.
Ease of installation With light weight fiberglass piping no heavy
lifting equipment is needed.
Cost savings Using Bondstrand minimizes the disruption and cost
of frequent piping system replacement.

AMERON

GROUP HEADQUATERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com

IN T ER N A TIO N A L
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com

Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (65) 861-6118
Fax: (65) 862-1302
www.ameron.com/singapore
info@ameron.com.sg

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com

FPSO Girassol
Fire Water Line (Dry and
Wet Systems)
with Bondstrand Series 2000M & 2000M-FP
fiberglass pipe and filament wound fittings

Location

Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea

Client

TOTALFINAELF

Application

Fire Water Line (Dry and Wet System)

Product

2 to 20 Bondstrand Series 2000M and Series 2000M-FP pipe with


Quick Lock and Taper/Taper joining system.

Pipe System

Fire Water Line Wet and Dry Systems.

Advantages

Corrosion resistance Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion


and scale build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a
Hazen Williams rating of 150.
Ease of installation With light weight fiberglass piping no heavy
lifting equipment is needed.
Cost savings Using Bondstrand minimizes the disruption and cost
of frequent piping system replacement.

AMERON

GROUP HEADQUATERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com

IN T ER N A TIO N A L

Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com

Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (65) 861-6118
Fax: (65) 862-1302
www.ameron.com/singapore
info@ameron.com.sg

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com

FPSO Girassol
Fire Water Line (Dry System)
with Bondstrand Series 2000M-FP fiberglass
pipe and filament wound fittings

Location

Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea

Client

TOTALFINAELF

Application

Fire Water Line (Dry System)

Product

2 to 14 Bondstrand Series 2000M-FP pipe with Quick Lock and


joining system.

Pipe System

Fire Water Line Dry System

Advantages

Corrosion resistance Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion


and scale build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a
Hazen Williams rating of 150.
Ease of installation With light weight fiberglass piping no heavy
lifting equipment is needed.
Cost savings Using Bondstrand minimizes the disruption and cost
of frequent piping system replacement.

AMERON

GROUP HEADQUATERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com

IN T ER N A TIO N A L

Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com

Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (65) 861-6118
Fax: (65) 862-1302
www.ameron.com/singapore
info@ameron.com.sg

Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl

Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764

Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com

INTERNATIONAL MARITIME
ORGANISATION

A.18/Res. 753
22 November 1993
Original : ENGLISH

ASSEMBLY - 18th session


Agenda item 11

RESOLUTION A.753(18)
adopted on 4 November 1993

GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS

THE ASSEMBLY,
RECALLING Article 15(j) of the Convention on the International Maritime Organization
concerning the functions of the Assembly in relation to regulations and guidelines
concerning maritime safety and the prevention and control of marine pollution from ships,
NOTING that there is increasing interest within the marine industry in the use of
materials other than steel for pipes and that there are no specific requirements for plastic
and reinforced plastic pipes and piping systems in existing regulations,
RECOGNIZING that guidelines, covering acceptance criteria for plastic materials in
piping systems, appropriate design and installation requirements and fire test performance
criteria for assuring ship safety, are needed to assist maritime Administrations to determine,
in a rational and uniform manner, the permitted applications for such materials,
RECOGNIZING ALSO that the framework of the guidelines should provide the
freedom to permit the development of international and national standards and allow the
natural development of emerging technology,
HAVING CONSIDERED the recommendation made by the Maritime Safety Committee
at its sixtyfirst session,
1.
ADOPTS the Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships, set out in the
Annex to the present resolution;
2.

INVITES Governments:
(a) to apply the Guidelines when considering the use of plastic piping on board
ships flying the flag of their State: and
(b) to inform the Organisation on the development of national standards
and emerging technology on plastic piping;

3.
REQUESTS the Maritime Safety Committee to keep the Guidelines under review
and amend them as necessary.
W/0322a
For reasons of economy, this document is printed in a limited number. Delegates are
kindly asked to bring their copies to meetings and not to request additions copies

A 18/Res.753

ANNEX
GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
1.2 Scope
1.3 Philosophy and contents
1.4 Definitions

2. MATERIAL DESIGN PROPERTIES AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA


2.1 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO ALL PIPING SYSTEMS
.1 General
.2 Internal pressure
.3 External pressure
.4 Axial strength
.5 Temperature
.6 Impact resistance
.7 Ageing
.8 Fatigue
.9 Erosion resistance
.10 Fluid absorption
.11 Material compatibility
2.2 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO PIPING SYSTEMS DEPENDING ON SERVICE AND/OR LOCATIONS
.1 Fire endurance
.2 Flame spread
.3 Smoke generation
.4 Toxicity
.5 Electrical conductivity
.6 Fire protection coatings

3. MATERIAL APPROVAL AND QUALITY CONTROL DURING MANUFACTURE

4. INSTALLATION
4.1 Supports
4.2 External loads
4.3 Strength of connections
4.4 Control during installation
4.5 Testing after installation on board
4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions
4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and decks
4.8 Methods of repair

APPENDICES
Appendix 1 - Test method for fire endurance testing of plastic piping in the dry condition
Appendix 2

- Test method for fire endurance testing of water-filled plastic piping

Appendix 3

- Test method for flame spread of plastic piping

Appendix 4

- Fire endurance requirements matrix.

W/0322a

A 18/Res.753

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
1.1.1 The International Maritime Organization recognizes
that there is increasing interest within the marine industry
to use materials other than steel for pipes and that there
are no specific requirements for plastic pipes in existing
regulations.
1.1.2 These guidelines provide acceptance criteria for
plastic materials in piping systems to assist maritime
Administrations to determine, in a rational and uniform way,
the permitted applications for such materials. These
guidelines give appropriate design and installation
requirements and, for each application, fire testing
performance criteria necessary to ensure that vessel safety
is adequately addressed.
1.1.3 Within the framework of these guidelines, there is
freedom to permit development of international and
national standards, and allow the natural development of
emerging technology.
1.2 Scope
1.2.1 The status of these guidelines is advisory. They
are intended to cover the design and installation of plastic
pipes, both with and without reinforcement, in either
essential or non-essential systems, inboard of the shipside
valves.

1.3.5 Shipboard piping should be properly installed and


tested to ensure the degree of safety necessary. Section
4 addresses these concerns, and incorporates MSC/Circ.
449 Guidance on installation of fibre glass reinforced pipe
and fittings.
1.3.6 The fire test methods and the fire endurance
requirements matrix, referenced in section 2.2, are given
in appendices I to IV.
1.4 Definitions
1.4.1 Plastic(s) as used in these guidelines refers to both
thermoplastic and thermosetting plastic materials, with or
without reinforcement, such as uPVC and fibre reinforced
plastics - FRP.
1.4.2 Piping/Piping systems - The terms piping and piping
systems include the pipe, fittings, system joints, method
of joining and any internal or external liners, coverings and
coatings required to comply with the performance criteria.
For example, if the basic material needs a fire protective
coating to comply with the fire endurance requirements,
then the piping should be manufactured and tested with
both the basic material and coating attached and submitted
to the Administration for approval as a material system.
1.4.3 Joint - The term joint refers to the permanent
method of joining pipes by adhesive bonding, laminating,
welding, etc.

1.2.2 These guidelines are intended to comply with


existing SOLAS regulations, MSC circulars, or other equivalent international criteria.

1.4.4 Fittings - The term fittings refers to bends, elbows,


fabricated branch pieces, etc., of plastic material.

1.2.3 These guidelines are applicable to rigid pipes only.


The use of flexible pipes and hoses and mechanical
couplings which are accepted for use in metallic piping
systems is not addressed.

2. MATERIAL DESIGN PROPERTIES AND


PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
2.1 Requirements applicable to all piping systems
2.1.1 General
2.1.1.1 The requirements of this section apply to all piping
and piping systems independent of service or location.

1.3 Philosophy and contents


1.3.1 The International Convention for the Safety of Life
at Sea (SOLAS 74), as amended, specifies steel should
be used in some cases, but in other instances it is clear
that materials other than steel are anticipated, subject to
the Administrations acceptance. Guidelines to enable
Administrations to make decisions on the use of plastic
piping, and the possibility of extending its application, are
therefore needed.
1.3.2 Certain material design properties and performance
criteria are common to all piping systems, regardless of
system or location, and these are addressed in section
2.1.
1.3.3 Section 2.2 addresses fire safety aspects and
provides specific requirements applicable to piping
systems depending on service and/or locations.
1.3.4 Section 3 addresses material approval and
prescribes certain controls during manufacture of piping
that should be considered in order to ensure the proper
mechanical and physical characteristics.
W/0322a

2.1.1.2 The specification of the piping should be to a


recognized standard acceptable to the Administration and
should meet the additional performance guidelines that
follow.
2.1.1.3 The piping should have sufficient strength to take
account of the most severe coincident conditions of
pressure, temperature, the weight of the piping itself and
any static and dynamic loads imposed by the design or
environment.
2.1.1.4 For the purpose of assuring adequate robustness
for all piping including open ended piping (e.g. overflows,
vents and open-ended drains), all pipes should have a
minimum wall thickness to ensure adequate strength for
use on board ships, also to withstand loads due to
transportation, handling, personnel traffic, etc. This may
require the pipe to have additional thickness than otherwise
required by service considerations.

A 18/Res.753

2.1.1.5 The performance requirements for any component


of a piping system such as fittings, joints, and method of
joining are the same as those requirements for the piping
system they are installed in.
2.1.2 Internal pressure
2.1.2.1 A piping system should be designed for an internal
pressure not less than the maximum working pressure to
be expected under operating conditions or the highest set
pressure of any safety valve or pressure relief device on
the system, if fitted.
2.1.2.2 The nominal internal pressure for a pipe should
be determined by dividing the short-term hydrostatic test
failure pressure by a safety factor of 4 or the long-term
hydrostatic (>100.000 h) test failure pressure by a safety
factor of 2.5, whichever is the lesser. The hydrostatic test
failure pressure should be verified experimentally or by a
combination of testing and calculation methods to the
satisfaction of the Administration.
2.1.3 External pressure
2.1.3.1External pressure should be taken into account in
the design of piping for any installation which may be subject to vacuum conditions inside the pipe or a head of liquid
acting on the outside of the pipe.
2.1.3.2Piping should be designed for an external pressure
not less than the sum of the maximum potential head of
liquid outside the pipe, plus full vacuum (1 bar). The
nominal external pressure for a pipe should be determined
by dividing the collapse test pressure by a safety factor of
3. The collapse test pressure should be verified
experimentally or by a combination of testing and
calculation methods to the satisfaction of the
Administration.
2.1.4 Axial strength
2.1.4.1The sum of the longitudinal stresses due to
pressure, weight and other dynamic and sustained loads
should not exceed the allowable stress in the longitudinal
direction. Forces due to thermal expansion, contraction
and external loads, where applicable, should be considered
when determining longitudinal stresses in the system.
2.1.4.2In the case of fibre reinforced plastic pipes, the sum
of the longitudinal stresses should not exceed half of the
nominal circumferentional stress derived from the nominal
internal pressure determined according to paragraph
2.1.2.2, unless the minimum allowable longitudinal stress
is verified experimentally or by a combination of testing
and calculation methods to the satisfaction of the
Administration.
2.1.5 Temperature
2.1.5.1Piping should meet the design requirements of
these guidelines over the range of service temperatures it
will experience.
2.1.5.2High temperature limits and pressure reductions
relative to nominal pressures should be according to the
recognized standard, but in each case, the maximum

W/0322a

working temperature should be at least 20C lower than


the minimum heat distortion temperature (determined
according to ISO 75 method A, or equivalent) of the resin
or plastic material. The minimum heat distortion
temperature should not be less than 80C.
2.1.5.3 Where low temperature services are considered,
special attention should be paid to material properties.
2.1.6 Impact resistance
2.1.6.1Piping should have a minimum resistance to impact to the satisfaction of the Administration.
2.1.7 Ageing
2.1.7.1Before selection of a piping material, the
manufacturer should confirm that the environmental effects
including but not limited to ultraviolet rays, saltwater
exposure, oil and grease exposure, temperature, and
humidity, will not degrade the mechanical and physical
properties of the piping material below the values
necessary to meet these guidelines. The manufacturer
should establish material ageing characteristics by
subjecting samples of piping to an ageing test acceptable
to the Administration and then confirming its physical and
mechanical properties by the performance criteria in these
guidelines.
2.1.8 Fatigue
2.1.8.1In cases where design loadings incorporate a significant cyclic or fluctuating component, fatigue should be
considered in the material selection process and taken
into account in the installation design.
2.1.8.2In addressing material fatigue, the designer may
rely on experience with similar materials in similar service
or on laboratory evaluation of mechanical test specimens.
However, the designer is cautioned that small changes in
the material composition may significantly affect fatigue
behaviour.
2.1.9 Erosion resistance
2.1.9.1In the cases where fluid in the system has high
flow velocities, abrasive characteristics or where there are
flow path discontinuities producing excessive turbulence
the possible effect of erosion should be considered. If
erosion cannot be avoided then adequate measures should
be taken such as increased wall thickness, special liners,
change of materials, etc.
2.1.10 Fluid absorption
2.1.10.1
Absorption of fluid by the piping material
should not cause a reduction of mechanical and physical
properties of the material below that required by these
guidelines.
2.1.10.2
The fluid being carried or in which the pipe
is immersed should not permeate through the wall of the
pipe. Testing for fluid absorption characteristics of the pipe
material should be to a recognized standard.
2.1.11 Material compatibility
2.1.11.1
The piping material should be compatible

A 18/Res.753

with the fluid being carried or in which it is immersed such


that its design strength does not degenerate below that
recognized by these guidelines. Where the reaction between the pipe material and the fluid is unknown, the
compatibility should be demonstrated to the satisfaction
of the Administration.
2.2 Requirements applicable to piping systems
depending on service and/or locations
2.2.1 Fire endurance
2.2.1.1General
Pipes and their associated fittings whose functions
or integrity are essential to the safety of ships are required
to meet the minimum fire endurance requirements given
below.
2.2.1.2Fire endurance requirements
The fire endurance of a piping system is the
capability to maintain its strength and integrity (i.e. capable
of performing its intended function) for some predetermined
period of time, while exposed to fire that reflects anticipated
conditions. Three different levels of fire endurance for plastic are given. These levels consider the different severity
of consequences resulting from the loss of system integrity
for the various applications and locations. The highest fire
endurance standard (level 1) will ensure the integrity of
the system during a full scale hydrocarbon fire and is
particularly applicable to systems where loss of integrity
may cause outflow of flammable liquids and worsen the
fire situation. The intermediate fire endurance standard
(level 2) intends to ensure the availability of systems
essential to the safe operation of the ship, after a fire of
short duration, allowing the system to be restored after
the fire has been extinguished. The lowest level (level 3) is
considered to provide the fire endurance necessary for a
water filled piping system to survive a local fire of short
duration. The systems functions should be capable of
being restored, after the fire has been extinguished.
2.2.1.2.1
Level 1 - piping systems essential to the
safety of the ship and those systems outside machinery
spaces where the loss of integrity may cause outflow of
flammable fluid and worsen the fire situation should be
designed to endure a fully developed hydrocarbon fire for
a long duration without loss of integrity under dry
conditions. Piping having passed the fire endurance test
method specified in appendix 1 for a duration of a minimum of one hour without loss of integrity in the dry condition
is considered to meet level 1 fire endurance standard.
2.2.1.2.2
Level 2 - piping systems essential to the safe
operation of the ship should be designed to endure a fire
without loss of the capability to restore the system function
after the fire has been extinguished. Piping having passed
the fire endurance test specified in appendix 1 for a duration
of a minimum of 30 min in the dry condition is considered
to meet level 2 fire endurance standard.
2.2.1.2.3
Level 3 - piping systems essential to the safe
operating of the ship should be designed to endure a fire
without loss of the capability to restore the system function

W/0322a

after the fire has been extinguished. Piping having passed


the fire endurance test specified in appendix 2 for a duration
of a minimum of 30 minutes in the wet condition is
considered to meet level 3 fire endurance standard.
2.2.1.3 System/location matrix
2.2.1.3.1
The matrix in appendix 4 establishes fire
endurance requirements, which are system and location
dependent, that pipe materials installed in a specific system
and location should possess to meet accepted minimum
levels of safety.
2.2.1.3.2
Where, according to the matrix, remotely
closed valves are required when permitting the use of plastic piping, the remote operation system should be designed
such that its function will not be inhibited after being
exposed to an equivalent level 1 fire endurance test.
Remote operation is defined as an accessible, safe location
outside the space in which the valves are installed. In the
case of valves on the main deck of a tanker, remote
operation should be from outside the cargo block.
2.2.1.3.3
Where the matrix stipulates endurance level L2, pipes of endurance level L1 may also be used.
Similarly, where the matrix stipulates endurance level L3,
pipes of endurance level L2 and L1 may be used.
2.2.2 Flame spread
2.2.2.1All pipes, except those fitted on open decks and
within tanks, cofferdams, void spaces, pipe tunnels and
ducts should have low flame spread characteristics as
determined by the test procedures given in resolution
A.653(16) as modified for pipes.
2.2.2.2In resolution A.653(16) the test sample
configuration only considers flat surfaces. Procedure
modifications to A.653(16) are necessary due to the
curvilinear pipe surfaces. These procedure modifications
are listed in appendix 3.
2.2.2.3Piping materials giving average values for all of the
surface flammability criteria not exceeding the values listed
in IMO resolution A.653(16), (Surface flammability criteria, bulkhead, wall and ceiling linings) are considered to
meet the requirements for low flame spread in
accommodation, service and control spaces. In other areas
or where the quantity of pipes is small, the Administration
may allow equivalent acceptance criteria.
2.2.3 Smoke generation
2.2.3.1Criteria for smoke production need only be applied
to pipes within the accommodation, service, and control
spaces. SOLAS regulations II-2/34.7 and 49.2 are
applicable to exposed interior surfaces which are
interpreted as including the surface finish of piping
systems.
2.2.3.2A fire test procedure is being developed and when
finalized and appropriate smoke obscuration criteria have
been recommended, this test will be incorporated into
these guidelines. In the meantime, an absence of this test

A 18/Res.753

need not preclude the use of plastics. However,


Administrations should consider this hazard when
approving piping materials.
2.2.4 Toxicity
2.2.4.1Toxicity testing is still being investigated and criteria developed. Before meaningful conclusions can be
made, further experimentation and testing is needed. In
the absence of a toxicity test, the use of plastics need not
be precluded. However, Administrations should consider
this hazard when approving piping materials.
2.2.5 Electrical conductivity
2.2.5.1Electrostatic charges can be generated on the
inside and outside of plastic pipes. The resulting sparks
can create punctures through pipe walls leading to leakage
of pipe contents, or can ignite surrounding explosive
atmospheres. Administrations should consider these
hazards when approving plastic piping systems carrying
fluids capable of generating electrostatic charges (static
accumulators) inside the pipe, and when approving plastic piping systems in hazardous areas (i.e. areas that could,
either in normal or fault conditions, contain an explosive
atmosphere), for the possibility of electrostatic charges
outside the pipe.
2.2.5.2.
In practice, fluids with conductivity less than
1,000 pico siemens per metre (pS/m) are considered to
be non-conductive and therefore capable of generating
electrostatic charges. Refined products and distillates fall
into this category and piping used to convey these liquids
should therefore be electrically conductive. Fluids with
conductivity greater than 1,000 pS/m are considered to
be static non-accumulators and can therefore be conveyed
through pipes not having special conductive properties
when located in non hazardous areas.
2.2.5.3Regardless of the fluid being conveyed, plastic
piping should be electrically conductive if the piping passes through a hazardous area.
2.2.5.4Where conductive piping is required, the resistance
per unit length of the pipe, bends, elbows, fabricated branch
pieces, etc., shout not exceed 1 x 105Ohm/m and the
resistance to earth from any point in the piping system
should not exceed 1 x 106Ohm. It is preferred that pipes
and fittings be homogeneously conductive. Pipes and
fittings having conductive layers may be accepted subject
to the arrangements for minimizing the possibility of spark
damage to the pipe wall being satisfactory. Satisfactory
earthing should be provided.
2.2.5.5After completion of the installation, the resistance
to earth should be verified. Earthing wires should be
accessible for inspection.
2.2.6 Fire protection coatings
2.2.6.1Where a fire protective coating of pipes and fittings
is necessary for achieving the fire endurance standards
required, the following requirements apply:
2.2.6.1.1
W/0322a

manufacturer with the protective coating on in which case


on-site application of protection would be limited to what
is necessary for installation purposes (e.g. joints).
Alternatively pipes may be coated on site in accordance
with the approved procedure for each combination, using
the approved materials of both pipes and insulations.
2.2.6.1.2
The liquid absorption properties of the
coating and piping should be considered. The fire
protection properties of the coating should not be
diminished when exposed to saltwater, oil or bilge slops.
The Administration should be satisfied that the coating is
resistant to products likely to come in contact with the
piping.
2.2.6.1.3
Fire protection coatings should not degrade
due to environmental effects over time, such as ultraviolet
rays, saltwater exposure, temperature and humidity. Other
areas to consider are thermal expansion, resistance
against vibrations, and elasticity. Ageing of the fire
protection coatings should be demonstrated to the
satisfaction of the Administration in a manner consistent
with the ageing test specified above.
2.2.6.1.4
The adhesion qualities of the coating should
be such that the coating does not flake, chip, or powder,
when subjected to an adhesion test acceptable to the
Administration.
2.2.6.1.5
The fire protection coating should have a
minimum resistance to impact to the satisfaction of the
Administration.
2.2.6.1.6
Pipes should be an appropriate distance
from hot surfaces in order to be adequately insulated.
2.2.6.2Special testing may be required as part of the
approval procedure.
3. MATERIAL APPROVAL AND QUALITY CONTROL
DURING MANUFACTURE
3.1
The Administration may require piping, as defined
in chapter I, 4.0, to be prototype tested to ensure that the
piping meets the performance requirements of these
guidelines.
3.2. The manufacturer should have a quality system that
meets ISO 9001, Quality systems - Model for quality
assurance in design/development, production, installation
and servicing, or equivalent. The quality system should
consist of elements necessary to ensure that pipe and
fittings are produced with consistent and uniform
mechanical and physical properties in accordance with
recognized standards. Control during manufacture should
be certified by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the
Administration.
3.3. Dimensions and tolerances for pipes should conform to a recognized standard.

Pipes should be delivered from the

A 18/Res.753

3.4
Piping and fittings should be permanently marked
with identification in accordance with a recognized
standard. Identification should include pressure ratings,
the design standard that the pipe or fitting is manufactured
in accordance with, and the material system with which
the pipe or fitting is made.
3.5
Each length of pipe should be tested at the
manufacturers production facility to a hydrostatic pressure
not less than 1.5 times the rated pressure of the pipe. Other
test criteria may be accepted by the Administration.
3.6
Samples of pipe should be tested to determine the
short-term and/or long-term hydrostatic design strength.
These samples should be selected randomly from the
production facilities at a frequency to the satisfaction of
the Administration.
3.7
For piping required to be electrically conductive,
representative samples of pipe should be tested to
determine the electrical resistance per unit length. The
test method and frequency of testing should be acceptable
to the Administration.
3.8
Random samples of pipe should be tested to
determine the adhesion qualities of the coating to the pipe.
The test method and frequency of testing should be
acceptable to the Administration.

4. INSTALLATION
4.1. Supports
4.1.1 Selection and spacing of pipe supports in shipboard
systems should be determined as a function of allowable
stresses and maximum deflection criteria. Support spacing
should be not greater than the pipe manufacturers
recommended spacing. The selection and spacing of pipe
supports should take into account pipe dimensions,
mechanical and physical properties of the pipe material,
mass of pipe and contained fluid, external pressure,
operating temperature, thermal expansion effects, loads
due to external forces, thrust forces, water hammer,
vibration, maximum accelerations to which the system may
be subjected, and the type of support. The support spans
should also be checked for combinations of loads.
4.1.2 Each support should evenly distribute the load of
the pipe and its contents over the full width of the support
and be designed to minimize wear and abrasion.
4.1.3 Heavy components in the piping system such as
valves and expansion joints should be independently
supported.
4.1.4 Suitable provision should be made in each pipeline
to allow for relative movement between pipes made of plastics and the steel structure, having due regard to:
.1 the difference in the coefficients of thermal
expansion;
.2 deformations of the ships hull and its structure.

W/0322a

4.1.5 When calculating the thermal expansions, account


should be taken of the system working temperature and
the temperature at which assembling is performed.
4.2 External loads
4.2.1 Where applicable, allowance should be made for
temporary point loads. Such allowances should include at
least the force exerted by a load (person) of 100 kg at midspan on any pipe of more than 100 mm nominal outside
diameter.
4.2.2 Pipes should be protected from mechanical
damage where necessary.
4.3 Strength of connections
4.3.1 The requirements for connections are the same as
those requirements for the piping system in which they
are installed, as stated in paragraph 2.1.1.5.
4.3.2 Pipes may be assembled using adhesive-bonded,
flanged or mechanically coupled joints.
4.3.3 Adhesives, when used for joint assembly, should
be suitable for providing a permanent seal between the
pipes and fittings throughout the temperature and pressure
range of the intended application.
4.3.4 Tightening of flanged or mechanically coupled joints
should be performed in accordance with the manufacturers
instructions.
4.4 Control during installation
4.4.1 Joining techniques should be in accordance with
MSC/Circ.449. This circular requires the fabrication to be
in accordance with the manufacturers installation
guidelines, that personnel performing these tasks be
qualified to the satisfaction of the Administration, and that
each bonding procedure be qualified before shipboard
piping installation commences.
4.4.2 To qualify joint bonding procedures, the tests and
examinations specified herein should be successfully
completed. The procedure for making bonds should
include: all materials and supplies, tools and fixtures,
environmental requirements, joint preparation, dimensional
requirements and tolerances, cure time, cure temperature,
protection of work, tests and examinations and acceptance
criteria for the completed test assembly.
4.4.3 Any change in the bonding procedure which will
affect the physical and mechanical properties of the joint
should require the procedure to be requalified.
4.4.4 The employer should maintain a self-certification
record available to the Administration of the following:
- the procedure used, and
- the bonders and bonding operators employed by
him, showing the bonding performance
qualifications, dates and results of the qualification testing.
4.4.5 Procedure qualification testing should conform to

A 18/Res.753

the following:
A test assembly shall be fabricated in accordance with the
bonding procedure to be qualified and shall consist of at
least one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipe-to-fitting joint.
When the test assembly has been cured, it shall be
subjected to a hydrostatic test pressure at a factor of safety
acceptable to the Administration times the design pressure
of the test assembly, for not less than one hour with no
leakage or separation of joints. The test shall be conducted
so that the joint is loaded in both the circumferential and
longitudinal directions similar to that to be experienced in
service. The size of the pipe used for the test assembly
shall be as follows:

4.8 Methods of repair


4.8.1 At sea, the pipe material should be capable of
temporary repair by the crew, and the necessary materials
and tools kept on board.
4.8.2 Permanent repairs to the piping material should be
capable of exhibiting the same mechanical and physical
properties as the original base material. Repairs carried
out and tested to the satisfaction of the Administration may
be considered permanent provided the strength is ade-

(1)
When the largest size to be joined is 200 mm
nominal outside diameter, or smaller, the test
assembly shall be the largest piping size to be joined.
(2)
When the largest size to be joined is greater than
200 mm nominal outside diameter, the size
of the test assembly shall be either 200 mm or 25% of the
largest piping size to be joined, whichever is greater.
4.4.6 When conducting performance qualifications, each
bonder and bonding operator should make up a test
assembly consisting of one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipeto-fitting joint in accordance with the qualified bonding procedure. The size of the pipe used for the test assembly
should be the same as required in 4.5. The joint should
successfully pass the hydrostatic test described in 4.5.
4.5 Testing after installation on board
4.5.1 Piping systems for essential services should be
subjected to a test pressure not less than 1.5 times the
design pressure of the system.
4.5.2 Piping systems for non-essential services should
be checked for leakage under operational conditions.
4.5.3 For piping required to be electrically conductive,
the resistance to earth should be checked. Earthing wires
should be accessible for inspection.
4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions
4.6.1 Where A or B class divisions are penetrated for
the passage of plastic pipes, arrangements should be
made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.
These arrangements should be tested in accordance with
Recommendations for fire test procedures for A B and
F bulkheads (resolution A.517(13), as amended.
4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and decks
4.7.1 Where plastic pipes pass through watertight
bulkheads or decks, the watertight integrity and strength
integrity of the bulkhead or deck should be maintained.
4.7.2 If the bulkhead or deck is also a fire division and
destruction by fire of the plastic pipes may cause the inflow
of liquids from tanks, a metallic shut-off valve operable
from above the freeboard deck should be fitted at the
bulkhead or deck.

W/0322a

A 18/Res.753
quate for the intended service.
APPENDIX 1
TEST METHOD FOR FIRE ENDURANCE TESTING
OF PLASTIC PIPING IN THE DRY CONDITION
Test method
1
A furnace test with fast temperature increase likely
to occur in a fully developed liquid hydrocarbon fire. The
time/temperature of the furnace should be as follows:
at the end of 5 min.
945 C
at the end of 10 min.

1,033 C

at the end of 15 min.

1,071 C

at the end of 30 min.

1,098 C

at the end of 60 min.

1,100 C

Notes:
1 The accuracy of the furnace control should be as follows:
1.1
During the first 10 min. of the test the area under
the curve of mean furnace temperature should not
vary by more than + 15% of the area under the standard
curve.
1.2
During the first half hour of the test the area under
the curve of mean furnace temperature should not vary by
more than + 10% of the area under the standard curve.
1.3
For any period after the first half hour of the test
the area under the curve of mean furnace temperature
should not vary by more than + 5% of the area under the
standard curve.
1.4
At any time after the first 10 min of the test the
mean furnace temperature should not differ from the
standard curve by more than + 100C.
2 The locations where the temperatures are measured,
the number of temperature measurements and the
measurement techniques are to be agreed by the
Administration taking into account the furnace control
specification as set out in paragraph 3.1.3 of the Annex of
Assembly resolution A.517(13).
Test specimen
2
The test specimen should be prepared with the
joints and fittings intended for use in the proposed
application. The number of specimens should be sufficient
to test typical joints and fittings including joints between
non-metal and metal pipes and fitting to be used. The ends
of the specimen should be closed. One of the ends should
allow presssurized nitrogen to be connected. The pipe ends
and closures may be outside the furnace. The general
orientation of the specimen should be horizontal and it
should be supported by one fixed support with the
remaining supports allowing free movement. The free
length between supports should not be less than 8 times
the pipe diameter.

Test conditions
3
If the insulation contains, or is liable to absorb,
moisture the specimen should not be tested until the
insulation has reached an air-dry condition. This condition
is defined as equilibrium with an ambient atmosphere of
50% relative humidity at 20 + 5 C. Accelerated
conditioning is permissible provided the method does not
alter the properties of component material. Special
samples should be used for moisture content determination
and conditioned with the test specimen. These samples
should be so constructed as to represent the loss of water
vapour from the specimen by having similar thickness and
exposed faces.
4
A nitrogen pressure inside the test specimen should
be maintained automatically at 0.7 bar + 0.1 bar during
the test. Means should be provided to record the pressure
inside the pipe and the nitrogen flow into and out of the
specimen in order to indicate leakage.
Acceptance criteria
5
During the test, no nitrogen leakage from the
sample should occur.
6
After termination of the furnace test, the test specimen together with fire protection coating, if any, should be
allowed to cool in still air to ambient temperature and then
tested to the rated pressure of the pipes as defined in
paragraphs II-1/2.2 and II-1/3.2 of these guidelines. The
pressure should be held for a minimum of 15 min. without
leakage. Where practicable, the hydrostatic test should
be conducted on bare pipe, that is pipe which has had all
of its coverings including fire protection insulation removed,
so that leakage will be readily apparent.
7
Alternative test methods and/or test procedures
considered to be at least equivalent including open pit
testing method, may be accepted in cases where the pipes
are too large for the test furnace.

Notes: 1
Most materials other than steel used for
pipes will require a thermal insulation to be able to
pass this test. The test procedure should include the
insulation and its covering.
2.
The number and size of test specimens
required for the approval test should be specified by
the Administration.

W/0322a

A 18/Res.753
APPENDIX 2
TEST METHOD FOR FIRE ENDURANCE TESTING
OF WATER-FILLED PLASTIC PIPING
1

Test method
A propane multiple burner test with a fast
temperature increase should be used.
For piping up to 152 mm in diameter, the fire source
should consist of two rows of 5 burners as shown in Figure
1. A constant heat flux averaging 113.6 kW/m2 (+10%)
should be maintained 12.5 + 1 cm above the centreline
of the burner array. This flux corresponds to a pre-mix
flame of propane with a fuel flow rate of 5 kg/h for a total
heat release rate of 65 kW. The gas consumption should
be measured with an accuracy of at least +3% in order to
maintain a constant heat flux. Propane with a minimum
purity of 95% should be used.
For piping greater than 152 mm in diameter, one
additional row of burners should be included for each 31
mm increase in pipe diameter. A constant heat flux
averaging 113.6 kW/m2 (+10%) should still be maintained
at the 12.5 + 1 cm height above the centreline of the burner
array. The fuel flow should be increased as required to
maintain the designated heat flux.
The burners should be type Sievert No. 2942 or
equivalent which produces an air mixed flame. The inner
diameter of the burner heads should be 29 mm (see figure
1). The burner heads should be mounted in the same plane
and supplied with gas from a manifold. If necessary, each
burner should be equipped with a valve in order to adjust
the flame height.
The height of the burner stand should also be
adjustable. It should be mounted centrally below the test
pipe with the rows of burners parallel to the pipes axis.
The distance between the burner heads and the pipe
should be maintained at 12.5 + 1 cm during the test. The
free length of the pipe between its supports should be .8
+0.05 m.

The pipe samples should rest freely in a horizontal


position on two V-shaped supports. The friction between
pipe and supports should be minimized. The supports may
consist of two stands, as shown in figure 2.
A relief valve should be connected to one of the
end closures of each specimen.
3
Test conditions
The test should be carried out in a sheltered test
site in order to prevent any draught influencing the test.
Each pipe specimen should be completely
filled with deaerated water to exclude air bubbles.
The water temperature should not be less than
15C at the start and should be measured continuously
during the test.
The water inside the sample should be stagnant
and the pressure maintained at 3 + 0.5 bar during the test.
4

Acceptance criteria
During the test, no leakage from the sample(s)
should occur except that slight weeping through the pipe
wall may be accepted.
After termination of the burner regulation test, the
test sample, together with fire protection coating, if any,
should be allowed to cool to ambient temperature and then
tested to the rated pressure of the pipes as defined in
paragraphs II-1/2.2 and II-1/3.2 of these guidelines. The
pressure should be held for a minimum of 15 minutes without significant leakages, i.e. not exceeding 0.2 1/min.
Where practicable, the hydrostatic test should be
conducted on bare pipe, that is pipe which has had all of
its coverings including fire protection insulation removed,
so that leakage will be readily apparent.

Test specimen
Each pipe should have a length of approximately
1.5 m. The test pipe should be prepared with permanent
joints and fittings intended to be used. Only valves and
straight joints versus elbows and bends should be tested
as the adhesive in the joint is the primary point of failure.
The number of pipe specimens should be sufficient to test
all typical joints and fittings. The ends of each pie specimen should be closed. One of the ends should allow
pressurized water to be connected.
If the insulation contains, or is liable to absorb,
moisture the specimen should not be tested until the
insulation has reached an air-dry condition. This condition
is defined as equilibrium with an ambient atmosphere of
50% relative humidity at 20 + 5 C. Accelerated
conditioning is permissible provided the method does not
alter the properties of the material
Special samples should be used for moisture content
determination and conditioned with the test specimen.
These samples should be so constructed as to represent
the loss of water vapour from the specimen by having
similar thickness and exposed faces.
W/0322a

10

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a
11

A 18/Res.753
APPENDIX 3

TEST METHOD FOR FLAME SPREAD OF PLASTIC PIPING


Flame spread of plastic piping should be determined by
IMO resolution A.653(16) entitled Recommendation on
Improved Fire Test Procedures for Surface Flammability
of Bulkhead, Ceiling, and Deck Finish Materials with the
following modifications.
1
size.

Tests should be made for each pipe material and

2
Test sample should be fabricated by cutting pipes
lengthwise into individual sections and then assembling
the sections into a test sample as representative as
possible of a flat surface. A test sample should consist of
at least two sections. The test sample should be 800 + 5
mm long. All cuts should be made normal to the pipe wall.
3
The number of sections that must be assembled
together to form a test sample should be that which
corresponds to the nearest integral number of sections
which should make a test sample with an equivalent
linearized surface width between 155 and 180 mm. The
surface width is defined as the measured sum of the outer
circumference of the assembled pipe sections that are
exposed to the flux from the radiant panel.
4
The assembled test sample should have no gaps
between individual sections.
5
The assembled test sample should be constructed
in such a way that the edges of two adjacent sections
should coincide with the centreline of the test holder.
6
The individual test sections should be attached to
the backing calcium silicate board using wire (No. 18
recommended) inserted at 50 mm intervals through the
board and tightened by twisting at the back.
7
The individual pipe sections should be mounted
so that the highest point of the exposed surface is in the
same plane as the exposed flat surface of a normal surface.
8
The space between the concave unexposed
surface of the test sample and the surface of the calcium
silicate backing board should be left void.
9
The void space between the top of the exposed
test surface and the bottom edge of the sample holder
frame should be filled with a high temperature insulating
wool if the width of the pipe segments extend under the
side edges of the sample holding frame.

W/0322a

12

A 18/Res.753

APPENDIX 4
FIRE ENDURANCE REQUIREMENTS MATRIX

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

A B C D E F G H I J K
CARGO (Flammable cargoes f.p. < 60C)
6
Cargo lines
6
Crude oil washing lines
6
Vent lines
INERT GAS
1
1 1 1 1
Water seal effluent line
1 1
1 1
Scrubber effluent line
Main line
Distribution lines
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (f.p. > 60C)
3
6
Cargo lines
3
Fuel oil
Lubricating
Hydraulic oil
SEAWATER (1)
Bilge main and branches
Fire main and water spray
Foam system
Sprinker system
6
Ballast
Cooling water, essential services
2
Tank cleaning services fixed machines
Non essential systems
FRESH WATER
Cooling water, essential services
Condensate return
Non essential systems
SANITARY/DRAINS/SCRUPPERS
Deck drains (internal)
Sanitary drains (internal)
1 /4
Scruppers and dischargers (overboard) 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4
SOUNDING/AIR
6
Water tanks/ dry spaces
6
Oil tanks (f.p.> 60C)
MISCELLANEOUS
Control air
Service air (non essential)
Brine
5 5 5
5 5
Auxiliary low pressure steam (< 7 bar)

Location

A. Machinery spaces of Category A.


B. Other machinery spaces and
pump rooms
C. Cargo pump rooms
D. Ro-ro cargo holds
E. Other dry cargo holds
F. Cargo tanks
G. Fuel oil tanks
H. Ballast water tanks
I. Cofferdams void spaces pipe
tunnel and ducts
J. Accommodation service and
control spaces
K. Open decks
Not Applicable
Bondstrand approved systems
Not allowed

Remotely controlled valves to be proved at ship's


side (valve is to be controlled from outside space)
Remote closing valves to be provided
at the cargo tanks.
When cargo tanks contain flammable liquids
with f.p.> 60C, requirements may be adjusted.
Other requirements are applicable for scruppers
serving open decks in positions 1 and 2.
For essential services, such as fuel oil
tank heating and ship's whistle
For tankers where compliance with
paragraph 3 (F) of regulation 13F of Annex I
of MARPOL 73/78 is required

W/0322a

13

A 18/Res.753

A)
B)
C)
D)
E)
F)
G)
H)
I)
J)
K)

Machinery spaces of category A


Other machinery spaces and pump rooms
Cargo pump rooms
Ro-ro cargo holds
Other dry cargo holds
Cargo tanks
Fuel oil tanks
Ballast water tanks
Cofferdams void spaces pipe tunnel and ducts
Accommodation service and control spaces
Open decks

ABBREVIATIONS:
L1
Fire endurance test (appendix 1) in dry conditions,
60 min.
L2
Fire endurance test (appendix 1) in dry conditions,
30 min.
L3
Fire endurance test (appendix 2) in wet conditions,
30 min.
O
No fire endurance test required
NA
Not applicable
X
Metallic materials having a melting point greater
than 925C.

FOOTNOTES:
1/
Where non-metallic piping is used, remotely
controlled valves to be proved at ships side (valve is to be
controlled from outside space).
2/
Remote closing valves to be provided at the cargo
tanks.
3/
When cargo tanks contain flammable liquids with
f.p. >60C. O may replace NA or X.
4/
For drains serving only the space concerned, O
may replace L1.
5/
When controlling functions are not required by
statutory requirements or guidelines, O may replace L1.
6/
For pipe between machinery space and deck water seal, O may replace L1.
7/
For passenger vessels, X is to replace L1.
8/
Scuppers serving open decks in positions 1 and 2,
as defined in regulation 13 of the International Convention
on Load Lines, 1966, should be X throughout unless
fitted at the upper end with the means of closing capable
of being operated from a position above the freeboard deck
in order to prevent downflooding.
9/
For essential services, such as fuel oil tank heating
and ships whistle, X is to replace O.
10/
For tankers where compliance with paragraph 3(f)
of regulation 13F of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78 is required,
NA is to replace O.

LOCATION DEFINITIONS

A -

Location
Machinery spaces of category A

B -

Other machinery spaces and pump rooms

C -

Cargo pump rooms

D -

Ro-ro cargo holds

E -

Other dry cargo holds

F G-

Cargo tanks
Fuel oil tanks

H -

Ballast water tanks

I-

Cofferdams, voids, etc.

J-

Accommodation, service,

K -

Open decks

Definition
Machinery spaces of category A as defined in SOLAS*
regulation II-2/3.19.
Spaces, other than category A machinery spaces and
cargo pump rooms, containing propulsion machinery,
boilers,
steam
and
internal
combustion
engines,
generators and major electrical machinery, pumps, oil
filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and airconditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to
such spaces.
Spaces containing cargo pumps and entrances and trunks
to such spaces.
Ro-ro cargo holds are ro-ro cargo spaces and special
category spaces as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-2/3.14
and 3.18.
All spaces other than ro-ro cargo holds used for non-liquid
cargo and trunks to such spaces.
All spaces used for liquid cargo and trunks to such spaces.
All spaces used for fuel oil (excluding cargo tanks) and
trunks to such spaces.
All spaces used for ballast water and trunks to such
spaces.
Cofferdams and voids are those empty spaces between
two bulkheads separating two adjacent compartments.
Accommodation spaces, service spaces and control
stations as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-2/3.10, 3.12,
3.22
Open deck spaces as defined in SOLAS* regulation II2/26.2.2(5).

* SOLAS 74 as amended by the 1978 SOLAS Protocol and the 1981 and 1983 amendments (consolidated text).

W/0322a

14

Bondstrand Marine Approvals


Certifying Body
Certificate number
American Bureau of Shipping 96-SG-88993-X
American Bureau of Shipping 98-HS24317-X
Becetel
Becetel
Biro Klasifikasi Indonesia
Biro Klasifikasi Indonesia

Report No. 787


2039
1260387SULAB
2701875ILAB

Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas

2090I/07796/AO/PRSO/BV
2090I/07798/AO/PRSO/BV
2090I/07797/AO/PRSO/BV
2090I/07795/AO/PRSO/BV
01407/E0 BV
01409/E0 BV
2090-1408/CO/O

Caleb Brent Int.


China Corp. Reg. of Shipping
China Corp. Reg. of Shipping
China Corp. Reg. of Shipping
Reg. of Shipping of China
Reg. of Shipping of China

Det Norske Veritas


Det Norske Veritas
Det Norske Veritas
Det Norske Veritas
Det Norske Veritas
Det Norske Veritas
Det Norske Veritas
Det Norske Veritas

12-01-1988
06-05-1993
09-03-1987
20-01-1987

31-03-1990
31-01-1990

18-09-1998
21-09-1998
21-09-1998
18-09-1998
07-07-1999
07-07-1999
24-06-1987

18-09-2002
21-09-2002
21-09-2002
18-09-2002
07-07-2004
07-07-2004
30-06-1991

LD 181/89/B
18-05-1989
254-95-28 (1/2)
15-02-1995
254-95-27 (1/2)
15-02-1995
254-95-26 (1/2)
15-02-1995
ZCX8517844
27-11-1985
ZCX8517845
27-11-1985
02360-99-AQ-ROT-RvA 30-06-1993

14-02-2000
14-02-2000
14-02-2000
26-11-1989
26-11-1989

QSC-5450
98-HOU-AQ-9290
K-1355
K-1356
K-1574
K-1575
K-1794

Dutch Scheepvaartinspectie

S/V 21.513 KU/TS

Germanischer Lloyd

73-788-94 HH

Germanischer Lloyd

78-392/89

Korean Register of Shipping


Lloyds Register
Lloyds Register
Lloyds Register
Lloyd's Register
Lloyd's Register
Lloyd's Register
Lloyd's Register
Lloyds Register
Lloyd's Register
Lloyd's Register

SGP02568-GP001
89/00102(E4)
91/00292 (E3)
99/00127
99/00094
01/00041
99/00095
99/00092
650808
650770
ROT 9820077/1

Marine Board of Australia

5-1-133

Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

98HG648

Royal
Polski
Polski
Polski

P-6084
TKM/427/710175/82
TKM/429/710175/82
TKM/428/710175/82

Norwegian Navy
Rejestr Statkow
Rejestr Statkow
Rejestr Statkow

Issue date
Validity
02-08-1996 yearly review
25-02-1998 yearly review

05-08-1996
21-04-1998
22-08-1996
22-08-1996
18-08-1998
18-08-1998
14-12-1999

Approved for
2000M/5000M/7000M

Type*
2-a
2000M-(FP)/7000M/PSX-L3/-JF 3-a/c
7000M
5000
2000M
7000M

2000M
7000M
2000M
7000M
2000M
7000M
5000
7000M
7000M
5000
2000M
2000M
7000M

1-a
1-a
2-a
2-a
3-a
3-a

2-a/b/c
2-a
2-a

04-07-2002
05-08-2002
26-03-2001
31-08-2000
31-08-2000
31-12-2001
31-12-2001
31-12-2003

ISO 9001, 1994


ISO 9001, 1994
ISO 9001, 1994
2000M
7000M
2000M
7000M
Double O-ring joint

1-d
2-d
3-d
1-a
1-a
2-a
2-a
2-a

06-08-2001

2000M/7000M

1-a

18-07-1989

07-08-1996
29-11-1989

31-01-2001
31-01-2001
17-01-2001
26-08-1999
17-06-1999
12-03-2001
17-06-1999
07-06-1999
14-03-1996
19-03-1996
19-03-1998

5000

23-02-2006
23-07-2005
01-08-2006
25-08-2004
16-06-2004
11-03-2006
16-06-2004
06-06-2004

2000M/7000M
2000M/7000M
2000M7000M
3400
Expansion coupling
2400
2000
7000
2000M/7000M
Quick-Lock pipe
Expansion coupling

2-a
1-a
2-a
1-a
1-a
2-a
1-a
1-a
1-b
1-c
1-b

25-12-1998

06-12-2002

20000M/7000M/5000M
2000M-P and PSX-L3

2-a

12-01-1988
26-10-1982
26-10-1982
26-10-1982

00-11-1986
00-11-1986
00-11-1986

14-03-1996
14-03-1996
25-09-2000
25-09-2000

14-03-2001
14-03-2001
24-09-2005
24-09-2005

19-07-1985

Registro Italiano NAvale


Registro Italiano NAvale
Registro Italiano NAvale
Registro Italiano NAvale

MAC/100595/2/TO/96
MAC/100595/1/TO/96
MAC/127200/2/TO/00
MAC/127200/1/TO/00

See Berufsgenossenschaft
Sjfartsverket

II R 31/Wr/He
2107-9370201

United States Coast Guard


United States Coast Guard

16703
16714

USSR Reg. of Shipping


USSR Reg. of Shipping

436-8.1-W
437-8.1-W

Unit
1) Europe
2) Singapore
3) USA

Type
a) Type approval
b) Flame spread (test)
c) L3 (test)
d) Other

23-08-1979
08-03-1993

2000M
7000M
2000M
7000M

1-a
1-a
2-a
2-a

Agent approved
Agent approved

12-12-1996 yearly review


16-04-2001
19-04-2006
28-07-1982
15-07-1982

2000M Fire test


2000M
5000
7000

31-07-1984
31-07-1984

2000M-(FP)/PSX
2000M/7000M

3-c
3-c

2000M/5000
7000M

07/01

D ET N ORSKE V ERITAS
QUALITY SYSTEM
CERTIFICATE
CERT-02360-99-AQ-ROT-RVA
This is to certify that
the quality system
of

Ameron B.V. Fiberglass Division Europe


at
Geldermalsen, the Netherlands
has been found to conform to standard

NEN-EN-ISO 9001:1994
This certificate is valid for following activities

Design, development, manufacturing, testing and sales of


glass reinforced thermosetting pipe systems.
Place and date:

This certificate is valid until:

Rotterdam, 21 September 1999

4 July 2002

for the Accredited Unit:

DNV CERTIFICATION B.V.,


THE NETHERLANDS

Paal Johansen

This company has been certified since:

Management Representative

30 June 1993

Lack of fulfilment of conditions as set out in the appendix may render this certificate invalid.
DOCNO.Q56E.1098

DNV CERTIFICATION B.V. Haastrechtstraat 7, 3079 DC Rotterdam, the Netherlands, TEL.INT.:+31 10 292 26 88, FAX:+31 10 479 67 68

Technical Bulletin 1

Introduction in to glass
reinforced plastics
General statement

A general definition of a composite is a synergistic combination of


two or more materials. More specifically, the composites referred
to here comprise a high strength reinforcement in fibrous form,
incorporated into and bonded together by a matrix, usually a
thermosetting polymer. The term fiber reinforced plastics (FRP) is
widely used to describe such materials with glass reinforced
plastic (GRP) when the reinforcement is glass fiber. Glass
reinforced epoxy (GRE) is used when, as in the case of much
composite pipework, epoxy resin is the matrix

The nature of E-glass


fibers

Most glass fibers consist of E-glass, a term which once stood


for electrical grade glass, as used in insulators and capacitors.
This glass, which is transparent and brittle, but of high strength, is
a super-cooled mixture of metallic oxides. Glasses in bulk form
tend to have relatively low strength levels, because of the
presence of microscopic surface flaws which act at site for crack
propagation. Glass in fibrous form can be much stronger provided
that the surface of the fibers is protected at all times against
damage. Glass is produced in a furnace about 1200C and spun
into fibers by allowing it to drain under its own weight through
many heated bushings. Molten glass is quite corrosive, and the
bushings must be made from platinum to avoid damage, and to
protect the glass from contamination. Each bushing contains
many hundreds of holes through which the molten glass must
pass before forming fibers of approximately 10 microns in
diameter.
The secret of the strength of glass fibers, and of their ability to
bond to polymeric matrices is the size which is applied to the
surface of the fiber's in the form of an aqueous solution shortly
after the fiber's emerge from the bushings. The size contains a
polymeric binder which coats the glass surface to protect it and
lightly binds together the individual fiber's in each fiber tow to
prevent them rubbing against one another during subsequent
handling and processing. The size also contains a coupling agent
- 1 - a reactive component, usually an organosilane, which is a
multi-functional molecule. The silane part of the molecule bonds
tightly to the surface of the glass while the organic part is
designed to attach itself to the polymer matrix. When purchasing
glass fiber it is necessary to stipulate the type of resin matrix to be
used, since some coupling agents are specifically chosen to be
compatible with particular resins. The size also contains a film
former to enable it to spread over the glass surface and lubricants
to facilitate processing without damage.

Fiberglass Pipe Group division Europe


P.O.Box 6 4191 CA Geldermalsen Holland
tel. +31 345 587 587 fax +31 345 587 561

Despite the presence of the size, every processing or handling


operation introduces flaws and reduces the strength of the
glass. By the time it has been incorporated into the composite, the
effective tensile strength is generally about 1700 Mpa, which is
many times tower than its strength immediately after leaving the
bushing.
After spinning, the glass fiber tows, referred to as rovings1 are
wound at high speed onto cylindrical packages, or cheeses, and
placed in a drying oven where the water in the size coating is
removed. These cylindrical packages are the basic intermediate
from which a wide variety of glass reinforcing products are
manufactured. Examples of such products are described in figure
1 and are given in table 1 and 2.
The tex of a fiber tow or roving is its weight in g per km.
Undirectional rovings can be used directly in composite
manufacture, or they can be converted to other intermediate
products. Direct applications include the uni-directional rovings
used in process such as spray lay up, filament winding and
pultrusion. Alternatively, the glass strands may be chopped,
usually to a length of 50 mm, and sprinkled onto a moving belt to
make chopped strand mat (CSM), the most widely used
reinforcing product for boat building and other general purpose
GRP products. CSM contains randomly orientated glass strands,
held together by the application of a small amount of polymeric
binder. In purchasing CSM, it is important to specify the type of
binder: some are soluble in liquid resin, some are not.
More importantly, some binders are unsuitable for use in
laminates to be continuously immersed in water. CSM is widely
used in contact moulding, resin transfer moulding and other
processes.
Continuous strand mat or swirl mat is similar in some respects to
CSM, except that the fiber's are continuous. Swirl mat is used in
pultrusion, where the reinforcement is required to have sufficient
integrity to allow it to be pulled through the process under tension.

Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998

Glass fibre manufacture


intermediate products
and process

Figure 1.

Properties of fibres and


typical composite
materials

Table 1. Fibers and metals


Density
3
3
10 -kg/m

Modulus
(Gpa)

E-glass
carbon

2.5
1.8

70
230 to 820

Ararnid
Polyethylene
HT steel
Aluminium

1.4
0.97
7.8
2.7

130
170
210
75

Tensile
strength
Mpa
1700
2000 to 820
7000
3000
3000
750
260

Specific
stiffness
(GPa)*
28
128 to
455
98
175
27
28

Specific
strength
(MPa)*
680
1111 to
3900
2140
3090
96
96

*Stiffness or strength divided by Specific Gravity

Table 2: Material properties


Resin

Polyester

vinylester

Epoxy

Reinforcement

E-Glass CSM
E-Glass WR
E-Glass uni
S-Glass WR
amid WR
E-Glass WR
Glass WR
Aramid WR
Carbon WR
E-GIass WR
E-Glass Uni
Aramid WR

Possible applications

General Hand lay-up


Increased stiffness
General RTM lay up
Increased & high stiffness
Higher strength, durability
Fatigue loading
High stiffness
High strength & stiffness

Phenolic

E-Glass CSM
E-Glass WR
Acrylic
E-Glass WR
temperature resistance

Non/semi structural, fire


high temperature resist.
Structural, Fire/high

Density
(g/cm3)
1.44
1.63
1.80
1.64
1.31
1.89
1.90
1.35
1.50
1.92
1.92
1.33
1.38
1.53
1.57
1.50
1.65
170

Tensile
strength
(Mpa)
80-180
210-300
410-1180
440
430
342
=520
=500
=600
360
1190
517
1379
625
2040
85-150
220-330
308

Tensile
Modulus
(Gpa)
7.3.9.3
12-21
1241
20
26
25
=45
=40
=85
17
39
31
76
73
134
5-7.5
13-17
21

comp.
strength
(Mpa)*
140-150
150-270
210480
210
115
355
---240
1001
172
276
500
1000
--292

Approx.
cost
( /kg)
1.6
1.8
1.8
5.6
17.1
2,4
5.8
20.2
18.0
3.0
3.2
20.9
21.0
48.3
18.5
2.1
2.2
2.3

Note: these figures are for guidance only

Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998

Glass fiber rovings may also be woven by standard textile


processes into a range of reinforcing fabrics. Such woven rovings
can have various types of weave, such as plain, satin or twill, plain
being the most common. Woven rovings can be used in
processes such as contact moulding, resin transfer moulding and
pre-preg manufacture. In their most common form, woven rovings
have equal quantities of fiber in the warp and weft directions,
giving orthotropic laminates with roughly similar properties in
these two directions. It is also possible to produce biased fabrics
with different quantities of fiber in the two directions, the extreme
case being "unidirectional" fabric, where almost all the
reinforcement is the in the warp direction, with lust sufficient
stitching in the transverse direction to maintain integrity during
processing
Recently, there has been interest in "non-crimp" fabrics, where
uni-directional rovings are stitched together in layers. These
fabrics produce somewhat stronger, stiffer laminates than woven
fabrics, because the rovings do not undulate as they would in a
conventional fabric. It is also possible to stitch together layers or
plies with different fiber orientation, including 45 plies, as well
as 90 ones.
C-glass

C-glass is chemically resistant glass, used as a protective layer in


the manufacture of pipes and other GAP
components exposed to aggressive environments. Unlike E-glass,
C-glass, which is manufactured by a different process, is not
available in the form of continuos rovings. It is supplied as a nonwoven mat, known as surface veil. The use of C-glass is intended
to provide a resin rich barrier layer between a particular fluid
environment and the main stress-bearing part of the laminate.

Other special glass and


ceramic fibers

In addition to E-glass, there is range of glassy


reinforcements of alternative composition, designed to give
either superior mechanical performance or resistance to certain
types of environment. These types of glass reinforcement are
more expensive than E-glass, by a factor of 5 to 30, depending
upon the material. S-glass, S2-glass and A-glass offer substantial
strength and small stiffness improvements over E-glass, while
ECR- glass offers enhanced resistance to certain types of
corrosive environment. The use of these special glasses offshore
is not currently significant, but could grow.
Silica and aluminia fiber's have much better high temperature
performance than E-glass, which softens well below 10000C.
Benefits can therefore be achieved by combining small amounts
of these fiber's with E-glass when hydrocarbon fire resistance is
needed.

Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998

The nature of
thermosetting resins

Polymers consist of long organic chain molecules. They are


held together by two types of bond: the strong covalent
bonds joining the atoms within the chains and the weak Van der
Waals bonds which are between adjacent chains. If the chains are
linear, the polymer can be melted or softened to allow it to be
shaped, then cooled again.
Resins of this type are known as thermoplastics. If, on the other
hand, the chains are bridged or cross-linked to form a molecular
network, a polymer is obtained which cannot be melted and
cannot be easily deformed without either fracture or
decomposition taking place. This type of polymer is known as a
thermoset.
Although there is interest in using thermoplastic polymers as the
basis for composites, thermoplastics matrix composites are still at
an early stage of development, and hence are unsuitable for large
structures. All the resins of current interest for offshore use are of
the thermosetting type.
Typical characteristics of thermosetting polymers are that they
usually have stiffness values in the range 2-4 GPa, depending on
the degree of cross linking, with strength values around 40-70
MPa and, being bound together chemically, they are capable of
relatively little plastic deformation. Hence they cannot be shaped
by flow or plastics deformation. It follows that when fabricating
composite parts. from thermosetting polymers the shaping
operation must be carried out at the same time as the chemical
reaction that establishes the cross linked network. The crosslinking process, known as curing, can be carried out in two
different ways. In the case of cold curing, the cross-linking
reaction is started by mixing together components which react. In
hot curing, the sequence of reactions which produces crosslinking is initiated by raising the temperature.
The cure reaction often fails to go to completion initially. In
C most cases, the properties of the composites are
considerably improved if a post-curing operation is carried
out. This is usually done by placing the component in an oven for
several hours at elevated temperature. Sometimes, however, the
size or shape of the component may prevent this.
Thermosets become softer as temperature is increased, but do
not melt in the way that thermoplastics do. At an elevated
temperature, large segments of the molecules eventually become
mobile and the Modulus falls to a low value. The
temperature where the Modulus drops most sharply is called the
glass transition temperature or Tg. This temperature is often
taken as an approximate indication of the maximum service
temperature of the resin. Eventually, at some temperature in
excess of the glass transition temperature, the resin will begin to
decompose.

Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998

Polyesters

These are the resins most commonly used in the manufacture of


thermosetting composites in the uncured state they consist of a
polymer, an unsaturated polyester resin. Unsaturated means that
the backbone chain contains some carbon-carbon double bonds.
The polyester is dissolved in a reactive monomor, usually styrene.
To cure the resin, a peroxide initiator must be added, which
decomposes to produce free radicals which act on the styrene
monomor, causing it to polymerise. The polymerisation takes
place by the opening up of the double bonds in the styrene and
the double bonds in the polyester chain are also involved in this
reactions, leading to a molecular network where the polyester
chains are cross-linked by polystyrene ones, as shown
schematically in figure

2.
Scheme of the filament
winding process

Figure 2. Schematic representation of the cure mechanism of


polyester resins

In cold -cured polyesters, the decomposition of the peroxide


initiator is catalysed by adding an accelerator, usually a cobalt
salt. In hot-cured resins the peroxide decomposition is triggered
simply by increasing the temperature.
The constituents of the polyester chain can be varied to confer the
desired properties on the final polymer. For instance, the density
of the cross-links can be controlled by varying the number of
double bonds in the chain, known as the reactivity of the resin.
Resins with high reactivity produce highly cross-linked products
which have a high glass transition temperature and good chemical
resistance, but which are somewhat brittle at room temperature.
Low reactivity resins give a lower level of cross-linking, a lower Tg
and less chemical resistance, but are tougher at room
temperature.
Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998

The advantage of the free radical cure mechanism is its ease of


control. The uncured resins are fairly stable and have a long shelf
life but when they are required to cure, the reaction may be
brought about rapidly and controllably. The period of time for
which the resins remain processable after the curing system has
been added is known as the pot life. Different pot lives are
required according to the size of the laminating operation and the
process used. The rate of cure can be varied by changing the
amount of curing agent added, and additionally, a delay in the
onset of curing, which may be needed for instance when
laminating large structures, can be achieved by adding an
inhibitor. The polyesters also have some disadvantages. The cure
reaction is temperature sensitive, so the environmental
temperature must be held within certain limits. The resins also
tend to emit styrene vapour during processing, which is
undesirable from a health and safety viewpoint. Good ventilation
is required when laminating large areas.
Epoxy Vinylesters

These resins are, to a certain extent, a chemical


compromise between epoxies and polyesters. The
unsaturated polyester is replaced by an epoxy-like one,
which is much more chemically and thermally resistant.
Moreover, the styrene content is decreased. The curing
mechanism is similar to that of the polyesters, although more
accurate control of the quantities of curing agent added is
essential, as the cure reaction is less tolerant of
compositional variations than in the case of polyesters.
Epoxy vinylesters, or simply vinylesters or variants of this
system are used in place of polyester when improved
toughness and chemical resistance is needed.

Epoxies

Epoxy resin systems generally consist of two separate


ingredients which must be mixed immediately prior to
processing. One of these is the epoxide or resin part of the
system. Although the constituents of the molecule may be
varied to achieve certain final properties, the key
characteristic is the epoxide or ring like structure at each end
of the molecule, and the fact that there are a number of -OH
groups present on the chain. The cross-linking reaction may
involve both the end groups and the hydroxyl (-OH) groups.
The second ingredient of the resin is the hardener, which is
frequently a primary or secondary amine or an acid anhydride. For
wet laminating and filament winding, the main offshore uses,
amine cured epoxies are preferred. Two different types of amine
may be used; aliphatic amines or aromatic amines.
Aromatic amines give the highest Ta values, and the best
mechanical and chemical properties at high temperature, but they
are most expensive. Aliphatic amines are less expensive and
below 100C their cured resin properties are at least as good as
those of aromatic amines. They do, however, require careful post
curing.

Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998

Unlike the polyester resins, epoxies lake longer to cure during


processing. Anhydride cured epoxies have excellent properties
and are used in prepeg systems for aerospace and also in large
quantities in piping Systems.
In the case of epoxy prepregs, the reinforcement is impregnated
with resin and cure allowed to progress to an intermediate B-stage
where it is halted. The prepeg is then kept at low temperature until
it is needed for moulding. Prepreg systems are much more
expensive than composites produced by the "wet resin route", but
they do produce products with excellent properties. Some
companies with in-house pre-pregging facilities are beginning to
use prepeg systems for marine construction.
Phenolics

These are the oldest class of synthetic polymers. Recently, many


improvements have taken place in the chemistry of
these resins, which have rendered them suitable for use in
composites. There are two main types of phenolic resin which am
distinguished by the type of curing agent used.
The majority of the liquid resins processed by cold cure are
hardened by the addition of a strong acid catalyst. The catalyst
can cause problems with corrosion of mould tooling and there can
also be difficulties with the alkali content of glass fiber
reinforcements from certain sources, which can interfere with the
action of the curing agent. Most phenolic resins contain a certain
amount of water, and further water is evolved during the cure
reaction. Although most of the water can be removed by a high
temperature post cure, this usually leaves the matrix with a
number of microvoids. Despite this, and despite the fact that the
matrix is relatively brittle in the un-reinforced state, phenolic resin
composites have good mechanical properties, which at room
temperature are comparable to those of composites based on
isophtalic polyester. Because of the presence of the microvoids,
phenolics show a higher level of water absorption than the other
resins but there is little evidence as yet that this causes any long
term deterioration of properties.
The outstanding feature of phenolic resins, which has proved the
driving force behind the development of more easily processed
grades, is their fire performance. They possess relatively good
levels of integrity at high temperatures, have low smoke and
toxicity as well as low levels of heat release. For these reasons,
they may well be the only resin systems which can be tolerated in
laminates facing in critical area's such as accommodation
modules and safe havens. The reason for the good performance
of these resins in tire is that instead of decomposing and
volatilising at high temperatures, the aromatic ring structure in
phenolics condenses progressively, eventually producing a
carbonaceous char, which persists for some time. However, a
disadvantage of phenolics in fire is that any water present in the
laminate can sometimes lead to violent delamination when it
volatiles.

Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998

Because of their generally attractive attributes in fire, there have


been attempts recently to develop grades or resin that can be
processed by pultrusion. These have met with some limited
success, and there are now two manufacturers in Europe offering
phenolic matrix pultrusions.
Phenolic resins are also used as the basis for foams, which have
excellent insulating properties, combined with low
toxicity. They are unfortunately very friable, which greatly restricts
their feasibility for use as a core for sandwich
panels.
There are, however, a number of phenolic based syntactic core
materials which contain various lightweight mineral
fillers bonded together in a phenolic matrix. Some of these
materials have exceptionally good burn-through
characteristics are therefore viable core materials for heat and
blast protections panels.
In addition to the acid-cured phenolics, there is another class,
known as novolacs, which are cured by alkaline agents. These
resins are favoured for hot cure processes such as press and
prepeg moulding. Recently, to overcome the problems of both
acid and base cured resins, new "neutral curing systems have
been introduced.
Filament-Winding

This is the process by which composite pipework is manufactured,


but which has also the potential to be used for large complex
structures. There are several configurations, but in the most
common one, shown in Figure 3, continuous tows of
reinforcement are drawn through a resin bath to wet them and
then applied, via a transversing feed eye, to a rotating mandrel.
The speed of the feed eye relative to that of the mandrel
determines the winding angle. For pressure piping, a winding
angle of t 550 is normally used. Modern winding machines are
numerically controlled to lay down a precisely controlled number
of covers of reinforcement. For chemical resistance, pipes are
usually provided with a resin rich inner linen This is applied
to the mandrel in the form of a non-woven scrim, soaked in resin.
The reinforcement in the scrim may be either C-glass of nonwoven polyester fabric.
Filament winding is not limited to simple cylindrical shapes:
pipes with bell ends may be wound, as may pressure vessels or
storage tanks with wound in ends. Large structures such as
storage tanks and silos may also be produced by filament
winding. In some cases as with large tanks, the process may be
simplified to one of hoop winding, to minimise the rate at which
the feed eye must transverse the mandrel. When this is done,
spray lay-up of randomly oriented fiber's is often employed in
addition to the hoop winding to give the structure the necessary
transverse strength.

Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998

The process is not limited to axi-symmetric structures:


prismatic shapes and more complex parts, such as tee-joints may
be wound on machines equipped with the appropriate number of
degrees of freedom. Complex shapes which have been
successfully filament wound include rocket motor casings1 aircraft
fuselages and railroad hopper cars.
In the introduction of pipework, impregnated lows are wound onto
waxed, preheated steel mandrels. After winding these are
removed from the machine to an oven for curing and post curing,
during which the mandrel is continuously rotated to maintain
uniformity or resin content around the circumference. After curing,
the pipe is removed from the mandrel, either by a hydraulic
extractor or by the application of internal pressure. Although most
filament winding operations are batch processes, it is possible to
filament wind continuous pipework.

Figure 3. Scheme of the filament winding process


RECIPROCAL FILAMENT WINDING PROCESS

Source

1994 Marinetech Research, Project CP 275, General Principals


and Guidance for the Application of Glass Reinforced Composites
Offshore.
Edited by : D.A. Spagni and A.G. Gibson.
Contributors: M.J. Cowling, T. Hodgkiess, T.Y. Reddy.

Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998

10

Technical Bulletin 3

Ameron Calculation Manual for


Bondstrand GRE Pipe Systems
INDEX
1.

Introduction

2.

Pipewall Thickness based on internal pressure

2.1 Walt thickness


2.2 Diameter
2.3 Dimensional pipe properties
3.

Trust force due to temperature and variation in length

3.1 Length Change


3.2 Thrust
4.

Support and guide spacing

5.

Pipe bending radius

6.

Collapse resistance for liquid

7.

Pipe-ring stiffness

8.

Waterhammer and surge

9.

Headloss or pressure drop for liquid flow

10. Literature
11. Legenda

Fiberglass Pipe Group division Europe


P.O.Box 6 4191 CA Geldermalsen Holland
tel. +31 345 587 587 fax +31 345 587 561

Calculation Manual for Bondstrand GRE Pipe Systems

1. Introduction

In this Technical Bulletin an overview is given of commonly used


formulas in relation with Glassfibre Reinforced Epoxy piping.

2. Pipe wall thickness

The minimum required walithickness of the pipe is based on design


codes as ASME and ANSI. To most products an inferior liner is added,
consisting of C-veil and resin.

3.Trust forces due to


temperature, pressure
and variation in length

On many occasions the pipe is fabricated to pressure as well as


a varying temperature of the medium. Pressure variation will
cause a length change if the product is unrestrained and due to
the Poisson effect an increase in pressure will shorten the pipe. This is
alas mathematically explained. Expension and contraction due to
temperature variations and internal pressure will either combined or
individual result in thrust forces on the anchoring points

4.Support and Guide


spacing

The formulas for the calculation of the optimal distance between


two supports or guide spacings for single, partial and
continuous spans are given. The calculations take into account density
of the liquid and the weight of the pipe.

5. Bending radius

A slight gradual change in direction or deviation of the pipe may be


obtained by using the flexibility of the pipe. In that case the allowable
bending radius of the glass reinforced epoxy pipe can be calculated

6. Collapse resistance for


liquid

When the external pressure on the pipe may exceed the internal
pressure one has to take into account the collapse resistance of
the pipe This is ruled by equations which differs from those for internal
pressure.

7. Pipe-ring stiffness

To make calculations for earth and wheel-loads on buried pipe, values


have to be used like STIS (= Specific Tangential Initial Stiffness), STES
(= Specific Tangential End Stiffness) and other values, as used in the
U.S.A., Stiffness Factor and Pipe Stiffness.

8. Waterhammer and
surge

Changes in velocity of fluids cause changes in pressure.


Especially when these velocity changes are sudden, they can result in
high forces, which may harm the piping system

9. Head loss or pressure


drop for liquid flow

Head loss or pressure drop can be calculated by using the


Hazen-Williams equation for water and the Darcy-Weisbach for
laminar flows, e.g. for oil. Head loss in fittings are calculated by defining
a corresponding pipe length.

Technical Bulletin 3
July 1997

Calculation Manual for Bondstrand GRE Pipe Systems

1. INTRODUCTION

This manual presents the calculations, used by Ameron to calculate the


various aspects related to glass reinforced epoxy (GRE) pipe.
This will help the reader to understand the equations which govern
certain common engineering cases of GRE pipesystems. Also these
equations can be used to make the required calculations.
When making these calculations the input data shoutd be based on the
physical mechanical properties, diameter and walithickness of Ame ron
products by: The spreadsheet presented by Ameron in its documentation
gives these values.

2. PIPEWALL THICKNESS BASED ON INTERNAL PRESSURE


2.1 Wall Thickness

The minimum pipewall thickness is calculated with the formula according


to
ASME I ANSI B31 .3 [1] (Paragnaph A304.1 .2):

ts =

Dp
2 sF + P

(1)

ASTM D-2992 [2] uses the same type of formula to calculate the hoop
stress as follows:

=p

( Da ts )
2ts

(2)

The above mentioned formula has been rearranged to induce the


internal liner and is used by Ameron to calculate the minimum reinforced
wall thickness of Bondstrand pipe as follows:
Minimum reinforced wall thickness in [m]:

ts =

p(d + 2t1)
2sts
p=
2s p
d = t = 2t1

(3)

Minimum total wall thickness in [m]:


t = ts + t1 +ta
2.2 Diameter

(4)

Minimum outside diameter of pipe in [m]:


D= d+2t

(5)

Mean pipe wall diameter in [m]:


Dm =d+t

(6)

Technical Bulletin 3
July 1997

Technical Bulletin 4
May 1998

Calculation of blocking saddles

Description

This sheet shows a calculation of maximum allowable forces that can be restrained
by a so called blocking saddle. In the schematic overview of a typical blocking
saddle assembly is given in the picture below.

Schematic overview of
a typical blocking
assembly

Figure 1.
Figure 1.
To be able to calculate the maximum allowable force acting on a saddle, the
allowable shear stress in the bonded surface has to be calculated first. A two
component Ameron type of adhesive should be used which has a shear stress of
5N/mm2. When a safety factor of 4 is required, the shear stress value to be used is:

= 1.25 N/mm2
The maximum allowable force F can than be calculated using the following formula,
using 2 saddles each 180 , so mounting
is 360 around the pipe:
F= A = (2*180/360) min OD L

min. OD

Where
2
=Allowable shear stress in N/mm .
A
=
Bonded surface between saddle
2
and pipe in mm .
=Minimum outer diameter of pipe
in mm.
L
=
Width of saddle in mm.
For saddle dimensions, please refer to our Product Guide
FR 282.

FibergIass Pipe Group division Europe


P.O Box 6 - 4191 CA Geldermalsen - Holland
tel. +31 345 587 587 - fax +31 345 587 561

Calculation of blocking saddles

Table 1: Maximum allowable force acting on a saddle *.


Nominal PipeMinimum
Size
OD
* (in)
(mm)
1.5
46.7
2
57.8
3
86.4
4
109.8
6
164.0
8
215.0
10
269.9
12
321.5
14
352.6
16
402.5
18
443.0
20
492.9
22
541.7
24
590.6
26
663.4
28
714.0
30
764.4
32
814.8
34
865.2
36
915.8

blocking saddles 2*180 1)


max. allowable force (SF=4)
(KN)
(KN)
19
29
24
36
36
53
45
68
68
101
89
133
111
167
133
199
145
218
166
249
183
274
203
305
223
335
244
365
274
410
294
442
315
473
336
504
357
535
378
566

1) 360 degrees

The results given in table 1. are based on the outer diameter of Bondstrand
series 3410 (10 bar rated pressure). Therefore, calculation for higher pressure
classes (resulting in thicker wall) will be more favourable.

Technical Bulletin 4
May 1998

Advanced shipboard piping from Ameron

You no longer have to use steel pipe


to control static buildup
Now Ameron winds high-strength
carbon filaments into walls of new
Bondstrand Series 7000M conductive
fiberglass pipe. fittings and flanges for
marine applications. This makes your
piping system electrically conductive
and stronger than before.
Designed specifically for conveying
refined petroleum products, the newly
eliminates Series 7000M system
eliminates the risk of static discharge in
enclosed spaces where explosive gases
may accumulate.
As static charges build up, they are
drained harmlessly from the system
by means of an innovative, patented
Bondstrand grounding saddle.
'This new grounding saddle saves installation time - there are no cables in
the way during piping installation and
pipe rotation is eliminated.

After the piping system is in place ,the


grounding saddle is mounted on the
pipe with conductive adhesive and the
integral grounding cable can be bolted
or welded to the ship's structure.
It's that simple.
Now Bondstrand Series 7000M is
the most conductive nonmetallic pipmg system on the market, meeting all
worldwide regulatory body requirements for static discharge capabilities.
In addition, there's Bondstrand
Series 2000M fiberglass piping systems
available for fresh water and salt water
piping, inert gas systems, ballast lines,
and sanitary systems where corrosion
resistance and light weight are of paramount importance.

capabilities, and you can understand


why there are over 600 vessels
operating worldwide with Bondstrand
fiberglass piping systems on board.
For more information about
Bondstrand Series 7000M and 2000M
piping systems. call or write Ameron
today

Fiberglass pipe Group


J.E Kennedylaan 7
PO. Box 6, 4190 CA, Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Telephone 31 345 587 587
Fax 31 345 587 561

Combine Bondstrand piping's superior


performance with Ameron's global
delivery and technical assistance

FP85-2

Bondstrand takes the weight out of Mil Spec pipe...

And it gives you high performance for as


little as one-third the installed cost
Now Bondstrand 2000USN
manufactured in accordance with
MIL-P-24608, meets demanding U.S.
Navy requirements for lightweight,
corrosion resistant, cost-effective
fiberglass pipe systems for nonvital
shipboard applications.
Nonmetallic Bondstrand 2000 USN
pipe, at one-fifth the weight of
copper-nickel pipe, is highly
corrosion resistant, completely inert
to chlorinated water and seawater,
and can have an installed of coppernickel 90/ 10, Class 200 pipe systems.
with Bondstrand 2000 USN, you can
achieve significant installation cost
benefits when compared with
traditional U.S. Navy- on-board pipe
Ameron
systems.

Bond5trdnd 2000 USN rated at 200


psig at 150 F has been accepted for
these shipboard applications on
combatant and noncombatant
vessels:
Seawater cooling and flashing
lines
Oily water and wastewater
collection
Chilled water lines
Distilled water lines
Main drainage systems
Low pressure air
Plumbing vents
Deck drains
Secondary drainage
Potable water systems requiring
NSF listed pipe

Bondstrand pipe systems are easy to


join remain unaffected by corrosion
and deliver essentially maintenance
free service.
The results, significant reductions in
weight, installation and maintenance costs, without sacrificing
performance standards. with over
600 marine pipe installations already
relying on Bondstrand pipe, there's
plenty of proof that Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe systems deliver high
performance at low installed cost.
For complete information contact
Ameron.

Ameron B.V - Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe


J.E Kennedylaan 7. P0. Box 6~ 4190 CA Geldermalsen The Netherlands
Telephone +31345 587 587 Telefax +31 345 587 561
Commercial registration, Tiel, The Netherlands No.11008449
FP86_1

Potrebbero piacerti anche